You are on page 1of 918

Aspen Icarus Reference Guide V7.

1

Icarus Evaluation Engine (IEE) V7.1

Version V7.1 January 2009
Generation No: 14 (G14) Chapters with “G14” in the footer are new for this edition. Chapter generation numbers are also indicated in the Table of Contents. Copyright (c) 2001-2009 by Aspen Technology, Inc. All rights reserved. Aspen Demand Manager, AspenTech®, the aspen leaf logo and Plantelligence are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aspen Technology, Inc., Burlington, MA. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. This manual is intended as a guide to using AspenTech’s software. This documentation contains AspenTech proprietary and confidential information and may not be disclosed, used, or copied without the prior consent of AspenTech or as set forth in the applicable license agreement. Users are solely responsible for the proper use of the software and the application of the results obtained. Although AspenTech has tested the software and reviewed the documentation, the sole warranty for the software may be found in the applicable license agreement between AspenTech and the user. ASPENTECH MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THIS DOCUMENTATION, ITS QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Aspen Technology, Inc. 200 Wheeler Road Burlington, MA 02141-2201 USA Phone: 781-221-6400 Toll Free: (888) 996-7100 Website http://www.aspentech.com

Preface
Aspen Technology’s Icarus Office develops and provides knowledge-based process evaluation technology, software, and services. Icarus systems are based on a core design, estimating, scheduling, and expert systems technology. They automatically develop preliminary design-based economic results - early from minimal scope, and refined designs and economics later in the project. Icarus systems are strategically located and linked into the project knowledge stream of concurrent design 0 after process simulation and before detailed design, CAD/CAE, detailed scheduling and project control. This unique technology provides: ° ° ° Key answers quickly Dramatic reductions in evaluation time and resources The best, most economical process and plant design for funding/ bidding decisions and project evaluation.

Aspen economic evaluation systems (including Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, Aspen Process Economic Analyzer, and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator) are in daily use. These systems have become industry-standard tools and are used by discerning project evaluators in owner companies and engineering design and construction firms in more than 1,000 locations in over 30 countries.

The Technology Behind Icarus Systems
Icarus systems are based on mathematical modeling technology which has been developed, refined and used since Icarus Corporation was founded in 1969. Aspen Technology purchased Icarus Corporation in 2000. Stored in Icarus systems are design and cost models for: ° ° ° ° Over 250 kinds of liquid, gas and solids handling and processing equipment More than 60 kinds of plant bulk items Approximately 70 kinds of site preparation work Nearly a dozen types of buildings.

Installation bulk models, used to develop installation quantities and field manpower and costs to install equipment and plant bulks, round out the “bank” of design and cost models. To support these design and cost models, Icarus systems contain design procedures and costs data for hundreds of types of materials of construction for general process equipment, vessel shells and internals, tubing, castings, linings, packings, clad plates, piping, steel and electrical bulks.

2

iii

Scope of Document
This document is designed as a reference tool for Icarus’ project evaluation systems. The document is best referenced when you have a question about system input.

How to Use This Document
This document uses generation numbers to track the history of updated information within each chapter. New versions of this document are assigned a new generation number, which increments by 1 (for example, G12). The purpose of these numbers is to ensure you are looking at the latest information. If you have a previous version of this document, you can compare the numbers to confirm you have the most up-to-date information available. Generation numbers are located on every page in the lower-inside corner as well as in the Table of Contents. The generation number assigned to the latest version of this document is located in the Copyright page.

A Note to Icarus System Users
Like Icarus systems, this document was designed using your ideas and suggestions. Please contact the Aspen Technology Icarus Office if you have any questions or comments regarding this document.

Related Documentation
In addition to this reference manual, AspenTech provides the following documentation for Aspen Economic Evaluation V7.0. • • • • • • • • • • Aspen Engineering V7.1 Known Issues Aspen Engineering V7.1 What’s New Aspen Engineering V7.1 Installation Guide Aspen IPS V7.1 Installation Guide Aspen IPS V7.1 User Guide Aspen Process Economic Analyzer V7.1 User Guide Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator V7.1 User Guide Aspen Capital Cost Estimator V7.1 User Guide Icarus Technology Application Programming Interface Manpower Productivity Expert User Guide

iv

2

Online Technical Support Center
AspenTech customers with a valid license and software maintenance agreement can register to access the Online Technical Support Center at: http://support.aspentech.com You use the Online Technical Support Center to: • • • • • • • Access current product documentation. Search for technical tips, solutions, and frequently asked questions (FAQs). Search for and download application examples. Search for and download service packs and product updates. Submit and track technical issues. Search for and review known limitations. Send suggestions.

Registered users can also subscribe to our Technical Support e-Bulletins. These e-Bulletins proactively alert you to important technical support information such as: • • • • Technical advisories. Product updates. Service Pack announcements. Product release announcements.

Phone and E-mail
Customer support is also available by phone, fax, and e-mail for customers who have a current support contract for their product(s). Toll-free charges are listed where available; otherwise local and international rates apply. For the most up-to-date phone listings; please see the Online Technical Support Center at: http://support.aspentech.com/
Support Centers North America South America Europe Asia and Pacific Region Hours of Operation 8:00 - 20:00 Eastern time 9:00 - 17:00 Local time 8:30 - 18:00 Central europe time 9:00 - 17:30 Local time

2

v

vi

2

Contents

(G11)

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Technology Behind Icarus Systems . . . . . . . . . . . Scope of Document . . . . . . . . . How to Use This Document . . . . A Note to Icarus System Users . Related Documentation . . . . . . Online Technical Support Center Phone and E-mail. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii iv iv iv iv .v .v

Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) 5 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Process Equipment Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 List of Process Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Agitators (G6) Agitators (AG) . . . . . Agitated Tanks (AT) . Blenders (BL) . . . . . Kneaders (K) . . . . . . Mixers (MX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 8 25 28 29

Compressors (G6) 1 Air Compressors (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Gas Compressors (GC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Fans, Blowers (FN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Drivers (G11) 1 Electrical Motors (MOT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Turbines (TUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Heat Transfer (G10) Heat Exchangers (HE) . . . . . . . Reboilers (RB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Furnaces, Process Heaters (FU) . Icarus Supported TEMA Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 2 . 30 . 38 . 42 . . . . 1 2 5 7 9

Packing, Linings (G6) Introduction to Packing. . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Lining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Packing, Linings (PAK, LIN) . . . . . . . . . . Suggested Lining Difficulty Adjustments .

Contents (G11)

iii

Pumps (G10) Centrifugal Pumps (CP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear Pumps (GP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piston, Other Positive Displacement Pumps (P) Pump Efficiencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

1 2 17 19 24

Towers, Columns (G6) 1 Introduction to Towers and Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Double Diameter Towers (DDT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Single Diameter Towers (TW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Vessels (G10) 1 Horizontal Tanks (HT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Vertical Tanks (VT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Vacuum Systems (G6) 1 Condensers (C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Ejectors (EJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Vacuum Pumps (VP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Crushers, Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) Crushers (CR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flakers (FL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mills (M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stock Treatments (ST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drying Systems (G6) Crystallizers (CRY) . . . . . . . . . Evaporators (E) . . . . . . . . . . . Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) Air Dryers (AD) . . . . . . . . . . . Dryers (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum Dryers (DD) . . . . . . . . . Rotary Dryers (RD) . . . . . . . . Tray Drying Systems (TDS). . . Solids Conveying (G10) Conveyors (CO) . . . Cranes (CE) . . . . . Elevators, Lifts (EL) Feeders (FE) . . . . . Hoists (HO) . . . . . . Scales (S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 7 7 9 1 2 4 7 8 9 11 13 14 1 2 13 13 14 18 22

Separation Equipment (G7) Centrifuges (CT) . . . . . . . . Dust Collectors (DC). . . . . . Filters (F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Separation Equipment (SE) . Thickeners (T) . . . . . . . . . .

1 . 2 . 6 . 11 . 23 . 26

iv

Contents (G11)

Screens (VS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Utility Service Systems (G6) Cooling Towers (CTW) . . . . . . . . Steam Boilers (STB). . . . . . . . . . Heating Units (HU). . . . . . . . . . . Refrigeration Units (RU) . . . . . . . Electrical Generators (EG). . . . . . Water Treatment Systems (WTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 4 5 6 7 8

Flares and Stacks (G6) 1 Flares (FLR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Stacks (STK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Introduction to Plant Bulks (G6) 1 Introduction to Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 List of Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Paint (G6) 1 Introduction to Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Paint Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 How Icarus Systems Paint Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Piping (G10) Piping Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Diameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (Old) . . . . . . Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (New). . . . . . Utility Piping Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utility Station Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default Piping Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Materials - Ferrous Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pipe Materials - Non-Ferrous Materials . . . . . . . . . . Plastic and Resin Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lined Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..................................... Icarus Fabrication, Erection and Testing Procedures . Valve and Fitting Options for Installation Bulk Piping Civil (G8) Civil Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foundation Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical Structure Live Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Soil Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Seismic Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How Icarus Calculates Wind Load and Seismic Shear Example of Equipment Foundation Design. . . . . . . . Example of Pile Foundation for an Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 42 44 46 49 50 51 52 55 56 57 61 62 64 1 2 10 14 14 15 15 16 17

Contents (G11)

v

Steel (G6) 1 Steel Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Instrumentation (G10) Instrumentation Plant Bulks Sensor Loop Descriptions . . Remote Control Type . . . . . Transmitter Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 2 . 10 . 27 . 27 . . . . . . . . . 1 2 17 18 19 22 23 23 24 25

Electrical (G13) Electrical Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schematic of Transmission Line . . . . . . . . . . . . Substation Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical & Control Hook-Ups for Electric Motors Power Distribution Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wire Sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UK, EU, and JP Country Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Class/Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . International Electrical Code (IEC) . . . . . . . . . . Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) Insulation Plant Bulks . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fireproofing Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . Insulation Schedules - System Default Customizing Insulation Specifications . Site Development (G6) Introduction to Site Development Demolition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drainage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Earthwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ..... ..... Tables ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 . 2 . 4 . 4 . 5 . 15 . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 3 4 6 1 2 2 5 6 6 7

Buildings (G6) Introduction to Buildings. . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Building Types and Defaults . . . . . . . . . Default floor Heights/Levels . . . . . . . . . Building Construction Range Adjustment Calculating Building Costs and Labor . . .

Quoted Equipment and Libraries (G6) 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Quoted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 User Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Material Selections (G10) ASME Design Code - Plate Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ASME Design Code - Clad Plate Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ASME Design Code - Tube Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

vi

Contents (G11)

ASME Non-Ferrous Tube Materials . . . . . . BS Design Code - Plate Materials . . . . . . . BS Ferrous Plate Materials - Carbon Steel BS Design Code - Clad Plate Materials . . . BS Design Code - Tube Materials . . . . . . . JIS Design Code - Plate Materials. . . . . . . JIS Design Code - Tube Materials. . . . . . . DIN Design Code - Plate Materials . . . . . . DIN Design Code - Tube Materials . . . . . . Lining Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Casting Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Packing Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

14 15 15 22 23 27 35 39 47 51 54 56

Units of Measure (G6) 1 Introduction to Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Project Specifications and their Use of Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . 8 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13) US Country Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UK Country Base *** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JP Country Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EU Country Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 4 6 8

Engineering (G13) 1 Design and Construction Engineering Disciplines and Wage Rates . . 2 Engineering Expenses and Indirects (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Standard Engineering Drawing Types (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Construction Equipment(G4) 1 Introduction to Construction Equipment Rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Construction Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Base Indices (G13) Base Indices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Code Accounts (G10) Introduction to Code Accounts. . Indirect Codes and Descriptions. Direct Codes and Descriptions . . Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 2 . 6 . 8 . 10 . . . . . 1 2 6 7 9 9

Database Relations (G10) Sequence Numbers of Attributes in Relations Relationship of Database Relations. . . . . . . . DETAILS Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DESIGN Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REMARKS Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Contents (G11)

vii

PROJDATA Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEWCOA Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CERATE Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRWSCH Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EQRENT Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSTCTRL Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUSSPC Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REPGRP Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CNTRCT Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPONENT Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INDIRECTS Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RTABLE Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aspen Capital Cost Estimator Indirect Codes and Descriptions . Attribute Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 15 17 1 2 9 10 11 13 22 26 27 29 32 34 36 36 39 61 62

Icarus Technology (G10) Introduction to Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Fabricate/Ship Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Barchart Report Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Process Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes for Defining the Standard Control Center . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes for Defining the PLC Control Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview of System Input Specifications for Power Distribution . Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Usage Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reporting of Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost Reporting: Currency and System Base Indices . . . . . . . . . Construction Overhead - Prime Contractor Basis . . . . . . . . . . . Contracts: Description/Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vendors/Suppliers of Design & Cost Data (G7) 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Glossary (G5) 1

viii

Contents (G11)

Contents (G11)

ix

x

Contents (G11)

1 Introduction to Process Equipment
(G6)

This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction Process Equipment Categories List of Process Equipment

1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6)

1-5

Introduction
Chapters 2 through 16 describe the process equipment available in Icarus systems. The chapters are organized as the equipment appears in the systems. • • • Liquid and gas equipment Solids handling equipment Off-site and packaged equipment

Process Equipment Categories
Icarus’ process equipment is divided into the following categories. Each category is assigned an item symbol for identification purposes.
Item Symbol AC AD AG AT BL C CE CO CP CR CRY CT CTW D DC DD DDT E EG EJ EL F FE FL FLR FN FU Description Air Compressor Air Dryer Agitator Agitated Tanks Blender Condenser Crane Conveyor Centrifugal Pump Crusher Crystallizer Centrifuge Cooling Tower Dryer Dust Collector Drum Dryer Double Diameter Tower Evaporator Electric Generator Ejector Elevator Filter Feeder Flaker Flare Fan Furnace Item Symbol HE HO HT HU K LIN M MOT MX P PAK R RB RD RU S SE ST STB STK T TDS TUR TW VP VS VT Description Heat Exchanger Hoist Horizontal Tank Heating Unit Kneader Lining Mill Motor/Motor Reducer Mixer Pump Packing Reactor Reboiler Rotary Drum Refrigeration Unit Scale Separation Equipment Stock Treatment Steam Boiler Stack Thickener Tray Drying System Turbine Single Diameter Tower Vacuum Pump Screen Vertical Tank

1-6

1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6)

Item Symbol GC GP

Description Gas Compressor Gear Pump

Item Symbol WFE WTS

Description Wiped Film Evaporator Water Treatment System

List of Process Equipment
The following is a list of process equipment by chapter and category. The process equipment descriptions in chapters 2 through 16 include some of the entry fields for defining process equipment. The descriptions include the minimum and maximum values and the defaults. Default values appear between asterisks (*).

Chapter 2: Agitators
Agitators (AG)
Item Type FIXED PROP PORT PROP DIRECT GEAR DRIVE MECH SEAL ANCHOR PULP STOCK ANCHOR REV COUNT ROT HIGH SHEAR SAN FIXED SAN PORT Description Fixed propeller gear motor type agitator Portable propeller agitator Portable direct drive agitator Portable gear drive agitator Agitator, mechanical seal, variable diameter Fixed mount, gear drive, anchor, stuffing box Pulp stock agitator Sanitary reversing anchor agitator Sanitary counter-rotating agitator Sanitary highshear homogenizing agitator Sanitary fixed propeller/turbine mixer Sanitary port. propeller/turbine mixer

Agitated Tanks (AT)
Item Type MIXER REACTOR OPEN TOP FLOAT CELL COND CELL MACH PULP OFF MACH Description Agitated tank - enclosed Agitated tank - enclosed, jacketed Agitated tank - open top Floatation machine Floatation conditioning cell On machine pulper Off machine pulper

1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6)

1-7

Blenders (BL)
Item Type BLENDER ROTARY KETTLE ROTARYBOWL MSHELSTAG Description Rotary drum blender Rotary double-cone blender Sanitary kettle blender without agitator Sanitary rotary bowl blender Sanitary multi-shell staggered blender

Kneaders (K)
Item Type STATIONARY TILTING VAC TILTING Description Stationary upright double-arm kneader Tilting double-arm kneader Vacuum tilting double-arm kneader

Mixers (MX)
Item Type EXTRUDER MULLER EXT PAN PORT PROP FIXED PROP SIGMA SPIRAL RIB STATIC TWO ROLL HIGH SPEED RIBBON PISTON HOM SHEAR HOM Description Cylinder type extruder with variable drive Muller type extruder mixer Pan mixer Portable propeller mixer Fixed propeller gear motor type mixer Double-arm sigma blade mixer Spiral ribbon mixer Static mixer Two-roll mixer Sanitary high-speed Norman-type mixer Sanitary ribbon blender Sanitary piston-type homogenizer Sanitary shear pump homogenizer

Chapter 3:

Compressors

Air Compressors (AC)
Item Type CENTRIF M CENTRIF T RECIP GAS RECIP MOTR SINGLE 1 S SINGLE 2 S Description Centrifugal air compressor with motor Centrifugal air compressor with turbine Reciprocating air compressor with gas engine Reciprocating air compressor with motor Single reciprocating air compressor - 1 stage Single reciprocating air compressor - 2 stage

1-8

1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6)

hazardous) TEFC motor with variable speed drive Turbines (TUR) Item Type GAS CONDENSING NON COND Description Gas turbine with combustion chamber Steam turbine driver. non-condensing Chapter 5: Heat Transfer Heat Exchangers (HE) Item Type FLOAT HEAD FIXED T S AIR COOLER U TUBE Description Floating head shell and tube exchanger Fixed tube sheet shell and tube exchanger Air cooling. condensing type Steam turbine driver.integral gas engine Reciprocating compressor Fans. low noise blower Chapter 4: Drivers Electrical Motors (MOT) Item Type OPEN SYNCHRON ENCLOSED EXP PROOF VARY SPEED Description Open drip-proof induction motor Synchronous motor Totally enclosed induction motor Explosion-proof (Class I Division I.horizontal Centrifugal .integrated gear Reciprocating compressor . free standing or rack-mounted U-tube shell and tube exchanger 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) 1-9 . Blowers (FN) Item Type PROPELLER VANEAXIAL CENTRIF ROT BLOWER CENT TURBO Description Propeller fan Vaneaxial fan Centrifugal fan General purpose blower Heavy duty.Gas Compressors (GC) Item Type CENTRIF CENTRIF IG RECIP GAS RECIP MOTR Description Centrifugal compressor .

or u-tube exchanger Pre-engineered (standard) U-tube exchanger Cross-bore (all graphite) heat exchanger Graphite tube/CS shell heat exchanger Finned double pipe heat exchanger Bare pipe immersion coil-heating/cooling Tank suction Electric immersion tank heater Double pipe heat exchanger Spiral plate heat exchanger Thermascrew (Reitz) single screw conveyor Twin screw agitated/jacketed heat exchanger Waste heat boiler Plate and frame heat exchanger Sanitary double pipe exchanger Water heater (shell+tube . Project Heaters (FU) Item Type HEATER BOX PYROLYSIS REFORMER VERTICAL Description A-frame type process furnace Box type process furnace Pyrolysis unit Box type reformer. head. without catalyst Vertical cylindrical process furnace Chapter 6: Packing.hot water set) Sanitary multizone plate+frame exchanger Sanitary direct steam heat module Reboilers (RB) Item Type KETTLE U TUBE THERMOSIPH Description Kettle type reboiler with floating head U-tube kettle type reboiler Thermosiphon type reboiler Furnaces. Linings 1-10 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) .Item Type TEMA EXCH PRE ENGR CROSS BORE SHELL TUBE FIN TUBE HEATER STM SUC HEATER HEATER ELC JACKETED SPIRAL PLT ONE SCREW TWO SCREW WASTE HEAT PLAT FRAM CORRUGATED HOT WATER MULTI P F STM HE MOD Description Fixed tube. float.

Other Positive Displacement Pumps (P) Item Type SIMPLEX DUPLEX TRIPLEX DIAPHRAGM SLURRY ROTARY Description Reciprocating simplex pump .motor driver Diaphragm pump . LIN) Item Type PACKING ACID BRICK MONOLITHIC OTHER Description Packing. Linings (PAK.turbine impeller API 610 in line pump General service in line pump Low consistency stock pump Standard ANSI magnetic drive pump Canned motor pump Sanitary centrifugal pump Sanitary fluming pump with feeder hopper Gear Pumps (GP) Item Type GEAR CANNED RTR MECH SEAL Description Standard external gear rotary pump Canned rotary gear pump Mechanical seal gear pump Piston.Packing. variety of vessel packings Acid brick lining Castable.steam driver Reciprocating duplex pump .steam driver Triplex (plunger) pump .other than acid brick. monolithic Chapter 7: Pumps Centrifugal Pumps (CP) Item Type API 610 ANSI ANSI PLAST GEN SERV CENTRIF AXIAL FLOW TURBINE API 610 IL IN LINE PULP STOCK MAG DRIVE CANNED .TFE type Slurry pump Rotary (sliding vanes) pump 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) 1-11 .SAN PUMP .FLUME PUMP Description API 610 pump (single or multi-stage) Standard ANSI single stage pump Plastic ANSI single stage pump General service pump Centrifugal single or multi-stage pump Axial flow vertical pump Vertical sump pump . refractory or gunned mix Lining .

Columns Double Diameter Towers (DDT) Item Type PACKED TRAYED Description Packed double-diameter tower Trayed double-diameter tower Single Diameter Towers (TW) Item Type PACKED TRAYED TRAY STACK DC HE TW TS ADSORB Description Packed tower Trayed tower Tray stack for tray tower Direct contact heat exchanger tower Dual vessel temperature swing adsorber Chapter 9: Vacuum Systems Condensers (C) Item Type BAROMETRIC Description Barometric condenser Ejectors (EJ) Item Type SINGLE STG TWO STAGE 2 STAGE 4 STAGE B 4 STAGE 5 STAGE B Description One stage ejector non-condensing Two stage ejector with one condenser Two stage ejector non-condensing Four stage ejector with two condensers Four stage ejector with one condenser Five stage ejector with one condense 1-12 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) .Item Type RECIP MOTR HD STOCK ROTARYLOBE AIR DIAPH Description Reciprocating positive displacement plunger pump High density stock pump Sanitary rotary lobe pump Sanitary air diaphragm pump Chapter 8: Towers.

pressure or vacuum storage Flat bottom storage tank. optional roof Cryogenic storage tank Plastic storage tank (FRP or Haveg) Wooden storage tank Low pressure gas storage vessel Cone bottom storage bin Live bottom storage bin Rectangular concrete tile chest Cylindrical concrete tile chest Metal tile chest Sanitary vertical cylindrical vessel Sanitary hopper assembly Chapter 11: Crushers. Mills and Stock Treatment 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) 1-13 .pressure or vacuum storage Spheroid .Vacuum Pumps (VP) Item Type WATER SEALS MECHANICA MECH BOOST Description Water-sealed vacuum pump Mechanical oil-sealed vacuum pump Mechanical booster vacuum pump Chapter 10: Vessels Horizontal Tanks (HT) Item Type MULTI WALL HORIZ DRUM JACKETED SAN TANK Description Multi-wall horizontal drum Horizontal drum Jacketed horizontal drum Sanitary horizontal drum Vertical Tanks (VT) Item Type CYLINDER MULTI WALL JACKETED SPHERE SPHEROID STORAGE CRYOGENIC PLAST TANK WOOD TANK GAS HOLDER CONE BTM LIVE BTM CHEST REC CHEST CYL CHEST MTL SAN TANK SAN HOPPER Description Vertical process vessel Multi-wall vertical process vessel Jacketed vertical process vessel Sphere .

medium duty Single roll crusher .Crushers (CR) Item Type CONES GYRATORY ECCENTRIC JAW ROTARY S ROLL LT S ROLL MED S ROLL HVY SAWTOOTH REV HAMR HAMMER MED SWING HAMR BRADFORD S IMPACT PULVERIZER ROLL RING Description Cone crusher .heavy duty Sawtooth roller crusher Reversible hammermill Non-reversible hammermill.crushing soft material Ring granulator Flakers (FL) Item Type DRUM Description Rotary drum flaker Mills (M) Item Type ATTRITION AUTOGENOUS BALL MILL ROD MILL MIKRO PULV ROLLER ROD CHARGR Description Attrition mill Autogenous mill Ball mill with initial ball charge Rod mill with initial rod charge Mikro-pulverizer Roller mill Rod charger for rod mill Stock Treatment (ST) Item Type REFINER DEFLAKE DK DEFLAKE CN Description Double disk refiner Plate or tackle type deflaker Conical type deflaker Chapter 12: Drying Systems 1-14 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) .secondary crushing Gyratory . hard material Bradford (rotary) breaker Single rotor impact breaker Pulverizer .primary and secondary crushing Overhead eccentric jaw crusher Swing jaw crusher Rotary crusher Single roll crusher . medium hard material Non-reversible hammermill.light duty Single roll crusher .

package system Air Dryers (AD) Item Type AIR DRYER Description Dual tower desiccant air dryer Dryers (D) Item Type ATMOS TRAY VAC TRAY PAN SPRAY Description Atmospheric tray batch dryer Vacuum tray batch dryer Agitated pan batch dryer Continuous spray drying system Drum Dryers (DD) Item Type SINGLE ATM DOUBLE ATM SINGLE VAC S COOKCOOL Description Single atmospheric drum dryer Double atmospheric drum dryer Single vacuum rotary drum dryer Rotary drum cooker-cooler 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) 1-15 .Crystallizers (CRY) Item Type BATCH VAC MECHANICAL OSLO Description Batch vacuum crystallizer Mechanical scraped-surface crystallizer Oslo growth type crystallizer Evaporators (E) Item Type FALL FILM FORCED CIR LONG TUBE LONG VERT STAND VERT STAND HOR Description Agitated falling film evaporator Forced circulation evaporator Long tube rising film evaporator Long tube vertical evaporator Standard vertical tube evaporator Standard horizontal tube evaporator Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) Item Type THIN FILM WFE SYSTEM Description Agitated thin film evaporator Agitated thin film evaporator .

pans on endless chain Pneumatic conveying system Roller conveyor (non-motorized) Screw conveyor in a U-shaped trough Vibrating conveyor with inclined trough Elevator-spaced bucket Elevator-continuous bucket Cranes (CE) Item Type BRIDGE CRN HOIST Description Traveling bridge crane Hoist with track beam Elevators.covered Apron conveyor . Lifts (EL) Item Type FREIGHT PASSENGER Description Freight elevator Passenger elevator 1-16 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) .Rotary Dryers (RD) Item Type DIRECT INDIRECT JAC VACUUM VACUUM Description Direct rotary dryer Indirect rotary dryer Jacketed rotary vacuum dryer Conical rotary vacuum dryer Tray Drying Systems (TDS) Item Type ATM SYSTEM VACUUM TURBO VAC SYSTEM Description Atmospheric tray dryer Vacuum tray dryer Turbo tray drying system Vacuum tray dryer with condenser Chapter 13: Solids Conveying Conveyors (CO) Item Type OPEN BELT CLOSED BLT APRON PNEUMATIC ROLLER SCREW VIBRATING CENT BKT L CONT BKT L Description Belt conveyor .open Belt conveyor .

motorized trolley 1-speed electric hoist .dial and beam Semi frame floor scale .suspended centrifuge 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) 1-17 .manual trolley Hand hoist .no trolley Hand hoist .no trolley 5-speed electric hoist .Feeders (FE) Item Type BELT BIN ACTVTR ROTARY VIBRATING WT LOSS DUMPER SACK DUMP SAN SCREW SAN BELT Description Volumetric belt feeder Bin activator Rotary feeder Vibrating feeder Loss-in-weight feeder Sanitary dumper Sanitary bulk bag unloader Sanitary screw feeder Sanitary weigh belt feeder Hoists (HO) Item Type HOIST 1 SPEED 5 SPEED HAND GT HAND PT HAND NT Description 5-speed electric hoist .no trolley Scales (S) Item Type BEAM SCALE BELT BENCH FULL FRAME SEMI FRAME TANK SCALE TRACK TRUCK SAN FLOOR Description Beam scale Conveyor belt scale Bench scale .dial and beam Tank scale .flush mounted Chapter 14: Separation Equipment Centrifuges (CT) Item Type ATM SUSPEN BATCH AUTO BATCH BOTM Description Atmospheric suspended basket centrifuge Auto batch filtering centrifuge Batch bottom .manual pull chain trolley Hand hoist .weigh bridge and saddles Track scale for rail cars Truck (lorry) scale Sanitary floor scale .dial and beam Full floor scale .

centrifugal screen Sanitary in-line metal trap Sanitary fluming reclaim reel Culinary (sterile) air filter Sanitary pipe filter Sanitary filter press 1-18 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) .TOP UNLOAD BOT UNLOAD BATCH TOP DISK RECIP CONV SCROLL CON SOLID BOWL SCREEN BWL TUBULAR VIBRATORY INVERTING Batch top unload centrifuge Batch bottom unload centrifuge Batch top-suspended centrifuge High-speed disk centrifuge Reciprocating conveyor centrifuge Scroll conveyor centrifuge Solid bowl centrifuge Screen bowl centrifuge High-speed tubular centrifuge Vibrating screen centrifuge Inverting filter centrifuge Dust Collectors (DC) Item Type CENTRF PRE CLOTH BAY CYCLONE MULT CYCLO ELC H VOLT ELC L VOLT WASHERS PULSE SHKR Description Centrifugal precipitator Baghouse with motor shakers Cyclone dust collector Multiple cyclone dust collector High voltage electrical precipitator Low voltage electrical precipitator Washer dust collector Baghouse with injected pulsed air Filters (F) Item Type CARTRIDGE LEAF DRY LEAF WET PLATE FRAM ROTY DISK ROTY DRUM SEWAGE SPARKLER TUBULAR SCROLL WHITEWATER METAL TRAP RECL REEL SAN AIR SAN PIPE SAN PRESS Description Cartridge filter (5 micron cotton) Pressure leaf-dry filter Pressure leaf-wet filter Plate and frame filter Rotary disk filter Rotary drum filter Sewage filter Sparkler filter Tubular fabric filter (bank of 3) Scroll discharge centrifugal filter White water filter .

complete.mineral separation Oil-water separator . field assembly Cooling tower.SAN STEAM SAN STRAIN Culinary (sterile) steam filter Sanitary pipe strainer Separation Equipment (SE) Item Type WATER CYCL OIL WATER PULP STOCK Description Water-only cyclone . field assembly Description Packaged cooling tower.API type Pulp stock centrifugal cleaner Thickeners (T) Item Type THICKENER Description Thickener/clarifier Screens (VS) Item Type ONE DECK TWO DECK THREE DECK HUMMER SIFTER 1 SIFTER 2 SIFTER 3 PRESSURE LD STOCK BAR Description Single deck rectangular vibrating screen Double deck rectangular vibrating screen Triple deck rectangular vibrating screen Hummer type screen for fine separation Single deck circular vibrating screen Double deck circular vibrating screen Triple deck circular vibrating screen Pressure screen Low consistency stock pump Mechanical bar screen Chapter 15: Utility Service Systems Cooling Towers (CTW) Item Type COOLING COOLING WP Item PACKAGED Description Cooling tower. factory assembly 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) 1-19 . less pumps.

zeolite water treatment system Surface aerator Chapter 16: Flares and Stacks Flares (FLR) Item Type DERRICK GUYED SELF SUPP HORIZONTAL Description Derrick-supported flare stack Guyed flare stack Self-supported flare stack Horizontal ground flare 1-20 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) .Steam Boilers (STB) Item Type BOILER STM BOILER Description Packaged boiler unit Field erected boiler unit Heating Units (HU) Item Type CYLINDER Description Process heater type dowtherm unit Refrigeration Units (RU) Item Type CENT COMPR MECHANICAL Description Centrifugal compression refrigeration unit Mechanical compression refrigeration unit Electrical Generators (EG) Item Type PORTABLE TURBO GEN Description Portable electrical generator .diesel Electrical generator .steam turbine drive Water Treatment Systems (WTS) Item Type DEMINERAL SOFTENING AERATOR Description Two stage ion exchange water treatment Hot lime.

THRM OX LC STORAGE Recuperative thermal oxidizer Vapor control flare for storage/loading Stacks (STK) Item Type STACK Description Stack without flare tip 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) 1-21 .

1-22 1 Introduction to Process Equipment (G6) .

General Range of Basic Data** Impeller Type References Impeller Materials Blenders (BL) Kneaders (K) Mixers (MX) 2 Agitators (G6) 2-1 .2 Agitators (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Agitators (AG) Agitated Tanks (AT) Description of Agitated Tanks Impeller Types .

Typically used for rapid disperation or fast reactions. SS316. gear drive with explosion-proof motor. SS316. Typically used to keep solids in suspension.Agitators (AG) Description Portable. MONEL.2.3 KW] GEAR DRIVE Type DIRECT 2-2 2 Agitators (G6) .22 KW] Portable. SS304. Material: *CS*.25 . MONEL.3 HP [0.5 HP. SS304.75 . RUBCV Driver Power: 0. RUBCV Driver Power: 0. medium viscosity blending and dissolving. Material: *CS*. direct drive with explosion-proof motor. [0. clamp-on. clamp-on.75 .75 .

Standard motor VFD.000 RPM]. Material: *CS*. Material: *CS*.5 HP [0. Typically used for low speed mixing on closed tanks.5 KW] Fixed propeller mixer with motor and gear drive to 100 FIXED PROP HP [75 KW]. SS Driver power: 2 .5 HP [5.Variable frequency drive Impeller type: *MP3B5* Fixed mount. SS304.5.75 . stuffing ANCHOR box. MONEL. SS Driver power: 0. top-entering. SS316.33 .75 KW] PORT PROP Type MECH SEAL 2 Agitators (G6) 2-3 .800 RPM [1.Agitators (AG) . MONEL. gear drive. SS316. Includes motor. Material: *CS*. Shaft enters tank through a mechanical seal.5 KW].continued Description Fixed mount.5 HP [0. mechanical seal.5 .3 KW] Portable propeller mixer with motor to 7.200 RPM [1.5 KW]. top-entering. Max: 1. Max: 200 HP [140 KW] Impeller Speed: Min: 1. gear drive.00 HP [1.7. RUBCV Driver power: 0.75 . anchor. Material: *CS*. SS304.00 M] Driver power: Min: 2. shaft and impeller. explosion-proof motor.75 .500 RPM] Driver type: *STD*.100 HP [1. explosion-proof motor. gear drive. Typically used for low speed mixing on closed tanks. RUBCV Impeller diameter: Max: 10 FEET [3.

MONEL. Liquid volume: MIN: 50 GALLONS [0.825 MM] Agitator height: MIN: 24 INCHES [610 MM]. baseplate. HAST.0. seals and a variety of shaft and impeller configurations. SS403. SS347. metric units] Consistency .19 M3]. no speed reduction BELT. reversing motor. SS316.825 MM] ANCHOR REV Type PULP STOCK 2-4 2 Agitators (G6) . Material: *CS*. speed reducer.Direct drive.000 RPM.Variable frequency drive GEAR . Stainless steel material for sanitation.Air Dried%: Max: 10.Belt driven speed reduction VFD .800* RPM: [*1.78 M3] Agitator diameter: MIN: 32 INCHES [813 MM].continued Description Top entry (for Open or Closed tanks) and Side entry type.Agitators (AG) . Default: *4.Mechanical seal Sanitary reversing anchor agitator With large paddle. 316L. MAX: 72 INCHES [1. MAX: 1. SS321.Gear drive speed reduction Liquid volume: Enter Capacity or Impeller Diameter Impeller diameter: Enter Capacity or Impeller Diameter Agitator orientation: Default: *VTOP* VTOP . Default: *1.Top entry agitator for open tanks VTCL . NI. MAX: 72 INCHES [1. it must be added.800* RPM.600 RPM [3. TI Driver type: DRCT .Side entry agitator Driver speed: Max: 3. bearings. INCNL. and proximity sensors.Top entry agitator for closed tanks SIDE .4* PCF [*1000* KG/M3] Seal type: Default: *PACK* PACK . metric units]. If you require a foundation for this item.Packing MECH .0* Fluid density: *62. Includes motor driver.000 GALLONS [3. 304L.

VFD controlled. it must be added. direct dive.500 GALLONS [5.19 M3]. VFD controlled. VFD rated. CS .TEFC. If you require a foundation for this item. CS WVCDC.TEFC. CS WVRDC . MAX: 1.Shaft seal is required Driver power: MIN: 0.Washdown. direct drive. Stainless steel material for sanitation. direct drive. Agitator diameter: MIN: 32 INCHES [813 MM]. Liquid volume: MIN: 3 GALLONS [0.25 KW]. If you require a foundation for this item. Seal for shaft: *NO*.67 M3].012 M3]. direct drive. VFD controlled. MAX: 72 INCHES [1.78 M3].825 MM] Sanitary highshear homogenizing agitator Agitator’s perforated disk rotates to create shear for homogenizing immiscible liquids. CS TVRDC .TEFC. it must be added.Agitators (AG) . SS TXXDC . direct drive. SS WVCDS . VFD rated. direct drive. Required to enter capacity.Continued on next page HIGH SHEAR Type COUNT ROT 2 Agitators (G6) 2-5 .continued Description Sanitary counter-rotating agitator Two-piece agitator with center armed shaft and outer frame parallel wall rotating opposite each other. Required: Enter either liquid volume or driver power. Required: Enter either liquid volume or driver power.33 HP [0. Driver type: *WXXDC*. CS TVCDC . 40 HP [30 KW].Washdown. direct drive. SS WVRDS . direct drive.825 MM] Agitator height: MIN: 24 INCHES [610 MM].Shaft seal not required YES. Used in the sanitary industry.000 GALLONS [3. VFD rated. Liquid volume: MIN: 50 GALLONS [0. MAX: 1. CS WXXDS . direct drive.Washdown.Washdown. MAX: 72 INCHES [1.Washdown.Washdown.

turbine type impeller No. head RSSQR. gear drive Impeller type: *PROP*.Rotator stator w/ slotted disintegr. gear drive WVCGP .Rotator stator w/ high shear screen RSGENRotator stator w/ GP disintegrating head Sanitary fixed propeller/turbine mixer.continued Impeller type: *INTGH*. Driver power: MIN: 0.Flange with bridge SAN FIXED Type 2-6 2 Agitators (G6) . VFD controlled.Sealed flange mounting FLWB. 25 HP [18. gear drive WXXGP.Washdown. MAX: 2 Angle riser: *NO*.22 KW]) TURB.Agitators (AG) .5 HP [0.Integral head RSDIH.Angle riser is required Mounting type: *UNSLF*.Washdown. VFD rated. of impellers: *1*.Angle riser not required YES. it must be added.Unsealed flange mounting SLF. Stainless steel material for total washdown capability and no risk of open container contamination from paint chips.375 KW].propeller type impeller (not available above 3 HP [2.5] Driver type: *WVRGP*.Washdown.continued Description HIGH SHEAR . MIN: 1. If you require a foundation for this item.

NI plate Type SAN PORT 2 Agitators (G6) 2-7 . propeller/turbine mixer Stainless steel material for total washdown capability and no risk of open container contamination from paint chips.55 KW] Driver type: *WVRDN*. Driver power: MIN: 0.Washdown. it must be added. VFD contr. Gear drives feature removable shafts retained by a positive fit internal shaft coupling. VFD rated.Washdown.25 KW]. direct drive. Quick-disconnect prop allows for easy inspection. Driver type selections allow you to choose between gear or direct drives. MAX: 0. non-removable shafts with a sealed entry at the mounting flange face for superior sanitation.Agitators (AG) . direct drive.continued Description Sanitary port. NI plate WVRGN. VFD rated. gear drive. VFD contr. If you require a foundation for this item. NI plate WVCDN.75 HP [0. Direct drives have fixed.Washdown. gear drive.Washdown. NI plate WVCGN.33 HP [0.

the vessel is designed with a skirt. Type MIXER . The skirt height is calculated as 1.25 and 9. Otherwise. Enter “0. the system-calculated capacity must agree with the specified capacity to within +/. Liquid Volume: Enter either Capacity or Diameter and Height. A value must be specified if diameter and height are not both specified. agitator and supports. <blank>. jacket.Agitated Tanks (AT) Small to large.0* MPA-S] Description Pressure/vacuum vessel. calculated from diameter and height. Corrosion Allowance: For CS alloys. (Cladding is defined below. optional jacket Includes top entering impeller and geared motorreducer. For MIXER.125 INCHES [3 MM].5 x (vessel diameter) with minimum and maximum heights of 4 and 32 FEET [1. 0.5 M] respectively. specify the diameter and height directly. Vessel Diameter: Enter either Capacity or Diameter and Height..) Default: *A285C*. Skirt or Leg Height: If the capacity is 1000 GAL. the vessel is designed with 4 FEET [1. pressure/vacuum.10%.Continued on next page - 2-8 2 Agitators (G6) . Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height: Enter either Capacity or Diameter and Height. REACTOR and OPEN TOP: Liquid Volume: To secure desired vessel size.0 for all other materials.Standard continuous process BATCH. Weld Efficiency%: 5. a value is calculated as a function of vessel diameter and height with a maximum manhole diameter of 48 INCHES [1200 MM]. Manhole Diameter: If no value is specified. the default is 0. For a capacity greater than 1000 GAL. Application: Defines vessel function and related pipe/instrum.Batch process Shell Material: For clad plate. driver.100 (For ASME and JIS codes only). [37 M3] or less. model.0” if hung in open structure. tank designed for 15 PSIG [100 KPA].25 M] pipe legs. [37 M3].4* PCF [*1.0* CPOISE [*1. Product Density: *62.000*KG/M3] Viscosity: *1. If both vessel dimensions and capacity are specified. motor-reducer. specify the backing plate material.

Design Temperature: *250* DEG F [*120* DEG C] Operating Temperature: Default: Design temperature. Jacket Type: Default: *FULL* FULL .SS347 SS410 .Half-pipe jacket Jacket Thickness: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket..1Cr . Default: Pressure. Jacket Material: Default: *CS* CS .Continued on next page - 2 Agitators (G6) 2-9 .SS410 SS430 .25Cr .SS430 304L .Nickel INCNL . Default: No jacket.Agitated Tanks (AT) .SS304 SS316 .continued Description MIXER .304L 316L .Monel HAST .Hastelloy Type . Default: Pressure.SS316 SS321 .Full jacket PIPE .5Mo A 387B .5Mo A 387D .A 515 A 204C . Default: No jacket.C . Vacuum Design Gauge Pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered.2. design is for worst case.Carbon steel A 515 .316L NI .continued Design Gauge Pressure: Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA] If pressure and vacuum entered..1Mo SS304 . Jacket Design Gauge Pressure: Pressure must be specified to obtain a jacket.SS321 SS347 . design is for worst case.Inconel MONEL .

Select from types of Non-Ferrous Steel Driver Type: Default: *STD* STD . the default is 0.100 (For ASME and JIS codes only).0 if hung in OPEN structure.0. Skirt or Leg Height: Enter 0.Standard motor VFD .Provide stress relief if code requires YES . legs provided if capacity < 10. Stress Relief: CODE .Provide stress relief NO .Agitated Tanks (AT) .Select from types of Heat Treated Steel SEE LOW ALLOY STEEL .125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.Variable frequency drive Cladding Material: Default: None. Manhole Diameter: If no value is specified.continued SEE CARBON STEEL .Continued on next page Type 2-10 2 Agitators (G6) . a value is calculated as a function of vessel diameter and height with a maximum manhole diameter of 48 INCHES [1200 MM].125 INCHES [3 MM].Select from types of Carbon Steel SEE HEAT-TREATED STEEL .Select from types of Low Alloy Steel SEE HIGH ALLOY STEEL . Weld Efficiency%: 5 .continued Description MIXER . Base Material Thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Corrosion Allowance: For CS alloys. Fluid Depth: Maximum fluid depth: vessel height less 12 INCHES [300 MM] .Select from types of High Alloy Steel SEE NON-FERROUS .0 for all other materials.No stress relief required Cladding Thickness: Default: 0.000 GAL [37 M3]. otherwise 0. 0.

continued Description MIXER . Vessel Diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Number of Body Flange Sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. Jacket Design Gauge Pressure: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.Inside Diameter Open with loose-fitting cover. Jacket Type: Default: *FULL* FULL.0* MPA-S] Impeller Type: See Impeller Types table later in this chapter.000* KG/M3] Fluid Viscosity: *1.0 if not required. Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.Agitated Tanks (AT) . specify the backing plate material.Half-pipe jacket Type . Design Temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Operating Temperature: Default: Design Temperature. Shell Material: For clad plate. Default: See Area Design Basis. optional jacket. tank without head. Stiffening Ring Spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only.Full jacket PIPE. (Cladding is defined below. enter 0.Continued on next page - 2 Agitators (G6) 2-11 . Default: no jacket.continued Fluid Density: *62.0* CPOISE [*1. Includes OPEN TOP impeller and geared motor reducer.) Default: *A285C*. supported by structural steel spanning tank top. Diameter Option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.Outside Diameter ID. Liquid Volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.4* PCF [*1. OD.

5Mo A 387D.Variable frequency drive Cladding Material: Default *none*. [37 M3].0 if hung in OPEN structure. .Hastelloy SEE CARBON STEEL .SS321 SS347.316L NI.SS430 304L.Monel HAST.SS347 SS410.25Cr .Nickel INCNL.Select from types of Low Alloy Steel SEE HIGH ALLOY STEEL .Inconel MONEL.SS304 SS316.SS316 SS321.000 GAL.Select from types of Non-Ferrous Steel Driver Type: Default: *STD* STD. Skirt or Leg Height: Enter 0.SS410 SS430.continued Description OPEN TOP .C .Select from types of High Alloy Steel SEE NON-FERROUS .Select from types of Carbon Steel SEE HEAT-TREATED STEEL .2.1Mo SS304.Select from types of Heat Treated Steel SEE LOW ALLOY STEEL .Continued on next page Type 2-12 2 Agitators (G6) .Carbon steel A 515.Agitated Tanks (AT) .5Mo A 387B. Jacket Material: Default: *CS* CS. Default: no jacket. legs provides if capacity < 10.1Cr .A 515 A 204C.Standard Motor VFD...304L 316L.continued Jacket Thickness: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.

enter 0.continued Manhole Diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1200 MM]. Stress Relief: Default: See Area Basis CODE.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.40* PCF. Base Material Thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.Description OPEN TOP . Default: Area Basis 50 . where allowed for thin wall vessels.Outside diameter ID.0 for other material. Default: See Area Design Basis.Provide stress relief if code requires YES. Number of Body Flange Sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. OD. Stiffening Ring Spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only. Fluid Depth: Maximum fluid depth: vessel height less 12 INCHES [300 MM].125 INCHES [3.100. otherwise: 0. Fluid Viscosity: Default: *1.Inside diameter Type 2 Agitators (G6) 2-13 . Diameter Option: Defines desired diameters as ID or OD.No stress relief required Cladding Thickness: Default: 0.00* CPOISE. Weld Efficiency: ASME/JIS codes only.0. Corrosion Allowance: Default 0. 0. Impeller Type: See Impellor Types table. Fluid Density: Default: *62.0 MM] for CS.Provide stress relief NO.0 if not required. double if jacketed.

Operating Temperature: Default: Design temperature. thermometer well. Vacuum Design Gauge Pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered. agitator.Standard continuous process BATCH. blow-pipe. Application symbol: Defines vessel function and related pipe/instrum. shaft. Design Temperature: Ferrous mat’l: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C]. Jacket Design Gauge Pressure: *90* PSIG [*620* KPA] Jacket Type: Default: *FULL* FULL.Agitated Tanks (AT) . specify the backing plate material. Rating of full vacuum and design pressure.Batch process Shell Material: For clad plate. jacketed.Continued on next page - 2-14 2 Agitators (G6) . Vessel Diameter: Enter either Capacity or Diameter and Height. Includes jacket motor gear drive and shaft seal. design is for worst case. Design Gauge Pressure: Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA] If pressure and vacuum entered. <blank>.continued Description Pressure/vacuum vessel. insulation and safety valves. model. Other mat’l: 250 DEG F [120 DEG C]. Default: Pressure. design is for worst case. Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height: Enter either Capacity or Diameter and Height.Full jacket PIPE. (Cladding is defined below. Default: Pressure. Liquid Volume: Enter either Capacity or Diameter and Height.) Default: *A285C*.Half-pipe jacket Type REACTOR .

continued Jacket Material: Default: *CS* CS ..1Cr .Nickel INCNL .SS347 SS410 .Variable frequency drive Cladding Material: Default: None.. a value is calculated as a function of vessel diameter and height with a maximum manhole diameter of 48 INCHES [1200 MM].Carbon steel A 515 . Skirt or Leg Height: Enter 0.Inconel MONEL .continued Description REACTOR .000 GAL [37 M3].Monel HAST .0 if hung in OPEN structure.SS321 SS347 .5Mo A 387B .316L NI . Manhole Diameter: If no value is specified. Type .SS410 SS430 .SS430 304L .SS304 SS316 .Hastelloy SEE CARBON STEEL .Continued on next page - 2 Agitators (G6) 2-15 . legs provided if capacity < 10.Select from types of Carbon Steel SEE HEAT-TREATED STEEL .Agitated Tanks (AT) .2.5Mo A 387D .SS316 SS321 .25Cr .C .Select from types of Low Alloy Steel SEE HIGH ALLOY STEEL .Select from types of High Alloy Steel SEE NON-FERROUS .Select from types of Non-Ferrous Steel Driver Type: Default: *STD* STD .304L 316L .1Mo SS304 .Select from types of Heat Treated Steel SEE LOW ALLOY STEEL .A 515 A 204C .Standard motor VFD .

Outside Diameter ID.0 for all other materials. Number of Body Flange Sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. otherwise 0.125 INCHES [3 MM].Provide stress relief if code requires YES.000* KG/M3] Fluid Viscosity: *1.No stress relief required Cladding Thickness: Default: 0.0* CPOISE [*1. the default is 0. Stress Relief: CODE.Agitated Tanks (AT) .100 (For ASME and JIS codes only). 0. Corrosion Allowance: For CS alloys.0* MPA-S] Impeller Type: See Impeller Types table later in this chapter. Fluid Depth: Maximum fluid depth: vessel height less 12 INCHES [300 MM] Fluid Density: *62. enter 0.0 if not required.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.0. Diameter Option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.continued Description REACTOR . Weld Efficiency: 5 . Default: See Area Design Basis. OD. Stiffening Ring Spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only.Provide stress relief NO.4* PCF [*1.Inside Diameter Type 2-16 2 Agitators (G6) .continued Base Material Thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.

Tank Length or Diameter: Enter length for rectangular tank or diameter for cylindrical tank. INCNL. TI Configuration: Default: *RECT* CYLIN.Batch pulper CONT. *SS316*. SS304. drive motor. HAST. Default: *4.Agitated Tanks (AT) . drain and level control).Extended rotor shaft length . MONEL.Standard rotor shaft length EXTD . Default: *1*. shaft with gear or V-belt drive. 304L. Hence OFF MACH the two types: on-machine and off-machine pulpers. Vessel Width: Rectangular tanks only. SS321. SS347. Pulping Rate Air Dried: Enter pulping rate or hydraulic capacity.Rectangular tank Hydraulic Volume: Enter pulping rate or hydraulic capacity.continued Description Type Pulpers are used for pulping the waste generated by MACH PULP mill operation or in a paper recycling process.Continuous pulper Tank or Vat Material: CS. rotor blade. MACH PUMP Application Symbol: Default: *BATCH* BATCH .00* Impeller Type: Default: *STD* STD . extraction chamber with flanged outlet. Both include a pulping tank with support legs.Cylindrical tank RECT. 316L. nozzles (feed. Consistency Air Dried: Max: 18. Number of Rotors or Drives: 1-2. hub. NI. The pulper itself consists of an extraction plate.Continued on next page - 2 Agitators (G6) 2-17 . motor coupling and an adapter plate. Multiple rotors can be selected.

Rectangular tank Hydraulic Volume: Enter tank capacity or tank dimensions.0* DEG F [*20. SS304. NI.0* FEET [*3. length for rectangular. MONEL. TI Driver Type: Default: *GEAR* BELT . 304L.Packing MECH .Mechanical seal Corrosion Allowance: For CS alloys. SS321. HAST. . SS304. Configuration: Default: *CYLIN* CYLIN . SS347. Driver Speed: Max: 3.000 RPM [2. Default: *1. SS347.continued Impeller Material: CS. NI.0 for all other materials.Batch pulper CONT . HAST. S16L. Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM] Type Application Symbol: Default: *BATCH* OFF MACH BATCH . MONEL.Belt driven speed reduction GEAR . *SS316*. a value is calculated as a function of vessel diameter and height with a maximum manhole diameter of 48 INCHES [1200 MM]. diameter for cylindrical.600 RPM].125 INCHES [3 MM]. TI.00* M] Number of Manholes: Default: *1*.Description MACH PULP . SS321.500* RPM [*1.Cylindrical tank RECT . INCNL. 316L. the default is 0. Vessel Height: Enter tank capacity or tank dimensions. 304L. *SS316*.0* DEG C] Seal for Shaft: Default: *PACK* PACK .Continued on next page - 2-18 2 Agitators (G6) . 0.Gear drive speed reduction Design Temperature: *68.Continuous pulper Tank or Vat Material: CS. Tank Length or Diameter: Enter tank capacity or dimensions. INCNL.800 RPM] Vessel Leg Height: *10. Manhole Diameter: If no value is specified.

<blank> .continued Description OFF MATCH . 0. Vessel +Leg Height: Default *10* FEET [*3. Driver Speed: Max: 3. PACK . Seal for Shaft: Default: *PACK*.0 MM]. MONEL.0* M].0 for all other materials.0* DEG C].000 RPM [2. SS304.continued Vessel Width: Enter tank capacity or dimensions. Default: *4. Default: *1. SS321. S16L.800* RPM]. SS347.Agitated Tanks (AT) . TI Driver Type: Default: *GEAR* BELT . NI. Impeller Type: Default: *EXTD*. a value is calculated as a function of vessel diameter and height with a maximum diameter of 48 INCHES [1. Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM]. *SS316*. Manhole Diameter: If no values is specified. Type 2 Agitators (G6) 2-19 .Standard rotor shaft length EXTD .Extended rotor shaft length Impeller Material: CS. Default: *1*. Number of Rotors or Drives: 1-2. width is for rectangular tanks only.0* DEG F [*20. the default is 0.125 INCHES [3.0*. INCNL. Number of Manholes: Default: *1*. 304L.Packing MECH .Gear drive speed reduction Design Temperature: Default: *68.200 MM].600 RPM].500 RPM [*1.Belt driven speed reduction GEAR . HAST. Consistency Air Dried: Max: 18.Mechanical seal Corrosion Allowance: For CS alloys.

FLOAT CELL Type COND CELL Floatation machine for selectively separating minerals by agitation.0 CF [0.0 .1.Agitated Tanks (AT) .3 . Material: Default: *CS* Volume Per Cell: 10 .500. one discharge box and one connection box for each group of four cells. multi-cell.2. Material: Default: *CS* Cell Volume: 10.3 .40 M3] Floatation machine. Default: *1* 2-20 2 Agitators (G6) . air dissemination and chemical adhesion.continued Description Conditioning cell for floatation machine. minerals separation.500 CF [0.1. Number of Cells Per Motor: 1 . Includes one row of cells connected in series with one feed box.40 M3] Number of Cells: Refers to number per row connected in series.

dimensionless: PN = (Pgc/FD) (N3D5) Power Function (PF). dimensionless: RN = (D2N) (FD/FV) Froude Number (FN). PN. FN. Power is derived from PN.Description of Agitated Tanks 1 2 3 4 Reynolds Number (RN). FP = PN 5 Relationships between PF.(a-log RN) (log FN) /b For RN < or = 300 for tanks with or without baffles. dimensionless: For RN > 300 and for unbaffled tanks. General Nomenclature Description impeller contant impeller contant impeller diameter Froude Number local acceleration due to gravity gravitational constant rotational speed of impeller power to shaft of impeller Power number Reynolds number fluid density fluid viscosity See Chapter 29: Units of Measure Value See Impeller Types table See Impeller Types table 6 a b D FN g gc N P PN RN FD FV Variable 2 Agitators (G6) 2-21 . dimensionless: FN = g/N2D Power Number (PN). RN for each impeller listed in the Impeller Types table are contained in the AT agitated tank model. log PF = log PN .

7-3.11.000. 3 but no deflector ring.7-3.75-1.7-3.3 1.10 0.50 1560.3 0.75-1.1 Same as No.7-3. Axial turbine with eight blades at a 45 degree angle.000 - 3 2-22 2 Agitators (G6) .8.9 0. 3 but not identical.9 2.8-106 4 0.5-106 0 - 1 9 ST 2.7-3. Same as No.7-3.75-1.9 20.9 0.3 10-106 4 0.9 0.25d.2d Same as No. Similar to No.1 3 3 3 2 3 4* T6FB2 T6FB3 T6FB4 2. Blade sizes same as No.1.3 2.0 90.10 1 7 STDR Shrouded 2.Impeller Types .3 1.75-1.7.10 1 11 AT4B60 3 3 0. B=0.General Range of Basic Data** Impeller No.3 1-106 1-106 1-106 4 4 0 0. See No.1 Turbine with six arrowhead blades.75-1.10 1 6 T6AB 3 2.8-106 4 0.3 0.3 Low High 1-10 6 Baffles No.74 0.75-1. 1 Type Symbol T6FB Type Reynolds Number D/d L/d 2.4 turbine with six blades. b=40 Turbine with six curved blades.75-1.a=1.10 1 10 AT8B45 2. Axial turbine with four blades at a 60 degree angle.7-3. 3 0.04 - 1 1 1 5 T6CB 3 2. Blade Height = 0.7-3.000 - 2 8 STDR2 2.9 2.75-1.7-3. B=0.9 0.9 0. 4 B/D 0.1 Same as No.9 E/d 0. Blade size same as No.9 0. 20 blade deflector ring.25d.3 3-106 4 0.75-1.17 Ref 1 Turbine with 3 six flat blades.

15.5 1.7.7-23 0 - 4 21 HRA 1.1. but pitch=d Same as No.9 0.5 2.Impeller Types . b=18. Froude number is included for Reynolds Numbers great than 300.3 15 MP3B2 2. a=1.15. B/D 0 Ref 3 13 14 P4B P2B3 3 3 2.000 0. Reynolds Number D/d L/d 5. b=18. 3. 12 Type Symbol Type AT4B45 Axial turbine with four blades at a 45 degree angle.3 2.2 5.7-3. 2 Agitators (G6) 2-23 . a=2. Same as No.5-106 0 - 1 16 MP3B5 4.75-1.5-106 0 - 1 18 MP3B7 3 2.helical screw=D/30.5 - - 5 * Surface effects are important.10 3 1 Paddle with two 3 blades.3.General Range of Basic Data** . See No.75-1.15. b=18. **System will permit extension beyond these ranges.50 0.9 0.5-106 0 - 1 20 MP3B9 3.75-1.5. a=0.continued Impeller No.05d. but pitch=d Helical ribbon.05 1.7-3.8 3.2 E/d 0.000 Baffles No.7-3.9 0.3 2.7-3. b=18. Same as No. Ribbon width=d/ 8.9 0.04d.5-106 0 - 1 17* MP3B6 4.75-1. Please check your results.15.3 200 70. Pitch-2d.5 2.9 0. See No.3 2.13.3-106 4 0.3 2.3 2. but pitch=1. 11 Paddle with four blades. but pitch=1. Same as No.75-1. Same as No. Marine propeller with three blades.70-1.000 2-106 0 4 0.9 0.87 Low High 60040.7-3.10 1 19* MP3B8 3 2.15.0 3000 500.7-3. but pitch=d. a-2.

Impeller Materials If Component CLAD GLSCS Other Impeller Material Match cladding SS316 blades/shaft Match steel Impeller Type References Ref 1 2 3 4 5 Reference for Impeller Type Rushton. Q. Presented at Annual Meeting of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers. L. Everett. J. and H. Chemical Engineering Progress..Tangent-to-tangent height of tank. and C. S. Stoops. Industrial and Engineering Chemistry. and S. 473... Industrial and Engineering Chemistry. J. C. Gray. Olney. Hixson. B.Baffle width D . 1947.Tank diameter d . 1947. Chemical Engineering Progress. R. E. 43.Impeller elevation above tank bottom. 34... 55. E. H L d B D E 2-24 2 Agitators (G6) . J. Detroit.Liquid level in tank. B. J. Legend for Impellers B . 1942. and G. Costich.Impeller diameter E . Baum. 194. Motor/Reducer 12 INCH Min. 35. Lovell. L . Carlson. 59. 1963. H . 845. H. J. 1943.

5 M3] Driver Speed: 30 x Hz RPM Sanitary kettle blender without agitator. batch. it must be added. motor and speed reducer. If you require a foundation for this item.800* RPM Rotary double-cone. Liquid Volume: MIN: 50 GALLONS [0.Blenders (BL) Rotary. Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3] Driver Speed: Default: *1. MAX: 600 GALLONS [0. For batch blending of dry solids. Material: *CS*.06 .19 M3] . Description Rotary drum. Material: *CS*. Includes motor and drive.19 M3].200 KG/M3]. Add agitator separately.02 . Used for “gentle” blending or folding of viscous mixtures.165 CF [0. SS Blender Volume: 1 . SS316 Blender Volume: 5 . Includes motor and drive.450 CF [0.350 CF [0. For batch blending of dry or semi-dry solids.2.ROTARY Type BLENDER 2 Agitators (G6) 2-25 . dry or semi-dry solids.12 M3] Product Density: MAX: 200 PCF [3.03 .Continued on next page KETTLE .9 M3] Driver Speed: 30 x Hz RPM Material: GSLCS Blender Volume: 2 .

else hinged cover.continued Description KETTLE .Leg type mounting Sanitary rotary bowl blender. Used for wet or dry mixtures. If you require a foundation for this item. it must be added.Portable type blender on casters 2-26 2 Agitators (G6) .Fixed type blender PORT. *SS316* Liquid Volume: MIN: 25 GALLONS [0.Jacket is required Mounting type: *RIM*.Blenders (BL) .1 M3].Jacket not required YES.No cover required Lift off cover to 80 GAL [0.6 M3] Mounting type: *FIXD*. MAX: 160 GALLONS [0. ROTARYBOWL Type Consists of a stainless steel drum with motor drive mounted on a frame.3 M3].Rim mounting LEGS. Material: SS304. Jacket option: *NO*.Lift-off or hinged cover NONE.continued Operating Temperature: *68 DEG F [20 DEG C] Cover Type: *LFTHG*.

Blender type: *SOL-SOL*. *SS316* Flow rate: MIN: 250. coating food particles with sweeteners). it must be added. blending vitamins into cereals) or. Default: *40 PCF [640 KG/M3].000 MM]. if SOL-LIQ is selected in the Application field.0 KG/M3]. However. if a diameter is specified.000.continued Description Sanitary.00 MINUTES.g.Blenders (BL) .g. Blender diameter: MIN: 8 INCHES [200 MM]. “zig-zag” type blender combines the action of a rotating.0 PCF [4. VFD rated. staggered blender Continuous. the system provides the rated capacity in the results. multi-shell. When the capacity is specified. direct drive.Washdown. Used for either uniform solids-solids blending (e. MAX: 500.000. a dispersion head is included for liquid injection.800.Solids-liquids blending Driver type: *WVRDC*. If SOL-LIQ is selected. CS WVCDC.Washdown.0 KG/H]..50 MINUTES* Product density: MIN: 30.0 KG/H]. Although not included on the inputs. MAX: 3. direct drive. the system selects a model that can provide the capacity while operating at 50% of the model's rated capacity. 40 INCHES [1. CS Product residence time: MIN: 1. solidsliquids blending (e. Enter diameter or capacity.0 LB/H [115.0 PCF [480. VFD controlled. Type MSHELSTAG If you require a foundation for this item. eccentric drum with multiple recycling.00 MINUTES.Solids-solids blending SOL-LIQ. Default: *1. MAX: 300. Material: SS304. Capacity limits are at default density and residence time.* 2 Agitators (G6) 2-27 .0 LB/H [227.0 KG/M3}. Solids are fed through an inlet chute. this piece of equipment either operates at 50% (recommended) or at 100% of its capacity..

MONEL Liquid Volume: 100 . SS316. STATIONARY Material: *CS*. motor reducer.4 to 2. SS316. cover.5 to 1. double-arm.Kneaders (K) Jacket. SS304. Description Stationary.5 to 1. motor.8 M3] Vacuum. Material: *CS*.500 GALLONS [0. Material: *CS*. tilting.8 M3] VAC TILTNG TILTING Type 2-28 2 Agitators (G6) . nozzles and agitator. upright double-arm. SS316.500 GALLONS [0. SS304. SS304.8 M3] Tilting. double-arm. MONEL Liquid Volume: 10 .750 GALLONS [0. MONEL Liquid Volume: 10 .

2 .1 M3] Driver speed: Max: 60 x HZ.5 . Material: *CS* Driver power: 5 . for dissolving solids and for mixing and/or reacting two or more feed streams.30 KW] Driver speed: Max: 60 x HZ. Default: *30 x HZ* Pan includes motor and drive. Material: *CS*.100 HP [1. Default: *30 x HZ* Extruder muller type with open motor.75 HP [2. Default: *30 x HZ* Portable propeller mixer with motor to 7.40 CF [0. TEFC motor.75 . SS Driver power: 2 . Material: *CS* Driver Power: 3 . Material: *CS*.Mixers (MX) Typically used for keeping solids in suspension.5. Includes motor driver.75 KW] PORT PROP PAN MULLER EXT Type EXTRUDER 2 Agitators (G6) 2-29 .33 . shaft and impeller.40 HP [4 .5 HP [0.5 KW]. SS Driver power: 0. Material: *CS* Mixer Volume: 4 .1.5 HP [5. This item is a top entering mixer including a gear drive. Description Cylinder type extruder with variable drive.5 KW] Fixed propeller mixer with motor and gear drive to 100 FIXED PROP HP [75 KW].22 .55 KW] Driver Speed: Max: 60 x HZ.7.

304LP.0 IN DIAM [12 . Material: *CS* Driver power: 5 .9 M3] Driver speed: Max: 60 x HZ. A 106.12.22 . *304P*.continued Description Type Sigma double-arm non-vacuum mixer with motor and SIGMA drive.11 M3] Driver speed: Max: 60 x HZ.05 .0 KW] Mixer Volume: 1 . Material: *CS* Driver power: 2 .1. 316LP. PLUG (default for sanitary material) Pipe diameter: 0. Default: *30 x HZ* SPIRAL RIB Static mixer used for instantaneous mixing of two fluid streams.300 MM DIAM] STATIC .Continued on next page - 2-30 2 Agitators (G6) . TI Flow type: *TRNS*.5 . 316PS (SS316 sanitary pipe. the mixer elements and the flanges at both ends.5 KW] Mixer Volume: 10 . Default: *30 x HZ* Spiral ribbon includes motor and drive.Mixers (MX) . INCNL.6. Pipe material: A 53. MAX: 8 INCHES [200 MM]).395 CF [0. The unit includes the main pipe housing.50 HP [4 .3 . MONEL. LAMN. TURB. NI.37.100 HP [2.70 CF [0. 316P. 321P.

Mixers (MX) - continued
Description Type

STATIC - continued Note: For non-sanitary material, use any pipe diameter in the above range; for sanitary material, use only the following: INCHES 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 MM 15 20 25 40 50 65 80 100

Enter liquid flow rate or diameter and length. Number of elements: Default varies with flow type. Element material: CS, SS, NI, MONEL, TI, HAST, HASTC, PD; Default: *SS304* Design temperature Inlet: *68.0* DEG F [*20.0* DEG C] Fluid density: *62.4* PCF [*300* KG/M3] Fluid viscosity: *1.0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S] Design gauge pressure Inlet: 15.0 PSIG [100 KPA]

2 Agitators (G6)

2-31

Mixers (MX) - continued
Description Two roll includes motor and drive. Material: *CS* Driver power: 50 - 300 HP [37.5 - 224 KW] Driver speed: Max: 60 x HZ; Default: *30 x HZ* Type TWO ROLL

Sanitary high-speed Norman-type mixer HIGH SPEED For dissolving solids or semi-solids. Pulls product from the top center of the square tank (shape ensures complete hydration) down to the high-speed impeller, which forces it out to the side of the tank and back up to the surface. If you require a foundation for this item, it must be added. Material: SS304, *SS316* Liquid Volume: MIN: 50 GALLONS [0.19 M3], MAX: 300 GALLONS [1.13 M3] Impeller type: FRZN- Frozen food mixing *NFRZ*- Non-frozen food mixing Driver type: *WXXBC*- Washdown, belt drive, CS WVRBC- Washdown, VFD rated, belt drive, CS WVCBC- Washdown, VFD controlled, belt drive, CS Sanitary ribbon blender RIBBON

Provides means for mixing, homogenizing, and drying a wide variety of products. Includes base unit, direct drive motor, jacket, and stainless steel legs. Cover has four safety interlock sensors, as well as a manual control ball valve for air supply. For sanitary reasons, material of construction is stainless steel (carbon steel may be specified for legs).
If you require a foundation for this item, it must be added. - Continued on next page -

2-32

2 Agitators (G6)

Mixers (MX) - continued
Description RIBBON - continued Material: SS304, *SS316* Blender type: *1SHAFT* - Single shaft blender 2SHAFT - Twin shaft blender (available only for capacities of 500 - 750 GALLONS [1.9 - 2.85 M3] Liquid volume: MIN: 10 GALLONS [0.038 M3], MAX: 3,800 GALLONS [14.3 M3] Driver power per shaft: MIN: 1 HP [0.75 KW], MAX: 150 HP [112 KW] For twin shaft type, this is the driver power for each shaft. Driver type: *WXXDC*- Washdown, direct drive, CS WVCDC- Washdown, VFD controlled, direct drive, CS WXXIC- Washdown, indirect drive, CS WVCIC- Washdown, VFD control, indirect drive, CS HXXCZ- Hydraulic drive with hydraulic system (available for twin shaft only) No indirect drivers < 180 GALLONS [0.68 M3] or < 7.5 HP [5.5KW] Cover type: NONE- Cover not required STD- Standard cover is required LCHTS- Load chute for twin shaft blender only Default: STD for twin shaft, NONE for single shaft Jacket option: NO- Jacket not required *YES* - Jacket required Not applicable for twin shaft blender type. Leg material: CS- Carbon steel *SS*- Stainless steel Not applicable for twin shaft blender type. Seal for shaft: *STD*- Standard shaft seal MECO- Clean-In-Place steam proof seal Applicable for twin shaft only Type

2 Agitators (G6)

2-33

Mixers (MX) - continued
Description RIBBON - continued Operating temperature: MIN: 68 DEG F [20 DEG C] Sanitary piston-type homogenizer PISTON HOM Type

Homogenizing valve employs cavitation, shear, and impingement forces to reduce gobule/ particle size as the product passes through it. Material is SS316 for sanitary reasons. If you require a foundation for this item, it must be added.
Liquid flow rate per hour: MIN: 15 GPH [0.057 M3/H], MAX: 9,900 GPH [37.4 M3/H] @ 2000 PSIG [13800 KPA], 2000 GPH (7.5 M3/H) @ 10, 000 PSIG [68,900 KPA] Driver power: MIN: 3 HP [2.22 KW], MAX: 250 HP [180 KW] Plunger diameter: MIN: 0.625 INCHES [16 MM], MAX: 3.5 INCHES [90 KW]. Maximum is influenced by capacity and gauge pressure (see table below). Required: enter either plunger diameter or gauge pressure.

Plunger Diameter @ 2000 PSIG [13800 KPA] Gauge Pressure 0.625 ---3.52 3.1253 16 ---902 803 @ 10000 PSIG [68900 KPA] Gauge Pressure INCHES MM 0.625 1.5
1

Capacity GPH 15 2000 6000 9000 .057 7.5 22.7 37.4

M3/H INCHES MM

16 401 -------

-------

1 Maximum capacity at highest maximum operating pressure 2
Maximum diameter

3 Maximum capacity at lowest maximum operating pressure

Operating gauge pressure: MIN: 2,000 PSIG [13,800 KPA], 10,000 PSIG [68,900 KPA]

Required: enter either plunger diameter or gauge pressure.

2-34

2 Agitators (G6)

Mixers (MX) - continued
Description Sanitary shear pump homogenizer. Item SHEAR HOM

For continuous, in-line and controlled batch course processing. Material of construction is SS316 for sanitary reasons.
Liquid flow rate: MIN: 10 GPM [0.64 L/S], MAX: 575 GPM [36.0 L/S] Cooler option: *NONE*- No cooler is required COOL- Cooler is required Driver power: MIN: 5.5 HP [4.0 KW], MAX: 100 HP [75 KW] Driver type: TVRZC- TEFC, VFD rated, CS *TVCZC*- TEFC, VFD controlled, CS Number of stages: *1*, MIN: 1, MAX: 3 The shear pump homogenizer is provided with 3 stages; however, if only 1 or 2 stages are required, then the other stages are blocked.

2 Agitators (G6)

2-35

2-36

2 Agitators (G6)

3 Compressors

(G6)

This chapter contains information on the following topics: Air Compressors (AC) Gas Compressors (GC) Fans, Blowers (FN)

3 Compressors (G6)

3-1

Air Compressors (AC)
For plant or instrument air. For all air compressors, capacity is at inlet temperature and pressure.
Description Packaged unit including motor driver. Includes inlet air filter, inlet throttle valve, bypass throttle valve, bypass silencer, compressor*, intercoolers**, aftercooler, automatic condensate removal system with condensate bypass valve, lube oil system, continuous baseplate, spacer coupling and guard, induction motor, vibration shutdown system, protection and regulation system, compressor mechanical test run and check valve. *The nominal 110 PSIG discharge machines have four stages of compression. The nominal 325 PSIG discharge machines have five stages of compression. **The four stage machines have three intercoolers. The five stage machines have four intercoolers. Material: *CS*, CI (Cast iron) Actual gas flow rate: 1,000 - 25,000 CFM [1,700 - 42,400 M3/H] Design gauge pressure Outlet: 15 - 325 PSIG [104 - 2,258 KPA] - Continued on next page Type CENTRIF M

3-2

3 Compressors (G6)

Air Compressors (AC) - continued Description CENTRIF M - continued Design temperature Inlet: -50 - 200 DEG F [-45 - 90 DEG C]; Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Design gauge pressure Inlet: Default: *0* PSIG [*0* KPA] Type

Packaged unit including turbine driver. Includes the same items as CENTRIF M except the compressor driver is a steam turbine instead of AC induction motor.
Material: *CS*, CI (Cast iron) Actual gas flow rate: 1000 - 25000 CFM [1,700 - 42,400 M3/H] Design gauge pressure Outlet: 15 - 325 PSIG [105 - 2,240 KPA] Design temperature Inlet: -50 - 200 DEG F [-45 - 90 DEG C]; Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Design gauge pressure Inlet: Default: *0* PSIG [*0* KPA]

CENTRIF T

Integral gasoline engine driver, base plate, coupling, RECIP GAS reciprocating gas compressor for compression of large volumes of air to high pressure, less coolers, filters, condensate removal (not a packaged unit). Material: *CS* Design gauge pressure Outlet: Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,300 KPA] Driver power: 100 - 10000 HP [75 - 7100 KW] Design temperature Inlet: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Design gauge pressure Inlet: Default: *0* PSIG [*0* KPA]

3 Compressors (G6)

3-3

Air Compressors (AC) - continued Description Type RECIP MOTR

Motor driven reciprocating gas compressor, with speed reducer, pulsation dampers for compression of large volumes of air to high pressure, less coolers, filters, condensate removal (not a packaged unit).
Material: *CS* Design gauge Pressure outlet: Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,300 KPA] Design gauge pressure Inlet: Default: *68* PSIG [*20* KPA] Driver Power: Max: 15,000 HP [11,000 KW] Design temperature Inlet: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]

SINGLE 1 S Single stage, non-lubricated, packaged reciprocating compressor for oil-free air; includes motor and drive, coupling, base plate, cooler. Material: *CS* Actual gas flow rate: 75 - 1,100 CFM [130 - 1,850 M3/H] Design gauge pressure Outlet: 90 - 150 PSIG [620 - 1,000 KPA] Design temperature Inlet: -50 - 200 DEG F [-45 - 90 DEG C]; Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Design gauge pressure Inlet: Default:*0* PSIG [*0* KPA]

Two stage, non-lubricated, packaged reciprocating air compressor for oil-free air; includes motor and drive, coupling, base plate, and cooler.
Material: *CS* Actual gas flow rate: 80 - 700 CFM [140 - 1,150 M3/H] Design gauge pressure Outlet: 150 - 500 PSIG [1,040 - 3,400 KPA] Design temperature Inlet: -50 - 200 DEC F [-45 - 90 DEG C]; Default: *68* DEG F [*20* KPA] Design gauge pressure Inlet: Default: *0* PSIG [*0* KPA]

SINGLE 2 S

3-4

3 Compressors (G6)

Gas Compressors (GC)
For process gas streams: ° ° Centrifugal (motor, turbine, gasoline engine, no driver) Reciprocating (motor, turbine, no driver) - with gear reducer, couplings, guards, base plate, compressor unit, fittings, interconnecting piping, vendo-supplied instruments, lube/seal system; less intercoolers and interstage knock-out drums.

For all gas compressors, capacity is at inlet temperature and pressure.
Description Axial (inline) centrifugal gas compressor with driver (motor, turbine or gasoline driven engine); excluding intercoolers and knock-out drums. Casing material: See “Casting Materials” in Chapter 28 for a complete list of materials. Default: *CS*. Actual gas flow rate Inlet: 500 - 200000 CFM [850 - 339000 M3/H] Design temperature Inlet: -200 - 200 DEG F [-125 - 90 DEG C]; Default - *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Design gauge pressure Outlet: Max: 2000 PSIG [13750 KPA] Molecular weight: Default: *29* Specific heat ratio: Default: *1.4* Compressibility factor Inlet: Default: *1* Compressibility factor Outlet: Default: *1* Maximum interstage temperature: Specify the maximum temperature reached during compression before inter-cooling. Max: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C]; Default: *350* DEG F [*175* DEG C] Intercooler outlet Temperature: Specify the interstage inlet temperature after cooling. -50 - 150 DEG F [-45 - 65 DEG C]; Default: *90* DEG F [*30* DEG C] Type CENTRIF

- Continued on next page -

3 Compressors (G6)

3-5

Gas Compressors (GC) - continued
Description CENTRIF - continued Driver type: Default: *NONE* NONE - No driver GAS ENGINE - Gas engine driver MOTOR - Motor driver TURBINE - Turbine driver Turbine gauge pressure: Max: 1,600 PSIG [11,000 KPA]; Default: *300* PSIG [*2050 KPA] Gear reducer type: Default: gear reducer included if driver type specified; otherwise none. YES - Gear reducer required NO - No gear reducer Lube oil system: Default: *YES* YES - Lube system required NO - No lube oil system CENTRIF IG Integral gear centrifugal gas compressor with driver (motor, turbine or gasoline engine), scrolls (inter-stage piping), bull gear, coupling, guard; may include lube oil system, intercoolers, aftercooler: excludes filter and silencers. Casing material: See “Casting Materials” in Chapter 28 for a complete list of materials. Default: *CS*. Actual gas flow rate Inlet: 500 - 70,000 CFM [850 - 118,900 M3/H] Design gauge pressure Inlet: -0.4 -100 PSIG [-2.7 - 689 KPA]; Default: *0.0* PSIG [*0.0* KPA] Design temperature Inlet: 32 - 200 DEG F [0 - 90 DEG C]; Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Design gauge pressure Outlet: Max: 700 PSIG [4825 KPA] Design temperature Outlet: -200 - 200 DEG F [-125 - 90 DEG C] Number of impellers: 2-4 - Continued on next page Type

3-6

3 Compressors (G6)

Gas Compressors (GC) - continued
Description CENTRIF IG - continued Gas type option: Sets default gas properties and makes adjustments for explosive gases. Default: *AIR*. AIR - Air O2GAS - Oxygen N2GAS - Nitrogen ARGAS - Argon FLGAS - Flammable gas NONFL - Non-flammable gas Molecular weight: Default based on chosen gas type. Specific heat ratio: Default based on chosen gas type. Compressibility factor Inlet: Default: *1.0*. Compressibility factor Outlet: Default: *1.0*. Intercooler required: Default: *YES* YES - Cooler required NO - None required After cooler Required: Default: *NO*. YES - Cooler required NO - None required Maximum interstage temperature: Specify the maximum temperature reached during compression before inter-cooling. Max: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C]. Intercooler outlet temperature: The interstage inlet temperature after intercooling. - 5- - 150 DEG F [-45 - 65 DEG C]; Default: *90* DEG F [*30* DEG C]. Driver type: Default: *NONE* NONE - No driver GAS ENGINE - Gas engine driver MOTOR- Motor driver TURBINE- Turbine driver Type

- Continued on next page -

3 Compressors (G6)

3-7

Gas Compressors (GC) - continued
Description CENTRIF IG - continued Turbine gauge pressure: Max: 1,600 PSIG [11,000 KPA]; Default: *300* PSIG [*2,050* KPA]. Lube oil system: Default: *YES* YES- Lube system required NO- No lube oil system Shop assembly option: Partial assembly denotes multiple skids field connected wither intercoolers. Default: *FULL*. FULL- Full shop assembly PART- Part shop assembly NONE- No shop assembly Motor or turbine-driven reciprocating process gas compressor. Includes motor, gear reducer and pulsation dampers. Does not include intercoolers or aftercoolers. Actual gas flow rate Inlet: Max: 200,000 CFM [339,000 M3/H] Inlet Temperature: -200 - 200 DEG F [-125 - 90 DEG C]; Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Design gauge pressure Outlet: Max: 6,000 PSIG [41,000 KPA] Molecular weight: Default: *30* Specific heat ratio: Default: *1.22* Maximum interstage temperature: Specify the maximum temperature reached during compression before inter-cooling. Max: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C]; Default: *270* DEG F [135 DEG C]. - Continued on next page RECIP MOTR Item

3-8

3 Compressors (G6)

Gas Compressors (GC) - continued
Description RECIP MOTR - continued Intercooler outlet temperature: The interstage inlet temperature after intercooling. -50 - 150 DEG F [-45 - 65 DEG C]; Default: *95* DEG F [*35* DEG C]. Driver Type: Default: *NONE* NONE- No driver MOTOR- Motor driver TURBINE- Turbine driver Turbine Press. - Gauge: Max: 1,600 PSIG [11,000 KPA]; Default: *300* PSIG [*2,050* KPA] Gear Reducer Symbol: Default: gear reducer included if driver type specified, otherwise none. YES- Gear reducer required NO- No gear reducer Lube Oil System: Default: *YES* YES- Lube system required NO- No lube oil system Reciprocating gasoline engine drive includes integral gas engine driver, gear reducer, baseplate, coupling, interstage pots and coolers. Material: *CS* Design gauge pressure Outlet: Max: 6,000 PSIG [4,100 KPA] Driver power: Min: 100 HP; Max: 10,000 HP Design temperature inlet: Default: *68* DEC F [*20* DEG C] RECIP GAS Type

3 Compressors (G6)

3-9

Fans, Blowers (FN)
The distinction between the terms fan, blower and compressor is confusing; however, a distinction may be made based upon the mechanical construction of the machine and the pressure rise from inlet to outlet produced by the machine. The Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Incorporated (AMCA) has made 12.25 INCHES of water pressure rise the cut-off between fans and blowers. Assuming an inlet pressure of 0 PSIG, a 12.25 INCHES of water pressure rise corresponds to a compression ratio of 1.3. Machinery used for compression ratios greater than 1.03 are called blowers or compressors. A pressure of 12.25 INCHES of water corresponds to 0.44 PSIG. It is common practice, however, to call any centrifugal gas-moving machine a fan if its construction is of sheet metal and the rotating element is wheel rather than an impeller. Single-stage fans are made with pressure rises of 50 INCHES of water, and two-stage fans with pressure rises up to 100 INCHES of water. Centrifugal blowers (or turbo-blowers) are primarily of cast iron construction and the rotating element is an impeller. Centrifugal blowers normally produce pressure rises in the range of 1 to 40 PSI. Centrifugal blowers may be single- (one impeller) or multi-stage (two or more impellers). A gas-moving machine that produces a pressure rise of more than 40 PSI is called a compressor. Another difference between compressors and blowers is that the design pressure of a blower is never more than 100 PSIG, while compressors are frequently designed for more than 100 PSIG. It should be noted, however, that in the range of 1 to 40 PSI pressure rise with a design pressure less than 100 PSIG, the terms are used interchangeably. With driver, listed in ascending capacity.
Description Type CENT TURBO

Single or multi-stage centrifugal turbo blower. Heavy duty, low noise blower. For moving up to 150,000 CFM of air or other gas through a system with a pressure drop from 1 to 10 PSI. Typical applications include: supplying air to wastewater treatment plant aeration basins; supplying air to blast furnaces, cupolas and converters; pneumatic conveying and supplying combustion air. This item is a centrifugal turbo blower.
Material: *CS* Actual gas flow rate: 100 - 40,000 CFM [170 - 67,950 M3/H] Design gauge pressure Outlet: 0.5 - 30.0 PSIG [3.5 - 205 KPA] Speed: 900 - 3,600 RPM

3-10

3 Compressors (G6)

Fans, Blowers (FN) - continued
Description Centrifugal fan. Applications include: pulling a gas stream through a baghouse, supplying combustion air to boilers and furnaces, boosting the pressure of the combustion gases from a boiler to push the gasses up the boiler stack, pneumatic conveying, solids drying and classifying and ventilation. Centrifugal fans are used to move gas through a low pressure drop system. The maximum pressure rise across a centrifugal fan is about 2 PSI. The most typical materials of construction are carbon steel sheet or plate casing, aluminum or carbon steel wheel (or impeller) and carbon steel shaft. Fans may be fabricated from a variety of other materials such as stainless steel and FRP. Centrifugal fans are classified according to the design of the wheel. The different wheels are: radial blade type, forward-curved, backward-curved, backward-inclined and airfoil. Centrifugal fans are manufactured in sizes that range from less than 100 CFM to 1,000,000 CFM. Material: *CS* Actual gas flow rate: 700 - 150,000 CFM [1,200 - 254,800 M3/H] Fan outlet gauge pressure: 0 - 15 IN H2O [0 - 3,700 PA]; Default: *6* IN H2O [*1,500* PA] Propeller fan. Material: *CS* Actual gas flow rate: 1,000 - 15,000 CFM [1,700 - 25,400 M3/H] PROPELLER Type CENTRIF

3 Compressors (G6)

3-11

Fans, Blowers (FN) - continued
Description Rotary blower. This general purpose blower includes inlet and discharge silencers. Applications include: pneumatic conveying, combustion air, exhausting vapors, instrument air and aeration of fluids. A rotary blower is a positive displacement machine. That is, a constant volume of inlet air (or other gas) is compressed regardless of any changes in the discharge pressure required by the system. The rotary blower moves air in the following manner. Two figure eight shaped impellers are mounted on parallel shafts inside a casing and rotate in opposite directions. As each impeller passes the blower inlet a volume of gas is trapped, carried through to the blower discharge and expelled against the discharge pressure. The casing of the rotary blower is cast iron and the impellers are ductile iron. Rotary blowers are manufactured in standard sizes. Material: *CS* Actual gas flow rate: 100 - 4,000 CFM [170 - 6,700 M3/H] Design gauge pressure Outlet: 2 - 15 PSIG [15 - 100 KPA]; Default: *8* PSIG [*55* KPA] Speed: 900 - 3,600 RPM Vaneaxial fan. Material: *CS* Actual gas flow rate: 2,300 - 40,000 CFM [3.950 - 67,900 M3/H] VANEAXIAL Type ROT BLOWER

3-12

3 Compressors (G6)

4 Drivers (G11) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Electrical Motors (MOT) Power Level Standard Motor Sizes Synchronous Motor Speeds (RPM) Turbines (TUR) 4 Drivers (G11) 4-1 .

37. snow.Severe outdoor service (outside weather-protected service) Type OPEN . corrosive fumes or explosive gases). moisture. compressors and fans.Normal outdoor service (weatherprotected (rain.75 . air-borne particles) WPII. pump. air-borne particles. abrasive or conducting particles.proof with vent openings) WPI.g.Standard indoor service (open drip. pumps. Motors are built in a wide range of enclosure types.000 HP [0. and the specific use of a motor (e. These considerations led to motor classification by enclosure types. The considerations at the site (temperature. Description Standard open drip-proof motors with vent openings for indoor service: Driver Power: 0.Continued on next page - 4-2 4 Drivers (G11) .000 KW] Enclosure Type: Default: *STD* STD. rotating speeds and horsepowers.50. dust. oil vapor.. Selection of a particular motor warrants careful consideration of the motor’s application.Electrical Motors (MOT) Electrical motors serve as the primary means of driving the rotating equipment. compressor or crusher driver) determine the hazards involved and the protective measures required for safe operation. for example.75 .

000 KW] Enclosure Type: Default: Water cooled if greater than 8. Driver Power: 200 .Continued on next page - 4 Drivers (G11) 4-3 . It is cooled by means of a fan integral with the machine but external to the electric parts. Except for some specially designed enclosures. else standard. The TEFC is a totally enclosed machine constructed to prohibit the exchange of air between the inside and outside of the casing.Normal outdoor service WPII.Severe outdoor service TEWAC. reciprocating SYNCHRON Type compressors.continued Description OPEN .Variable frequency drive Speed: Range: (15 x HZ) .Electrical Motors (MOT) .000 HP [150 . TEFC motors are available from 1 .Standard outdoor service WPI.15. crushers and mixers.(60 x HZ) RPM.20. corrosive vapors. pump compressors. Default: * (30 x HZ)* RPM Synchronous motors with high efficiency at low speed for large HP [KW] requirements. ENCLOSED . STD. TEFC motors are less costly and provide better protection than weather-protected motors. For severe service conditions requiring up to 200 HP.000 HP [6. dust and dirt.000].continued Driver Type: Default: *STD* STD. the TEFC motor provides the best protection against moisture.Standard motor VFD.7 x HZ) .Water cooled Speed: Range: (3. pumps. It can also withstand severe operating conditions (heat.500 HP. Default: * (30 x HZ)* RPM Totally-enclosed fan-cooled motors (TEFC) The TEFC motor is especially suitable for outdoor use involving severe environmental conditions. lint and dirt) when used indoors.(30 x HZ) RPM.

Electrical Motors (MOT) .100 KW] Driver Type: Default: Water cooled (TEWAC) if greater than 300 HP [224 KW].Variable frequency drive Speed: Range: (20 x HZ) . Class I represents an area containing flammable gases or vapors and Division 1 specifies that hazardous atmospheres can occur under normal operation conditions.7.600 RPM. Explosion-proof motors for Class I Division 1 hazardous use. An explosion-proof motor is basically a TEFC motor with heavier construction and more careful machining. STD. flashes or explosions from within. Driver Power: 0. pumps or compressors) handling combustible volatile liquids or combustible gases.10.Standard motor VFD.g.4. Division 1.Variable frequency drive Speed: Range: (20 x HZ) .75 . Hazardous Area.Standard motor VFD.000 HP [0. EXP PROOF Type 4-4 4 Drivers (G11) .75 .continued Description ENCLOSED . Default: *(30 x HZ)* RPM. An explosion-proof motor has an enclosure designed to withstand the explosion of a gas or vapor occurring within it and to prevent the ignition of the atmosphere surrounding the machine by sparks. Default: *(30 x HZ)* RPM.800 KW] Driver Type: Default: *STD* STD.(30 x HZ) RPM. Explosion proof motors are available up to 3.000 HP [0.continued Driver Power: 0. Explosion-proof motors are required when the location of the motor is classified according to the NEC (National Electrical Code) as a Class I. The source of a hazardous atmosphere is generally leakage from process equipment (e. else fan cooled (TEFC).(60 x HZ) RPM..2.000 HP at 3.75 .75 .

4. ENCLOSED. The motor speed (input speed) is geared down by a system of pulleys to supply lower shaft speeds (output speed) to process equipment. Mechanical variable speed Type VARY SPEED drives typically range from 0.300 KW] 4 Drivers (G11) 4-5 .(58 x HZ) RPM Driver Power: 0. A mechanical speed drive permits the adjustment of output speed by mechanical means (manually adjusted).Electrical Motors (MOT) . EXP PROOF.5 to 50 HP.6 x HZ) RPM High Speed: (1. Speed adjustment can be either manual. it does not supply a high degree of accuracy in speed regulation. Although the mechanical variable speed motor provides high efficiency over the entire speed range.g.5 . Pulley ratios of input to output speeds range from 2:1 through 10:1. This component is used when there is an optimum speed at which to run a process machine (e.continued Description TEFC motor integral with variable speed drive.09 x HZ) . by turning a handle. mixers.(9. Includes handwheel control of sheaves with a built-in indicator and TEFC motor as an integral part of the unit. fans. Available output speeds range from approximately 5 . dryers and crushers)..000 RPM. (Variable frequency driver available with OPEN.75 .4 x HZ) . pumps. or automatic.400 HP [0.) Low Speed: (.

000 KW] Greater than 4.75 KW] 1 HP to under MDP (*200* HP) [.37000 KW: Increments of 1000 KW 4-6 4 Drivers (G11) .Power Level Power is supplied to a motor at a voltage level as follows.800 V 60 Hertz 11.000 KW] Frequency US Country Base UK Country Base 110 V Low Voltage *230/480* V 4.300 V 13.000 HP [MDP (*150* KW) to 3.75 KW to under MDP (*150* KW)] MDP (*200* HP) to 4.000 V 50 Hertz 10000 . Voltage Level (3 Phase Service) Motor Size Less than 1 HP [0.160 V 240v Low Voltage *415* V 3.000 HP [3.

1000 HP:increments of 100 1000 .125 0.25 0.2500 HP:increments of 250 2500 .0 5.75 1.20000 HP:increments of 1000 20000 .5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 200 .5 22.5 0.50 2.6000 HP:increments of 500 6000 .0 30.333 0.0 18.75 1 1.0 75.0 55.0 80 80 85 95 100 106 112 118 125 132 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 212 224 236 250 265 280 300 315 335 375 400 425 450 475 KW 500 530 560 560 600 630 670 710 750 800 900 1000 1120 1250 1400 1600 1800 2000 2240 2500 2500 2800 3150 3550 4000 4500 5000 5600 6300 7100 8000 9000 10000 4 Drivers (G11) 4-7 .0 15.22 3.11 1.Standard Motor Sizes HP 0.5 7.0 37.500 HP:increments of 50 500 .40000 HP:increments of 2500 40000 .5 2 3 5 7.5 11.50000 HP:increments of 5000 0.0 4.5 45.

Synchronous Motor Speeds (RPM) 60 Hertz Service 1800 1200 900 720 600 514 450 400 360 327 300 277 257 240 225 1500 1000 750 600 500 428 375 333 300 272 250 231 214 200 187 50 Hertz Service 4-8 4 Drivers (G11) .

000 HP [8 .22.300 KW] Steam Gauge Pressure: Max: 1.30. Default: *400* PSIG [*2. Material: Default: *CS* Power Output: 10 .600* RPM NON COND Type CONDENSING 4 Drivers (G11) 4-9 . Material: Default: *CS* Power Output: 10 .600* RPM Non-condensing type steam turbine driver includes accessories.600 RPM.30.700* KPA] Speed: Max: 3.300 KW] Steam Gauge Pressure: Max: 1.22. Default: *3. Default: *400* PSIG [*2.000 KPA].600 RPM. Default: *3.000 KPA].600 PSIG [11.Turbines (TUR) Description Steam turbine driver includes condenser and accessories.000 HP [8 .700* KPA] Speed: Max: 3.600 PSIG [11.

1.000 HP [(>0) .6. It does not include compressor (booster) part.200.894 kPag] Required field Power output: Range: (>0) . and the resulting cost and weight data belong only to the expander part.000 CFM [8.Description Type Gas turbine includes fuel gas combustion chamber and GAS multi-stage turbine expander.800 m3/hr] Required field Design gauge pressure Inlet: Range: (>0) .000 PSIG [0 .20.1 .339.500 kW] Molecular weight: Range: 1 .3 Default: *1* Default compressibility factor assumes an ideal gas Isentropic efficiency: Range: 30 .100 PERCENT Default: *85* PERCENT Number of spare cartridges: Min: 0 Default: *0* TURBOEXP 4-10 4 Drivers (G11) .04 . Material: Default: *CS* Power Output: 1. Actual gas flow rate Inlet: Range: 5 .2.370.3000 PSIG [(>0) .4* Default specific heat ratio is that of air Compressibility factor Inlet: Range: 0.2 Default: *1.000 KW Turbo expander includes only the expander (turbine) part and any spare cartridges.05 .276. So.000 .500 Default: *29* Default molecular weight is that of air Specific heat ratio: Range: 1.5 . all input/output variables in the model refer to an expansion process.684 kPag] Required field Design temperature Inlet: Range: -450 to 600 DEG F [-267 to 315 DEG C] Default: *70* DEG F [*21* DEG C] Design gauge pressure Outlet: Range: 0 .000 HP [750 .

5 Heat Transfer (G10) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Heat Exchangers (HE) Reboilers (RB) Furnaces. Process Heaters (FU) TEMA Exchanger Construction Nomenclature Icarus Supported TEMA Types 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-1 .

The design of the shell and tube heat exchanger is such that one fluid flows inside the tubes. If a process fluid is heated (usually with steam) the term “economizer” is used. Wide variety of materials: floating head. The size of a heat exchanger is defined as the total outside surface area of the tube bundle. the term heat exchanger is used. the term “vaporizer” is used. a fluid may be either a gas or a liquid. TEMA Class B and other types. when we say we are transferring heat from one fluid to another. we can mean either a gas-gas exchanger. Therefore. a liquid-liquid exchanger or a gas-liquid exchanger.Heat Exchangers (HE) Heat exchangers are used to transfer heat from one fluid to another fluid. the kind described here.” The tube bundle is placed inside a cylindrical shell. 5-2 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . while the other fluid flows over the outside of the tubes. Heat exchangers may be called by other names depending upon their specific purpose. The tube bundle is held in a cylindrical shape by plates at either end called “tube sheets. U-tube exchangers. is the shell and tube heat exchanger. If two process fluids exchange heat. Each tube is usually 3/4 or INCH in outside diameter and 20 to 40 FEET long. If a liquid process fluid is heated (usually with steam) until it turns into a gas. fixed tube sheet. In the terminology of chemical engineering. and therefore. If a process fluid is being cooled with water. Heat is transferred through the tube walls. the term “condenser” is used. If a gaseous process fluid is cooled with water until it becomes a liquid. multiple shells/passes. The shell and tube heat exchanger consists of a bundle of tubes. the term “cooler” is often used. The most common type of heat exchanger.

with minimum of 0.60 FEET [1. Tube material 1st service: Primary or single service.74 MM] per API 661 code. fin types (or bare tubes). sizes. then this is the total bare tube surface area. Does not apply to Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator.0 [9.0* (rack mounted) Number of walkways: Default: *2*. except CS: 0. See Chapter 28 for tube materials.18.125 INCHES [3 MM] Tube length: Range: 4 . If the exchanger is a single service. the system calculates a value based on tube material. Total bare tube surface area for primary service.0. Thickness may be entered as a positive signed value in decimal INCHES [MM] or as a negative signed integer value of BWG (-1 to -24 BWG).: Default: *1.Panel shaped plenum TRNS.Heat Exchangers (HE) . Corrosion allowance 1st service: Default: 0. For grooved tubes.25 . Default: *A 179*.1080 INCHES [2.0* MM] Tube wall thickness 1st service: The wall thickness of tubing used for primary or single services. louver arrangements.Continued on next page Type AIR COOLER 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-3 .0 M] Height: This is the leg height for air coolers at grade. temperature and pressure of service.000* KPA] Inlet temperature 1st service: Default: *300* DEG F [*150* DEG C] Tube outside diameter 1st serv. specify the thickness under the groove.mounted.: Default: *150* PSIG [*1.continued Description Air cooler with variety of plenum chambers. Design gauge pressure 1st serv.0* INCHES [*25. materials.0 M] Bay width: Max: 30. freestanding or rack.Transition shaped NONE.No plenum . multiple bays and multiple services within a single bay. Default: *0. Bare tube area 1st service: Primary or single service. The surface area is for all bays. Plenum type symbol: Default: *TRNS* PANL. If no value is specified. in inches or BWG rating.

Face + side louvers NONE.Extracted NONE .Copper fins SS . AL . Default: *0.No louvers Fin type symbol: Default: L-footed if temperature below 400 DEG F [205 DEG C].0 .0. such as steam.Wheel X .625* INCHES [*15* MM] Number of tube rows: Max: 13 Tube pitch: Default: *2. .50 INCHES [10.continued Louver type symbol: Default: *FACE* FACE.0 MM].Stainless steel fins Tube fin height: Ignore this field for bare tubes.Aluminum fins CS . ignore if bar tube specified. dowtherm and gasses. as well as services where the shell side fluid is non-fouling.0 MM] Number of fans per bay: Range: 1-3 Fixed tube sheet shell and tube exchangers. TEMA type BEM fixed tube sheet The fixed tube sheet shell and tube heat exchanger is applicable to trim cooler and other low temperature applications.Bare tubes Fin pitch: Number of fin tubes per INCH [per 25 MM]. Range: 6.25* INCHES [55.L-foot tension wound W .Carbon steel fins CU .Continued on next page FIXED T S Type 5-4 5 Heat Transfer (G10) .Heat Exchangers (HE) . E .20. A fixed tube sheet heat exchanger has its tube sheets fixed to both ends of the shell.2. Default: *AL*.Side louvers only BOTH.65.Embedded L .250 . Range: 0. with or without a shell expansion joint.continued Description AIR COOLER .Face louvers only SIDE.0 . Default: *10.0* Fin material symbol: Ignore this field for bare tubes. esle embedded.

other material: 640 DEG F [340 DEG C] Tube operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube outside diameter: 0. Default: *1. tubes/shell and tube data. Type .000* KPA] Tube design temperature: Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys.0 INCHES [6 . See Chapter 28 for tube materials. See Chapter 28 for materials. *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C] for other materials.0* INCHES [*25* MM] Shell material: Default: A285C to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C]. Therefore. Heat transfer area: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells.25 .150 MM]. Tube design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1.Continued on next page - 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-5 .000* KPA] Shell design temperature: Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys.6. The fixed tube sheet design also does not allow the tube bundle to be removed. tubes/shell and tube data. Shell design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1. SS304 for higher temperatures. Number of shells: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells.Heat Exchangers (HE) .continued Description FIXED T S . 304S for higher temperatures.continued Fixed tube sheet heat exchangers are more economical to fabricate than floating head heat exchangers. but unless an expansion joint is placed in the shell the difference in temperature between the shell and tubes must be small or the unequal thermal expansion of the shell and tube bundle will cause unacceptable mechanical stresses. Tube material: Default: A 214 to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C]. fixed tube sheet heat exchangers are limited to clean services and services where the dirt and scale on the outside surface of the tubes is easily cleaned by chemical means.

125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS. not both. 0.6 MM] Tube corrosion allowance: Default: 0.0 for other materials. including corrosion allowance.06 MM] for CS. Default: *20* FEET [*6* M] Tube gauge: Enter tube gauge or thickness.18 M]. Tube length extended: 8 . Shell corrosion allowance: Default: 0.24 BWG Tube wall thickness: Enter tube gauge or thickness.Strength welded tube joints Tube pitch: 1.Expanded tube-to-tubesheet joints SEALW.continued Shell operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube side pipe material: See Chapter 18 for pipe materials. Type . not both.0 INCHES [4.0 MM] Shell wall thickness: Shell thickness including corrosion allowance.8. tubes/shell and tube data.Square tube pitch TRIANGULAR.0025 INCHES [0.5 .continued Description FIXED T S . Shell side pipe material: See Chapter 18 for pipe materials.875.25 x tube outside diameter Tube pitch symbol: Default: *TRIANGLE* DIAMOND.34 INCHES [0.0.Continued on next page - 5-6 5 Heat Transfer (G10) .Triangular tube pitch Shell diameter: Max: 192.60 FEET [2. including corrosion allowance.Heat Exchangers (HE) .Seal welded tube joints STRNW. Number of tubes per shell: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells.Diamond tube pitch SQUARE. 0.02 .6 . 0. 1 .0 for other materials Tube seal type: Default: *SEALW* EXPND.

No stress relief required Weld X-ray: Max: 100.Heat Exchangers (HE) . CODE .Cladding on shell side only TUBE.continued Description FIXED T S . Tube sheet corrosion allowance: Default: lesser of 50 x tube corrosion allowance or 0. otherwise 0.Provide stress relief NO .Cladding on both shell and tube sides Number of tube passes: Default: *1* Number of shell passes: Default: *1* Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis.Expansion joint required in shell Tube sheet material: See Chapter 28 for tube materials.Cladding on tube side only BOTH.Provide stress relief if code requires YES .125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material specified. Required government regulation and testing. See Chapter 28 for materials.No expansion joint in shell YES.continued Expansion joint: Default: *NO* NO.Specialty vender .25 INCHES [6 MM]. Default: *20* TEMA type: Default: BEM for 1 shell pass. Cladding location: Default: *SHELL* SHELL. Channel material: Default: tubesheet material.Pressure vessel regulations HPG .high grade/custom work Regulation type: Japanese country base only.Standard vender HIGH . Vendor grade: Default: *HIGH* STAND .High pressure gas regulations Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-7 . Default: *NONE* NONE . Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for material selection. Cladding thickness: Default: 0. BFM for 2 shell passes.0.No special regulations PV .

650 DEG F [340 DEG C] other material Tube operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube outside diameter: 0. Default: *1.6.000* KPA] Tube design temperature: Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys. tube/shell and tube data.Heat Exchangers (HE) .000 KPA] . 304S for higher temperatures. Tube material: Default: A 214 to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C].25 .0* INCHES [*25* MM] Shell material: Default: A285C to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C].150 MM].Continued on next page - 5-8 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . but not normally used for clean and/or low temperature services where the fixed tube sheet exchanger is usually the more economic choice. Tube design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1. SS304 for higher temperatures Shell design gauge pressure: Default: 150 PSIG [1. Applicable to any heat exchange application. Heat transfer area: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells.continued Description Type Floating head shell of 48 INCHES [1200 MM] FLOAT HEAD maximum and exchanger. Number of shells: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells. tubes/shell and tube data. The floating head heat exchanger accommodates the differential thermal expansion of tube bundle and shell. and also allows the tube bundle to be completely removed from the shell. See chapter 28 for tube materials. The floating head heat exchanger is consequentially specified for services where the shell size of the tube bundle is subject to fouling and services which involve large temperature differentials between shell side and tube side fluids.0 INCHES [6 .

not both.Triangular tube pitch Shell diameter: Max: 192. . Shell side pipe material: See Pipe Materials in Chapter 18.continued Description FLOAT HEAD . 1-24 BWG Tube wall thickness: Enter tube gauge or thickness.Square tube pitch TRIANGLE. tubes/shell and tube data.6 MM] Tube corrosion allowance: Default: 0. Tube length extended: 8 . Shell corrosion allowance: Default: 0.0 INCHES [4. including corrosion allowance. Default: *20* FEET [*6* M] Tube gauge: Enter tube gauge or thickness.0.0 for other materials Tube seal type: Default: *SEALW* EXPND. 0. Number of tubes per shell: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells.25 x tube outside diameter Tube pitch symbol: Default: *TRIANGULAR* DIAMOND.34 INCHES [0.0 MM] Shell wall thickness: Shell thickness including corrosion allowance.18 M]. not both.Seal welded tube joints STRNW.0 for other materials.875.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS.02 .0025 INCHES [0.Heat Exchangers (HE) .06 MM] for CS.Strength welded tube joints Tube pitch: Default: 1. 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] for other material Shell operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube side pipe material: See Pipe Materials in Chapter 18.Expanded tube-to-tubesheet joints SEALW.6 . 0.continued Shell design temperature: Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for cooper alloys.5 .Continued on next page Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-9 .Diamond tube pitch SQUARE. 0.8.60 FEET [2. including corrosion allowance.

Standard vendor HIGH .No special regulations PV . Default: *20* TEMA type: Default: BES for 1 shell pass.Heat Exchangers (HE) . Channel material: Default: tubesheet material.continued Expansion joint: Default: *NO* NO .125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material specified.No stress relief required Weld X-ray: Max 100.high grade/custom work Regulation type: For Japanese country base only.Cladding on both shell and tube sides Number of tube passes: Default: *2* Number of shell passes: Default: *1* Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis.0.Provide stress relief if code required YES .25 INCHES [6 MM].High pressure gas regulations Type 5-10 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . otherwise 0. Vendor grade: Default: *HIGH* STAND . or 0. Default: *NONE* NONE .Expansion required in shell Tube sheet material: See Tube Materials in Chapter 28.Pressure vessel regulations HPG . CODE . Required government regulation and testing. Tube sheet corrosion allowance: Default: Lesser of 50 x tube corrosion allowance.Specialty vendor . BFS for 2 shell passes.continued Description FLOAT HEAD .No expansion joint in shell YES .Cladding on tube side only BOTH . Cladding material: See cladding material in Chapter 28. See Tube Materials in Chapter 28.Provide stress relief NO . Cladding location: Default: *SHELL* SHELL .Cladding on shell side only TUBE . Cladding thickness: Default: 0.

Heat transfer area: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells. a large temperature differences between shell side and tube side fluids can be handled.6.continued Description Type U-tube shell and tube exchangers. See Chapter 28 for tube data. TEMA type BEU U. The tube side fluid enters one leg of the U-tube and exits from the other leg. The U-tube bundle is usually removable for inspection and cleaning. U-tube heat exchangers are unsuitable for handling erosive fluids because the U-bends rapidly wear out. As the name indicates. Consequentially.000* KPA] Tube design temperature: Default: *400* DEG F [*200* DEG C] for copper alloys.0 INCHES [6 . other material: *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C] Tube operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube outside diameter: Range: 0. Number of shells: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells. tubes/shell and tube data. Tube design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1. Tube material: Default: *A 214* to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C].25 . SS304 for higher temperatures . Since the U-tube design eliminates one tube sheet. The U-tubes are free to expand inside the exchanger shell. thus.Continued on next page - 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-11 .U TUBE Tube. *304S* for higher temperatures.Heat Exchangers (HE) . Default: *1. tubes/shell and tube data. these exchangers are often used for high pressure applications. all the tubes are U-shaped. U-tube shell and tube exchangers are normally used in those services where the tubeside fluid is non-fouling or where the deposits formed are easily removed with chemical cleaning. The inside of the U-tubes are hard to clean because of the U-bend. there is only one tube sheet. the fluid in the shell side can be fouling. Since the tube bundle is removable.0* INCHES [*25* MM] Shell material: Default: *A285C* to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C].150 MM].

000* KPA] Shell design temperature: Default: *400* DEG F [*200* DEG C] for copper alloys.Continued on next page Type 5-12 5 Heat Transfer (G10) .5 .Seal welded tube joints STRNW .125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS.Heat Exchangers (HE) .continued Shell design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1.8.Expanded tube-to tubesheet joints SEALW .0* for other materials .36 M]. Tube length extended: Range: 8 . *0. Default: *40*Feet [*12* M] Tube gauge: Enter tube gauge or thickness.continued Description U TUBE .6 MM] Tube corrosion allowance: Default: *0.34 INCHES [0.6 .875 MM] Shell wall thickness: Shell thickness including corrosion allowance.Triangular tube pitch Shell diameter: Max: 192 INCHES [4.Diamond tube pitch SQUARE.0.Strength welded tube joints Tube pitch: Default: 1. *0. including corrosion allowance. Shell corrosion allowance: Default: *0. *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C] other materials Shell operating temperature: Default: design temperature Number of tubes per shell: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells.Square tube pitch TRIANGULAR. not both. tubes/shell and tube data.02 .0* for other materials. Range: 1-24 BWG Tube wall thickness: Enter tube gauge or thickness.06* MM] for CS.12 FEET [2. not both.0025* INCHES [*0.25 x tube outside diameter Tube pitch symbol: Default: *TRIANGULAR* DIAMOND. Tube seal type: Default: *SEALW* EXPD . including corrosion allowance. Range:0.

Vendor grade: Default: *HIGH* STAND .Cladding on tube side only BOTH .No expansion joint in shell YES .125* INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified. or *0.High pressure gas regulations Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-13 . NONE .Pressure vessel regulations HPG.continued Expansion joint: Default: *NO* NO .high grade/custom work Regulation type: Japanese country base only. Default: *NONE*. Required government regulations and testing. Cladding location: Default: *SHELL* SHELL .Expansion joint required in shell Tube sheet material: See Chapter 28 for tube materials.0* Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials. *BFU* for 2 shell passes.Cladding on both shell and tube sides Number of tube passes: Default: *2* Number of shell passes: Default: *1* Stress relief: Default: See Project Design Basis.25* INCHES [*6* MM] Channel material: See Chapter 28 for materials.Provide stress relief NO . CODE . otherwise *0.Heat Exchangers (HE) .Cladding on shell side only TUBE .continued Description U TUBE .Standard vendor HIGH .No stress relief required Weld X-ray: Max: 100. Tube sheet corrosion allowance: Default: Lesser of 50 x tube corrosion allowance.No special regulations PV. Default: *20* TEMA type: *BEU* for 1 shell pass.Provide stress relief if code requires YES . Cladding thickness: Default: *0.Specialty vendor .

Tubesheet channel integral.Fixed tubesheet.Outside packed floating head S .Standard exchanger design TBWNB. channel integral.Double split flow J. tubes/shell and tube data. head. shell type and rear head type to construct TEMA type symbol. P . which are retained for compatibility purposes (in earlier system versions.Fixed tubesheet. shell type and rear head type to construct TEMA type symbol.Continued on next page Type TEMA EXCH 5-14 5 Heat Transfer (G10) .Fixed tubesheet. tubes/shell and tube data. Heat transfer area: Enter either heat transfer area or no.Tube bundle design only.One pass shell F.continued Description Fixed tube.Split flow H. remov.U-tube bundle W . bonnet integral cover N .Pull through floating head U .Channel and removable cover B. cover Shell TEMA symbol: Use front head type.Floating head with backing device T.Divided flow X. remov. Front head type options: A. Rear head type options: L .Cross flow Rear end head type: Use front head type. Front end head type: Use front head type. of shells. u-tube exchanger This model merges the three TEMA heat exchangers. remov. of shells. Number of shells: Enter either heat transfer area or no. w/o system bulks Design/cost option for TBWNB only . channel removable cover M .Heat Exchangers (HE) .Bonnet integral cover C. float. Shell type options: E. cover N. changing the type of TEMA heat exchanger required that one delete the entry and specify another heat exchanger).Two pass shell with longitudinal baffle G.Externally sealed floating tubesheet Heat exchanger design option: *<BLANK>*. shell type and rear head type to construct TEMA type symbol.Tubesheet channel integral.

Welded carbon steel A 209.SS430 304L. CS.continued Description TEMA EXCH .Continued on next page Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-15 .Titanium NI200.SS347 seamless C 20.304L welded 316LW.. other mat’l: 650 DEGF [340 DEGC Tube operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube outside diameter: *1.25 INCHES [6 MM].Carbon steel A 515...Carpenter 20 TI50A.316L NI.1Cr .SS410 SS430.Nickel INCNL.SS347 SS410.5Mo .Si A213F.C . SS304 for higher temperatures.continued Tube material: Default: CS to 900 DEGF [482 DEGC].C .0 INCHES [25 MM]*.SS321 SS347.Monel Tube design gauge pressure: *150 PSIG [1.5Mo A213C.1.5Mo A387D.25Cr .Heat Exchangers (HE) ..SS304 SS316.000 KPA]* Tube design temperature: Default: 400 DEGF [200 DEGC] for copper alloys.SS321 seamless 347S.5Mo A387B.Nickel .SS316 SS321.25Cr .Inconel MONEL.2.0 INCHES [150 MM] Shell material: Default: A285C to 900 DEGF [482 DEGC].304L 316L.5Cr . CS..5Mo 304LW.316L welded 321S. or else SS.Seamless CS A 214. MAX: 6.Carbon steel A 179. see Proj Basis spec for welded/smls.1Mo SS304.A 515 A204C. MIN: 0.

Si 304P.5M]. not both.02 INCHES [0. MAX 0.6 MM] Enter tube gauge or thickness.Inconel TI. of shells..SS316 316LP.304L 316P.000 KPA]* Shell design temperature: Default: 400 DEGF [200 DEGC] for copper alloys. including corrosion allowance.34 INCHES [8.5Mo . MAX: 120 FEET [36M].Heat Exchangers (HE) .Inconel Shell design gauge pressure: *150 PSIG [1. not both.continued INCNL.A.25Cr . else MIN: 4 FEET [1.SS321 AL.316L 321P.5Ni A335C. Tube wall thickness: MIN: 0.SS304 304LP.Hastelloy Shell side pipe material: See materials listed above for Tube side pipe material Number of tubes per shell: Enter either heat transfer area or no.Nickel MONEL.6 MM].continued Description TEMA EXCH . .3.A 53 A 106. Tube length extended: For U-tube: MIN: 8 FEET [2.25M].Aluminum NI. MAX: 24 BWG Enter tube gauge or thickness.A 106 A333C.Monel INCNL. including corrosion allowance. tubes/ shell and tube data.Continued on next page - 5-16 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . 650 DEGF [340 DEGC] other mat’l Shell operating temperature: Default: design temperature Type Tube side pipe material: A 53.Titanium HAST. MAX: 60 FEET [18M] Tube gage: MIN: 1 BWG.

or 0. Channel material: Default: tubesheet material . Expansion joint: *NO*.316L NI.Expanded tube-to-tubesheet joints *SEALW*.0 for other materials. all.Seal welded tube joints STRNW.No expansion joint in shell YES.SS430 304L.25 INCHES [6 MM].Heat Exchangers (HE) .Continued on next page Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-17 .875 MM] Shell wall thickness: Shell thickness including corrosion all.06 MM] for CS.304L 316L.Triangular tube pitch Shell diameter: MAX: 192 INCHES [4.continued Tube corrosion allowance: Default: 0.0 for other materials.SS410 SS430.A 515 A204C.SS347 SS410.Diamond tube pitch SQUARE.5Mo A387B. Shell corrosion allowance: Default: 0.Nickel INCNL.Carbon steel A 515.SS304 SS316.25Cr .Expansion joint required in shell Tube sheet material: CS. Tube seal type: EXPND.continued Description TEMA EXCH .125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS.SS316 SS321.25 x tube outside diameter.2..Inconel Tube sheet corrosion allowance: Default: lesser of 50 x tube corr.5Mo A387D.. 0.SS321 SS347. Tube pitch symbol: DIAMOND.Square tube pitch TRIANGULAR.1Cr .C . 0.Strength welded tube joints Tube pitch: Default: 1.0025 INCHES [0..1Mo SS304.

Titanium HASTB.Cladding on shell side only TUBE.Specialty vendor for high grade or custom work Regulation type: only for Japanese country base.Cladding on both shell and tube sides Number of tube passes: * 1* Number of shell passes: * 1* Stress relief: Default: see Area Design Basis.SS321 SS347.304L 316L.Heat Exchangers (HE) . MAX: 100 Vendor grade: STAND. CODE.No special regulations PV.SS410 SS430.Hastelloy B HASTC.continued Description TEMA EXCH .Standard vendor *HIGH*.Hastelloy C Cladding location: *SHELL*.continued Cladding thickness: Default: 0.Ni 200 NI201.Provide stress relief NO.Continued next page Type 5-18 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . *NONE*.Cladding on tube side only BOTH.High pressure gas regulations (Japan) .SS430 304L.Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu C 20.Carpenter 20 TI.0 Cladding material: SS304.Ni-Fe-Cr I825. which requires government regulation and testing.Provide stress relief if code requires YES.Pressure vessel regulations (Japan) HPG.No stress relief required Weld X-ray: * 20*.Monel INCNL.SS347 SS410.Inconel I800.316L NI200. otherwise: 0.Ni 201 MONEL.SS304 SS316.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.

The STABN option is a variation of TBWNB with the following major differences from TBWNB. In STABN: • The tube bundle is horizontally installed (stabbed) into the vertical vessel (tower). baffles. in a way that the tube-side flow inlet/outlet headers stay outside the vessel beyond the tubesheet. The tub is designed to contain and bear the hydrostatic load of the liquid held-up. • STABN also costs a reboiler tub and support arrangement for the tube bundle.) and its bulks. w/o system bulks STABN Stabbed-in tube bundle design only." TBWNB would not generate any shell and heads. w/o system bulks The third option (STABN) is available in the 2004 release.continued Description Type The following three options can be found under "Heat exchanger design option". • The front head is also included to act as a cap of the inlet/outlet headers for the tube-side flow. The reboiler tub inside the vessel is designed to bear the liquid held-up in the tub around the tube bundle to avoid the dry-out. etc. internals/ baffles. and tube sheet. 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-19 . • • • Blank Standard exchanger design TBWNB Tube bundle design only. tubes. while TBWNB would cost a "tube bundle design only without any system bulks. The overall hydrostatic load on the tub bottom is eventually supported by an I-beam design running in the middle of the vessel along its diameter.Heat Exchangers (HE) . but it will include tubes. The "Standard exchanger design" option would cost a regular heat exchanger (shell.

304 seamless CA706.Continued on next page - 5-20 5 Heat Transfer (G10) .5 INCHES [12.38.continued Description Type Pre-engineered (standard) U-tube exchanger for use PRE ENGR as a sample cooler or other miscellaneous application.000* KPA] Tube design temperature: Default: *250* DEG F [*120* DEG C] Tube operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube outside diameter: Range: 0.Cu-Ni seamless 316S.316 seamless CA443.Admiralty brass 304W.Cu-Ni seamless 304LS.316L seamless CA444.304L seamless CA715.Welded carbon 316LW.0 M2] Tube material: Default: *CA443* A 179.316L welded steel CA122.11. Heat transfer area: Enter either heat transfer area or number of tubes and tube data.33 .SS316 316L.316L .304 welded CA445.120.50 .304L welded A 192.A-516 SS304.Heat Exchangers (HE) .5 .304L SS316.Seamless CS 304LW.0 MM]. Default: *0.Cu seamless 304S.Admiralty brass 316LS.Admiralty brass Tube design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1. Range: 3.SS304 304L.0 .316 welded A 214.75* INCHES [*19* MM] Shell material: Default: *A285C* A285C.Seamless CS 316W.1.0 SF [0.Carbon steel A 516.

00 .16.035 . Shell corrosion allowance: Default: *0. *0.254.900 .06* MM] for CS.00 .20 .0 MM] Shell wall thickness: Shell thickness including corrosion allowance.065 INCHES [0.continued Description PRE ENGR . Range: 16 .0.65 MM] Tube corrosion allowance: Default: *0.0025* INCHES [*0. Range: 0. not both.Heat Exchangers (HE) .0* for other materials Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-21 .Triangular tube pitch Shell diameter: Range: 4.10. including corrosion allowance.0* for other materials Tube pitch: Default: *. including corrosion allowance. *0. Tube length extended: Enter either heat transfer area or number of tubes and tube data.00 INCHES [102.20 BWG Tube wall thickness: Enter tube gauge or thickness.1.0 .4.Square tube pitch TRIANGULAR.0 FEET [1.000* KPA] Shell design temperature: Default: *250* DEG F [*120* DEG C] Shell operating temperature: Default: design temperature Number of tubes: Enter either heat transfer area or number of tubes and tube data. Range: 4.continued Shell design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1.80 M] Tube gage: Enter tube gauge or thickness.25 x tube outside diameter* Tube pitch symbol: Default: *TRIANGULAR* DIAMOND. not both.Diamond tube pitch SQUARE.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS.

1. Applicable to any heat transfer application where only a small amount of heat transfer surface area is required.3..25. If cooling water was passed through the coil instead of steam.2.SS321 A333C.Nickel A335F.1 . JACKETED Type HEATER ELC .5 Cr . This item is a hairpin heat exchanger.304LINCNL.Copper A335C.316L SS. One or more finned or bare U-shaped tubes are supported concentrically inside a U-shaped shell. A steam coil is a long length of pipe that covers the bottom of a tank usually in a spiral or serpentine pattern.Continued on next page - 5-22 5 Heat Transfer (G10) .000 SF [0.SiNI. Material: Default: *CS* CS.5 MoMONEL.Monel 304LP.5 NiCU. Steam is passed through the coil to heat the contents of the tank.150 MM DIAM] Bare-tube double-pipe heat exchanger.Inconel 316P.SS316 Heat transfer area: Range: 1 .continued Description Electric immersion tank heater.SS304 Power output: Range: 6 -200 KW Heating/cooling coil with spiral or serpentine coil of HEATER STM bare pipe.. this item would be a cooling coil. use as tank heater or column tray cooler to keep the contents of a tank from solidifying or becoming too viscous to pump.5 Mo . This is normally a field fabricated item.25 Cr .300 M2] Pipe diameter: Range: 1 .Stainless steel321P. This item is a steam coil.6 IN DIAM [25 .Copper SS304.Carbon steel316LP. Material: Default: *CU* CU.Heat Exchangers (HE) .

.200 DEG F [645 DEG C] Longitudinal finned double-pipe heat exchanger.25 FEET [2. Default: *20* FEET [*6* M] Number of tubes per shell: Default: *1* 1. Default: *24* Design gauge pressure: Max: 6. Hairpin sections are connected in series or parallel.e.000 KPA] Number of tubes per shell: Default: *1* 1. Range: 70 . Default: *20* FEET [*6* M] Number of fins: Range: 12 .5 .5 M].5 .000 PSIG [40.000 SF [7 .Carbon steel SS. Material: Default: *CS* CS.Carbon steel SS.1.7.000 SF [1 .7 tubes per shell FIN TUBE Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-23 .25 FEET [2.1 tube per shell 7.Stainless steel Heat transfer area: 10 .920 M2] Tube length: Range: 8 .continued Material: Default: *CS* CS.000 PSIG [40.Stainless steel Heat transfer area: Enter total heat transfer area (i. total extended surface or finned tubes).7 tubes per shell Design gauge pressure: Max: 6.000 KPA] Design temperature: Max: 1.1 tube per shell 7.5 M].90 M2] Tube length: Range: 8 .Heat Exchangers (HE) .48.10.7.continued. Description JACKETED .

Material: Default: *GRAPH* Heat transfer area: Range: 8 .5 .20 FEET [2 .13. Material: Default: *CS* CS.400 SF [1 .6 M] ONE SCREW TWO SCREW SHELL TUBE 5-24 5 Heat Transfer (G10) .150 SF [1. Heat transfer area: Range: 80 .730 SF [7.Carbon steel SS304.SS304 Heat transfer area: 10 .Heat Exchangers (HE) . Material: Default: *CS* CS.400 SF [1 .37 M2] Twin screw thermascrew conveyor with motor and drive.0 .37 M2] Graphite tube with carbon steel shell exchanger.870 M2] Tube length: Range: 6 .continued Description All-graphite heat exchanger.5 M2] Type CROSS BORE Rietz type thermascrew conveyor with motor and drive.SS304 Heat transfer area: 10 .Carbon steel SS304.9.

A steam production rate can be entered in this field.300 PSIG [1. If other flow types are needed.000 SF [125 .000 SF [13 .Titanium HAST.SS304 SS316.330 SF [4 . Material: Default: *CS* Heat transfer area: Range: 135 . A waste heat boiler is essentially the convection section only of a normal water-tube gas or liquid boiler.Heat Exchangers (HE) .continued Description Spiral plate heat exchanger.Hastelloy Heat transfer area: Range: 40 .123 M2] Tube design gauge pressure: Range: 150 .1. piping diameters may need to be revised. The equipment cost is determined solely by the heat transfer area. regeneration of cracking catalyst.000 . Material: Default:*SS304* SS304.10. Material: Default: *CS* Flow Rate: Steam production rate (lb/hr or kg/hr) Heat transfer area: Range: 1.2. etc. hot WASTE HEAT gas or liquid heating medium. The heating medium is a hot gas or liquid produced by exothermic chemical reactions.4. The flow rate is used only to calculate piping diameters for the P&ID.SS316 TI.370 M2] Waste heat boiler for generation of steam. Default: 150 PSIG [1.000 KPA] Tank suction heater without tank.300 .000 KPA].925 M2] SUC HEATER Type SPIRAL PLT 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-25 . A waste heat boiler is used to generate steam from heat that would otherwise be wasted.

Double pipe size: Inch-Pound Symbol 3x20 4x25 4x30 5x30 6x40 Outer Tube 3 Inches 4 Inches 5 Inches 6 Inches Inner Tube 2 Inches 3 Inches Metric Outer Tube 75 MM 100MM Inner Tube 50 MM 60 MM 75 MM 75 MM (Close-up of piping) CORRUGATED Type PLAT FRAM 4 Inches 2.continued Description Plate and frame heat exchanger.185 M2] Number of plates: Max: 500 Design gauge pressure: Max: 350 PSIG [2.0 . Tube length per pass: Any two must be entered: total area. Super-austentic stainless steel.2. and pasteurize a variety of food products. Plate material: Default: *SS304* SS304.Hastelloy Heat transfer area: Range: 10 . Default: *200* PSIG [*1. Tube material: *SS316*. Default: *200* DEG F [*93* DEG C] Sanitary corrugated double pipe exchanger Used to heat. number of passes. tube length/pass. cool.SS316 AL6XN.316L HAST.High Cr.5 Inches 100 MM 3 Inches 125 MM 4 Inches 150 MM 100 MM Total tube area: Required: any two must be entered: total area. number of passes.Continued on next page - 5-26 5 Heat Transfer (G10) .SS316 S04L.Heat Exchangers (HE) .380* KPA] Design temperature: Max: 400 DEG F [204 DEG C].304L S16L. like concentrates and dairy by-products. . Mo+Ni.SS304 SS316. tube length/ pass.000 SF [1.410 KPA].

Included Sanitary multi-zone plate+frame exchanger Plates are of the vertical flow type. Plate material: *SS*.Not included INCL.Not included INCL.SS304 TI. Frame option: *INCL*.Titanium .Included Expansion tank: *NONE*.continued Number of tube passes: Any two must be entered: total area. Since this is a sanitary item. number of passes.Heat Exchangers (HE) . Frame consists of a head and end support connected by a top carrying bar and a bottom guide bar to form a rigid unit supporting the plates.hot water set) HOT WATER Type Used mainly with a plate heat exchanger to provide hot water for heating various process liquids. Water flow rate: MAX: 400 GPM [25 L/S] Temperature rise: MAX: 50 DEG F [27 DEG C] SS skid water pipe required: *NONE*.Frame is included HUNG.Not included INCL. material of construction is SS316.Frame is not included Water heater (shell+tube . tube length/ pass.Continued on next page MULTI P F 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-27 . Alternate plates can be inverted to obtain desired flow arrangement.Included Condensate return pump: *NONE*. Steam is supplied to the shell side.continued Description CORRUGATED .

of plates for Zone 2.87 SF [0. other zones optional. of Plates In All Zones 152 200 150 200 420 600 550 Plate area Zone 1: Required: enter the total area or no.27 0.Heat Exchangers (HE) . SS. Available for all plate areas.0 SF [0.173 0.87 3.174 M2] SSCLD.87 SF [0.6 6. Number of plates Zone 1: Required: enter the total area or no. MAX: 6.025 M2].87 SF [0.025 0. Only available for plate areas equal to or less than 1.168 0.348 0.0 0. 5-28 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . Number of plates Zone 2: Enter either total area or no.continued Frame material: Default: SS for plate areas equal to or less than 1.SS clad carbon steel. Plate area Zone 3: Enter either total area or no.92 1.1737 M2]. other zones optional. else SSCLD.continued Description MULTI P F . CS.557 M2].085 0.Carbon steel.520 0.27 SF [0. Only available for plate areas greater than 1. Area per plate: MIN: 0. No.174 M2]. of plates for zone 1.75 5. of plates for Zone 3. of plates for Zone 2. The maximum number of plates will depend upon the area per plate. Plate area Zone 2: Enter either total area or no. of plates for Zone 3.557 Max.Stainless steel.81 1. There are seven standard plate areas: Type Plate Area SF M2 0. of plates for zone 1. Number of plates Zone 3: Enter either total area or no.

DEG F [DEG C]. Temperature rise: Input required. Liquid flow rate: Input required. The module also includes a regulator for the steam pressure.85* BTU/LB/F [*3. as well as instrumentation for temperature and flow control. Specific heat: Default: *0.Heat Exchangers (HE) . Local temperature and pressure indication is provided. GPM [L/S].56* KJ/KG/K] 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-29 .continued Description Sanitary direct steam heat module Type STM HE MOD A custom-built skid that injects steam directly into a product. The skid includes a steam filter and separator. and piping on the skid. automatic isolation values. Material of construction is SS316.

not a vapor-liquid mixture.Reboilers (RB) Reboilers are a special kind of shell and tube heat exchanger specifically designed to add heat to distillation columns. These are similar to the shell and tube heat exchanger. The weir is slightly taller than the tube bundle. thus. The portion of entering liquid which is not vaporized overflows the weir and is removed from the reboiler. In order for liquid entering the shell side of the reboiler to get out it must overflow a weir at the end of the tube bundle.Continued on next page Type KETTLE 5-30 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . Heat transfer area: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells. The liquid from the column is vaporized and returned to the column. Number of shells: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells. which is flowing inside the reboiler tubes. A “Kettle” reboiler is a shell and tube heat exchanger used to supply heat to a distillation column. less than 5%) in the feed to the reboiler. Kettle reboilers are used when the hydrostatic head above the reboiler varies. Part of the tower bottoms entering the reboiler vaporizes and returns to the tower via a vapor line called the riser. The design provides space for vaporliquid disengagement so that only vapor is returned to the distillation column. except that the shell is considerably larger than the tube inside. the reboiler tubes are always submerged. Default: *A 214* to 800 DEG F [482 DEG C]. Liquid from the bottom of the distillation column flows over the reboiler tubes picking up heat from a hot fluid. such as steam. *304S* for higher temperatures .. Liquid from the bottom of the column enters the shell of the reboiler through nozzles in the underside of the shell. A large vapor space is provided above the tube bundle to allow for vapor liquid disengagement.g. The “Kettle” reboiler is a floating head type exchanger. Description Kettle reboilers with floating head. when the operating pressure is in the high vacuum range or when there is a low percentage of volatiles (e. Tube material: See Chapter 28 for tube materials. tubes/shell and tube data. tubes/shell and tube data.

Standard exchanger design TBWNB.24 BWG Tube wall thickness: Enter tube gauge or thickness. including corrosion allowance. Range: 1 . *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C] other material Shell operating temperature: Default: design temperature Number of tubes per shell: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells. other material: *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C] Tube operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube outside diameter: Default: 0.0.150 MM].0025* INCHES [0. Default: *1.000* KPA] Tube design temperature: Default: *400* DEG F [*200 DEG C] for copper alloys.18 M].8.60 FEET [2.5 .06 MM] for CS. not both.25 .continued Heat exchanger design option: *<BLANK>*. tubes/shell and tube data. not both.02 . Default: *20* FEET [*6* M] Tube gage: Enter tube gauge or thickness. Tube length extended: Range: 8 .0* for other materials . Default: *A285C* to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C].0* INCHES [*25* MM] Shell material: See Chapter 28 for materials.6 MM] Tube corrosion allowance: Default: *0.000* KPA] Shell design temperature: Default: *400* DEG F [*200* DEG C] for copper alloys.continued Description KETTLE . *SS304* for higher temperatures Shell design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1.6. including corrosion allowance.6 .Continued on next page Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-31 . Range: 0.0 INCHES [6 .Tube bundle design only.Reboilers (RB) . *0.34 INCHES [0. w/o system bulks Design/cost option for TBWNB only Tube design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1.

25 INCHES [6 MM]. Shell corrosion allowance: Default: *0.0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified. Cladding location: Default: *SHELL* SHELL.Cladding on both shell and tube sides Number of tube passes: Default: *2* Duty: Default: 0. Vaporization: Max: 100.0* for other materials. Default: *1.Cladding on shell side only TUBE.Reboilers (RB) .01262 x surface area (M2).125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS.Continued on next page Type 5-32 5 Heat Transfer (G10) .50* Molecular weight bottoms: Default: *100* Heat of vaporization: Default: *150* BTU/LB [*350* KJ/KG] .25 x tube outside diameter Tube pitch symbol: Default: *TRIANGULAR* DIAMOND.004 x surface area (SF). Tube sheet corrosion allowance: Default: Lessor of 50 x tube corrosion allowance or 0.Triangular tube pitch Shell diameter: Max: 192 INCHES [4.Square tube pitch TRIANGULAR. *0. 0.continued Tube pitch: Default: 1.875 MM]. Default: *90* Specific gravity tower bottoms: Default: *0.Cladding on tube side only BOTH.Diamond tube pitch SQUARE.continued Description KETTLE . Cladding thickness: Default: 0. Tube sheet material: See Chapter 28 for tube materials. Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.5 x port diameter* Shell wall thickness: Shell wall thickness including corrosion allowance. otherwise 0.

Horizontal: u-tube V-FXD . tube pitch. is a shell and tube heat exchanger used to supply heat to a distillation column. like the kettle reboiler. fixed tube-sheet. The heating fluid.Continued on next page Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-33 . The thermosiphon reboiler is the most common reboiler used.Provide stress relief NO. flow upward through the tubes and leave the top head. Liquid from the bottom of the column or from a trapout tray flows into the bottom of the reboiler through a pipe called the downcomer. The tower bottom enter the bottom head of the vertical thermosiphon. The difference in density between the liquid in the downcomer and the two phase mixture in the reboiler and riser causes the tower bottoms to flow through the reboiler by natural circulation. The column bottoms are partially vaporized in the reboiler and a two phase mixture is returned to the column through a pipe called the riser. THERMOSIPH If a shell diameter is not specified. Thermosiphon reboilers are classified as either vertical or horizontal according to their erected position. Vertical thermosiphons are available only as fixed tube-sheet exchangers.continued Description KETTLE . when the operating pressure is in the high vacuum range or when there is a low percentage of volatiles (for example. etc. The thermosiphon reboiler operates in the following manner.Reboilers (RB) .Horizontal: fixed tubesheet H-UTUB . The vertical thermosiphon reboiler. thermosiphon reboiler differs from the vertical thermosiphon in that it is erected horizontally and the bottoms liquid from the distillation column flows through the shell side of the reboiler and the heat transfer fluid flows through the tubes. Usually about 25% of the tower bottoms are vaporized in the thermosiphon reboiler. However. number of shells.Vertical: fixed tubesheet . tube diameter.Horizontal: float head H-FXD . usually steam. a value is calculated from the surface area.continued Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis CODE. tubes per shell. the thermosiphon reboiler can not be used when the hydrostatic head above the reboiler varies.No stress relief required TEMA type: Default: *BKT* Horizontal or vertical thermosiphon reboilers. passes through the shell side.Provide stress relief if code requires YES. The horizontal. Thermosiphon type: Default: *V-FXD* H-FLOT . less than 5%) in the feed to the reboiler.

*304S* for higher temperatures Heat exchanger design option: *<BLANK>* .150 MM].Reboilers (RB) . Tube material: See Chapter 28 for materials. tubes/shell and tube data.0 INCHES [6 . *SS304* for higher temperature Shell design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1. Shell operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube side pipe material: See Chapter 18 for pipe materials. Default: *1.Continued on next page Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-34 .6. .Tube bundle design only. Default: *A 214* to 900 DEG F [*482* DEG C]. w/o system bulks Design/cost option for TBWNB only Tube design temperature: Default: *400* DEG F [*200* DEG C] for copper alloys. *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C] other material. Number of shells: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells.Standard exchanger design TBWNB . Shell side pipe material: See Chapter 18 for pipe materials.000* KPA] Shell design temperature: Default: *400* DEG F [*200* DEG C] for copper alloys. Tube operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube outside diameter: Range: 0. other material: *650* DEG F [*350* DEG C]. Default: *A285C* to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C].continued Description Thermosiphon . tubes/shell and tube data.0* INCHES [*25* MM] Shell material: See Chapter 28 for materials.continued Heat transfer area: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells.25 .

Cladding on both shell and tube sides Number of tube passes: Default: 1 pass per vertical fixed tube sheet type.0 for other materials.01262 x surface area (M2).6 . Cladding location: Default: *SHELL* SHELL .No stress relief required TEMA type: Default: Based on the specified thermosiphon design symbol.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.8.06 MM] for CS.34 INCHES [0. Tube sheet material: See Chapter 28 for tube materials.004 x surface area (SF). Default: *20* Specific gravity tower bottoms: Default: *0. Tube pitch: Default: *1.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS.Cladding on shell side only TUBE . Shell corrosion allowance: Default: 0.0025 INCHES [0.25 x tube outside diameter* Tube pitch symbol: Default: *TRIANGULAR* DIAMOND . including corrosion allowance. Range: 0.875.0 INCHES [4. Cladding thickness: Default: 0. 0. Vaporization: Max: 100.0 Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for materials.Square tube pitch TRIANGULAR . 0. 0. 2 passes for all others.Cladding on tube side only BOTH .02 to 0.Provide stress relief if code requires YES .0 MM] Shell wall thickness: Shell thickness including corrosion allowance.50* Molecular weight bottoms: Default: *100* Heat of vaporization: Default: *150* Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis CODE . Tube sheet corrosion allowance: Default: Lesser of 50 x tube corrosion allowance. not both.25 INCHES [6 MM]. or 0.Triangular tube pitch Shell diameter: Max: 192. Tube corrosion allowance: Default: 0.6 MM].continued Tube Wall Thickness: Enter tube gauge or thickness. Duty: Default: 0. Type 5-35 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . otherwise 0.0 for other materials.Provide stress relief NO .continued Description Thermosiphon .Diamond tube pitch SQUARE .Reboilers (RB) .

other material: *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C] Tube operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube outside diameter: Range: 0.continued Description Type U TUBE The “u-tube” reboiler is identical to the “kettle” type reboiler except that there is a U-tube bundle in it instead of a floating head type tube bundle. tubes/shell and tube data. Shell side pipe material: See Chapter 18 for pipe materials.150 MM]. both the . *650* DEG F [*340* DEG C] other material.Reboilers . .000* KPA] Tube design temperature: Default: *400* DEG F [*200* DEG C] for copper alloys. Number of shells: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells. SS304 for higher temperatures Shell design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1. tubes/shell and tube data.kettle.0* INCHES [*25* MM] Shell material: Default: *A285C* to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C]. Therefore. Heat transfer area: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells. *304S* for higher temperatures.utube. Shell operating temperature: Default: design temperature Tube side pipe material: See Chapter 18 for pipe materials. Default: *1.6. and . tubes/shell and tube data.Continued on next page - 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-36 .000* KPA] Shell design temperature: Default: *400* DEG F [*200* DEG C] for copper alloys. Number of tubes per shell: Enter either heat transfer area or number of shells.0 INCHES [6 . See Chapter 28 for tube data.25 . Tube design gauge pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1. reboilers are kettle type reboilers in the nomenclature of the chemical process industry. The term kettle reboiler is derived from the fact that the bottoms from the distillation column accumulate in a pool (the height of the weir) in the reboiler and boil like liquid in a kettle. Tube material: Default: *A 214* to 900 DEG F [482 DEG C].

including corrosion allowance.01262 x surface are (M2)] Vaporization: Max: 100. Tube sheet corrosion allowance: See Chapter 28 for materials.125* INCHES [*3* MM] if cladding material is specified. *0.Cladding on both shell and tube sides Number of tube passes: *2* Duty: Default: 0. Tube corrosion allowance: Default: *0.No stress relief required TEMA type: Default: *BKU* 5-37 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . Tube pitch: Default: *1.Cladding on tube side only BOTH .0* for other materials. or 0.25 x tube outside diameter* Tube pitch symbol: Default: *TRIANGULAR* DIAMOND .125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS. Default: Lesser of 50 x tube corrosion allowance.25 INCHES [6 MM]. Default: *90* Specific gravity tower bottoms: *0. otherwise: *0.Provide stress relief if code requires YES .6 .02 0.875 MM].Reboilers (RB) .004 x surface area (SF) [0.8.0* Cladding location: Default: *SHELL* SHELL .120 FEET [2.Square tube pitch TRIANGULAR .34 INCHES [0. Cladding thickness: See Chapter 28 for materials.0025* INCHES [*0.Provide stress relief NO .Cladding on shell side only TUBE .5 x port diameter* Shell wall thickness: Shell thickness including corrosion allowance.5* Molecular weight bottoms: *100* Heat of vaporization: *150* BTU/LB [*350* KJ/KG] Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis CODE .06* MM] for CS. Range: 0. Shell corrosion allowance: Default: *0.5 . *0.0* for other materials. including corrosion allowance. Default: *0.U TUBE 36 M].Triangular tube pitch Shell diameter: Max: 192 INCHES [4.24 BWG Tube wall thickness: Enter tube gauge or thickness. Default: *1. Default: *40* FEET [*12 M] Tube gage: Enter tube gauge or thickness.6 MM]. not both. not both.continued U Tube continued Description Type Tube length extended: Range: 8 . Range: 1 .Diamond tube pitch SQUARE .

Furnaces are also called fired heaters or direct fired heaters because the source of heat is oil or gas fueled burners. The burners may be fired with oil or gas. The process fluid being heated flows through horizontal tubes in a box furnace or vertical tubes in a box furnace or vertical tubes in a vertical furnace. Material: See Chapter 28 for materials. typically above 170 MMBTU/HR. The furnace will have one or more smoke stacks. Use absorbed duty for calculations. Box type furnaces are usually designed for large heat duty. Default: *CS* Duty: Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW] Standard gas flow rate: Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer only. The box furnace can be used to provide heat input to several different process streams simultaneously. The burners may be located in the sides or floor of the furnace. horizontal burners Box furnaces are the choice when a large amount of heat must be transferred to a process stream. The radiant and convection sections of the box type furnace are separated by one or more walls called bridge walls. bridge walls BOX separate radiant and convection sections. The amount of heat absorbed by the process fluid defines the size of the furnace. Furnaces are usually cylindrical (vertical heater) or rectangular (box heater) in shape. Description Type Gas or oil fired for preheating. enter liquid flow in GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow.Continued on next page - 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-38 . The box furnace is normally fired from end wall mounted burners.Gas process fluid LIQ. the burners are mounted parallel to the floor and perpendicular to the tubes of the furnace. A box furnace is so named because the combustion chamber is box shaped. cracking. The walls of the furnace are refractory (an insulating heat resistant material) lined. For liquid process fluid.Liquid process fluid . Process Heaters (FU) Furnaces are commonly used to heat a process fluid to a high temperature (600 . that is. Process type: GAS.Furnaces.1200 DEG F). Some specific applications are: • Pre-heating crude before it goes to the atmospheric or vacuum • topping units • Heating for catalytic cracking • Providing heat for hydrocarbon cracking for ethylene • Providing heat for viscosity breaking.

continued Description BOX .Liquid process fluid Design gauge pressure: Max: 6. For use as hot oil heater.Liquid process fluid .000 KPA].Gas process fluid LIQ. Process type: GAS. Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C] A-frame process heater with sloping walls. enter liquid flow in GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow. radiant section along sides and roof of cabin. For liquid process fluid. Default: *500* PSIG [*3. pre-heater or cracking.500* KPA] Design temperature: Max: 1. Includes integral stacks. Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C] Pyrolysis.000 KPA]. Default: *CS* Duty: Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW] Standard gas flow rate: Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer only.500 DEG F [815 DEG C].Furnaces. Process type: GAS. Process Heaters (FU) .000 PSIG [41.500 DEG F [815 DEG C].Gas process fluid LIQ.continued Design gauge pressure: Max: 6.Continued on next page PYROLYSIS HEATER Type 5-39 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . convection section in duct above roof of radiant section and vertical floor-mounted burners. Material: See Chapter 28 for materials. enter liquid flow GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow.500* KPA] Design temperature: Max: 1. Material: See Chapter 28 for materials.000 PSIG [41. Default: *500* PSIG [*3. For liquid process fluid. Default: *CS* Duty: Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW] Standard gas flow rate: Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer only.

Default: *CS* Duty: Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW] Standard gas flow rate: Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer only. enter liquid flow in GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow.continued Description PYROLYSIS . Default: *CS* Duty: Max: 500 MMBTU/H [145 MEGAW] Standard gas flow rate: For liquid process fluid. Process Heaters (FU) . Default: *500* PSIG [*3.Gas process fluid LIQ.000 KPA].000 KPA].Furnaces. Default: *500* PSIG [*3.500* KPA] Design temperature: Max: 1. Process type: GAS.500 DEG F [815 DEG C].500 DEG F [815 DEG C]. enter liquid flow in GPM [L/S] in place of gas flow.500* KPA] Design temperature: Max: 1. Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C] VERTICAL REFORMER Type 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-40 .Gas process fluid LIQ. Material: See Chapter 28 for materials.000 PSIG [41. For liquid process fluid.000 KPA].000 PSIG [41.500 DEG F [815 DEG C].continued Design gauge pressure: Max: 6. Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C] Gas or oil fired vertical cylindrical type for low heat duty range moderate temperature with long contact time.Liquid process fluid Design gauge pressure: Max: 6. Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C] Box-type reformer without catalyst. Process type: GAS. Default: *500* PSIG [*3.Liquid process fluid Design gauge pressure: Max: 6.000 PSIG [41. Material: See Chapter 28 for materials.500* KPA] Design temperature: Max: 1.

TEMA Exchanger Construction Nomenclature 5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-41 .

tube bundle. U* K T THERMOSIPH KETTLE A. G. H. H. X FLOAT HEAD A. X FIXED-T-S A. J* L. C E. B. B.Icarus Supported TEMA Types Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers U . H. B. B. N. B. F. S*.TUBE Front End Stationary Head Types Shell Types Rear End Head Types A. G. C E. F. F. C A. G. T. W L. X U P. N A. N E. nozzles and saddles. N TEMA CLASS B: Equipment cost includes shell. B. J. J. P*. M. Rear End Head Types U E**. M. N Reboilers Front End Stationary U-TUBE Head Types Front End Stationary Head Types Shell Types K. * Horizontal only **Vertical only 5-42 5 Heat Transfer (G10) . J. C. S. T*.

5 Heat Transfer (G10) 5-43 .

5-44 5 Heat Transfer (G10) .

LIN) Acid Brick Castable Refractories and Gunning Mixes Fluorocarbon Linings Glass Linings Refractory Brick Resin Linings Rubber Linings Lead Linings Zinc Linings Suggested Lining Difficulty Adjustments 6 Packing.6 Packing. Linings (G6) 6-1 . Linings (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction to Packing Introduction to Lining Packing. Linings (PAK.

Inert packing is most commonly used since it can be utilized repeatedly without significant deterioration. 1.0PPR. and the Raschig ring occasionally promote liquid maldistribution. Suitably shaped to produce turbulent contact between phases. which are generally ceramic. Good internal liquid distribution characteristics. F. Unfortunately rings do not promote most redistribution of liquids. 2. which yield good corrosion resistance at very low cost. Complete utilization of surface for mass transfer. Low resistance to material flow (low pressure drop). Minimum weight and low side thrust on the tower shell. It represents a ratio of a specific packing surface to the bed voidage space in the packed bed. Saddle type packings are commonly made from ceramic or plastic. Mechanically strong to withstand normal loads in service and physical handling. Packing constructed of inert material to provide surface area for mass transfer.. Ring packings are used mostly in distillation because of their excellent turndown properties and availability in press-formed metals of all types. Irregularity of shape to prevent pattern packing. 1.0PPR 6-2 6 Packing. Saddles are used largely in absorption and regeneration operations because they provide good liquid redistribution and are available in ceramic and plastic. Capable of easy removal from tower and cleaning.5PPR. Minimum investment per year of service life.g. Low packing factors are desirable. The majority of inert packings used are of the ring or saddle type. The packing factor. is a standard parameter that provides a capacity rating for packings. Available in a wide variety of materials.5PPR. Clean design to minimize stagnant area and fouling. Saddles are usually used for aqueous systems when corrosion is a major factor. Wide operating range with little efficiency variation. Size 3:1.Introduction to Packing There are two types of packing used in packed tower: • • Packing that is chemically suitable to perform a mass transfer operation (e. by correlation of pressure drop versus gas flow rate through the packing. Large number of interstitial transfer points per unit volume. Large active surface exposed per unit volume (high surface area per cubic foot/meter). Qualities that are desirable in the selection of tower packings are: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • High percentage of void space. Linings (G6) . seldom from metal.0CPR. activated alumina for desulfurization or desiccation. Ring packings are commonly made of metal or plastic except for Raschig rings. Usually ring-type packings are used in handling organic materials when there are no major corrosion problems. 0.

2. 1. 1.5CIS. 2. monel.0PRR.5CBS 0.0CIS. 2.. Ceramics are chemical stoneware and chemical porcelain. Diameter sizes range from 0. 2. karbate and plastics. Diameter sizes range from 0. They are not suggested for use when high efficiencies are required or when liquid loading approaches flooding.0KRR. 2. Diameter sizes range from 1.5PIS. 2. 2. excellent liquid distribution.0PRR. lends itself to pattern packing. 1. This design makes possible greater capacity.5SPR.5SPR.5CRR. They are available in carbon steel. Size 3:0. and does not provide much turbulent contact between phases.0CBS.5 to 2.0. CO2 absorption in the pulp and paper industry. 1.5PBS 6 Packing.0PRR 1. CPVC.75CBS. glass reinforced polypropylene. porcelain. lower pressure drop. 1. greater efficiency. Plastic Pall rings are available in polypropylene.75PBS. a low packing factor. copper. glass reinforced polypropylene and halar. stainless steel. 3. 1. perhaps the most commonly used packing.0 INCHES.5CIS.5PBS. lower liquid hold-up and less entrainment than the conventional Raschig ring. permitting complete access to the interior for both gas and liquid flow.0PIS. 1. rigid PVC. better maintenance of distribution. kynar and halar.0CRR.0 INCHES. They provide increasing efficiency as loading increases to the point of incipient flooding. 1. linear polyethylene.0SRR.0PBS.0 INCHES.0PIS There are widely used in the manufacturing of sulfuric acid.0SRR. particularly in high pressure absorbers with small diameter shells where the ability to handle high liquid and gas rates allow for major cost savings. absorption and stripping operations. 1.0SPR. Saddles are available in ceramics and plastics.25 to 3. non-porous. Linings (G6) 6-3 . are useful in distillation.. stainless steels. high gas and liquid rates. Pall rings are Raschig rings that have their wall opened with the projections bent inward. cooling and drying of chlorine and removal of noxious fumes in may industries. stoneware. 1.5CBS.5PIS. The Pall ring is also used in absorption and stripping operations. 1. minimum resistance to liquid and gas flow.5PRR. nickel and inconel.0CRR. These qualities make Intalox saddles especially effective in distribution and absorption operations. of which chemical porcelain is preferred since it is mechanically stronger. The Intalox saddle is a packing that offers large total surface area per cubic foot. 1. Plastic saddles are available in polypropylene. Pall rings are available in carbon steel.0KRR Raschig rings. Size 3:1. They are the least efficient inert packing available because their construction does not promote much liquid distribution.0SPR The Pall ring is especially useful for distillation operations at any pressure. high percentage of void space. 1. Raschig rings are small hallow cylinders. 2. 3. iron-free and inert to chemical attack.0CIS 0. 1. maximum randomness and high efficiency with a large capacity in mass transfer operations.0 to 3. 3. beyond which their operation becomes unstable.0SRR 1.0CRR 1.0KRR.5KRR. aluminum alloys. occasionally may promote liquid maldistribution. Size 3:0.5SRR.

Size 3: M107YA.75FBS.5 INCHES. refining gasses and liquids. M35XB. M76XB. Its major uses are in solution purification.0FBS.5FBS. and for the removal of tastes and odors from water supplies. Linings (G6) . Many carbonaceous materials treated with oxidizing gases (e. M76YB.75KBS. When installed in a column. they do promote good liquid distribution. Activation is a physical change where the surface of the carbon is greatly increased by the removal of hydrocarbons. and CO2 and removing organic sulfur compounds. M62YC. mass transfer becomes unstable and unpredictable. As loading approaches flooding. A Berl saddle is a negatively warped surface resembling a saddle. vegetable and animal fats and oils. M76XC. such as the clean-up of cane. and other impurities (Fe.0. Cu) from manufactured and synthesis gases. M35YA. 1. 1. chemicals and pharmaceuticals. lignite.75SBS. changing this angle of orientation will alter the packing factor while maintaining the surface area per unit volume and weight per unit volume.5 to 1. However. for which a granular material.. beet and corn sugar solutions. 1. film and plastics.5SBS. M107YB. Size 3:ACT-C Activated carbon is effectively and economically utilized in decolorization. M107YC. M35XC Structured packing consists of layers of corrugated (crimped) steel sheets stacked parallel to each other in sections that are typically 8 to 12 inches high.. M76XA. M76YA. coal.. Size 3:ALMNA Activated aluminas are used for desiccation of liquids and gasses. catalysts and adsorption. for which a powdered material is desired. odor removal. Diameter sizes range from 0. stripping and absorption operations. H2S. rubber products.0KBS. ceramics. providing great surface area and pore volume is generally employed. They are available in stoneware.5SBS 0. M76YC. helium.5FBS 0. porcelain. Activated aluminas are manufactured in granular and ball forms as crystals and gels. 1. 6-4 6 Packing.5KBS These items are used with slightly less efficiency than Intalox saddles for distillation. They are highly porous and inert. Berl saddles have one shortcoming. M35XA. For a given packing type. solvent recovery. The sheets are typically grooved and perforated and are arranged at a fixed angle with respect to the vertical axis. 1. M62YA.. M35YB. stainless steel. M62YB. Also commonly used in the recovery of gasoline from natural gas. alcoholic beverages. Other common uses are removing impurities from gases such as hydrogen. M35YC.5KBS. plastics. Activated carbons can be divided into two main classes: • • Those used for adsorption of gases and vapors.g. nitrogen. carbon steel and in karbate. ammonia. Their efficiency changes with changes in loading. Those used in purification of liquid. have a high percentage of void space and provide a large surface area for mass transfer.0SBS. 1. desulfurization. recovery of benzol from manufactured gas and the recovery of solvents vaporized in industrial processes such as the manufacture of rayon. catalytic applications and as scavengers for various contaminants such as fluorides. sawdust) may be used for the manufacture of activated carbon depending on its desired application.

Ninety percent alumina castable and 90% alumina gunning mix are useful for applications with temperatures higher than 50% alumina gunning mixes. or "elements". the advantage of structured packing diminishes significantly. are placed at a predetermined angle to each other (horizontal rotation). acid resistant fireclay (30% alumina) is used. Acid brick can be installed with two different mortars. the increased efficiency allows for a smaller. furnace. As the liquid rate increases (beyond 20 gpm/ft2). Red Shale Brick (RSB) is the cheapest and can be used in low temperature service. This angle is typically 90°. Fluorocarbon Linings Fluorocarbon linings are resistant to a wide variety of corrosive chemicals at temperatures up to 180 DEG F. Castable Refractories and Gunning Mixes These materials can be installed in varying thicknesses.these sections. At low liquid rates. Furfural based mortar is more expensive but is resistant to a wider range of materials. corrosion or abrasion. installed costs of the two are approximately equal.5) to protect a membrane coating from deterioration due to abrasion or high temperature (T greater than 150 DEG F). Fifty percent alumina gunning mix is useful in services involving severe abrasion. thus. Acid Brick These linings are used in Acid Service (pH less than 4. 6 Packing. Typical applications are cyclones. Gunning mixes have higher material costs and lower labor cost than castables. or other piece of process equipment and protects that piece of equipment from destruction by high temperature. Some of the common lining types follow. reducing atmospheres and moderate temperatures. Linings (G6) 6-5 . structured packing is typically more efficient than random packing due to greater surface area per unit volume. The most common fluorocarbon linings are TeflonTM and KynarTM. When a more refractory material is desired. Structured packing is also more desirable because it is less prone to distribution problems and it gives a lower pressure drop per theoretical stage. naphtha reforming and coking. fluid catalytic cracking. Although the actual packing cost is significantly greater for structured packing. tower. For thicknesses greater than 4 INCHES. less expensive column. Introduction to Lining A lining is material that lines the inside surface of a tank. Silica mortar is more economical but can not be used in all applications. it is necessary to use anchors to hold the refractory to the metal surface.

The zinc can be flame sprayed (also called metallizing) or painted onto the carbon steel base material. expected degree of chemical attack and expected degree of abrasion. new process technology has nearly eliminated the use of lead as a lining material. Refractory Brick These linings are used in high temperature service. it is used as the inner lining only when no erosion or abrasion is expected. Ninety percent alumina firebrick is a high alumina refractory useful in operating conditions involving thermal shock. Resin linings may be applied by spray gun. it forms an alloy with the steel several mils deep. The hot zinc does not merely coat the carbon steel. epoxy resin and phenolic resin. Linings (G6) . Typical applications for this material are hydrotreating and sulfur burners. slagging. The most common rubber linings are butyl rubber. Sulfuric acid processing and spent acid regeneration are two applications for this material. 6-6 6 Packing. Resin Linings Resin linings are used in a variety of corrosive services at operating temperatures up to 250 DEG F. Insulating firebrick is ASTM Group 26 material (good to 2. Flame spraying is the process whereby metallic zinc is vaporized in a flame and sprayed onto the steel base material. It is generally used as a backing for refractory firebrick.600 DEG F). corrosion and high temperatures. Insulating firebrick has lower thermal conductivity and heat capacity than refractory firebrick. Lead Linings Lead sheet was used extensively in the manufacture of sulfuric acid. Selection of the type brick to be used is a function of the process temperature. Today. Some common resis linings are asphaltic resin. These linings offer good solvent resistance. Rubber Linings These linings are satisfactory in a wide range of corrosive services at temperatures less than 150 DEG F. Sixty percent alumina firebrick is a high alumina refractory useful for operating conditions involving thermal cycling and chemical attack. natural rubber and neoprene. Rubber linings are almost always applied in the vendors shop. Since it is relatively non-resistant to chemical attack and abrasion. Zinc Linings Zinc is frequently applied to water tanks for cathodic protection. brush or roller.Glass Linings Glass linings are shop installed and are all satisfactory for a wide range of corrosive services at temperatures up to 450 DEG F.

Linings (PAK. Packing. resins. crushed materials. adsorbents.Zinc can also be supported in an epoxy base paint and brushed. LIN) See Material Selections chapter for a complete list. saddles and other formed shapes. Linings (G6) 6-7 . etc. Description Variety of vessel packing materials including rings. Type PACKING 6 Packing. rolled or sprayed onto the steel. Packing type: See Chapter 28 for packing materials.

Silicone base motar Lining adjustment: See “Suggested Lining Difficulty Adjustment. Lining material: Default: *25RSB* 25RSB.2. Default: 4 INCHES [100 MM] .” Range: 1 .5 FINCHES [112 MM] red shale 80RSB. Default: *4* Castable refractory or gunned mixes.Gunn. 50% Al anchored GUNA9.4. 90% Al anchored GUN50. 90% Al no anchor CAS90.Gunite on wire mesh GUNA5.Description Brick and mortar for acid service applied to protect a membrane coating from deterioration under Type ACID BRICK abrasive or high pressure service.2.Continued on next page MONOLITHIC 6-8 6 Packing.Cast.Gunn. 90% Al anchored CASA9.0 INCHES [200 MM] red shale 25AFC.10.8.5 INCHES [62 MM] Al f-clay 45AFC.5 INCHES [112 MM] Al fclay 90AFC.0 INCHES [225 MM] Al fclay Mortar type: Default: *FUR* FUR. Linings (G6) .Gunn. Lining material: Default: *GUNIT* GUNIT.Cast.9.Gunn.5 INCHES [62 MM] red shale 45RSB.Furfural base motar SIL. 90% Al no anchor Lining thickness: Max: 9 INCHES [225 MM]. 50% Al no anchor GUN90.4.

glass and metallic. Linings (G6) 6-9 . abrasion resistant. Linings (PAK.10. coatings: organic.Packing.” Range: 1 .continued Description MONOLITHIC . rubber. Default: *4* OTHER Item Suggested Lining Difficulty Adjustments Work Item Lining a straight tank Typical lining Lining a large horizontal vessel (<5000 GALLON [19 M3] capacity) Lining a small horizontal vessel (<5000 GALLON [19 M3] capacity) Small. replaceable linings: ceramic. Default: *4* Brick: 60%.continued Lining adjustment: See “Suggested Lining Difficulty Adjustment.” Range: 1 .10. Default: *EPLCS* Lining adjustment: See “Suggested Lining Difficulty Adjustment. alloy. steel. LIN) . obstructed area Difficulty Adjustment 1 4 6 8 10 6 Packing. Lining material: See Chapter 28 for lining materials. 90% alumina firebrick. insulating firebrick.

Linings (G6) .6-10 6 Packing.

Other Positive Displacement Pumps (P) Pump Efficiencies 7 Pumps (G10) 7-1 .7 Pumps (G10) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Centrifugal Pumps (CP) Gear Pumps (GP) Piston.

medium (30xHZ) speed.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) Includes pump. electric. CENTRIF type: General Service: IN LINE type: Description Type Available in a wide variety of alloys and exotic ANSI materials including carbon steel casings with stainless steel impellers (SF = stainless fitted) for flows to 2000 GPM [125 L/S]. for process or general service when flow. centerline discharge. general types: API-610 type: ANSI type: High (60xHZ). baseplate.Continued on next page - 7-2 7 Pumps (G10) . Casing material: See Chapter 28 for materials. driver. Default: *CS* Liquid flow rate: MAX: 2. high (60xHZ). head and pressure conditions exceed general service. split casing (not barrel or cartridge type). single stage centrifugal. Single and multiple stage centrifugal pumps. medium (30xHZ).000 GPM [125 L/S] . turbine. Cast iron pumps for general service.1 or American Voluntary Standard. and additionally in FRP for flows to 500 GPM [31 L/S]. horizontal. low (20xHZ) speed. gasoline engine drives. low (30xHZ) speed. end suction. ANSI B123. medium (30xHZ). process and general service. Mounted for service on the line. high (60xHZ). horizontal. low speed (20xHZ). high (60xHZ).

0* CPOISE [*1. Default *1. .Double mechanical seal Design temperature: MAX: 500 DEG F [260 DEG C].5.800* RPM.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) . Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Fluid viscosity: Default: *1.0* MPA-S] Pump efficiency: Range: 10 .continued Description ANSI .Packing *SNGL*.0.API primary seal piping plan number 11 12. 200 FEET [60 M] at 30 x HZ.600 RPM.API primary seal piping plan number 31 32.Tandem mechanical seal DBLE.Turbine driver GAS ENGINE.API primary seal piping plan number 12 13.API primary seal piping plan number 41 2. Default: *400* PSIG [*2.Standard motor driver VFD. Default: *1.continued Fluid head: MAX: 75 FEET [25 M] at 20 x HZ.800* KPA].Variable frequency motor driver TURBINE.Single mechanical seal TNDM.3.API primary seal piping plan number 21 22.API primary seal piping plan number 22 23.API primary seal piping plan number 2 .2 .100 Steam gauge pressure: Steam pressure for turbine drivers only.API primary seal piping plan number 32 41. 575 FEET [175 M] at 60 x HZ.0* Driver type: NONE.200 . Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0. Primary seal pipe plan: *11*.Continued on next page Type 7 Pumps (G10) 7-3 .No driver *MOTOR*. Default: *75* FEET [*25* M] Speed: Range: 1.API primary seal piping plan number 23 31.Gas engine driver Seal type: PACK.API primary seal piping plan number 13 21.

50.API secondary seal piping plan number 61.SS304 316P.API cooling water piping plan J K. 500 GPM [31 L/S] at 60 x HZ. 350 FEET [105 M] at 60 x HZ].A 106 304P.API cooling water piping plan L Pipe plan pipe type: Default: *WELD* TUBE.API cooling water piping plan B C.API cooling water piping plan D E.API cooling water piping plan E F.600 RPM. Fluid head: MAX: 90 FEET [27 M] at 30 x HZ.API cooling water piping plan F G. Default: 1.800* RPM Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0.800 .SS316 Plastic ANSI single stage pump.API secondary seal piping plan number 53.API secondary seal piping plan number 62. Default: *75* FEET [*25* M] Speed: Range: 1.Welded pipe/fittings WFLG.continued Description ANSI .API cooling water piping plan G H. Default: *1.API secondary seal piping plan number 52.Continued on next page Type 51 52 53 54 61 62 ANSI PLAST 7-4 7 Pumps (G10) .3.2 .Tubing THRD.Threaded pipe/fittings *WELD*.API cooling water piping plan C D.API cooling water piping plan A B.API secondary seal piping plan number 54. A 106.Welded/flanged pipe fittings Pipe plan material type: Default: Based on casing material. Liquid flow rate: Capacity limit: 250 GPM [15 L/S] at 30 x HZ.continued Secondary seal pipe plan: Default: *NONE* 51.0 .API cooling water piping plan K L.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) .API secondary seal piping plan number Cooling water pipe plan: Default: *NONE* A.API cooling water piping plan H J.

In Aspen Process Economic Analyzer and Aspen Capital Cost Estimator.continued Driver type: Default: *MOTOR* NONE. API 610 Casing material: See Chapter 28 for materials.800 KPA].0* Driver power: MIN: >0 If you specify a driver power greater than 300 HP with a MOTOR driver type.600 RPM.Double mechanical seal Design temperature: MAX: 250 DEG F [107 DEG C].800 .0* CPOISE [*1.0* MPA-S] Pump efficiency: Range: 1 .Packing SNGL. Fluid head: MAX: 200 FEET [60 M] at 30 x HZ.Turbine driver GAS ENGINE. Icarus generates a Totally Enclosed Water Cooled (TEWAC) motor.100 Steam gauge pressure: Steam pressure for turbine drivers only. Default *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Fluid viscosity: Default: *1. Default: *400* PSIG [2.Single mechanical seal TNDM.2 . . API 610 type available in a variety of casing materials.Continued on next page Type 7 Pumps (G10) 7-5 . Icarus also generates additional piping lines for cooling water and an additional temperature control loop. Default: *1.Tandem mechanical seal DBLE.continued Description ANSI PLAST . Default: *1.5.No driver MOTOR.800* Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0.Gas engine driver Seal type: Default: *SNGL* PACK. . Default: *75* FEET [*25* M] RPM Speed: Range: 1.Variable frequency motor driver TURBINE. 700 FEET [210 M] at 60 x HZ RPM.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) .3.0.Standard motor driver VFD.

100 Steam gauge pressure: Steam pressure for tubine drivers only.API primary seal piping plan number 41 2.API primary seal piping plan number 12 13.API primary seal piping plan number 22 23.continued Driver type: Default: MOTOR NONE.API secondary seal piping plan number 61 62.API primary seal piping plan number 21 22.continued Description API 610 .Tandem mechanical seal DBLE.Single mechanical seal TNDM.API primary seal piping plan number 2 Secondary seal pipe plan: Default: *NONE* 51. Primary seal pipe plan: *11*.API secondary seal piping plan number 54 61.API primary seal piping plan number 31 32.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) .Standard motor driver VFD.0* CPOISE [*1.Gas engine driver Seal type: Default: *SNGL* PACK.No driver *MOTOR*.API secondary seal piping plan number 62 .Turbine driver GAS ENGINE.API secondary seal piping plan number 51 52. Default: *400* PSIG [*2.API secondary seal piping plan number 52 53. .API primary seal piping plan number 32 41.Variable frequency motor driver TURBINE.Double mechanical seal Design temperature: MAX: 850 DEG F [450 DEG C].API primary seal piping plan number 11 12.Packing *SNGL*.API primary seal piping plan number 23 31.Continued on next page Type 7-6 7 Pumps (G10) .800* KPA]. Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Fluid viscosity: Default: *1.API secondary seal piping plan number 53 54.API primary seal piping plan number 13 21.0* MPA-S] Pump efficiency: Range: 10 .

800* RPM.A 106 304P.API cooling water piping plan E F.0* Driver type: *STD*.API cooling water piping plan A B.600 RPM.Welded pipe/fittings WFLG.3.API cooling water piping plan D E. Fluid head: MAX: 125 FEET [38 M] at 30 x HZ.Standard motor VFD.continued Description API 610 . Default: *1. A 106.800 .Tubing THRD. Default: *1.API cooling water piping plan F G.Welded/flanged pipe fittings Pipe plan material Type: Default: Based on casing material. Default: *75* FEET [*25* M] Speed: Range: 1.Continued on next page API 610 IL Type 7 Pumps (G10) 7-7 .Threaded pipe/fittings *WELD*.SS316 API 610 in-line pump Casing material: See Chapter 28 for materials.API cooling water piping plan C D.SS304 316P. 500 FEET [152 M] at 60 x HZ.Variable frequency drive NONE.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) .5.API cooling water piping plan K L.API cooling water piping plan B C.API cooling water piping plan G H.continued Cooling water pipe plan: Default: *NONE* A.API cooling water piping plan L Pipe plan pipe type: Default: *WELD* TUBE.0.API cooling water piping plan J K. Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0. Default: *CS* Liquid flow rate: MAX: 450 GPM [38 M] at 30 x HZ.2 .No driver .API cooling water piping plan H J. 900 GPM [56 L/S] at 60 x HZ.

API primary seal piping plan number 21 22.API cooling water piping plan D E.0* MPA-S].API primary seal piping plan number 32 41.API primary seal piping plan number 12 13. Fluid viscosity: Default: *1. Pump efficiency: Range: 10 .0* CPOISE [*1.API cooling water piping plan G H.API second seal piping plan number 51 52.API second seal piping plan number 61 62.Double mechanical seal Design temperature: MAX: 850 DEG F [450 DEG C].API cooling water piping plan A B.API second seal piping plan number 53 54.API primary seal piping plan number 22 23.API cooling water piping plan J K.Tandem mechanical seal DBLE. Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C].No primary seal piping plan Secondary seal pipe plan: Default: *NONE* 51.API second seal piping plan number 52 53.API primary seal piping plan number 31 32.API cooling water piping plan F G.API primary seal piping plan number 23 31.API second seal piping plan number 62 Cooling water pipe plan: Default: *NONE* A.API cooling water piping plan K L.API cooling water piping plan L Type 7-8 7 Pumps (G10) .Single mechanical seal TNDM.API primary seal piping plan number 13 21.100 Primary seal pipe plan: Default: *11* 11.API cooling water piping plan C D.continued Description API 610 IL .Packing *SNGL*.API primary seal piping plan number 11 12.API cooling water piping plan B C.API cooling water piping plan H J.API primary seal piping plan number 41 2.API cooling water piping plan E F.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) .continued Seal type: PACK.API second seal piping plan number 54 61.

Default: *CS* Liquid flow rate: MAX: 400 GPM [25 L/S] Fluid head: MAX: 200 FEET [60 M]. Default: *1.5. Max L/S <25.0* Design temperature: MAX: 850 DEG F [450 DEG C]. Casing material: Default: *CS* Fluid head: Default: *75* FEET [*25* M] .Centrifugal Pumps (CP) . horizontally split casing not a cartridge or barrel pump. Default: *75* FEET [*25* M] Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0.0* CPOISE [*1.000/head [FT]. Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0.0* MPA-S] Pump efficiency: Range: 10 .000/head [M]. Default: *CS* Liquid flow rate: Max GPM <1. Casing material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Fluid head: MAX: 75 FEET [25 M]. Default: *75* FEET [*25* M] Temperature: MAX: 500 DEG F [260 DEG C]. For process or general service when flow/head conditions exceed general service.2 .0. Includes pumping unit and motor driver.2 .5.Continued on next page - 7 Pumps (G10) 7-9 . Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Fluid viscosity: Default: *1.continued Description Type AXIAL FLOW Vertical axial flow pump for flows greater than 1600 GPM [100 L/S]. Default: *1. Material: See Chapter 28 for materials.100 CANNED Single and multistage centrifugal pumps available in a CENTRIF variety of casing materials.0.300.0* Horizontal pump with canned motor.

Turbine driver GAS ENGINE.Variable frequency motor driver TURBINE.Gas engine driver Seal type: PACK.800* RPM.Packing *SNGL*.600 RPM.0.Variable frequency motor driver TURBINE. Fluid specific gravity: 0.continued Description CENTRIF .0.Tandem mechanical seal DBLE. cast iron for flows to 2000 GPM GEN SERV [125 L/S].No driver MOTOR.Gas engine driver .Single mechanical seal TNDM.Continued on next page - 7-10 7 Pumps (G10) . Casing material: Default: *CI* Liquid flow rate: MAX: 2.800 .Turbine driver GAS ENGINE.100 Steam gauge pressure: Steam pressure for turbine drivers only.2 .5. Default: *400* PSIG [*2.000 GPM [125 L/S] Fluid head: MAX: 200 FEET [60 M] at 30 x HZ.Standard motor driver VFD.800* KPA].No driver *MOTOR*. .Centrifugal Pumps (CP) .2 .0* CPOISE [*1.continued Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0. Default: *1.Standard motor driver VFD. Default: *75* FEET [*25* M] Speed: Range: 1. .3. Default: *5. 275 FEET [80 M] at 60 x HZ.0* Driver type: NONE.0 Driver type: *NONE*.0* MPA-S] Pump efficiency: Range: 10 .5.Double mechanical seal Design temperature: Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Fluid viscosity: Default: *1. Default: 1. Type General service.

Packing *SNGL*.0* MPA-S] Pump efficiency: Range: 10 .600 RPM. Default: *400* PSIG [*2. Default: *1.No driver Seal type: PACK.5.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) .800* RPM. Casing material: See Chapter 28 for materials.0* CPOISE [*1.Tandem mechanical seal DBLE.Variable frequency drive NONE.800* KPA].Standard motor VFD.0.200 .Double mechanical seal Design temperature: MAX: 500 DEG F [260 DEG C].Single mechanical seal TNDM.0* Driver type: *STD*.100 IN LINE 7 Pumps (G10) 7-11 . Default: *1.Tandem mechanical seal DBLE. Default: *CS* Liquid flow rate: MAX: GPM x head [FEET] < 43. Fluid head: Default: *75* FEET [*25* M] Speed: Range: 1.Single mechanical seal TNDM. Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Fluid viscosity: Default: *1. Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0.100 Steam gauge pressure: Steam pressure for turbine drivers only.0* CPOISE [*1.000.Packing *SNGL*.0* MPA-S] Pump efficiency: Range: 10 . L/S x head [M] < 825.3. Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Fluid viscosity: Default: *1.continued Description GEN SERV .2 . Type General service in-line pump.continued Seal type: PACK.Double mechanical seal Design temperature: MAX: 250 DEG F [120 DEG C]. Includes pump and motor driver.

0.000 GPM [6.000 [Flow (L/S) x Head (M) < 8250] Temperature: Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C].1.Standard motor driver VFD.765 L/S] Fluid Head: Range: 15 .0. Default: *CS* Liquid flow rate: MAX: Flow (GPM) x Head (FT) < 430.0.Variable frequency driver TURBINE.6.800* RPM Fluid specific gravity. MAX: 500 DEG F [260 DEG C] Fluid Specific Gravity: Range: 0.106 M] Speed: Default: *1.5.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) . MAX: Flow (GPM) x Head (FT) < 430.Cast iron SS316.SS316 Liquid flow rate: Range: 100 .0 Driver type: NONE.No driver *MOTOR*.2 . Default: *1.350 FEET [4.000 [Flow (L/S) x Head (M) < 8250] Fluid head: Default: *75* FEET [*25* M].Gas engine driver Design temperature: Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Consistency Air Dried: Percent by weight of air dried (AD) solids in fluid.100 Steam gauge pressure: Steam pressure for turbine drivers only. Default: 1. Default: *1. Material: See Chapter 28 for materials. PULP STOCK 7-12 7 Pumps (G10) .28.0* Low consistency stock pump. Range: 0.800 KPA].0 .: Range: 0.Turbine driver GAS ENGINE.0* Pump efficiency: Range: 10 . Casing material: *CI*.2 .5. Default: *400*PSGI [*2.continued Description Type Vertical motor with turbine impeller for wet pits.4 . Includes pumping unit and motor driver. TURBINE tanks and sumps.6 .

Material of construction is SS316. Default: *1* Driver type: *MOTOR*.Variable frequency driver NONE.Hasteloy C Liquid flow rate: MAX: 300 GPM [18.800 .0.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) . Default: *3.Stainless steel C 20. Pump size selection: Symbol InchPound 25x20 30x20 30X25 40X30 40X40 2.600* RPM Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0. 400 FEET [120 M] at 60 x HZ.8 L/S] at 60 x HZ Fluid head: MAX: 200 FEET [60 M] at 30 x HZ.2 .5 INCHES 65 MM 4 INCHES 100 MM 3 INCHES .Standard motor driver VFD.3.100 Sanitary centrifugal pump SAN PUMP For use as a product mover in a wide range of sanitary and industrial applications.9 L/S] at 30 x HZ.895 KPA] Design temperature: MAX: 450 DEG F [230 DEG C]. 600 GPM [37. Casing material: *SS*.Continued on next page - 7 Pumps (G10) 7-13 . Default: *75* FEET [*25* M] Speed: Range: 1.No driver Design gauge pressure: MAX: 275 PSIG [1.Carpenter 20 HASTC.5. Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Fluid viscosity: Default: *1* CPOISE [*1* MPA-S] Pump efficiency: Range: 10 .600 RPM.5 INCHES 3 INCHES 3 INCHES 4 INCHES 4 INCHES Inlet Metric 65 MM 75 MM 75 MM 100 MM Outlet InchPound 2 INCHES 2 INCHES Metric 50 MM 50 MM 75 MM 100 MM 2.continued Description Type MAG DRIVE Standard ANSI magnetic drive pump.

5 GPM] (at maximum speed) Speed *30xHZ* 60XHZ Maximum Head Inch.Pound Default MIN: MAX: 1.000 RPM Design gauge pressure: *45 PSIG [310 KPA]*.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) . Fluid head: MAX: 365 FEET [109 M] (at maximum speed) Speed *30xHZ* 60XHZ Maximum Head Inch. MAX: 45 PSIG [310 KPA] Design temperature: *68 DEG F [20 DEG C]*. MAX: 5. MAX: 120 DEG F [50 DEG C] Fluid specific gravity: *1. MAX: 100 Driver type: *TXXDC*.Single mechanical seal SNGW.Pound Metric 92 FEET 365 FEET 28 M 63 M Required: enter capacity and head or select pump size. Liquid flow rate: MAX: 1. MIN: 0.continued Description Type SAN PUMP .Single mechanical seal w/ water cooling DBLW.Double mechanical seal w/ water cooling 7-14 7 Pumps (G10) .4 L/S 63 L/S Required: enter capacity and head or select pump size.600 RPM Metric 1.VFD rated motor with controller Seal type: *SNGL*.0 Pump efficiency: MIN: 10.continued SAN PUMP Required: select pump size or enter capacity and head.Pound Metric 610 GPM 1.Standard TEFC motor WXXDC.800 RPM 1.800 RPM 3.000 GPM 38.VFD rated motor only (no controller) WVCDC.500RPM 3.Washdown TEFC motor WVRDC.000 GPM [62.500RPM 1. Speed Inch.0*.25.

Product rate: MAX: based on maximum capacity (4. MAX: 5.150 GPM [260 L/S]. The pump is dead-headed at 110 FEET [35.150 GPM [260 L/S]). Maximum head decreases as capacity increases. like mushrooms and cranberries. At the maximum capacity of 4.5 M] Maximum head decreases as capacity increases. Pump efficiency: MIN: 10.5 M]. and H20/product ratio.150 GPM [260 L/ S]. Required: enter either diameter.0*. MAX: 45 PSIG [310 KPA] Design temperature: *68 DEG F [20 DEG C]*. or head and product rate. Includes water and product. Material of construction is SS304.150 GPM [260 L/ S]. the maximum head is 45 FEET [13.2. Inlet and outlet diameter: MIN: 4 INCHES [100 MM]. MAX: 10 INCHES [250 MM] Fluid head: *35* FEET [*10. Uses water as a protective cushion.7* M].7 M]. MAX: 110 FEET [33. Liquid flow rate: MAX: 4.7 M]. MAX: 120 DEG F [50 DEG C] Fluid specific gravity: *1.Continued on next page - 7 Pumps (G10) 7-15 . Required: enter either diameter.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) . MIN: 0. or head and product rate. specific gravity.continued Description Sanitary fluming pump with feeder hopper Type FLUME PUMP For transferring delicate food products. head and capacity. Water to product weight ratio: *10* Design pressure gauge: *45 PSIG [310 KPA]*. the maximum head is 45 FEET [13. MAX: 100 . head and capacity.0 (of water-product mixture). At the maximum capacity of 4.

067 MM] 5.0 FEET [0.Centrifugal Pumps (CP) .Closed frame unit *CLOSE*.continued.Open frame unit Minimum Hopper Length 2.524 M] 6.0 FEET [1.5 FEET [1. Hopper length: Minimum hopper length depends on diameter: Diameter 4 INCHES [100 MM] 6 INCHES [150 MM] 8 INCHES [200 MM] 10 INCHES [250 MM] Enclosure type: OPEN.829 M] Type 7-16 7 Pumps (G10) .0 FEET [1.610 M] 3. Description FLUME PUMP .continued.

Description Type GEAR Standard external gear rotary pump For pumping of viscous fluids to 300 GPM [18 L/ S]. to 570 GPM [35 L/S]. As the rotors continue to turn.000 CP.800 RPM. the liquid is trapped between the projections of the rotors and the pump casing. Material: *SS316* Liquid flow rate: 40 .000 CSTOKE [30. such as polymers and resins. Default: *32* CSTOKE [*32* MM2/S].35 L/S] Speed: MAX: 1. The principal of operation is that as two rotors rotate.000. Material: *CS*. Speed: MAX: 600 RPM.Cast iron SS. Default: *1. the rotors mesh and the liquid is squeezed out of the pump. Includes motor driver.Gear Pumps (GP) For the pumping of viscous fluids. Includes pump. Canned rotor gear pump Explosion-proof motor.570 GPM [3 . Standard rotary pumps can pump fluids with viscosities as great as 250. Default: *90* RPM. projections on the rotors mesh and unmesh. The liquid is carried to the discharge side of the pump in these pockets.800* RPM Viscosity: Default: *32* CSTOKE [*32* MM2/S] CANNED RTR 7 Pumps (G10) 7-17 .000 MM2/S]. Viscosity: MAX: 30.Carbon steel CI.Stainless steel BRONZ.000 CP and special designs are available to handle viscosities up to 1. standard type external gear rotary pump. such as polymers and resins.Bronz Liquid flow rate: MAX: 300 GPM [18 L/S]. baseplate. They unmesh on the suction side of the pump creating a cavity which is filled with liquid. At the discharge side. driver (optional).

Type MECH SEAL 7-18 7 Pumps (G10) . to 480 GPM [30 L/S].800 RPM.continued Description Mechanical seal gear pump With mechanical seal. Speed: MAX: 1.Gear Pumps (GP) . Material: *GSLCS* (Glass-lined CS) Liquid flow rate: Range: 35 . Includes motor driver.30 L/S].480 GPM [3 . Default: *1.800* RPM.

2 .000 FEET [300 M] Temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0.5. Material: Default: *CS* Liquid flow rate: MAX: 1.Piston.000 FEET [300 M] Temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0. Default *1.0.000 FEET [300 M] Temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0.910 GPM [0.2 .0* Driver power: Range: 3 .4 .2 .100 HP [1.000 GPM [62 L/S] Fluid head: MAX: 1.000 GPM [62 L/S] Fluid head: MAX: 1.0* Driver power: Range: 2 .10 HP [2. Default: *1.75 KW] TRIPLEX DUPLEX Type SIMPLEX 7 Pumps (G10) 7-19 . Other Positive Displacement Pumps (P) Description Reciprocating simplex with steam driver.7.5.5 . Material: Default: *CS* Liquid flow rate: MAX: 1. Material: Default: *CS* Liquid flow rate: Range: 5.56 L/S] Fluid head: MAX: 1.5 .0* Driver power: Range: 2 -100 HP [1.5 KW] Triplex (plunger) with pump-motor driver.0.5.5 KW] Reciprocating duplex with steam driver.0.7. Default: *1.22 .5 .

25 GPM [0.1 . Other Positive Displacement Pumps (P) . Material: Default: *SS316* Liquid flow rate: Range: 1.continued Description Type DIAPHRAGM Diaphragm pump . Default: *1.600 GPM [1. Default: *1. The flexing of the diaphragm produces the pumping action. Includes motor driver. Diaphragm pumps are also frequently used as metering pumps.5 L/S] Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0.5. A diaphragm pump is a type of reciprocating pump. Material: *CS*.5 L/S] Temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0.1. The advantage of the diaphragm pump is that no packing or seals are exposed to the liquid being pumped.2 . A reciprocating rod flexes a diaphragm fabricated of metal.2 .37.0. toxic or abrasive liquids.5.0* Slurry pump.012 .0* Temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] SLURRY 7-20 7 Pumps (G10) .Carbon steel SS316. Although diaphragm pumps are made with capacities of 100 GPM. rubber or plastic.Piston.TFE type. For the low capacity pumping of hazardous.SS316 Liquid flow rate: Range: 0. generally they handle 25 GPM or less.5 .3 .0.

2 . a gas engine.0* Temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Material: BRONZ Liquid flow rate: Range: 25 . Typically.450 GPM [1.47 L/S] Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0. On the back-stroke of the plunger. Default: *1* Temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Reciprocating plunger pump. A power pump is a reciprocating pump driven through a crankshaft.28 L/S] Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0. water flooding of oil fields. power pump.0. Includes motor driver.000 PSIG can be handled in some. Plunger pumps are made from two to nine plungers and in two basic configurations. horizontal and vertical depending on whether the plungers are arranged horizontally or vertically in the machine.500 to 6.750 GPM [0.000 PSIG. slender. Plunger pumps are used for pumping hydraulic fluid.5. the cylinder fills with liquid and on the forward-stroke. pumping of propane. Material: Defaults* Liquid flow rate: Range: 10 . . stroke and number of plungers. Other Positive Displacement Pumps (P) . although pressure as high as 20. salt water disposal. Includes motor driver. butane and other volatile liquids. the liquid is expelled.Piston.Continued on next page RECIP MOTR Type ROTARY 7 Pumps (G10) 7-21 . A plunger pump is a reciprocating pump that displaces liquid from a cylinder by the reciprocating motion of a long.continued Description Rotary (sliding vanes) pump.6 .2 . The capacity of a plunger pump is determined by the diameter.5. a power pump may be driven by a steam or gas turbine.7 . This item is an electric motor driven plunger. Default: *1. discharge pressures of plunger pumps fall in the range from 1. solid rod called a plunger. Although the RECIP-MOTR pump is driven by an electric motor.0. or a diesel engine as well. and for process pumping requiring high pressures. hydraulic de-scaling of steel.

0. Casing material: *SS316*. Default: *1.000 HP [750 KW] High density stock pump with twin intermeshing screws.continued Material: See Chapter 28 for materials.2 .Standard motor driver VFD.5.Turbine driver GAS ENGINE.800* KPA]. MAX: 1. else 100 PSIG [688 KPA]. Default: *1* Pump efficiency: Range: 10 .500* RPM] Steam gauge pressure: Steam pressure for turbine drivers only.continued Description RECIP MOTR .100 Driver type: NONE.500 TPD [56 TON/H] Design gauge pressure Outlet: MAX: 160 PSIG [1.100 KPA] to 550 TPD [20 TON/H].5.0.20. Default: *10* Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0. Other Positive Displacement Pumps (P) .Gas engine driver Speed: Default: *1.Piston. HD STOCK Type 7-22 7 Pumps (G10) .800* RPM [*1.Variable frequency motor driver TURBINE.0* Driver power: MAX: 1.No driver *MOTOR*.2 . Range: 10 . . Design temperature: Default: *120* DEG F [*50* DEG C] Consistency air dried: Percent by weight of air dried (AD) solids in fluid. Default: *CS* Liquid flow rate: Min: 0. Default: *400* PSIG [*2.01 GPM [0.4 L/S] Temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0. SS317 Stock flow rate air dried: Flow rate of air dried (AD) solids in pumped fluid.

8 / 100 20. Liquid flow rate: MAX: 520 GPM [32.Manual relief cover 7 Pumps (G10) 7-23 .8 520 .8 L/S] Required: select pump size or enter capacity and exit pressure.15 60 . Design gauge pressure Outlet: MAX: 200 PSIG [1. this pump forwards fluids.0 Fluid viscosity: *1.25 130 .O-ring seal DBLE. MIN: 0. non-lubricating or abrasive).2.8 / 40 3.0 MPA-S]* Design temperature: *68 DEG F [20 DEG C]* Seal type: *MECH*.5 / 200 32.37 / 40 0. Other Positive Displacement Pumps (P) .8 Nominal Flow Rate / Diameter GPM/INCHES L/S MM 6 / 1.9 / 40 1.4 320 .7 / 65 8.Standard cover MAN.8 / 200 Type ROTARYLOBE Required: select pump size or enter capacity and exit pressure.375 KPA] Required: select pump size or enter capacity and exit pressure.15 30 .3 220 .Double mechanical seal Relief cover type: *STD*. Impeller speed: MAX: 10 x Hz RPM Fluid specific gravity: *1.Single mechanical seal ORNG.15 15 .continued Description Sanitary rotary lobe pump Used for a wide range of fluids (low or high viscosity.5 60 / 2.5 30 / 1.6 420 .2 / 80 13.0*.0 CPOISE [1. MAX: 5.5 18 / 1.5 130 / 3 220 / 4 320 / 6 420 / 8 520 / 8 0.1 / 40 1. Pump size selection: Symbol 06.Piston.2 / 150 26.15 18 . yet has a low impact on solids and a relatively constant discharge pressure.5 15 / 1.

MAX: 3 INCHES DIAM [75 MM DIAM] Enter either inlet/outlet diameter or capacity and head. 7-24 7 Pumps (G10) .7 L/S] at 20 FEET [6 M] Enter either inlet/outlet diameter or capacity and head. If you require a foundation for this item. Other Positive Displacement Pumps (P) . Description Sanitary air diaphragm pump Material of construction is SS316.2. Inlet and outlet diameter: MIN: 1 INCHES [25 MM DIAM]. MIN: 0. Liquid flow rate: MAX: 220 GPM [13.7 L/S] Design gauge pressure: MAX: 110 PSIG [750 KPA] Design temperature: MIN: 68 DEG F [20 DEG C].0 Type AIR DIAPH Pump Efficiencies Pump Type Default Efficiency Centrifugal Pumps All Other Pumps Hi-Density Stock Pump < 50 GPM = 60% 82% Calculated using an empirical correlation.continued. it must be added. MAX: 300 DEG F [148 DEG C] Fluid specific gravity: *1.Piston.0*. Fluid head: MAX: 210 FEET [64 M] at 60 GPM [3. MAX: 5.

8 Towers. Columns (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction to Towers and Columns Tower/Column Applications Tower/Column Internals Description of Towers/Columns Materials of Construction Shell and Head Design Double Diameter Towers (DDT) Single Diameter Towers (TW) 8 Towers. Columns (G6) 8-1 .

If the feed to the tower is a liquid mixture containing one or more undesirable components which are removed by absorbing them with another liquid. the vessel is called a packed tower. • • • Towers may contain trays. If the feed to the tower is a gas mixture containing one or more undesirable components which are removed within the tower by absorbing them with a suitable solvent. • • • • Towers are similar to vertical process vessels in that they are erected vertically and they are cylindrical in shape with heads at each end of the cylinder. Distillation — a process which separates a mixture of materials into two or more desired parts. If the tower contains a packing. the vessel is called a tray tower. Towers are. or. and according to the function performed by the tower. and the tower removes an undesirable gas which is dissolved in the feed. one stream containing the more volatile components of the feed and the other stream the less volatile components of the feed. however. fractionator.Introduction to Towers and Columns Towers are classified according to the type of “internals” in the tower. Typically the length to diameter ratio of a tower ranges from 3:1 to 20:1. Other names for a stripping tower are stripping column and stripper. Tower/Column Applications Towers are commonly used for the following purposes: • • • • • Distillation Stripping Absorption Adsorption Extraction. distillation tower and distillation column. If the tower contains trays. Columns (G6) . or packed column. Other names for a fractionation tower are: fractionation column. the tower is called a stripping tower. a tray column. A description of these items follows. synonymously. normally much taller then vertical process vessels. The device which performs this operation may be called a 8-2 8 Towers. the tower is called an absorption tower. the tower is called an adsorption tower. Other names for an adsorption tower are: adsorption column and adsorber. the tower is called an extraction tower or extraction column. the tower is called a fractionation tower. If the feed to the tower is a hydrocarbon mixture and the tower separates this mixture into two factions or streams. If the feed to the tower is liquid. Tower may contain packing. which are removed within the tower by adsorbing them onto solid catalyst pellets. Other names for an absorption tower are: absorption column and absorber. Towers typically range in diameter from 3 to 20 FEET and in height from 20 to 150 FEET. If the feed to the tower is a gas or liquid mixture containing one or more undesirable components.

but a mixture of components which may be used as is or refined further. Stripping — The process of extracting a material dissolved in a liquid phase and transferring it into a gas phase is called stripping or desorption. The bubble cap trays were used almost exclusively until about 1950. extraction tower or extractor. for example. The liquid into which the gaseous component dissolves is called the absorbent. Crude distillation normally is used to produce these fractions: raw gasoline. the term drying tower or dryer is often used. Each fraction or cut is not a pure component. The purpose of distilling crude oil is to separate it into what are called fractions or cuts. adsorption column or adsorber. If the purpose of the adsorber is to remove water. There are three types of crossflow trays in common use today. The device in which the absorption process takes place is called an absorption tower. the contacting device is called an extraction column. absorption column or absorber. the use of bubble cap trays has almost disappeared because their complicated construction makes them 8 Towers. The material which boils at the lower temperature is called the light or more volatile component. They are the bubble cap. Distillation is not a new concept. Absorption — The process of transferring a material from the gas phase to the liquid phase is called absorption. For example. solvent extraction or simply extraction. Natural gas. The material with the higher boiling point is called the heavy or less volatile component. The removal of ammonia from water is an example of the stripping process. This is not the usual case. and valve tray. The solid to which the liquid or gaseous component attached itself is called the adsorbent. gas oil and reduced crude.liquid extraction. The removal of carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide from the natural gas with deithanolamine (DEA) is an example of the absorption process. raw kerosene. sieve tray.distillation tower. If the two immiscible liquids are contacted counter currently. The device in which the adsorption process takes place is usually called an adsorption tower. we are dealing with a two component or binary mixture. oil and water. Air passing upward through the tower strips the ammonia from the water and the ammonia . crude oil contains hundreds of different components.air mixture exits from the top of the tower. Water with ammonia dissolved in it passes down the stripping tower. For example. Columns (G6) 8-3 . The operation of a distillation column depends on the fact that different materials boil at different temperatures. Adsorption — The process of transferring a material from either the gas or liquid phase to the solid phase is called adsorption. More commonly. crossflow trays and counter flow trays. the feed to a distillation column is a multi-component mixture. Crossflow trays get their name because liquid flows across the tray to a downcomer while vapor rises through perforations in the tray deck. Extraction — The process of transferring material from one liquid phase to another immiscible liquid phase is called liquid . In the case of ethyl alcohol and water. The stripping process is carried out in a device called a stripping tower or stripping column. CO2 and H2S pass upward through the tower. DEA passing downwards absorbs the CO2 and H2S. Immiscible liquids are liquids which do not dissolve in each other. distillation column or fractionator. Tower/Column Internals Trays — May be divided into two major categories. Since then. water boils at 212 DEG F and ethyl alcohol (the active ingredient in liquor) boils at 173 DEG F.

Sieve trays are the cheapest trays to fabricate because of their simple design. activated clay. Trays accomplish this by providing a very large wetted surface area for the gas or vapor to flow by. Packed towers are low pressure drop devices. and a downcomer which acts as a downspout to direct the liquid to the tray below. Too high a velocity and vapor doesn’t bubble through the liquid on the tray. alumina. These caps make valve trays more expensive than sieve trays but they also increase the operating range of the tray. A packed tower must have a larger diameter than a tray tower to handle the same feed rate. 8-4 8 Towers. their function is to transfer a material from the liquid or gas phase onto the surface of the solid adsorbent. carbon. Adsorption towers are packed towers. Adsorbents are not packing types. These trays have no downcomers. Packings — The second major category of tower internals is packings. If highly corrosive fluids are being handled. however. activated carbon and silica gel. This condition is called coning. the vapor pushes the liquid away from the hole so that there is no liquid-vapor contact. This type of tray is not widely used. Instead. At low vapor velocities. The liquid falls through the same openings in the tray that the vapor from the tray below rises through. 3 The major disadvantages of packed towers are: 1 2 They have a narrower operating range than tray towers. plastic or other highly resistant metallic or non-metallic material. Berl saddles. The drawback to the sieve tray is that it has a narrow operating range compared to the bubble cap tray and the valve tray. The most popular of the counterflow type tray is the Turbogrid tray. They consist of a perforated plate through which vapor rises from the tray below. they bring a gas or vapor stream into intimate contact with a liquid stream. Intalox saddles and Pall rings. packing is generally cheaper.a condition called dumping. Some common adsorbents are: Fuller’s earthes (natural clays). Each cap has slots in it through which the vapor from the tray below bubbles into the liquid on the tray. Valve trays have liftable caps which operate like check valves. The most common types of packings are: Raschig rings. therefore.heavy (resulting in heavier and more expensive tray supports) and expensive to fabricate. The operation of the sieve tray depends on the vapor velocity through the perforations being high enough to keep the liquid flowing across the tray and not down through the same perforations the vapor is rising through. Adsorbents are generally either a granular material or else spherical or cylindrical shaped pellets. Packed towers would normally be selected instead of tray towers in the following instances: 1 2 For columns less than 2 FEET in diameter. packings are often advantageous because they can be made of ceramic. Columns (G6) . The other major category of trays is the counterflow type. Packings serve the same purpose as trays. Too low a vapor velocity and the liquid falls through the holes to the plate below . a weir to hold a liquid level on the tray. they are often used for vacuum distillations. Bubble cap trays get their name because vapor rises through holes in the tray and is collected underneath bubble caps. the caps close and prevent dumping.

The torispherical head is the cheapest to fabricate. Which kind of head to use is an economic decision. not with welding necks and flanges. From 150 PSIG to 500 PSIG. elliptical dished or 2:1 ellipsoidal (because the ratio of the length of the major to the minor axis of this head is 2:1) Hemispherical. purge connections and sample connections. the most common of which is the ASME flanged and dished head Ellipsoidal. The hemispherical head is the most costly to fabricate. Towers are always erected vertically. Other openings in the tower are provided for drains. Tower internals consist of either trays or packings.Description of Towers/Columns “Towers” and “columns” are interchangeable name for the same device. This gives the tower a “Coke bottle” shape and is called a double diameter tower. also called elliptical. Towers are classified according to the function performed. The shell is closed at both ends with dome-shaped covers called heads. A tower is normally supported by a steel cylinder the same diameter as the tower called a skirt. Sometimes they are designed with the top of the tower one diameter and the bottom a different (usually larger) diameter.48 INCHES [1219 MM]. but is thinner at the same pressure. Manholes range in diameter from 18 . They are usually tall and cylindrical in shape. Manholes are just nozzles large enough for a man to pass through. The ellipsoidal head is more expensive to fabricate than the torispherical. 8 Towers. but is the thinnest for a given pressure. One is to separate a mixture into two or more desired parts. Openings in the tower provided for this purpose are called manholes or manways. At pressures below 150 PSIG the torispherical head is generally the cheapest. Towers are also classified by the type of device installed inside (internals) so the tower can perform its desired function. the ellipsoidal is usually selected. Above 150 PSIG. There are three head designs in common use: • • • Torispherical. The other function is to transfer a material from one phase to another phase. Columns (G6) 8-5 . the material cost decreases from the torispherical to hemispherical because the head gets thinner. Workers must be able to enter the tower after it is erected to install and maintain the internals. vents and sample connections to 24 INCHES [609. but the fabricating costs increase. The small (1 INCH) connections are usually made with pipe couplings. stripping or extraction. but is the thickest for a given pressure. Thus. Openings are provided in the shell and heads of a tower so that process fluids can enter and leave. Nozzles range in diameter from 1 INCH for small drains.6 MM] or more for large process connections. the hemispherical head becomes an economically viable alternative. The skirt is welded to the tower at one end and bolted to the foundation at the other. The cylindrically shaped body of the tower is called the shell. Examples are distillation. These devices have one of two functions. These openings into the tower are called nozzles.

This results in a vessel which has a thinner shell and head and is therefore cheaper to fabricate than the same vessel designed according to the rules of Division 1. Shell and Head Design Typically. the primary alloying element in carbon steel is carbon. or a non-metal such as FRP (fiberglass reinforced polyester). Materials of Construction The tower shell and heads are usually fabricated out of carbon or low alloy steel plate. the tower may be fabricated out of a high alloy steel such as one of the stainless steels.5%. However. Since a Division 2 design results in a cheaper vessel. a nonferrous metal such as titanium or monel. Towers manufactured outside the United States are to be designed and fabricated according to code standards as well. Columns (G6) . many companies normally require that tower shells and heads be designed according to the latest edition of Section VIII Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Division 2 requires complete stress analysis of the process vessel. This complete analysis allows the vessel to be designed with much smaller safety factors. Only in very large or thick walled vessels is the economic advantage of a Division 2 clear-cut. When extremely corrosive materials are to be handled. and various structural steel members for the support of platforms and ladders. Low alloy steel contain one or more alloying elements besides carbon in concentrations from 0. A Division 2 design is so complex that the money spent in extra engineering time for the vessel can easily exceed the savings realized in the fabrication of the vessel. claddings and linings are commonly used for corrosion resistance. lifting lugs which are eyelets to which rigging is attached so that the tower can be lifted and placed on its foundation. Towers manufactured in the United States will carry the ASME code stamp certifying that the vessel has been designed and fabricated to code standards.In addition to nozzles. manholes and skirts. but need not carry the code stamp. Alloying elements in concentrations greater than 10% make the steel a high alloy steel. and the corrosion resistant material is usually not a metal. The most common materials of construction for towers are the carbon steels A515 and A516.5% to 10%. rubber and glass. 8-6 8 Towers. other appurtenances may be attached to the tower. why aren’t all process vessels designed according to the rules of Division 2? Again it is a question of economics. or towers which are required to operate at a very high pressure may be designed according to Section VIII Division 2 of the ASME Code. because these materials are either very expensive or else have design limitations such as low strength. Common lining materials are brick. Towers which are unusually large. These other externals may include insulation clips for the support of insulation. Clad plate consists of a thin layer of corrosion resistant metal permanently bonded to an inexpensive carbon or low alloy steel backing. All the other alloying elements in carbon steel are limited to concentrations less than 0. cement. As the name implies. Linings differ from claddings in that there is not a permanent continuous bond between the corrosion resistant material and the backing material.

distillation or stripping (via kettle or 8 Towers. stiffening rings if desired. tray supports (if designated).Double Diameter Towers (DDT) Pressure/vacuum. skirt or legs. heads. distributor piping. base ring. plates. Columns (G6) 8-7 . variety of applications for plate and packed towers: absorption. transition section. manholes (one manhole below and above tray stack or packed section and one manhole every tenth tray or 25 FEET [7. lined or clad. desorption. tray clips. single base material. nozzles. lugs. includes vessel shell. packing (if packing designated).6 M] of packed height).

To place a tower in a structure. plus one 90 DEGREE platform for every additional 25 FEET [7. packed. make the area type OPEN or EX-OPEN (see Chapter 36 for area type descriptions). or fraction thereof. A tower begins with one 360 DEGREE platform for the first 25 FEET [7. Systems with automatic installation bulks (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer ) generate platforms for towers. sections can be trayed.Absorption DESORB.6 M].thermosiphon reboiler defined separately). of exposed height. or else use the Structure tag number to assign the tower to the open steel structure (OPN-STL-ST) available under steel plant bulks. (See Single Diameter Towers for tray stacks. Columns (G6) . extraction. Default: *ABSORB* ABSORB.6 M]. Application: Defines vessel function and related pipe/instrumentation model. the system subtracts the height of the structure from the total tower height (Bottom T-T height + Skirt height) to calculate the total exposed height. of exposed height. applications for packed towers: gas and liquid adsorption.Desorption DISTIL. empty.Distillation with thermosiphon reboiler (not included) . If the tower is in a structure.Continued on next page - PACKED 8-8 8 Towers.) Type Description Packed double diameter tower. or fraction thereof.

125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified. Cladding thickness Bottom: Default: 0. Packing material Bottom: See Chapter 28 for materials.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS. or 50 PSIG [350 KPA]: negative for vacuum.Extraction GAS-AD. enter 0.: Default: Specified top section pressure.continued DIS-RB.Stripping with thermosiphone reboiler (not included) STR-RB. See Chapter 28 for materials.5 x bottom diameter.0* M] Cladding material Bottom: See Chapter 28 for materials.0* FEET [*0. Corrosion allowance Bottom: Default: 0. enter 0.Gas adsorption LIQ-AD.Double Diameter Towers (DDT) . otherwise: 0.0 for other materials.200 MM] Thickness Bottom section: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. .Stripping with kettle reboiler (not included) Base material Bottom: For clad plate.Liquid adsorption STRIPP. Manhole diameter Bottom: Max: 48 INCHES [1. Default: *NONE* Packing height Bottom: Default: *0.Distillation with kettler reboiler (not included) EXTRAC.0 if not required. Design temperature Bottom: Default: Specified top section temp or 250 DEG F [120 DEG C]. Default: *NONE* Skirt height: Default: 1. Design gauge pressure Bottom. 0. Stiffening ring spacing Bottom: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only.Continued on next page Type 8 Towers. specify the backing plate material (cladding is defined below).continued Description PACKED . Columns (G6) 8-9 .0.0 if vessel hung in OPEN structure.

Default: *A 515* Design gauge pressure Top: Default: Specified bottom section pressure or 50 PSIG [350 KPA].Double Diameter Towers (DDT) . Stiffening ring spacing Top: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only. Manhole diameter Top: Max: 48 INCHES [1. W+S.continued Base material Top: For clad plate.Wind design only SEIS. Default: *NONE* Packing height Top: Default: *0. Corrosion allowance Top: Default 0.0. Cladding thickness Top: Default: 0. Default: *NONE* Pipe material Top: See Chapter 18 for pipe materials.200 MM] Thickness Top section: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.0 if not required. Design temperature Top: Default: Specified bottom section temperature or 250 DEG F [120 DEG C]. Wind or seismic design: Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads defined in project basis. negative for vacuum. See Chapter 28 for materials. otherwise: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS.Delete wind and seismic design .continued Description PACKED .0* FEET [*0.Continued on next page Type 8-10 8 Towers.Wind/seismic design NONE.Wind and seismic design required WIND.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.0* M] Cladding material Top: See Chapter 28 for materials. specify the backing plate material (cladding is defined below). Packing material Top: See Chapter 28 for materials.0 for other materials. Columns (G6) . enter 0. 0.

Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD. Default: See Area Design Basis. fluid volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed).Provide stress relief if code requires YES. Weld efficiency: 50 .no fatigue analysis D1F. Default: Area Design Basis.Provide stress relief NO. otherwise 30.continued Description PACKED .with fatigue analysis D2NF. where allowed for thin wall vessels. Vacuum design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered.Inside diameter ASME design basis: Default: *D1NF*. Default: pressure. OD.no fatigue analysis D2F. design is for worst case. Default: *20*. Number body flange sets Bottom: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel.continued Fluid volume: Max: 100. applicable only for ASME code design. Number body flange sets Top: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel.ASME Division 1 .Outside diameter ID.ASME Division 1 . ASME/JIS codes only.100.Double Diameter Towers (DDT) . CODE.ASME Division 2 . D1NF.ASME Division 2 . Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis. Columns (G6) 8-11 .with fatigue analysis Type 8 Towers.No stress relief required Molecular weight Overhead prod: Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications. For seismic design.

valve and clips and supports without trays. No.Desorption DISTIL.. sieve.No trays Application: Defines vessel function and related pipe/ instrumentation model. See Chapter 28 for materials.Valve trays BUBBL.Gas adsorption LIQ-AD.Liquid adsorption STRIPP. trays/Packed height Bottom: Enter number of trays for trayed sections or packing height for packed sections. See Chapter 28 for materials. Columns (G6) . Default: *A 515*. Default: *0. turbo grid.Extraction GAS-AD.Stripping with kettle reboiler (not included) Base material Bottom: For clad plate.Bubble cap trays TURBO.Sieve trays NONE. Design gauge pressure Bottom: Default: Specified top section pressure.continued Description Trayed double diameter tower. Available tray types include: bubble cap.Turbo grid trays SIEVE.0* . Default: *DISTIL* ABSORB.Stripping with thermosiphon reboiler (not included) STR-RB. Bottom tray material or packing: Specify tray material for trays or packing material for packed sections.Distillation with kettle reboiler (not included) EXTRAC. negative for vacuum.Double Diameter Towers (DDT) .. or 50 PSIG [350 KPA]. Default: *A 515*. Design temperature Bottom: Default: Specified top section temperature or 250 DEG F [120 DEG C].Distillation with thermosiphon reboiler (not included) DIS-RB. Tray type: Default: *VALVE* VALVE. specify the backing plate material (cladding is defined below).Continued on next page Type TRAYED 8-12 8 Towers.Absorption DESORB.

Default: *NONE*.5 x bottom diameter. Base material Top: For clad plate. Top Tray material or packing: Specify tray material for trays or packing material for packed section.0 for other materials. otherwise: 0. Cladding thickness Bottom: Default: 0. Columns (G6) 8-13 .Double Diameter Towers (DDT) . Pipe material Bottom: See Chapter 18 for pipe materials.0 if not required. Number trays/Packed height Top: Enter number of trays for trayed sections or packing height for packed sections. 0. Design gauge pressure Top: Default: specified bottom section pressure or 50 PSIG [350 KPA].continued Description TRAYED . Design temperature Top: Default: specified bottom section temperature or 250 DEG F [120 DEG C].continued Cladding material Bottom: See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*. Default: *NONE*. Manhole diameter Top: Max: 48 INCHES [1. Pipe material Top: See Chapter 18 for pipe materials. enter 0.Continued on next page Type 8 Towers. Default: *NONE*.200 MM] Thickness Bottom section: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.0 if vessel hung in OPEN structure. Stiffening ring spacing Bottom: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only. Skirt height: Default: 1. Default: *0. See Chapter 28 for materials.200 MM] .0*. Corrosion allowance Bottom: Default: 0. Manhole diameter Bottom: Max: 48 INCHES [1. Cladding material Top: See Chapter 28 for materials.0. specify the backing plate material (cladding if defined below).125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified. negative for vacuum. enter 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS.

Default: pressure.0. Stiffening ring spacing Top: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only. Number body flange sets Bottom: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS. Default: *20*.Wind design only SEIS.Double Diameter Towers (DDT) . fluid volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed). . where allowed for thin wall vessels.Wind and seismic design required WIND. Columns (G6) . Max: 100.Provide stress relief if code requires YES.Continued on next page Type 8-14 8 Towers. Corrosion allowance Top: Default: 0. ASME/JIS codes only. 0. Vacuum design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered. design is for worst case. Weld efficiency: Range: 50 . enter 0. Cladding thickness Top: Default: 0.30. Number body flange sets Top: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel.100.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.0 for other materials.No stress relief required Molecular weight Overhead prod: Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications. otherwise: 0. Wind or seismic design: Default: vessel design for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis.continued Description TRAYED . otherwise .Provide stress relief NO.Seismic design only NONE. W+S. Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis. Default: Area Basis.continued Thickness Top section: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.0 if not required. CODE.Delete wind and seismic design Fluid volume: For seismic design.

Default: *0*. Temperature amplitude: ASME fatigue only. Pressure cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Tray thickness: Default: 0. Columns (G6) 8-15 . Pressure amplitude: ASME fatigue only. Default: *20*.continued Description TRAYED .02. D1NF. OD.with fatigue analysis D2NF.Double Diameter Towers (DDT) . Thousands of deviations from design temperature in equipment life. Default: *1.5 MM]. Temperature cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Type 8 Towers. See following entries for fatigue data.ASME Division 2 with fatigue analysis Start Stop cycles x 1000: ASME fatige only. Min: 0.Inside diameter ASME design basis: Applicable only for ASME code design.1875 INCH [4.no fatigue analysis D1F. Number of hydrostatic tests: ASME fatigue only.Outside diameter ID.continued Diameter option: Default: See Area Design Basis. Default: *0*. Default: *0*.no fatigue analysis D2F.0*. Amplitude of pressure deviation as percent of design pressure. Amplitude of temperature deviation as a percent of design temperature.ASME Division 1 . Thousands of start-up cycles during the full equipment life.ASME Division 2 . Number of hydrostatic tests during the full equipment life.ASME Division 1 . Thousands of deviations from design pressure during equipment life.

empty. . base ring. desorption.6 M]. or fraction thereof. skirt or legs. plates. packed. nozzles.Single Diameter Towers (TW) Pressure/vacuum includes vessel shell. make the area type OPEN or EX-OPEN (see Chapter 36 for area type descriptions). the number of manholes is equal to one plus approximately one for every 18 trays (for small towers. Systems with automatic installation bulks (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer ) generate platforms for towers. lugs. the system subtracts the height of the structure from the total tower height (Bottom T-T height + Skirt height) to calculate the total exposed height. variety of applications for plate and packed towers: absorption.Continued on next page Type PACKED 8-16 8 Towers. Columns (G6) . tray supports (if designated). distillation or stripping (via kettle or thermosiphon reboiler defined separately). If a packing type is not specified. packing (if packing designated). heads. To place a tower in a structure. of exposed height. manholes. extraction. then the number of manholes is equal to one plus the number of platforms. A tower begins with one 360 DEGREE platform for the first 25 FEET [7. If the number of platforms is greater than or equal to six. or else use the Structure tag number to assign the tower to the open steel structure (OPNSTL-ST) available under steel plant bulks. or fraction thereof. so there would be one manhole for about every 18 FEET). If the tower is in a structure. Description Packed single diameter tower. jacket and nozzles for heating or cooling medium. applications for packed towers: gas and liquid adsorption. of exposed height. plus one 90 DEGREE platform for every additional 25 FEET [7. tray clips. If the number of platforms is less than six. a packed column is designed and costed with distributor and support plates for average density packing. trayed.6 M]. distributor piping. tray spacing is about 12 INCHES. single base material (lined or clad).

Vacuum Design Gauge Pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered.Extraction GAS-AD.Absorption DESORB.continued Application: Defines vessel function and related pipe/ instrumentation model. Columns (G6) 8-17 .Distillation with thermosiphon reboiler (not included) DIS-RB.0 FEET [0. Design Temperature: Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys.3 M]. SS304 mist pad 12 PCF [192 KG/M3] with top and bottom support grids. design is for worst case. specify the backing plate material (cladding is defined below). Packing Type: If packing type is not specified. Default: *A 515*.Continued on next page Type 8 Towers. no packing will be provided. Demister Thickness: Max: 12.Liquid adsorption STRIPP. .Desorption DISTIL .Single Diameter Towers (TW) . See Chapter 28 for packing materials.0 INCHES [300 MM].Stripping with kettle reboiler (not included) Shell Material: For clad plate.continued Description PACKED . Default: pressure *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]. design is for worst case. Default: *ABSORB* ABSORB. Design Gauge Pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered.Distillation with kettle reboiler (not included) EXTRAC. otherwise material: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C]. See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: pressure.Gas adsorption LIQ-AD.Stripping with thermosiphon reboiler (not included) STR-RB. Total Packing Height: Max: tangent to tangent height less 1.

continued Cladding Material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.0 if not required. Default: *NONE*. where allowed for thin wall vessels. Range: 50 . W+S. Jacket Type: Default: *FULL*. Default: No jacket.Full jacket PIPE.200 MM].Provide stress relief if code requires YES.Continued on next page Type 8-18 8 Towers.Single Diameter Towers (TW) . Columns (G6) . Base Material Thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.0. Wind or Seismic Design: Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis. Manhole Diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1.Seismic design only NONE.5 x diameter. Max: 100.Wind design only SEIS. Stress Relief: Default: See Area Design Basis.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.No stress relief required Cladding Thickness: Default: 0.0 skirt height if tower hung in OPEN structure.continued Description PACKED .Wind and seismic design required WIND. Weld Efficiency: ASME/JIS Codes only. enter 0. Default: *20*. FULL.. Number of Body Flange Sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS.Provide stress relief NO. Stiffening Ring Spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only. Skirt Height: Enter 0.Half-pipe jacket . 0.0 for other material. Double if jacketed. Jacket Design Gauge Pressure: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.100. Default: Area Basis.Delete wind and seismic design Fluid Volume: For seismic design. fluid volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed). Default: 1. otherwise . CODE.0. Corrosion Allowance: Default: 0.

otherwise 30. Amplitude of temperature deviation as a percent of design temperature.continued Jacket Thickness: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.Torispherical (ASME) Molecular Weight Overhead Prod: Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications. Min: 0. Pressure Amplitude: ASME fatigue only.02. Number of Hydrostatic Tests: ASME fatigue only. Default: *0*. Columns (G6) 8-19 .ASME Division 1 . Default: *20*.no fatigue analysis D2F. Temperature Cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only.with fatigue analysis D2NF. Jacket Material: See Chapter 28 for materials.ASME Division 2 with fatigue analysis Start Stop Cycles x 1000: ASME fatige only. Head Type: ELLIP.Single Diameter Towers (TW) .Outside diameter ID.no fatigue analysis D1F.continued Description PACKED .ASME Division 2 .Hemispherical TORI. Amplitude of pressure deviation as percent of design pressure. Default: No jacket. See following entries for fatigue data. Diameter Option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.Inside diameter ASME Design Basis: Applicable only for ASME code design. Thousands of deviations from design pressure during equipment life. Default: *0*. Type 8 Towers. Default: *1.0*. Pressure Cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Default: *0*. Default: See Area Design Basis. Number of hydrostatic tests during the full equipment life.ASME Division 1 . Default: *CS*. Thousands of start-up cycles during the full equipment life. D1NF. OD. Temperature Amplitude: ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from design temperature in equipment life.2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI.

Turbo grid trays SIEVE. Default: pressure *15* PSIG [*100* KPA].Absorption DESORB.Desorption DISTIL.Extraction STRIPP. Columns (G6) .Valve tray BUBBL. design is for worst case.Stripping with kettle reboiler (not included) Shell Material: For clad plate. Default: pressure.5 M] plus tray stack height.Single Diameter Towers (TW) .Distillation with kettle reboiler (not included) EXTRAC. Number of Trays: Min: 2 .Continued on next page - 8-20 8 Towers. valve and clips and supports without trays. otherwise material: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C]. ABSORB. sieve. Default: *A 515*.Distillation with thermosiphon reboiler (not included) DIS-RB. TRAYED Available tray types include: bubble cap.No trays Application: Defines vessel function and related pipe/ instrumentation model. design is for worst case.Sieve trays NONE. Vacuum Design Gauge Pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered. Tray Material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height: Default: 15 FEET [4. Tray Type: Default: *VALVE* VALVE. Design Temperature: Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys.continued Description Type Trayed single diameter tower. Design Gauge Pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered.Bubble cap trays TURBO.Stripping with thermosiphon reboiler (not included) STR-RB. specify the backing plate material (cladding is defined below). turbo grid. Default: *DISTIL*. Default: *A285C*.

Wind design only SEIS.100. Manhole Diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1. Wind or Seismic Design: Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis.continued Tray Spacing: Range: 12 . Default: *20*. fluid volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed). Weld Efficiency: ASME/JIS Codes only. enter 0. Double if jacketed.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified. Max: 100. Corrosion Allowance: Default: 0. Default: Area Basis.continued Description TRAYED . Demister Thickness: Max: 12 INCHES [300 MM] Cladding Material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.Wind and seismic design required WIND. otherwise .0. Default: *NONE*.Single Diameter Towers (TW) .Delete wind and seismic design Fluid Volume: For seismic design.200 MM]. Cladding Thickness: Default: 0. . W+S. Default: See Area Design Basis.0. Default: *24* INCHES [*600* MM]. Stress Relief: CODE.30 INCHES [305 -760 MM].Continued on next page Type 8 Towers. 0. Base Material Thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Default: 1. NO.5 x diameter.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS. Range: 50 .Seismic design only NONE. Columns (G6) 8-21 . where allowed for thin wall vessels.0 if not required.0 skirt height if tower hung in OPEN structure. Number of Body Flange Sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel.0 for other material. YES. Default: No jacket. Jacket Design Gauge Pressure: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket. Stiffening Ring Spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only. Skirt Height: Enter 0.

Number of hydrostatic tests during the full equipment life.ASME Division 1 .2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI.Inside diameter Tray Thickness: Default: *0. OD.Single Diameter Towers (TW) .50* MM]. Columns (G6) .no fatigue analysis D2F. . Default: No jacket. Default: See Area Design Basis. otherwise 30. Max: 0.375 INCHES [9. Jacket Material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Amplitude of pressure deviation as percent of design pressure. Diameter Option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD. Default: *1. Pressure Amplitude: ASME fatigue only.Hemispherical TORI. Default: *0*.187* INCHES [*4.ASME Division 2 .Half-pipe jacket Jacket Thickness: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.ASME Division 2 with fatigue analysis Start Stop Cycles x 1000: ASME fatige only. Thousands of start-up cycles during the full equipment life. D1NF.Continued on next page Type 8-22 8 Towers.02. Default: *20*.with fatigue analysis D2NF.continued Description TRAYED .0*. Thousands of deviations from design pressure during equipment life.Torishpherical (ASME) Molecular Weight Overhead Prod: Default: 50 for distillation and stripping applications. Min: 0. See following entries for fatigue data. Default: *0*.continued Jacket Type: Default: *FULL* FULL.00 MM] ASME Design Basis: Applicable only for ASME code design. Head Type: ELLIP.ASME Division 1 .Full jacket PIPE. Number of Hydrostatic Tests: ASME fatigue only.Outside diameter ID. Default: *CS*.no fatigue analysis D1F. Pressure Cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only.

Sieve trays VALVE.Continued on next page - TRAY STACK DC HE TW 8 Towers.Single Diameter Towers (TW) .750 MM].375 INCHES [9. may include packing.30 INCHES [305 . Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height: Enter either flowrate or diameter and height. seive and valve.000 .Bubble cap trays TURBO. Default: *A 515*.and double-diameter towers.136.continued Description TRAYED . Tray Type: BUBBL.000 LB/H [13.300. Enter either flowrate or diameter and height. Gas Flow Rate Inlet: Range: 30. Type Tray stack only. Vessel Diameter: Enter either flowrate or diameter and height.187* INCHES [*4. Temperature Amplitude: ASME fatigue only.610 .Turbo grid trays SIEVE. . Tray Material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Max: 0. Number of Trays: Min: 1. Optional tray types include: bubble-cap. Thousands of deviations from design temperature in equipment life. See Chapter 28 for materials.continued Temperature Cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. for single. turbo grid. nozzles. specify the backing plate material (cladding is defined below).50* MM].00 MM] Tray Spacing: Range: 12 . Amplitude of temperature deviation as a percent of design temperature. Default: 24 INCHES [600 MM]. Default: *0*. packing supports. Columns (G6) 8-23 . Default: *CS*. Direct contact heat exchanger tower includes distributors.000 KG/H].Valve trays Tray Thickness: Default: *0. Shell Material: For clad plate.

continued Design Gauge Pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered.Delete wind and seismic design Fluid Volume: For seismic design. Max: 100.3 M]. design is for worst case. Packing Type Section 1: Default: *68PVC*. Wind or Seismic Design: Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis. W+S.200 MM]. Operating Temperature: Enter maximum gas temperature. Packing Height Section 2: Max: Tangent to tangent height less height of packing No.continued Description DC HE TW . fluid volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed).Single Diameter Towers (TW) .0 FEET [0. See Chapter 28 for packing materials. else 68PVC. Default: pressure 15 PSIG [100 KPA]. Cladding Material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials. Design Temperature: Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys. .Seismic design only NONE.Wind and seismic design required WIND.0 skirt height if tower hung in OPEN structure. Default: *20*. 1. Packing Height Section 1: Max: Tangent to tangent height less 1. Packing Type Section 2: Default: None for OPEN top. Default: 1. Manhole Diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1.5 x diameter. Vacuum Design Gauge Pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered. Skirt Height: Enter 0. Default: *NONE*.Continued on next page Type 8-24 8 Towers. See Chapter 28 for packing materials. other material: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C]. Default: pressure. design is for worst case.Wind display only SEIS. Columns (G6) .

Open top/TORI bottom Diameter Option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD. Jacket Type: Default: *FULL* FULL.Hemispherical TORI. otherwise 0.0 for other material. Corrosion Allowance: Default: 0. Jacket Design Gauge Pressure: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket. Default: No jacket. Range: 50 . enter 0.100%. Default: No jacket.2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI. OD. CODE. Default: See Area Design Basis. Jacket Material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Stress Relief: Default: See Area Design Basis.0. Columns (G6) 8-25 .Single Diameter Towers (TW) .125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified. Number of Body Flange Sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel.No stress relief required Cladding Thickness: Default: 0.Inside diameter Type 8 Towers.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS. double if jacketed.0 if not required.Torispherical (ASME) OPEN. Weld Efficiency: ASME/JIS codes only.Provide stress relief if code requires YES.Provide stress relief NO. Default: *CS*. Head Type: ELLIP. 0. where allowed for thin wall vessels. Stiffening Ring Spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only.continued Description DC HE TW .Outside diameter ID. Default: See Area Basis.Half-pipe jacket Jacket Thickness: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket.Full jacket PIPE.continued Base Material Thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.

Default: 1. Default: pressure 15 PSIG [100 KPA]. Default: *NONE*. Vacuum Design Gauge Pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered.000 LB/H [13. specify the backing plate material (cladding is defined below).300. Vessel Diameter: Enter either flowrate or diameter and height. packing.000 .136.3 M].Single Diameter Towers (TW) . Default: pressure. Packing Type Section 2: Default: *ALMNA* (Alumina).0 FEET [0.Continued on next page - 8-26 8 Towers.0 skirt height if tower hung in OPEN structure. other material: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C]. design is for worst case. Packing Height Section 2: Max: Tangent to tangent height less height of packing No. Number of Vessel Pairs: Number of vessel pairs in configuration. . Packing Height Section 1: Max: Tangent to tangent height less 1.5 x diameter. Packing Type Section 1: See Chapter 28 for packing materials. and valve skid. Gas Flow Rate Inlet: Enter either flowrate or diameter and height. Design Temperature: Default: 400 DEG F [200 DEG C] for copper alloys. Default: *A 515*. Cladding Material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials. packing supports. Shell Material: For clad plate. Range: 30. Skirt Height: Enter 0. design is for worst case. See Chapter 28 for materials. Design Gauge Pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered. distributors. Vessel Tangent to Tangent Height: Enter either flowrate or diameter and height.000 KG/H]. one vessel per pair absorbing at a time.continued Description Type Temperature swing adsorption unit includes vessel TS ADSORB pair(s). may include heater (steam or electric). Columns (G6) .610 . Default: *13XMS*. 1.

200 MM].continued Description TS ADSORB .Wind design only` SEIS. Columns (G6) 8-27 .125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.Provide stress relief NO.0 for other material.Seismic design only NONE. where allowed for thin wall vessels. 0. CODE. Jacket Material: See Chapter 28 for materials. fluid volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed).continued Wind or Seismic Design: Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis. Manhole Diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1.0.0 if not required. Max: 100. Default: *CS*.Continued on next page Type 8 Towers.Single Diameter Towers (TW) .Wind and seismic design required WIND. enter 0. Jacket Design Gauge Pressure: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket. Range: 50 .100%. Default: No jacket.Delete wind and seismic design Fluid Volume: For seismic design. Default: *20*. Stress Relief: Default: See Area Design Basis.Full jacket PIPE.No stress relief required Cladding Thickness: Default: 0. W+S. double if jacketed. Default: No jacket.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS. Number of Body Flange Sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. otherwise 0.Provide stress relief if code requires YES. Jacket Type: Default: *FULL* FULL. Stiffening Ring Spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only.Half-pipe jacket Jacket Thickness: Jacket pressure or thickness required to obtain jacket. Base Material Thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Default: See Area Basis. Weld Efficiency: ASME/JIS codes only. . Corrosion Allowance: Default: 0.

Outside diameter ID.Torispherical (ASME) OPEN.No heater Steam Gauge Pressure: Default: *150* PSIG [*1. Columns (G6) .000* KPA] Applies to steam gas heater only Diameter Option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.Single Diameter Towers (TW) .continued Head Type: ELLIP. Default: See Area Design Basis.Electric heater STEAM.Inside diameter Type 8-28 8 Towers.2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI.Hemispherical TORI.Steam heater NONE.continued Description TS ADSORB . OD.Open top/TORI bottom Heater Type: *ELEC*.

9 Vessels (G10) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Horizontal Tanks (HT) Vertical Tanks (VT) 9 Vessels (G10) 9-1 .

Horizontal Tanks (HT)
Horizontal vessels are commonly used as settling drums, surge tanks, reactors and distillate drums. A settling drum is used for phase separation between two immiscible liquids. The L/D ratio of a settling drum is normally four. A surge tank or surge drum is used to maintain a constant flowrate of liquid to a downstream piece of equipment when the flowrate of liquid from the upstream piece of equipment is fluctuating. The fluctuations in flow rate are absorbed by the surge drum by allowing the liquid level in this drum to rise and fall. Horizontal drums are frequently filled with catalyst and used as reactors. Placing catalyst in horizontal vessels allows shallow bed depths and large cross-sectional areas. A typical example of horizontal vessels being used as reactors is the Claus reactor. A distillate or reflux drum provides space for overhead condensables from a distillation column to separate from vapors. Surge drums and distillate drums are normally vertical. If there is settleable water in the feed to these vessels, however, the vessel is erected with a water pot. The horizontal vessel is a pressure vessel fabricated according to the rules of the specified code (i.e., Section VIII Division 1 of the ASME Code) and erected in the horizontal position. Although the horizontal vessel may be supported by lugs in an open steel structure, the more usual arrangement is for the vessel to be erected at grade and supported by a pair of saddles. Cylindrical, pressure/vacuum, code design and construction, includes heads, single wall (base material, clad/lined), saddles/lugs, nozzles and manholes.
Description Horizontal pressure/vacuum drum. Use minus pressure for vacuum design. The capacity excludes the volume of the heads. If both the vessel dimensions and capacity are specified, the system-calculated capacity must agree with the specified capacity to within plus or minus 10% to avoid an error condition. - Continued on next page Type HORIZ DRUM

9-2

9 Vessels (G10)

Horizontal Tanks (HT) - continued
Description HORIZ DRUM - continued To secure desired vessel size, specify the diameter and height directly. A value must be specified if vessel diameter and/or vessel height (or length) are not specified. If vessel diameter and height (or length) are specified, the vessel volume is calculated from these dimensions. If only vessel capacity is specified, a straight side length-to-diameter ratio is chosen by the system, considering cost and practicability. Type

(Default ratio is 2:1.)
Application: Defines vessel function and related piping/instrumentation model. Default: *blank*blankStandard continuous process vessel BATCH- Batch process vessel STORAGE- Storage vessel RECVR- Receiver KO- Knock-out drum Shell material: For clad plate, specify the backing plate material. (Cladding is defined below.) See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*. Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and length. The capacity excludes the volume of the heads. If both the vessel dimensions and capacity are specified, the system-calculated capacity must agree with the specified capacity to within plus or minus 10% to avoid an error condition. To secure desired vessel size, specify the diameter and height directly. A value must be specified if vessel diameter and/or vessel height (or length) are not specified. If vessel diameter and height (or length) are specified, the vessel volume is calculated from these dimensions. If only vessel capacity is specified, a straight side length-to-diameter ratio is chosen by the system, considering cost and practicability. - Continued on next page -

9 Vessels (G10)

9-3

Horizontal Tanks (HT) - continued
Description HORIZ DRUM - continued Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and length. A value must be specified if vessel capacity is not specified. If both capacity and height (or length) are specified, the diameter is calculated from these values. Vessel tangent to tangent length: Enter either capacity or diameter and length. A value must be specified if vessel capacity is not specified. If both vessel capacity and diameter are specified, the height (or length) is calculated from these values. Design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case; Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA] pressure. Vacuum design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case. Default: pressure. Design temperature: Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material; 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] other material. Operating temperature: Default: design temperature. The operating temperature is used in the calculation of piping and insulation thickness. Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials. Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM]; Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM]. Number of manholes: Default: *1*. Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight. Default: *0.0*. This value adjusts vessel weight and cost accordingly. Diameter of drip leg: Drip leg (boot) diameter and height must be specified if required. Height of drip leg: Drip leg (boot) diameter and height must be specified if required. Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other materials. - Continued on next page Type

9-4

9 Vessels (G10)

Horizontal Tanks (HT) - continued
Description HORIZ DRUM - continued Weld efficiency: ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall vessel; Default: Area Basis. Range: 50 - 100. Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis. CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires YES- Provide stress relief NO- No stress relief required Cladding thickness: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified, otherwise: 0.0. Stiffening ring spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0 if not required. Head type: If no value is specified, the system selects the tori spherical type and calculates its thickness. If the head is thicker than the vessel shell, the system selects the 2:1 ellipsoidal type head thickness. If the head is still thicker than the shell, the system selects the hemispherical type head. ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI- Hemispherical TORI- Torispherical (ASME) Number of body flange sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default - see Area Design Basis. OD- Outside diameter ID- Inside diameter Multi-wall design for high pressure service with total MULTI WALL wall thickness of individual, thin, heat-shrunk cylinders (maximum 2 INCHES [50 MM] thick) heat shrunk, pressure vacuum design and construction according to user-designated design code standard. This item is a horizontal process vessel, the total wall thickness of which is made up of individual cylinders. Each individual cylinder is no more than two inches thick. The composite is made as follows. A cylinder is fabricated with a diameter slightly larger than the innermost cylinder. - Continued on next page Type

9 Vessels (G10)

9-5

Horizontal Tanks (HT) - continued
Description MULTI WALL - continued This cylinder is expanded thermally, slipped over the inner cylinder and as it cools, a tight shrink fit is obtained. This procedure is repeated until the total wall thickness is built up. Application: Defines vessel function and related piping/ instrumentation model. Default: *blank*blankStandard continuous process vessel BATCH- Batch process vessel STORAGE- Storage vessel RECVR- Receiver KO- Knock-out drum Shell material: For clad plate, specify the backing plate material. (Cladding is defined below.) See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*. Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and length. Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and length. Vessel tangent to tangent length: Enter either capacity or diameter and length. Design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case. Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]. Vacuum design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case. Default: pressure. Design temperature: Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material; 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] other material. Operating temperature: Default: design temperature. Cladding material: See Chapter 28; for cladding materials. Manhole diameter: Default: *18* INCHES [450 MM]; Max: 48 INCHES [1,200]; Number of manholes: Default: *1*. Allowance for internals: Type

Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight. Default: *0.0*.
Diameter of drip leg: Drip leg (boot) diameter and length must be specified if required. - Continued on next page -

9-6

9 Vessels (G10)

Horizontal Tanks (HT) - continued
Description MULTI WALL - continued Height of drip leg: Drip leg (boot) diameter and length must be specified if required. Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other material. Weld efficiency: ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall vessels; Default: Area Basis. Range: 50 - 100. Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis. CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires YES- Provide stress relief NO- No stress relief required Cladding thickness: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified; otherwise: 0.0. Stiffening ring spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0 if not required. Head type: ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI- Hemispherical TORI- Torispherical (ASME) Number of body flange sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See Area Design Basis. OD- Outside diameter ID- Inside diameter Jacketed horizontal pressure/vacuum drum. Application: Defines vessel function and related piping/ instrumentation model. Default: *blank* blank- Standard continuous process vessel BATCH- Batch process vessel STORAGE- Storage vessel RECVR- Receiver KO- Knock-out drum - Continued on next page JACKETED Type

9 Vessels (G10)

9-7

Horizontal Tanks (HT) - continued
Description JACKETED - continued Shell material: For clad plate, specify the backing plate material. See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*. Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and length. Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and length. Vessel tangent to tangent length: Enter either capacity or diameter and length. Design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case; Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]. Vacuum design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case; Default: pressure. Design temperature: Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material; 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] other materials. Operating temperature: Default: design temperature. Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Jacket design gauge pressure: Default: *90* PSIG [*620* KPA]. Jacket type: Default: *FULL* FULL- Full jacket PIPE- Half-pipe jacket Jacket material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*. Manhole diameter: Default: *18* INCHES [450 MM]; Max: 48 INCHES [1,200]; Number of manholes: Default: *1*. Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight. Default: *0.0*. Diameter of drip leg: Drip leg (boot) diameter and length must be specified if required. Height of drip leg: Drip leg (boot) diameter and length must be specified if required. - Continued on next page Type

9-8

9 Vessels (G10)

Horizontal Tanks (HT) - continued
Description JACKETED - continued Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other material, double if jacketed. Weld efficiency: ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall vessels; Default: Area Basis. Range: 50 - 100. Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis. CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires YES- Provide stress relief NO- No stress relief required Cladding thickness: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified; otherwise: 0.0. Stiffening ring spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0 if not required. Head type: ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI- Hemispherical TORI- Torispherical (ASME) Number of body flange sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See Area Design Basis. OD- Outside diameter ID- Inside diameter Sanitary horizontal drum SAN TANK Type

Stainless steel material for sanitary storage. As a sanitary tank, it is built to sanitary standards, including polished stainless steel. The tank is not a pressure vessel.
Shell material: SS304,*SS316* Liquid volume: MAX: 9,000 GALLONS [34 M3] Enter either capacity or diameter and length. Vessel diameter: MAX: 10 FEET [3 M] Enter either capacity or diameter and length. - Continued on next page -

9 Vessels (G10)

9-9

Horizontal Tanks (HT) - continued
Description SAN TANK - continued Vessel length: MAX: 15 FEET [4.5 M] Enter either capacity or diameter and length. Operating temperature: *68 DEG F [20 DEG C]* Head type: *TORI*- Torispherical (ASME) CON15- 15 degree cone head Jacket type: *NONE*- No jacket DMPLE- 90 PSIG [620 KPA] dimple jacket Type

9-10

9 Vessels (G10)

Vertical Tanks (VT)
Vertical process vessels are typically used as either surge drums or knock out drums. When used as surge drums, they act like shock absorbers, maintaining a constant flowrate of liquid out of the vessel regardless of the flowrate into it. If liquid flows in faster than the constant rate it flows out, the vessel fills with liquid. If liquid flows in slower than the constant rate it is removed, then the liquid level drops. The liquid level is constantly fluctuating in order to absorb these variations in flow and maintain a constant flowrate out. When a vertical process vessel is used as a knock out drum, a mixture of gas and liquid flows into the vessel and this mixture is separated into its gas and liquid components within the vessel. The gas then flows out the top of the vessel and the liquid flows out the bottom. Vertical process vessels, as their name indicates, are erected in the vertical position. They are cylindrical in shape with each end capped by a domed cover called a head. The length to diameter ratio of a vertical vessel is typically 3:1. Typically, vertical process vessels hold less than 5000 GALLONS. Vertical tanks include: process, storage applications liquid, gas, solid processing and storage; pressure/vacuum code design for process and certain storage vessel types; includes heads, single wall, saddles, lugs, nozzles, manholes, legs or skirt, base ring, davits where applicable.
Description Pressure/Vacuum Service Cylindrical vertical pressure/vacuum vessel. Use minus pressure for vacuum design. Application: Defines vessel function and related piping/ instrumentation model. Default: *blank* blank- Standard continuous process vessel BATCH- Batch process vessel STORAGE- Storage vessel RECVR- Receiver KO- Knock-out drum Shell material: For clad plate, specify the backing plate material. See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*. - Continued on next page Type CYLINDER

9 Vessels (G10)

9-11

Vertical Tanks (VT) - continued
Description CYLINDER - continued Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. The capacity excludes the volume of the heads. If both the vessel dimensions and capacity are specified, the system calculated capacity must agree with the specified capacity to within plus or minus 10% to avoid an error condition. To secure desired vessel size, specify the diameter and height directly. A value must be specified if vessel diameter and/or vessel height (or length) are not specified. If vessel diameter and height (or length) are specified, the vessel volume is calculated from these dimensions. (Default is 2:1.) If only vessel capacity is specified, a straight side length-to-diameter ratio is chosen by the system, considering cost and practicability. Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. A value must be specified if vessel capacity is not specified. If both vessel capacity and height (or length) are specified, the diameter is calculated from these values. If both vessel capacity and diameter are specified, the height (or length) is calculated from these values. Vessel tangent to tangent height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. See Diameter. Design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case; Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]. Vacuum design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case; Default: pressure. Design temperature: Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material, 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] other material. Operating temperature: Default: design temperature. - Continued on next page Type

9-12

9 Vessels (G10)

Vertical Tanks (VT) - continued
Description CYLINDER - continued Skirt height: Skip if legs required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN structure; Default: 1.5 x diameter. If the capacity is 10,000 GALLONS [37 M3] or less, the vessel is designed with 4-feet [1.25 M] pipe legs. For a capacity greater than 10,000 GALLONS [37 M3], the vessel is designed with a skirt. The skirt height is calculated as 1.5 x vessel diameter, with minimum and maximum calculated heights of 4 - 32 FEET [1.25 - 9.5 M]. Vessel leg height: Skip if skirt required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN structure; Default: *4* FEET [1.25 M]. See Skirt Height. Wind or seismic design: Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis. W+S- Wind and seismic design required WIND- Wind design only SEIS- Seismic design only NONE- Delete wind and seismic design Fluid volume: For seismic design, fluid volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed). Max: 100; Default: *20*. Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM]; Default: 18 INCHES [450 MM]. Number of manholes: Default: *1*. Allowance for internals: Default: *0.0*; Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight. Demister thickness: Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM] Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM for CS, 0.0 for other materials. Number of body flange sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. Weld efficiency: ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall vessels; Defaults: Area Basis. Range: 50 - 100. - Continued on next page Type

9 Vessels (G10)

9-13

Vertical Tanks (VT) - continued
Description CYLINDER - continued Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis. CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires YES- Provide stress relief NO- No stress relief required Cladding material: If no cladding material is specified, the system assumes that the vessel is not clad regardless of any input for cladding thickness. See Chapter 28 for materials. Cladding thickness: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified, otherwise 0.0. See Cladding Material. Stiffening ring spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0 if not required. Head type: If no value is specified, the system selects the torispherical type head and calculates the thickness. If the head is thicker than the vessel shell, the system selects the 2:1 ellipsoidal type head and recalculates the head thickness. If the head is still thicker than the shell, the system selects the hemispherical type head. ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI- Hemispherical TORI- Torispherical (ASME) Head thickness Top: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Head thickness Bottom: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: See Area Design Basis. OD- Outside diameter ID- Inside diameter ASME design basis: Applicable only for ASME code design. See following entries for fatigue data. Default: *D1NF*. D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis Start stop cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Thousands of start-up cycles during the full equipment life. Range: 5.00 - 0.02. - Continued on next page Type

9-14

9 Vessels (G10)

Vertical Tanks (VT) - continued
Description CYLINDER - continued Pressure cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from design pressure during equipment life. Default: *0*. Pressure amplitude: ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of process deviation as percent of design pressure. Default: *0*. Number of Hydrostatic Tests: ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during the full equipment life. Default: *0*. Temperature cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*. Temperature amplitude: ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature as a percent of design temperature. Default: *0*. Multi-wall design for high pressure service. Total wall thickness of individual thin heat shrunk cylinders (maximum 2 INCH [50 MM] thick each). Application: Defines vessel function and related piping/ instrumentation model. Default: *blank* blank- Standard continuous process vessel BATCH- Batch process vessel STORAGE- Storage vessel RECVR- Receiver KO- Knock-out drum Shell material: For clad plate, specify the backing plate material. See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A 515*. Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Vessel tangent to tangent height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case. Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]. Vacuum design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case. - Continued on next page MULTI WALL Type

9 Vessels (G10)

9-15

Vertical Tanks (VT) - continued
Description MULTI WALL - continued Design temperature: Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material, 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] other material. Operating temperature: Default: design temperature. Skirt height: Skip if legs required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN structure; Default: 1.5 x diameter. Vessel leg height: Skip if skirt required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN structure; Default: *4* FEET [*1.25* M]. Wind or seismic design: Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis. W+S- Wind and seismic design required WIND- Wind design only SEIS- Seismic design only NONE- Delete wind and seismic design Fluid volume: Max: 100; Default: *20*; For seismic design; fluid volume as a% of volume (water assumed). Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM]; Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM]. Number of manholes: Default: *1*. Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight. Default: *0.0*. Demister thickness: Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM] Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other materials. Number of body flange sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. Weld efficiency: ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall vessels; Range: 50 - 100; Default: Area Basis. - Continued on next page Type

9-16

9 Vessels (G10)

Vertical Tanks (VT) - continued
Description MULTI WALL - continued Stress relief: Default: see Area Design Basis. CODE- Provide stress relief if code requires YES- Provide stress relief NO- No stress relief required Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials. Cladding thickness: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified, otherwise - 0.0. Stiffening ring spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only, enter 0.0 if not required. Head type: ELLIP- 2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI- Hemispherical TORI- Torispherical (ASME) Head thickness Top: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Head thickness Bottom: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD; Default: see Area Design Basis. OD- Outside diameter ID- Inside diameter ASME design basis: Applicable only for ASME code design. See following entries for fatigue data. Default: *D1NF*. D1NF- ASME Division 1 - no fatigue analysis D1F- ASME Division 1 - with fatigue analysis D2NF- ASME Division 2 - no fatigue analysis D2F- ASME Division 2 - with fatigue analysis Start stop cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Thousands of start-up cycles during the full equipment life. Range: 5.00 - 0.02. Pressure Cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from design pressure during equipment life. Default: *0*. - Continued on next page Type

9 Vessels (G10)

9-17

Vertical Tanks (VT) - continued
Description MULTI WALL - continued Pressure amplitude: ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of process deviation as percent of design pressure. Default: *0*. Number of hydrostatic tests: ASME fatigue only. Number of hydrostatic tests during the full equipment life. Default: *0*. Temperature cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*. Temperature amplitude: ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of temperature as a percent of design temperature. Default: *0*. Jacketed, cylindrical, vertical pressure/vacuum vessel. JACKETED Application: Defines vessel function and related piping/ instrumentation model. Default: *blank* blank- Standard continuous process vessel BATCH- Batch process vessel STORAGE- Storage vessel RECVR- Receiver KO- Knock-out drum Shell material: For clad plate, specify the backing plate material. (Cladding is specified below.) Default: *A 515*. Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Vessel tangent to tangent height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case. Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]. Vacuum design gauge pressure: If pressure and vacuum entered, design is for worst case. Default: pressure. Design temperature: Default: 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous material, 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] other material. Operating temperature: Default: design temperature. - Continued on next page Type

9-18

9 Vessels (G10)

Vertical Tanks (VT) - continued
Description JACKETED - continued Jacket design gauge pressure: Default: *90* PSIG [*620* KPA]. Jacket type: Default: *FULL* FULL- Full jacket PIPE- Half-pipe jacket Jacket material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *CS*. Skirt height: Skip if legs required, enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN structure; Default: *1.5 x diameter*. Vessel leg height: Skip if skirt required. Enter 0.0 if hung in OPEN structure; Default: *4* FEET [*1.25* M]. Wind or seismic design: Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis. W+S- Wind and seismic design required WIND- Wind design only SEIS- Seismic design only NONE- Delete wind and seismic design Fluid volume: Max: 100; Default: *20*; For seismic design; fluid volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed). Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1,200 MM]; Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM]. Number of manholes: Default: *1*. Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight. Default: *0.0*. Demister thickness: Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM] Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS, 0.0 for other material, double if jacketed. Number of body flange sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. Weld efficiency: ASME/JIS codes only, where allowed for thin wall vessels; Range: 50 - 100; Default: Area Basis. - Continued on next page Type

9 Vessels (G10)

9-19

125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.no fatigue analysis D1F. OD. Stiffening ring spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only. enter 0.continued Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis.Inside diameter ASME design basis: Applicable only for ASME code design.no fatigue analysis D2F.ASME Division 2 .No stress relief required Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.Outside diameter ID.continued Description JACKETED .00 .ASME Division 2 .0.Hemispherical TORI.Vertical Tanks (VT) .with fatigue analysis D2NF. See following entries for fatigue data.Provide stress relief if code requires YES. Head type: ELLIP. . Cladding thickness: Default: 0. Thousands of deviations from design pressure during equipment life. otherwise .ASME Division 1 . CODE. Pressure cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only.0. Head thickness Bottom: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.Continued on next page Type 9-20 9 Vessels (G10) . Range: 5. Thousands of start-up cycles during the full equipment life.ASME Division 1 .0 if not required.2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI. D1NF. Default: *D1NF*.Torispherical (ASME) Head thickness Top: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.0.02.with fatigue analysis Start stop cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only.Provide stress relief NO. Default: see Area Design Basis. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.

Amplitude of temperature as a percent of design temperature. Shell material: For clad plate. Number of hydrostatic Tests: ASME fatigue only. Amplitude of process deviation as percent of design pressure. typically in the range of 5 250 PSIG. . Use minus pressure for vacuum design. High Pressure Gas/Liquid Storage Sphere pressure/vacuum design to 3000 PSIG [20500 KPA].continued Default: *0*. Default: *0*. petroleum and paper industries for storing large volumes of anhydrous ammonia. Uses Type 16 foundation (Individual Column Footing). Pressure amplitude: ASME fatigue only. Temperature amplitude: ASME fatigue only.Vertical Tanks (VT) . Temperature cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Default: *A 515*. This item is used by chemical. rubber. betana. A spherical tank is elevated and supported by legs fabricated from structural steel columns or pipe. butane and other gases at high temperature. Sphere sizes range as high as 90 FEET in diameter and are typically constructed of high strength steel.Continued on next page SPHERE Type 9 Vessels (G10) 9-21 . specify the backing plate material. Storing volatile liquids at high pressures raises the boiling point of the liquid and therefore minimizes or eliminates that need for costly refrigeration equipment to liquify the material being stored. Default: *0*. Default: *0*. These tanks are commonly used for high pressure storage of gases and volatile liquids. See Chapter 28 for materials. Thousands of deviations from design temperature in equipment life. Default: *0*.continued Description JACKETED . Number of hydrostatic tests during the full equipment life.

ASME Division 1 .0*.200 MM]. otherwise . Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1. Operating temperature: Default: design temperature.ASME Division 2 . Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].Vertical Tanks (VT) . See following entries for fatigue data. Default: *0.no fatigue analysis D2F.0. Default: see Area Design Basis. Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter. Number of manholes: Default: *1*.20. Cladding thickness: Default: 0.5000]. OD.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified.000 PSIG [-100 . Design temperature: Max: 1.0 for other materials.continued Type Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter.ASME Division 2 .with fatigue analysis D2NF. Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.Outside diameter ID. Default: *D1NF*. D1NF.Continued on next page - 9-22 9 Vessels (G10) .125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS.500 DEG F [815 DEG C]. Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. 0.continued Description SPHERE .0.ASME Division 1 . Design gauge pressure: -15 . Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0.no fatigue analysis D1F. Default: 15 PSIG [100 KPA].3.Inside diameter ASME design basis: Applicable only for ASME code design.with fatigue analysis . Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.

0. Thousands of start-up cycles during the full equipment life.000 barrels the roof and bottom are noded. Range: 5. Default: *0*. Number of hydrostatic tests during the full equipment life. Default: *0*. Amplitude of process deviation as percent of design pressure. Hortonspheroids and hemispheroids are designed to rest on a prepared grade conforming to the shape of the bottom (usually sand). Pressure amplitude: ASME fatigue only. Spheroid to 750000 GALLONS [2840 M3].continued Description SPHERE . Spheroids vary in shape and size. Thousands of deviations from design temperature in equipment life.02. . Hortonspheroids are capable of handling storage at pressure from 5 to 30 PSIG. Hemispheriods are used for pressures up to 5 PSI and capacities to 25. Default: *0*.00 . Temperature amplitude: ASME fatigue only.continued Start stop cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Pressure cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Temperature cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. but generally fall into one of the following categories: • Hemispheriod: Spherical segments comprising the roof and bottom of the tank are joined to a cylindrical middle section.Continued on next page SPHEROID Type 9 Vessels (G10) 9-23 . Default: *0*. For capacities to 50. Amplitude of temperature as a percent of design temperature. Thousands of deviations from design pressure during equipment life. • Hortonspheriod: Spherical segments are joined together in a somewhat elliptical shape. Field erected. Default: *0*.Vertical Tanks (VT) . Number of hydrostatic tests: ASME fatigue only. This item is commonly used for storage of gasolines and other volatile liquids.000 barrels.

Continued on next page - 9-24 9 Vessels (G10) .0*. Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Design temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].5 PSI. specify the backing plate material. 0. Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.0 . Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Type Uses Type 16 foundation (Individual Column Footing). Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Design gauge pressure: Range: 0.continued Spheroidal shaped tanks are often more economical than cylindrical pressure vessels for storage at pressures greater than 0. Number of manholes: Default: *1*. Allowance for internals: Default: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight.2. Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].000 GALLONS [230 .continued Description SPHEROID .15 PSIG [0. Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]. .750.0 for other materials. Operating temperature: Default: design temperature.0 .Vertical Tanks (VT) .000 .125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0. Default: *A 515*.200 MM].840 M3].100 KPA]. Default: *0. Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1. Vessel height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. See Chapter 28 for materials. Shell material: For clad plate. Range: 60.

0. Increased safety from fire or explosion.continued Description SPHEROID . INFLT.Outside diameter ID. This feature makes floating roofs desirable for the following reasons: 1. LIFT. Floating roofs may be installed inside a tank with a fixed roof or used as a tank’s only cover.see Area Design Basis. FLOAT. Note on Painting: The system assumes that once the tank is assembled in the field it will be sandblasted and primed inside and out. OPEN. 3. floating roofs are designed to completely contact the surface of the storage products and thereby eliminate the vapor space between the product level and the fixed roof. Use minus pressure for vacuum design. The available roof types are FLAT. Typically constructed from polyurethane foam blocks or nylon cloth impregnated with rubber or plastic. .Vertical Tanks (VT) .125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified. Use Bulk Adjustments to override these values. and a finish coat applied on the outside only. otherwise . Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD. Field erected. Default . Reduction of evaporation and breathing losses. and INCN. 2. CONE.Inside diameter Near-Atmospheric Liquid Storage Field erected storage tank.Continued on next page STORAGE Type Flat roof tank Floating roof tank 9 Vessels (G10) 9-25 . OD. Reduction of tank corrosion.0.continued Cladding thickness: Default: 0. Floating roof tanks are frequently used in the storage of kerosene and jet fuels.

3 KPA] and a maximum temperature of 250 DEG F [120 DEC C].0. they are used for storage of low vapor pressure products (less than 2 PSIA) when evaporation looses and breathing losses are not considered important. oil. Vessel height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. If units are not changed. Cone roof tank Type Lifter roof tank Open top tanks are designed and constructed according to user-generated design code standards. The default temperature is *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]..Cone roof tank . Liquid volume (gallons/barrels): Enter either capacity (see capacity unit entry for units) or diameter and height. Shell material: For clad plate. diesel and asphalt. Roofs are sloped upward to the center at a slight angle. The default temperature is *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]. Capacity units: Unit of measure for the capacity entry.continued Floating root tanks are suitable for storage of products having vapor pressures from 2 to 15 PSIA.000 GALLONS [152 M2]. enter GALLONS [M3] or BARRELS [M3]. Typically.05 PSIG [0 . Products that boil at temperatures under the normal range of atmospheric conditions should not be stored in floating roof tanks.g.Continued on next page - 9-26 9 Vessels (G10) . Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.Vertical Tanks (VT) . ranging from 50. See Chapter 28 for materials. They have a minimum capacity of 40.continued Description STORAGE . Lifter roof tanks can be specified with pressure from 0 . Roof type: Default: *FLAT* FLAT. Default: *A285C*.0.Flat roof tank CONE. Open top tanks have a maximum temperature of 250 Open top tank DEG F [120 DEC C].000 GALLONS capacities. specify the backing plate material (cladding is defined below).000 . Lifter roof tanks are generally field fabricated. Cone roof tanks are used for storage of low pressure products (e.000. Enter capacity unit symbol as entered in project specifications.1.) Cone roof tanks are usually field fabricated out of carbon steel.

Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Default: *0.5.0*. Operating temperature: Default: design temperature.0 IN DIAM [25.0.continued Description STORAGE .8.Double bottom Design gauge pressure: 0.200.continued FLOAT.17 KPA]. Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials.0 MM DIAM].0*.0. Fluid specific gravity: Range: 0.0 MM DIAM].125* INCHES [*3* MM] if cladding material is specified. OD. *0. Default: *1.2 . Type 9 Vessels (G10) 9-27 . otherwise: *0.200 MM].Single flat bottom DBL.Floating roof tank LIFT.5 PSIG [0.Open roof tank INFLT. Cladding thickness: Default: *0.0 IN DIAM [25.0 . Corrosion allowance: Default: *0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS. Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM]. Design temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].Lifter OPEN.Vertical Tanks (VT) .0* for other materials.0 .0 .Internal floater with flat roof INCN.0*. Default: See Area Design Basis.Internal floater with cone roof Bottom type: Default: *FLAT* FLAT. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD. Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1. Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight.Inside diameter Flame arrestor diameter: Range: 1. Default: *0.2.05* PSIG [*0.35* KPA]. Conservation vent diameter: Range: 1.8.200.0 .Outside diameter ID.0 . Number of manholes: Default: *1*.

Default: -14.0 . CRYOGENIC Shell material: See Chapter 28 for materials.70 PSIG [-100.0 MM] .5 x diameter. Skirt height: Skip if legs are required.0 KPA]. superinsulated.5 x diameter.0 MM]. Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.Wind and seismic design required WIND. Manhole diameter: Max: 48. fluid volume as a% of vessel volume (water assumed). Default: 1.200.00 M3].0 INCHES [450.continued Description Type Cryogenic storage tank . design is for worst case. Default: 1. Design temperature: Default: -320.Seismic design only NONE.227. Default: *CS*.0 GALLONS [1. Range: 300.70 PSIG [-100. Default: 18.Vertical Tanks (VT) . Jacket design gauge pressure: Min: -14. Operating temperature: Default: design temperature.60. Vessel leg height: Skip if legs are required.20 . W+S.Delete wind and seismic design Fluid volume: For seismic design.0 INCHES [1. Vacuum design gauge pressure: If both pressure and vacuum are entered. Design gauge pressure: If both pressure and vacuum are entered. Wind or seismic design: Default: Vessel designed for wind and seismic loads defined in Project Basis. Enter ‘0.000.0 PSIG [1.0’ if hung in OPEN structure.0 KPA] Jacket material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *SS304*. Default: pressure. design is for worst case.0 DEG F [-195 DEG C].0’ if hung in OPEN structure. Enter ‘0. Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.Continued on next page - 9-28 9 Vessels (G10) .720 KPA]. Vessel tangent to tangent height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.double wall. Default: 250.Wind design only SEIS.

Head type: ELLIP.8 . Weld efficiency: ASME/JIS codes only. Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel height.0 for other materials. Atlac 282).Vertical Tanks (VT) . 0.a polyester resin (e.Provide stress relief if code requires YES. Material: Default: *FRP* FRP. Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis. Range: 50 .0’ if not required. OD.FRP HAVEG.Torispherical (ASME) Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.continued Number of manholes: Default: *0*.2:1 ellipsoidal HEMI.continued Description CRYOGENIC . where allowed for thin wall vessels. Flat bottom and dome top under 2. HAVEG to 7000 GALLONS [26 M3].5 PSIG [16. Default: Area Basis.Outside diameter ID. CODE.7 KPA]. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0.Provide stress relief NO.30.Inside diameter Flat bottom dome top. otherwise dished heads. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Storage Tank: Filamentwound with a biosphere ..000 .113 M3] .100.No stress relief Stiffening ring spacing: Default stiffeners designed for vacuum only. Haveg Storage Tank.Continued on next page PLAST TANK Type 9 Vessels (G10) 9-29 .Hemispherical TORI.Haveg Liquid volume: Volume or diameter + height required input Range: 1.125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS. Default: See Area Design Basis. FRP to 30000 GALLONS [113 M3].000 GALLONS [3. enter ‘0.g. Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.

continued Description PLAST TANK . Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].0 . Default: *0.3* KPA].0 FEET [93.continued Vessel diameter: Volume or diameter + height input.Fir Liquid volume: Volume or diameter + height required input.0 . Low pressure gas vessel. Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].3* KPA]. Near-Atmospheric Gas Storage Telescoping gas holder. Material: Default: *CYPRS* CYPRS. Design gauge pressure: Range: 0.6 M].15. Design gauge pressure: Range: 0. Shell material: For clad plate. See Chapter 28 for materials. Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. . Temperature: Max: 250 DEG F [120 DEG C].189 M3].05* PSIG [*0. Default: *A285C*. specify the backing plate material.0. Temperature: Max: 300 DEG F [120 DEG C].Vertical Tanks (VT) . Range: 800 .05 PSIG [0.000 GALLONS [3.Pine FIR. Vessel diameter: Volume or diameter + height required input.05* PSIG [*0. Max: 12.50.00 . Gas volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Vessel height: Volume or diameter + height required input.100 KPA].Redwood PINE.Continued on next page GAS HOLDER WOOD TANK Type 9-30 9 Vessels (G10) . Default: *0.Cypress REDWD. Vessel height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.1 .00 PSIG [0 . Wooden storage tanks to 50000 GALLONS [1890 M3].0.3 KPA].

Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM] Number of manholes: Default: *1*. Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.continued Description GAS HOLDER . Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1.Inside diameter Atmospheric Solid/Liquid Storage Cone bottom.Outside diameter ID.0. otherwise 0.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified. Default: *0.17 KPA].continued Design gauge pressure: Range: 0. See Chapter 28 for materials. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0. .5 PSIG [0. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.200 MM]. specify the backing plate material. Design temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].0.05* PSIG [*0. Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.Continued on next page CONE BTM Type 9 Vessels (G10) 9-31 . Default: . flat top storage bin. OD.0 . Default: *0.0 . Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *A285C*. otherwise 0. Operating temperature: Default: Design temperature. Shell material: For clad plate.2. Vessel height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.0*.See Area Design Basis. Cladding thickness: Default: 0.Vertical Tanks (VT) .35* KPA]. Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.125 INCHES [3 MM] if cladding material is specified. Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight.

Head thickness Top: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.No stress relief Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight.0*. *0.0*.Vertical Tanks (VT) . Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.05 PSIG [0. Default: *0. Operating temperature: Default: Design temperature. Head thickness Bottom: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.Provide stress relief NO.0 PSIG [0.Provide stress relief if code requires YES.200 MM]. Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1.125* INCHES [*3* MM] if cladding material is specified. otherwise: *0.05 PSI [0.35 KPA]. Default: *4* FEET [*1.continued Design gauge pressure: Min: 0. Vessel leg height: Enter ‘0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS.continued Description CONE BTM . 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] other. Cladding thickness: Default *0. Default: 0. . Corrosion allowance: Default: *0.0* for other materials. Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis CODE. Number of body flange sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel.0 KPA]. else 650 DEG F [340 DEG C] ferrous.0’ if bin hung in OPEN structure.25* M]. Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM]. Number of manholes: Default: *1*.35 KPA]. Design temperature: Default: 68 DEG F [20 DEG C] to 0.Continued on next page Type 9-32 9 Vessels (G10) .

Default: *0*. Default .Inside diameter ASME design basis: Applicable only for ASME code design. Pressure cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Default: *0*. Amplitude of temperature as a percent of design temperature. D1NF. Default: *0*.ASME Division 2 .00 . specify the backing plate material. Number of hydrostatic tests: ASME fatigue only.with fatigue analysis D2NF. OD. Default: *0*. Temperature cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only.ASME Division 2 .Vertical Tanks (VT) .continued Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD. Amplitude of process deviation as percent of design pressure. .no fatigue analysis D2F.continued Description CONE BTM .ASME Division 1 . Default: *A285C*.Outside diameter ID. Pressure amplitude: ASME fatigue only. See Chapter 28 for materials. Default: *D1NF*.with fatigue analysis Start Stop cycles x 1000: ASME fatigue only. Thousands of deviations from design pressure during equipment life.0.02. Thousands of deviations from design temperature in equipment life. Live bottom storage bin.ASME Division 1 . Temperature amplitude: ASME fatigue only.see Area Design Basis. Shell material: For clad plate. Thousands of start-up cycles during the full equipment life.no fatigue analysis D1F.Continued on next page LIVE BTM Type 9 Vessels (G10) 9-33 . See following entries for fatigue data. Default: *0*. Solid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Number of hydrostatic tests during the full equipment life. Range: 5.

Vessel height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.Provide stress relief if code requires YES.25* M].125* INCHES [*3* MM] if cladding material is specified.continued Description LIVE BTM .0*. Default .see Area Design Basis. Stress relief: Default: See Area Design Basis. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD. CODE. Cladding thickness: Default *0.No stress relief Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for materials. Design temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Operating temperature: Default: Design temperature. Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1. *0.69 M] Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Number of manholes: Default: *1*.0* for other materials. Default: *0. Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight. Corrosion allowance: Default: *0.continued Vessel diameter: MAX: 15 FEET [4.Outside diameter ID.200 MM].Vertical Tanks (VT) . OD.0’ if bin hung in OPEN structure. Default: *4* FEET [*1.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS.Inside diameter Type 9-34 9 Vessels (G10) . Vessel leg height: Enter ‘0. Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance.0*. Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM].Provide stress relief NO. Number of body flange sets: Number of sets (pairs) of body flanges of same diameter as vessel. otherwise: *0.

Grouping option: PARTGRP is used for one chest in assemblage.0 INCHES [200 MM] red shale brick .5 INCHES [62 MM] red shale brick 45RSB. SINGLE.Tile chest is a single stand-alone item PARTGRP.4. Max: 1300000 GALLONS (4921 M3). Chest volume: Enter either chest dimensions (length height. WHLGRP to define an entire assemblage. Various designs are available depending on the nature of the fluid — high density.One chest of a multi-group assemblage WHLGRP. rectangular concrete include the following CHEST REC options: Type • • • Single tile chest Group of tile chests One chest in a group of chests. they are predominantly used in pulp and paper mills for storing fiber suspensions at various stages of processing. width) or capacity. Vessel height: Enter either chest dimensions or capacity.8. Default: *PARTGRP*. Although tile chests are used in the chemical industry. If Grouping Option is WHLGRP. Min: 30000 GALLONS (114M3). otherwise enter capacity of this chest.Entire multi-group assemblage Inside length: Enter either chest dimensions or capacity. suspensions or slurries. Inside width: Enter either chest dimensions or capacity.continued Description Tile Chests Tile chests provide tile lined tanks for storage of liquids.5 INCHES [112 MM] red shale brick 80RSB. Chests can be rectangular or cylindrical and may be concrete or metallic. enter capacity of entire group. Tile or lining type: Default: *25RSB* 25RSB.Continued on next page - 9 Vessels (G10) 9-35 . low density.Vertical Tanks (VT) . Tile Chests.2.

Chest has a roof Installation option: Default: *GRADE* GRADE. Number of chests in group: For WHLGRP chest only.Vertical Tanks (VT) .Open top chest CLOSED.Continued on next page Type 9-36 9 Vessels (G10) . Default: 4x chest capacity.4* PCF.Bearing: 20000 PSF [1000 KN/M2] MED-ROCK. Number of partitions widthwise: Number of width wide partitions parallel to width dimension (may be fraction). Default: 100. capacity of entire group. Configuration: Default: *OPEN* OPEN.continued Description CHEST REC . Default: *0.Bearing: 30000 PSF [1400 KN/M2] HARD ROCK.Bearing: 16000 PSF [800 KN/M2] HARDPAN. Exclude excavation: Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or common with other items.Bearing: 2000 PSF [100 KN/M2] FIRM CLAY.Bearing: 12000 PSF [600 KN/M2] SOFT ROCK. 200% = inside + outside. enter number of chests in entire assemblage. Max: 100.Bearing: 4000 PSF [200 KN/M2] WET SAND. 100% = one side.0*.. .Bearing: 600 PSF [300 KN/M2] SAND. Default: *4*. Max: 200.Bearing: 4000 PSF [200 KN/M2] DRY SAND.continued Tile or lining: Percent of chest surface to be lined.Bearing: 8000 PSF [400 KN/M2] GRAVEL.Bearing: 80000 PSF [3800 KN/M2] Product density: Default: *62.Tile chest is constructed on grade STRUCT.Tile chest is within a structure Capacity of group: For PARTGRP chest only.Bearing: 4000 PSF [200 KN/M2] SAND+CLAY. Soil type: SOFT CLAY. Number of partitions lengthwise: Number of full length partitions parallel to length dimension (may be fraction).

Max: 100.continued Footings exclusion: Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or common with other items. low density stock CYLHD. Wall width exclusion: Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or common with other items. Min: 3000 GALLONS [12 M3].continued Description CHEST REC .0*. Max: 300000 GALLONS [1135 M3] CHEST CYL Type . If the user enters no dimensions (diameter.0*. Chest is available in concrete or metallic materials of construction. Floor exclusion: Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or common with other items. width.0*. Chest is available in concrete or metallic materials of construction. Shape symbol: Default: *CYLLD* CYLLD.Continued on next page - 9 Vessels (G10) 9-37 .Vertical Tanks (VT) . Wall length exclusion: Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or common with other items. Chest volume: Enter either dimensions (diameter.Cylindrical chest.0*. height. Default: *0. Max: 100. length). Default: *0. High density tile chest with a capacity range of 30000 to 1300000 GALLONS [114 to 4921 M3]. Max: 100. height) or capacity. Cylindrical Low density tile chest with a capacity range of 3000 to 300000 GALLONS [12 to 1135 M3]. Vessel height: Chest dimensions or capacity required. the capacity range is 3000 to 300000 GALLONS [12 to 1135 M3]. Default: *0. Tile Chests. high density stock Inside diameter: Chest dimensions or capacity required. Default: *0.Cylindrical chest. Max: 100.

Type 9-38 9 Vessels (G10) .0 INCH [200 MM] red shale brick Tile or lining: Percent of chest to be lined.Tile chest is constructed on grade STRUCT. Max: 100. Default: *0.Bearing: 12000 PSF [600 KN/M2] SOFT ROCK. Max: 200. Max: 100.continued Tile or lining type: Default: *25RSB* 25RBS.Bearing: 30000 PSF [1400 KN/M2] HARD ROCK. 100% = one side. Floor exclusion: Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or common with other items.0*.Bearing: 4000 PSF [200 KN/M2] WET SAND.4* PCF [1.continued Description CHEST CYL . Footings exclusion: Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or common with other items.Bearing: 4000 PSF [200 KN/M2] SAND+CLAY. Default: *100*. 200% = inside + outside. Configuration: Default: *OPEN* OPEN.Open top chest CLOSED.0*.8.5 INCH [112 MM] red shale brick 80RSB..Bearing: 16000 PSF [800 KN/M2] HARDPAN.2.Tile chest is within a structure Soil type: SOFT CLAY.Bearing: 20000 PSF [1000 KN/M2] MED-ROCK.Bearing: 2000 PSF [100 KN/M2] FIRM CLAY.Bearing: 8000 PSF [400 KN/M2] GRAVEL.0*.Chest has a roof Installation option: Default: *GRADE* GRADE.Bearing: 80000 PSF [3800 KN/M2] Product density: Default: *62. Default: *0. Default: *0.000 KG/M3].Bearing: 4000 PSF [200 KN/M2] DRY SAND.Bearing: 600 PSF [300 KN/M2] SAND.5 INCH [62 MM] red shale brick 45RSB. Exclude excavation: Exclude portion of calculated quantity if not required or common with other items.Vertical Tanks (VT) .4. Max: 100.

Default: *0.0*.Flat roof tank CONE. Vessel diameter: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Tile or lining type: Default: *25RSB* 25RSB.0 KPA]. Liquid volume: Enter either capacity or diameter and height. specify the backing plate material. Default: *0. Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic vessel weight.2.8.17.4 INCH [62 MM] red shale brick 45RSB. Roof type: Default: *FLAT* FLAT.continued Description Type Shell material: CHEST MTL For clad plate.200 MM].35* KPA].0 MM].Floating roof tank LIFT.5 PSIG [0 .Vertical Tanks (VT) .0 INCH [200 MM] red shale brick Tile or lining: Percent of chest surface to be lined.Internal floater with cone roof Design gauge pressure: Range: 0 .05* PSIG [*0. Operating temperature: Default: Design temperature.) ©©Default: *A285C*. 200% = inside + outside. Vessel height: Enter either capacity or diameter and height.Continued on next page - 9 Vessels (G10) 9-39 .4. Design temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C]. Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. Manhole diameter: Max: 48 INCHES [1. Max: 200. . (Cladding is defined below.Cone roof tank FLOAT. Default: *18* INCHES [450.Lifter OPEN. 100% = one side. Ignore this field for open top tanks.Internal floater with flat roof INCN. Default: *100*.5 INCH [112 MM] red shale brick 80RSB.2. Number of manholes: Default: *1*.Open top tank INFLT.

Single flat bottom DBL. including polished stainless steel. *0.Mixing tank Liquid Volume: MAX: 5. Default: *1.Open top FLAT. Specific gravity: Range: 0. *SURGE*. Shell Material: SS304.Dished top with manway and agitator nozzle . Bottom type: Default: *FLAT* FLAT.8 M] Enter either capacity or diameter and height.2 .5.Continued on next page SAN TANK 9-40 9 Vessels (G10) .9 M3] Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Vessel Height: MAX: 10 FEET [3 M] Enter either capacity or diameter and height. Operating temperature: MIN: 68 DEG F [20 DEG C] Cover type: *OPEN*.000 GALLONS [18.Surge tank MIX. This is not a pressure vessel. model. Cladding material: See Chapter 28 for cladding materials. the tank is built to sanitary standards.0* for other materials. Default: See Area Design Basis.Fixed flat top with bridge DISH. otherwise *0.Double bottom Sanitary vertical cylindrical vessel Since this is a sanitary item.0*.0*.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for CS.continued Description Type Corrosion allowance: CHEST MTL Default: *0.Vertical Tanks (VT) . Cladding thickness: Default: *0. Diameter option: Defines desired diameter as ID or OD.0.125* INCHES [*3* MM] for cladding material. Vessel Diameter: MAX: 9.25 FEET [2.Loose flat top FIXED.*SS316* Application: The application symbol defines vessel function and related pipe/instrum.

30 degree cone bottom CON45.90 PSIG [620 KPA] dimple jacket Type 9 Vessels (G10) 9-41 .60 degree cone bottom Jacket type: *NONE*.continued Description SAN TANK .Vertical Tanks (VT) .15 degree cone bottom CON30.Well bottom SLOPE.continued Bottom type: WELL.Sloped bottom TORI.45 degree cone bottom CON60.No jacket DMPLE.Torispherical bottom *CON15*.

9-42 9 Vessels (G10) .

10 Vacuum Systems (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Condensers (C) Ejectors (EJ) Vacuum Pumps (VP) 10 Vacuum Systems (G6) 10-1 .

315 L/S] Material: RBLCS (rubber lined carbon steel) Water flow rate: Range: 200 .000 GPM [3 .5.000 GPM [12 .000 GPM [15 .180 L/S] Type BAROMETRIC 10-2 10 Vacuum Systems (G6) . Material: Default: *CS* Water flow rate: Range: 200 .Condensers (C) Barometric condenser Description Barometric for condensing of motive steam between ejector stages.3.5.315 L/S] Material: CI Water flow rate: Range: 40 .

The first stage evacuates the equipment item to which it is attached and compresses these gases and vapors to an intermediate pressure. The single stage ejector consists of three basic parts: nozzle. Two stage ejectors have the same process applications as single stage ejectors.000 LB/H [4. Ejectors use a high pressure motivating fluid. Ejectors are used to generate low pressure for vacuum distillation. The motive steam and condensable vapors ejected by the first stage are condensed in the barometric condenser to reduce the load on the second stage. The second stage ejector takes the non-condensable gasses from the first stage and compresses them to atmospheric pressure so that they may be released to the atmosphere.6 . Ejectors are easily recognized by the long thin hour-glass shape of the diffuser.Ejectors (EJ) 100 PSIG [690 KPA] steam Description Type One stage of non-condensing ejection. but are normally used in the pressure range from atmospheric to 3 INCHES Hg ABS.Hastelloy Air ejection rate: Range: 10 .Continued on next page - 10 Vacuum Systems (G6) 10-3 .53. and diffuser.10.670 . Although ejectors can be fabricated from a variety of material.530 KG/H] Suction absolute pressure: Range: 20 . usually steam. to produce a vacuum.300 PA] . SINGLE STG Single stage ejectors may be used to produce pressures as low as 2 INCHES Hg ABS. mixing chamber or suction head. This item is a two stage ejector with a barometric type intercondenser.400 MM HG [2.TWO STAGE Two ejection stages with barometric intercondenser Two stage ejectors are used to produce suction pressures from 4 to 0. vacuum crystallization and evaporation and to produce chilled water.5 INCHES Hg ABS. A two stage ejector is simply two single stage ejectors arranged in series. Two stages can produce a higher vacuum than a single stage ejector.4. usually the nozzle is stainless steel and the mixing chamber and diffuser are cast iron or steel. .Carbon steel SS. Material: Default: *CS* CS.Stainless steel HAST.

26.340 .Carbon steel SS.Hastelloy Air ejection rate: Range: 10 .Stainless steel HAST.100 MM HG [670 .50 KG/H] Suction absolute pressure: Range: 5 . the second stage condenser must handle the motive steam from the first stage ejector and the gases evacuated from the process vessel.120 LB/H [4.Carbon steel SS.continued Material: Default: *CS* CS.13. the non-condensing ejector is preferred where the lower initial capital investment out-weighs the higher operating cost due to the higher steam consumption.600 PA] Non-condensing two single stage ejectors without 2 STAGE intercondenser.200 MM HG [1.6 .Hastelloy Air ejection rate: Range: 10 .Ejectors (EJ) . This results in a larger second stage ejector and increased steam consumption over a two stage condensing unit. Material: Default: *CS* CS.6 -68 KG/H] Suction absolute pressure: Range: 10 . This item is a two stage non-condensing ejector. A two stage non-condensing ejector is less expensive than a two stage condensing ejector on an installed basis. Therefore.Stainless steel HAST. Hence.3000 PA] Type 10-4 10 Vacuum Systems (G6) . The non-condensing ejector may be used for an application where the condensing ejector is used. Two single stage ejectors are arranged in series without an intercondenser.continued Description TWO STAGE .150 LB/H [4.

vacuum crystallizers. Four stage ejectors are used to produce suction for vacuum distillation.330 PA] Four stages of ejection with barometric condensers.48 KG/H] Suction absolute pressure: Range: 0.2 MM Hg ABS.continued Description Type Four stages of ejection with barometric condenser 4 STAGE B between third and fourth ejector. Four stage ejectors are used to produce suction pressure from 4 to 0.6 . This item is a four stage ejector with one barometric condenser between the third and fourth ejectors.110 LB/H [4.Stainless steel HAST.660 PA] 4 STAGE 10 Vacuum Systems (G6) 10-5 .5.Hastelloy Air ejection rate: Range: 10 .0 MM HG [33 . Four stage ejectors are used to produce suction for vacuum distillation.Ejectors (EJ) . The condenser is used only between those stages where the condensing temperature of the steam is greater than the temperature of the cooling water available.6 .2 MM Hg ABS.Carbon steel SS. between second and third and between third and fourth ejector.25 . Material: Default: *CS* CS. and vacuum evaporators. Condensers are used only between those ejectors where the condensing temperature of the steam is greater than the temperature of the cooling water available.48 KG/H] Suction absolute pressure: Range: 0.Hastelloy Air ejection rate: Range: 10 .5 . This item is a four stage ejector with two barometric condensers. vacuum crystallizers and vacuum evaporators.1.110 LB/H [4. Four stage ejectors are used to produce suction pressures from 4 to 0. Material: Default: *CS* CS.10 MM HG [67 .Carbon steel SS. Four ejectors are arranged in series with one condenser between the second and third ejectors and the other between the third and four ejectors.Stainless steel HAST.

4 to 0.48 KG/H] Suction absolute pressure: Range: 0.Carbon steel SS.130 PA] Type 5 STAGE B 10-6 10 Vacuum Systems (G6) .Hastelloy Air ejection rate: Range: 10 .Ejectors (EJ) . This item is a five stage ejector with one barometric condenser between the fourth and fifth ejectors.5 .Stainless steel HAST.0 MM HG [7 .6 .02 MM Hg ABS. Five stage ejectors are used to produce suction pressures from 0.110 LB/H [4.1. Five stage ejectors are used to produce suction for vacuum distillation.continued Description Five stages of ejection with barometric condenser between fourth and fifth ejector. vacuum crystallizers and vacuum evaporators. Material: Default: *CS* CS.

2.660 PA].Stainless steel Actual gas flow rate: Range: 30 .35 PA] Second stage: 0.SS316 Actual gas flow rate: Range: 30 .0003 MM HG [0. Material: Default: *CS* CS.1.2.000 CFM [55 .01 MM HG [1.0001 MM HG [0.Carbon steel Actual gas flow rate: Range: 120 .Vacuum Pumps (VP) Includes pump.375 M3/H] MECH BOOST 10 Vacuum Systems (G6) 10-7 .150 M3/H] Number of stages: Range: 1 . explosion proof motor.6. motor and drive unit. First stage: 0. Ultimate pressure 0. Material: Default: *CS* CS.Carbon steel SS.000 CFW [205 .700 CFM [55 . Description Water-sealed vacuum pump. Default: *1* MECHANICAL Type WATER SEAL Mechanical booster includes motor and drive. Material: Default: *CS* CS.04 PA]. Water-sealed 500 MM HG [PA] vacuum.3.750 M3/H] Mechanical oil-sealed vacuum pump. Ultimate pressure: 500 MM HG [66.0135 PA].4.Carbon steel SS316.

10-8 10 Vacuum Systems (G6) .

Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Crushers (CR) Flakers (FL) Mills (M) Stock Treatment (ST) 11 Crushers.11 Crushers. Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) 11-1 .

130 MM].Short head 11-2 11 Crushers. The cone crusher is a type of gyratory crusher. Material: Default: *CS*.2. Mantle diameter: Range: 20 . Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) . Crusher type: Default: *STAND* STAND. The gyratory motion causes the conical head to approach and recede from the walls of the crushing chamber. stone and rock. Description Type Cone crusher for secondary and fine crushing for hard CONE and medium hard materials such as limestone. A conical head is gyrated by means of an eccentric driven through gears and a countershaft.84 INCHES [510 . The material receives a series of rapid blows as it passes through the crushing cavity.Crushers (CR) Includes motor and drive unit.Standard head SHORT.

The gyratory motion causes the conical head to approach and recede from the walls of the crushing chamber. In single-toggle machines the moving jaw has an almost circular motion at the upper-end of the jaw plate and an elliptical movement at the lower-end. rock. Product size: Range: 1 .045 MM]. Mantle diameter: Range: 20 . Type GYRATORY 11 Crushers. glass and ferroalloys. The material receives a series of rapid blows as it passes through the crushing cavity.Secondary crushing Overhead eccentric jaw crusher for primary and ECCENTRIC secondary crushing of hard.Primary crushing SECOND. A conical head is gyrated by means of an eccentric driven through gears and a countershaft. The trend is towards single-toggle machines because the increased wear is usually outweighed by the lower initial cost of the single-toggle machine. Crusher type: Default: *PRIME* PRIME. Material: Default: *CS*.continued Description Primary and secondary crushing of hard and medium hard materials such as limestone. such as quartz. tough and abrasive materials. motor and motor drive sheave and V belts.460 TON/H].16 INCHES [25 .620 TPH [23 .Crushers (CR) .3. Material: Default: *CS*.120 INCHES [510 .400].1. Crusher flow rate: Range: 25 . This motion causes the jaw plates to wear faster than double-toggle machines but also assists the flow of material through the crushing chamber. stone and rock. Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) 11-3 . Includes hydraulic toggle. A moving jaw opens and closes against a vertical or slightly inclined fixed jaw by means of a toggle to crush the feed material.1.

pitch. Material: Default: *CS*.Crushers (CR) . soft materials. cocoanut shells. The clearance between the teeth on the cone and the teeth on the shell determines the product size.1. mica. Crusher flow rate: Range: 140 .470 TPH [125 . and hard materials such as cement rock.200 MM]. Product size: Range: 2 . Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) .18.150 MM].8 INCHES [50 . Single roll crushers are manufactured in light. medium and heavy duty constructions for the primary crushing of friable materials such as coal. iron ore and limestone.25 HP [1. glass and ferroalloys.1.550 TON/H].5 . medium hard materials such as coal. Driver power: Range: 2 . such as gypsum.continued Description Type Swing jaw crusher for primary and secondary JAW crushing of hard and/or abrasive materials such as quartz rock. Rotary crusher for coarse.5 KW]. A toothed cone rotates inside a toothed shell. Crusher flow rate: Range: 70 . 11-4 11 Crushers. S ROLL LT ROTARY Material: Default: *CS*. A moving jaw is opened and closed by means of a pair of toggles against a vertical or slightly inclined fixed jaw crushing the feed material. Single roll crusher for light duty primary and secondary crushing for coal and other friable materials. (See ECCENTRIC crusher for additional information.6 INCHES [50 .610 TPH [65 . phosphate rock and shale.330 TON/H]. Product size: Range: 2 . phosphate rock.) Material: Default: *CS*.

Crusher flow rate: Range: 175 .continued Single roll crusher for medium duty primary and/or secondary crushing for coal and other friable materials. Crusher flow rate: Range: 20 . limestone. such as plastics.8 INCHES [50 . Product size: Range: 2 .continued Description S ROLL LT . S ROLL HVY Sawtooth crusher. shells and bark. Tertiary reduction of friables materials in closed circuit crushing.200 MM]. 11 Crushers. low-silica ores/chemicals. The particles are crushed between two rollers with sawtooth-like projections.840 TPH [95 . Driver power: Range: 5 . Material: Default: *CS*.8 INCHES [50 . Size reduction in tearing via SAWTOOTH toothed rollers for lumpy and friable materials. stone. rock. Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) 11-5 .1. Reversible hammermill for secondary reduction of hard REV-HAMR and medium hard minerals. Crusher flow rate: Range: 105 .Crushers (CR) .000 TPH [155 . Material: Default: *CS*. Product size: Range: 2 . charcoal.40 HP [4 .450 TPH [18 . S ROLL MED Type Material: Default: *CS*.30 KW]. Single roll crusher for heavy duty primary and/or secondary crushing for coal and other friable materials. shale.900 TON/H]. Material: Default: *CS*.408 TON/H].760 TON/H].200 MM].

gypsum MED and some medium-hard minerals.160 TON/H].Crushers (CR) . Driver power: Range: 3 . Material: Default: *CS*.1.22 .40 TPH [13 .500 LP/H [140 .8. limestone).55].1360 TON/H].900 TON/H]. Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) .855 KW].75 HP [2.3. Non-reversible hammermill for hard materials (cement SWING HAMR rock.000 TPH [225 . Crusher flow rate: Range: 450 . Crusher flow rate: Range: 250 .continued Description Type Non-reversible hammermill for secondary crushing of HAMMER bituminous and sub-bituminous coals. Material: Default: *CS*. Crusher flow rate: Range: 15 . Single rotor impact breaker for primary and secondary S IMPACT breaking of non-abrasive quarry rock and similar materials.36 TON/H].180 TPH [27 . Material: Default: *CS*. Fine and medium crushing of soft non-abrasive materials. Crusher flow rate: Range: 300 . Crusher flow rate: Range: 30 . Rotary breaker for simultaneous sizing and cleaning of BRADFORD run-of-mine coal.500 TPH [400 .1. Material: Default: *CS*. PULVERIZER 11-6 11 Crushers. lignite.

lignite. Material: Default: *CS*. Type DRUM Mills (M) Includes mill.600 RPM Type ATTRITION 11 Crushers. toothed and/or plain. Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) 11-7 . bearings. Flakers (FL) Includes motor and drive.300 HP [4 . Material: Default: *CS*. Driver power: Range: 5 .2. Crusher flow rate: Range: 50 . gears. Description Drum flaker to 200 SF [18 M2] of surface. motor. Surface area: Range: 10 . gypsum and some medium hard minerals. at the end of rotating arms crush solid material by a combination of impact breaking and rolling compression.23 M2]. Driver speed: Max: 3.Crushers (CR) .000 TPH [45 . Heavy cast steel rings. Material: Default: *CS*.800 TON/H]. Description Attrition mill to 300 HP [224 KW].continued Description Type Ring granulator for primary and secondary crushing of ROLL RING bituminous and sub-bituminous coals. lube system and vendor-supplied instruments.224 KW].250 SF [1 .1.

Dry grinding Rod mill includes initial rod charge. Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) . Application: Default: *WET* WET.Dry grinding Rod charger for rod mill.22 KW]. Material: Default: *CS*. Material: Default: *CS*.Dry grinding Ball mill includes initial ball charge.30 HP [5. Driver speed: Max: 3.continued. ROD CHARGR ROLLER ROD MILL BALL MILL Type AUTOGENOUS MIKRO PULV 11-8 11 Crushers. Material: Default: *CS*. Application: Default: *WET* WET.Wet grinding DRY. Material: Default: *CS*. Driver power: Range: 7.5 .Wet grinding DRY.Wet grinding DRY.Mills (M) . Application: Default: *WET* WET.5 . Description Wet or dry autogenous mills.600 RPM Roller mill to 400 HP [300 KW].Dry grinding Micro-pulverizer to 30 HP [22 KW].Wet grinding DRY. Material: Default: *CS*. Application: Default: *WET* WET.

Also included is the drive consisting of the gear box.20 . built in junk trap.3 .0 . the unit can also be used in high shear mixing operations.SS316 SS304. CSF . Deflakers reduce and disperse flakes into finer size. electric motor driver. packing box.SS316 SS304.Continued on next page - 11 Crushers. Material: Default: *SS316* SS316. electro-mechanical plate positioning.2000 GPM [0.SS304 Stock flow rate: Enter stock flow rate (bone dry) or plate diameter.75 TON/H].SS304 Hydraulic capacity: Enter hydraulic capacity or rotor diameter. external rotor/stator adjustment mechanism. coupling. coupling and guard. The unit can be designed for a wide range of capacities and solids concentration. Default: *120*. Two designs are available: • Plate type — includes stator and rotor plate tackles DEFLAKE DK housed in a body with quick hinged door opening for easy maintenance. Material: Default: *SS316* SS316. Range: 12 .1. and are mainly used in pulp mill operations. Plate diameter: Enter stock flow rate (bone dry) or plate diameter.60 INCHES [305 . The shaft is supported on anti-friction grease-lubricated bearings.0 LS]. The refiner is a double-disk type with rotor and stator in a quick opening hinged housing.520 MM].Stock Treatments (ST) Description Type Refiners are used for the refining of fibers either from REFINER Kraft pulping or secondary fiber operations. Range: 5. packing seal. Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) 11-9 . electric motor. .2000 TPD [.ml of water: CSF = Canadian Standard Freeness. Range: 5 . Due to the intermeshing stator and rotor design.125.

Default: *4*.750 MM]. Material: Default: *SS316* SS316.800* RPM.continued Rotor diameter: Enter hydraulic capacity or rotor diameter.800* RPM.000 GPM [0. Type DEFLAKE CN 11-10 11 Crushers. Deflaker speed: Default: *1.3 . electric motor driver. Default: *4*.10.30 INCHES [100 . Deflaker speed: Default: *1.0 L/S]. Mills and Stock Treatment (G6) . Consistency Air Dried: Range: 1 .SS304 Hydraulic capacity: Range: 5 .125.continued Description DEFLAKE DK . external rotor/stator adjustment mechanism. Consistency Air Dried: Range: 1 .SS316 SS304.10.Stock Treatments (ST) . Range: 4 . • Concentric conical type — includes shell and plug tackles housed in body.2. built in junk trap and lube oil system.

12 Drying Systems (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Crystallizers (CRY) Evaporators (E) Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) Air Dryers (AD) Dryers (D) Drum Dryers (DD) Rotary Dryers (RD) Tray Drying Systems (TDS) 12 Drying Systems (G6) 12-1 .

The scraped-surface is used where a slight change in the temperature of a solution means a large change in its solubility. the scraped surface crystallizer is usually not economical. The solution flashes and the flashed solvent is condensed in a direct contact condenser.Rubber-lined CS SS304.SS304 Liquid volume: Range: 850 . spiral ribbon scraper. a cooling jacket on the outside and a spiral ribbon scraper/mixer the length of the trough.200 GALLONS [2. however. CS. Mechanical scraped-surface crystallizer. stacked in lengths of 40 FEET [12 M]. batch units must be larger than continuous units and are therefore more expensive.8.8 M3]. for the same capacity. . steam jet ejectors and direct contact condenser to 8200 GALLONS [25. The non-condensables which pass through the direct contact condenser are vented to the atmosphere by the steam-jet equipment.Crystallizers (CRY) Description Batch vacuum crystallizer unit for small scale production of crystals. When the required rate of heat removal is greater then 200.25. While the solution is flashing.7 .Continued on next page MECHANICAL Type BATCH VAC 12-2 12 Drying Systems (G6) . For the relatively small-scale production of crystals from a supersaturated solution. trough. Material: *CS*. The scraped-surface crystallizer consists of a 24-inch wide trough with a semi-circular bottom. A warm saturated solution is fed to a cone bottom tank. When the supersaturation of the flashed solution has been removed (by the formation of the crystals). the tank is emptied. Includes cone bottom agitated tank.8 M3]. jacketed. Includes motor and drive. agitators in the crystallizer keep the forming crystals in the suspension and keep the contents of the tank at a uniform concentration. The pressure in the tank is then reduced using stream-jets.Carbon steel RBLCS.000 BTU/HR. Energy requirements are lower for a batch vacuum unit than for a continuous vacuum unit.

the supersaturation of the solution is removed. recirculating pump and accessories.Crystallizers (CRY) .000 FEET [6. Through the formation of new crystals and the growth of existing crystals.continued Crystals growing on the walls off the trough are scraped off and suspended in the mother liquor. If lengths greater than 40 are required.1.1 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Crystallizer rate: Max: 6.continued Description MECHANICAL .1 . The supersaturated solution is then fed to the bottom of a suspension or crystallizing chamber where it contacts already formed crystals. no longer saturated. as the solution moves upward through the suspension chamber.900 TPD [260 TON/H] Type 12 Drying Systems (G6) 12-3 . also called a growth crystallizer or classified-suspension crystallizer. the small crystals are carried upward while the large crystals settle to the bottom.Carbon steel CI. fed to the heat exchanger. the units are stacked one on top of another and the solution cascades from one level to the next.165 M] Oslo growth type crystallizer to 6. Material: *CS*. This piece of equipment. The solution enters a vaporization chamber and a portion of the solvent is flashed. thus cooling the solution and raising the concentration of the solute.550 FEET [6. These units are manufactured in lengths of 10 to 40 FEET. CI CS. is mixed with fresh feed. and the events described above are repeated. Large scale crystal production. operates in the following manner.300 M] Material: SS (Stainless steel) Length: Range: 20 . This supersaturates the solution.900 TPD [260 OSLO TONH]. thus classifying the crystals by size. The large crystals are removed from the bottom of the suspension chamber while the solution. Includes interconnecting piping.Cast iron Length: Range: 20 . The feed stream plus a recycle stream of saturated solution are pumped through a heat exchanger and heated. Additionally.

Nickel Long tube rising film evaporator to 35 SF [3. Cu.2 M2] includes interconnecting piping.Copper NI.000 SF [14 .35 SF [1.Nickel Material: CI (Cast iron) Heat transfer area: Range: 155 . circulating pumps and drivers.8.13 M2] Forced circulation evaporator to 10000 SF [925 M2] FORCED CIR includes interconnecting piping.SS316 Heat transfer area: Range: 4 . Cu or Ni tubes with CI shell.4 .Carbon steel CU.SS304 SS316.10. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Heat transfer area: Range: 100 . Material: Default: *SS304* SS304.740 M2] Tube material: CS tubes with CS shell. or Ni tubes with CI shell.Evaporators (E) Description Agitated falling film evaporator to 150 SF [13 M2] includes motor and drive.Carbon steel CU.7 .000 SF [10 -925 M2] Tube material: CS tubes with CS shell.150 SF [0.3. CS. Material: SS steel tubes with SS shell. CS.2 M2] LONG TUBE Type FALL FILM 12-4 12 Drying Systems (G6) .Copper NI. Heat transfer Area: Range: 18 .

Cu tubes with CI shell.320 M2] Material: CU Surface area: Range: 200 .000 SF [10 .640 M2] Material: CI (Cast iron) Surface area: Range: 100 . Pb shell with Pb-lined CS shell.650 M2] STAND VERT 12 Drying Systems (G6) 12-5 .555 M2] Material: CI (Cast iron) Surface area: Range: 100 .6.275 M2] Material: RBLCS Surface area: Range: 100 .000 SF [19 . CU tubes with other shell materials. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Surface area: Range: 100 .25.3.Evaporators (E) .50.4.700 SF [10 .555 M2] Material: PBLCS (Lead-lined CS) Surface area: Range: 200 .2. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Surface area: Range: 400 . Karbate tubes with rubber-lined CS shell.continued Description Type Long tube vertical evaporator to 50000 SF [4640 M2] LONG VERT variety of tube and shell materials.000 SF [10 .000 [19 .000 SF [38 .7.000 SF [10 .250 M2] Standard vertical tube evaporator to 7000 SF [650 M2] CS tubes with CS shell.2.6.

6000 SF [10 .continued Description Type Standard horizontal tube evaporator to 10000 SF [920 STAND HOR M2]. Cu tubes with CI shell.555 M2] 12-6 12 Drying Systems (G6) .Evaporators (E) . Material: Default: *CS* Surface area: Range: 100 . CS tubes with CS shell.10.920 M2] Material: CI (Cast iron) Surface area: Range: 100 .000 SF [10 .

Material: Default: *SS316* Heat transfer area: Range: 0. Description Agitated thin film evaporator with explosion-proof motor and drive. Material: Default: *SS316* Heat transfer area: Range: 0.1.12 SF [0.02 .2 .2.27 SF [0.1 .1 M2] WFE SYSTEM 12 Drying Systems (G6) 12-7 .5 M2] Type THIN FILM Packaged system including condenser and stand.95 .Wiped Film Evaporators (WFE) Includes motor and drive.

Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Gas flow rate: Max: 50. includes desiccant.000 CFM [84.900 M3/H] Type AIR DRYER 12-8 12 Drying Systems (G6) .Air Dryers (AD) Description Dual tower. for drying of air to -40 DEG F [-40 DEG C] dew point. desiccant type.

CS clad with 316 SS Surface area: Range: 12 . Includes motor and drive.8 .40 HP [2.3.200 SF [2.Carbon steel 304CD.8 .180 SF [1.5 M2] Agitated pan batch dryer for sensitive materials.18.8 .CS clad with 304 SS 316CD.Carbon steel SS. Material: Default: *CS* Tray area: Range: 30 .10 FEET [0. Material: Default: *CS* CS.Dryers (D) Includes solid materials. Description Atmospheric tray batch dryer.30 KW] PAN VAC TRAY Type ATMOS TRAY 12 Drying Systems (G6) 12-9 .5 M2] Material: SS Tray area: Range: 30 .16.250 SF [2.7 M2] Diameter: Range: 3 .22 .1 .18.900 MM] Driver power: Range: 3 .200 SF [3.36 INCHES [450 . Material: Default: *CS* CS.9 .Stainless steel Tray area: Range: 40 .0 M] Pan depth: Range: 18 .23 M2] Vacuum tray batch dryer.

driver. Material: Default: *CS* Evaporation rate: Range: 700 . fan. atomizer. interconnecting piping. heater.080 KG/H] 12-10 12 Drying Systems (G6) .9. cyclone and accessories to 9000 LB/H [4080 KG/H] evaporative capacity (water).000 LB/H [320 .continued Description Type SPRAY Continuous spray drying system.Dryers (D) . Includes supports. instrumentation. filter.4.

*SS316* Dryer drum diameter: MAX: 72 INCHES [1. Material: Default: *CS* Tray area: Range: 10 .200 SF [1 .400 SF [2.18 M2] SINGLE VAC Rotary drum cooker-cooler.35 M2] Type SINGLE ATM Single vacuum rotary drum dryer for drying of sensitive solids under vacuum. Material: SS304. cook foods like meats or poultry. on steam-heated rotating drum.Drum Dryers (DD) Includes motor and drive.825 MM] . Use to blanch foods like pasta or corn. Material: Default: *CS* Tray area: Range: 25 .18 M2] Double atmospheric drum dryer for drying of solids on DOUBLE ATM web material on pair of steam heated drums. Description Single atmospheric drum dryer for drying of solids on web material. or cool foods like bagged soup.4 .200 SF [1 . Material: Default: *CS* Tray area: Range: 10 .Continued on next page - S COOKCOOL 12 Drying Systems (G6) 12-11 .

MAX: 12 MINUTES. Cooler length: MIN: 4 FEET [1.8 M] Product density: MIN: 50 PCF. Driver power: Default: based on drum diameter.000 LB/ HR [137..4 M] for 72 INCH [1. cooker length.2M] for 60 INCH [1. Food flow rate: MAX: 303. MAX: 16 FEET [4. and drum diameter. Cook time: If drum diameter is specified.525 MM] and 8 FEET [2. MIN: 1 MINUTE. the default cooking time is computed based on the capacity.437 KG/HR] at product density 50 LB/CF (800 KG/M3).000 lb/hr (137. which is the minimum allowable cooking time. VFD rated. CS 12-12 12 Drying Systems (G6) . direct drive. The maximum capacity any model can handle depends upon the product density.437 KG/HR) at default product density 50 LB/CF (800 KG/M3).Drum Dryers (DD) . MAX: 303. If capacity is specified.000 lb/hr (137.437 KG/HR). default cooking time is 1 MINUTE.continued Description S COOKCOOL .825 MM] drum dia. while densities lower than the default realize maximum capacities below 303.000 LB/HR (137. direct drive.Washdown. densities higher than the default can realize capacities above 303.437 KG/HR). and is thus volumetric in nature. Driver type: *WVRDC*.Washdown. food capacity and cooker length.continued Type Only 60 INCH (1525 MM) and 72 INCH (1825 MM) diameters are available. CS WVCDC. VFD controlled. and therefore the cooking time that results in the maximum allowable capacity.

000 SF [10 .500 CF [0.25 .1 .11.185 M2] Indirect contact of hot gases with moist solids with maximum surface area of 2000 SF[185 M2].2. [11.14.400 CF [0. Maximum capacity of 500 CF [14. Material: Default: *CS* Surface area: 100 .Carbon steel SS316. Material: Default: *CS* CS. Material: Default: *CS* Surface area: Range: 100 .000 SF [10 . Material: Default: *CS* CS.1 M3].3 M3].Rotary Dryers (RD) Includes motor and drive unit. Description Direct contact of hot gas with moist solids with maximum surface area of 2000 SF [185 M2].Carbon steel SS.185 M2] Jacketed rotary vacuum dryer with explosion-proof motor.Stainless steel Flow rate: 3 .SS316 Flow rate: 8 .2.1 M3] Conical rotary vacuum dryer with maximum capacity of 400 CF.3 M3] VACUUM JAC VACUUM INDIRECT Type DIRECT 12 Drying Systems (G6) 12-13 .

Material: Default: *SS316* Tray surface area: Range: 80 .80 SF [1.3 .Steam blank.9 M2] Material: SS304 Tray surface area: Range: 20 .75 SF [1.Hot air STEAM.0 M2] Turbo tray drying system with auxiliaries except heating system.20.Other heating medium Batch tray dryer with vacuum pump and condenser. Material: Default: *CI* Tray Surface Area: Range: 13 .5 .6.000 SF [6 .6.850 M2] Heating medium: Default: *blank* H-AIR.7.70 SF [1.5 M2] VAC SYSTEM TURBO VACUUM Type ATM SYSTEM 12-14 12 Drying Systems (G6) .9 . Material: Default: *CS* Tray surface area: Range: 60 .1.5 M2] Batch tray dryer with vacuum and no trays.300 SF [7.9 . Material: Default: *CI* Tray surface area: Range: 20 .Tray Drying Systems (TDS) Description Atmospheric tray dryer with painted steel chamber.27.

Lifts (EL) Feeders (FE) Hoists (HO) Scales (S) 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-1 .13 Solids Conveying (G10) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Conveyors (CO) Definitions and Samples of Conveyor Section Types Cranes (CE) Elevators.

Conveyors (CO) Description Open belt conveyor for transporting solid materials over long distances. . belt tensioning device. materials at temperatures above 150 DEG F are normally not handled. Includes grade-level support steel.Continued on next page Type OPEN BELT 13-2 13 Solids Conveying (G10) . Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3] Driver Power per Section: Driver power per section if conveyor has multiple sections. An endless moving belt is used to transport solids either horizontally or on an incline. Because the belt material is reinforced rubber. Belt Width: Range: 18 . motors and drives. but is typically troughed in order to increase the carrying capacity of the belt.3.120 INCHES [450 .200 KG/M3].000 MM] Product Density: MAX: 20 0 PCF [3. The belt may be flat.

Height Slope Section: Slope section varies from grade section height to this designated height.Conveyors (CO) . Height Above Grade Section: Above grade section varies from slope section height to this designated height.0* M] Tower Bent Spacing: Tower (bent) spacing applies to elevated sections only.continued Description OPEN BELT .6 KM] Number of Walkways: Default: 1 if no gallery. Default: *0. Length Above Grade Section: Default length = conveyor length. Type 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-3 . Cantilever Length: Cantilever length may be specified only for the end of an elevated section. if length of other two section type = 0. 54 INCHES [1370 MM] if gallery enclosure. if length of other two section types = 0. 2 if conveyor has gallery enclosure.0. Walkway Width: Default: 36 INCHES [910 MM] if no gallery.Gallery enclosure for conveyor and walks NO GALLERY.0* M] Height Grade Section: Grade section has this uniform. drop (negative).0. Default: *6* FEET [*2* M].continued Conveyer Speed: MIN: 20 FPM [370 M/H] Vertical lift (+) or drop (-): Difference in elevation between feed and discharge: lift (positive). nominal height for entire length. if length of other two section types = 0. Length Slope Section: Default length = conveyor length. Default: *0. Length Grade Section: Default length = conveyor length.0. Default: *80* FEET [*25* M] Gallery Enclosure: Default: *NO GALLERY* GALLERY.0* FEET [*0.No gallery enclosure Number of Motors: Default: 1 per MILE [1 per 1.0* FEET [*0.

Default: *6* FEET [*2* M] Length Grade Section: Default length = conveyor length. Length Above Grade Section: Default length = conveyor length. Canopy is also used to control dust when transporting material with fines. Default: *80* FEET [*25* M] Type CLOSED BLT . if length of other two section types = 0.continued Description Same as open belt conveyor but enclosed with corrugated sheet metal canopy enclosing the belt to protect the belt and the materials from the elements. Speed: MIN: 20 FPM [370 M/H] Vert Lift (+) or drop (-): Difference in elevation between feed and discharge: lift (positive). Height Slope Section: Slope section varies from grade section height to this designated height. Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3] Driver Power per Section: Driver power per section if conveyor has multiple sections.000 MM] Product Density: MAX: 200 PCF [3. drop (negative).0.0* M] Tower Bent Spacing: Tower (bent) spacing applies to elevated sections only. if length of other two section types = 0. if length of other two section types = 0.Conveyors (CO) .0 FEET [0. Default: *0.0. Cantilever Length: Cantilever length may be specified only for the end of an elevated section. Belt Width: Range: 18 .120 INCHES [450 . Height Above Grade Section: Above grade section varies from slope section height to this designated height. nominal height for entire length.0 M]. Default: 0.0. Length Slope Section: Default length = conveyor length.0* FEET [*0.3.200 KG/M3]. Height Grade Section: Grade section has this uniform.Continued on next page - 13-4 13 Solids Conveying (G10) .

continued Gallery Enclosure: Default: *NO GALLERY* GALLERY. 2 if conveyor has gallery enclosure.6 KM] Number of Walkways: Default: 1 if no gallery. Walkway Width: Default: 36 INCHES [910 MM] if no gallery.Gallery enclosure for conveyor and walks NO GALLERY.Conveyors (CO) . 54 INCHES [1370 MM] if gallery enclosure.No gallery enclosure Number of Motors: Default: 1 per MILE [1 per 1.continued Description CLOSED BLT . Type 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-5 .

The section is supported on “bents” or “tower-type” supports and has a total length L2. The section is supported on “bents” or “tower-type” supports and has a total length L3. Samples of Combined Sections Sections 1. Section 2: A conveyor section where height varies from the nominal grade height (H1) to some elevation above grade (H2). The section on “post-type” legs and has a total length L1. Section 3: A conveyor section where height varies from one elevated height (H2) to a second elevated height (H3).Definitions and Samples of Conveyor Section Types Section 1: A conveyor section at uniform nominal height (H1) above grade. 2 and 3 Section 1 and 3 13-6 13 Solids Conveying (G10) .

15 TPH [2 .Aluminum Conveyer Length: Range: 100 .13 TON/H] Product Density: Range: 20 . instrumentation and filter piping.20 HP [1.2 .5 .4 INCHES [75 . Material: Default: *CS* CS.Stainless steel AL.Conveyors (CO) . open pans mounted between endless chains. base. Includes TEFC motor. The open apron conveyor is limited to material temperatures less than 600 DEG F. The apron conveyor is suitable for conveying coarse solids.100 MM] Conveyer Flow Rate: Range: 2 .360 M] Tube Diameter: Range: 3 .1.15 KW] Product Density: MAX: 200 PCF [3.50 FEET [2.continued Description Apron to 50 FEET [15 M] includes motor and drive. and floor-mounted support steel.960 KG/M3].142 TON/H] Driver Power: Range: 2 .54 INCHES [450 .350 MM] Conveyer Flow Rate: Range: 20 .200 KG/M3].60 PCF [325 .200 TPH [17 . blower. not enclosed (open).200 FEET [30 . Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3] Pneumatic conveying system for moving granular materials horizontally and vertically to areas that are either far away or otherwise hard to reach economically with mechanical conveyors.15 M] Conveyer Width: Range: 18 . check valve.Carbon steel SS. coupling. Material: Default: *CS* Conveyer Length: Range: 7 .1. Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3] PNEUMATIC Type APRON 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-7 .

however.600 MM] Product Density: MAX: 100 PCF [1. . and the material should not aerate. The material being transported should have a high friction factor on steel as well as a high internal friction factor. Includes motor and drive.100 MM] Screw conveyor for conveying granular or fine solids SCREW horizontally or up an incline. Screw conveyors are inexpensive.. (e. Inclines or declines should not be more than 5o.continued Description Roller conveyor for moving firm flat-bottomed unit loads.500 MM] Roller Spacing: Range: 3 . carrying trough. As the screw rotates. Rollers supported in frame.1 .3 . Includes motor. decreases rapidly as the angle of incline increases.1. pallets and boxes). support base and drive springs. easy to maintain and can easily be made dust-tight.300 M] Screw Diameter: Range: 6 . The crew conveyor consists of a helical screw inside an enclosed U-shaped trough. drive and helical screw in U-shaped trough.SS316 Conveyer Length: Range: 10 . the material is moved forward.24 INCHES [155 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Conveyer Length: Range: 4 .4 INCHES [75 .Conveyors (CO) .5 M] Conveyer Width: Range: 12 .25 FEET [1. Especially suitable for conveying unit loads in a curved path.Carbon steel SS305. Screw conveyor capacity.Continued on next page VIBRATING Type ROLLER 13-8 13 Solids Conveying (G10) . Material must be dense so that air resistance will not retard the flight of the solid particle as it is thrown forward. drums.000 FEET [3.20 INCHES [300 .600 KG/M2] Vibrating conveyor for moving granular materials horizontally or on slight incline.g.SS305 SS316.7. Material: Default: *CS* CS.

For the vertical lifting of free-flowing fine or small lump materials such as coal. supporting base. The conveyor can be made dust-tight and materials of construction may be used to allow the handling of materials at temperatures up to 2000 DEG F.156 TPH [14. The drive system and springs impart an oscillating motion to the trough which causes the material to move forward in a hopping motion.16 INCHES [150 .600 KG/M3]. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Conveyer Length: Range: 12 . drive and bucket contents discharged by centrifugal motion. A vibrating conveyor consists of a carrying trough.900 MM] Spaced bucket centrifugal discharge elevator includes motor. Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3] CENT BKT L Type 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-9 .continued Friable materials can be handled because the movement of the material is gentle.141 TON/H] Product Density: MAX: 100 PCF [1.Conveyors (CO) .continued Description VIBRATING .36 M] Bucket Width: Range: 6 .120 FEET [4 .36 INCHES [300 .5 .400 MM] Conveyer Flow Rate: Range: 16 . This is called a centrifugal discharge elevator because the contents of the buckets are thrown into the discharge chute by centrifugal force as the bucket rounds the head shaft. sand and dry chemicals. drive springs and a drive system. This equipment item consists of evenly spaced buckets attached to an endless belt or chain enclosed in a supporting casing. This elevator should not be used for materials that are degraded by breakage or for fluffy materials. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Pan Width: Range: 12.

Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Conveyer Length: Range: 12 . Thus.6 M] Belt width: Available sizes: 18 INCH [450 MM] 24 INCH [600 MM] 30 INCH [750 MM] 36 INCH [900 MM] Conveyer type: *INSPC*.continued Description Continuous bucket elevator. CS WVCDC.600 KG/M3].216 TPH [36 .Washdown. bucket discharge is by gravity rather than centrifugal force. buckets closely spaced with back of preceding bucket serving as gravity discharge chute for dumping bucket.Conveyors (CO) .600 MM] Conveyer Flow Rate: Range: 40 .bi-directional type (reversing belt conveyor) Driver power: Default *1* HP Driver type: *WVRDC*. This equipment item is the same as the spaced bucket centrifugal discharge elevator except buckets are closely spaced with the back of the preceding bucket serving as a discharge chute for the bucket with is dumping as it rounds the head shaft. VFD controlled. Close bucket spacing allows the same capacity to be achieved as slower elevator speeds. CS S BELTCONV Type CONT BKT L 13-10 13 Solids Conveying (G10) . direct drive. and for fluffy materials. The slower speed and gentler discharge make this type of elevator more suitable for materials which are degraded through breakage. SS316 Conveyer length: Range: 6 .Inspection type conveyor BIDIR. Default: *50* PCF [*800* KG/M3] Sanitary horizontal conveyor Material: *SS304*.195 TON/H] Product Density: MAX: 100 PCF [1. VFD rated. direct drive.8 .36 M] Bucket Depth: Range: 8 .Washdown.100 FEET [4 .20 FEET [1.24 INCHES [200 . Includes motor and drive.

VFD rated.continued Description Sanitary vertical conveyor Material: *SS304*.40 FEET [1.8 .2 M].Washdown. direct drive.2 M] Difference in elevation between feed and discharge: lift (positive). SS316 Conveyer length: Range: 6 . CS Sanitary vibratory conveyor Material: *SS304*. MAX: 40 FEET [12.12. CS WVCDC.No belt support will be provided BSUP. direct drive.2M] Belt width: Available sizes: 18 INCH [450 MM] 24 INCH [600 MM] 30 INCH [750 MM] 36 INCH [900 MM] Belt support: *NONE*.Conveyors (CO) .Continued on next page S VIBRATRY Type S VERTICAL 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-11 . SS316 Vertical lift (+) or drop (+): MIN: .Washdown. VFD controlled.6 M] Length of the conveyor at discharge end before lift or drop Driver power: Default *1* HP Driver type: *WVRDC*. drop (negative) Belt width: Available sizes: 18 INCH [450 MM] 24 INCH [600 MM] 30 INCH [750 MM] 36 INCH [900 MM] Length of lead-in section: Default and MIN: *2* FEET [.Belt support will be provided .40 FEET [-12.6 M] Length of the conveyor at feed end before lift or drop Length of lead-out section: Default and MIN: *2* FEET [.

CS WVCDC. VFD rated.600 M].6 M] Length of the conveyor at feed end before lift or drop Length of lead-out section: Default and MIN: *2* FEET [.Drop-out type discharge BIAS. CS Number of lane dividers: Default *0*.6 M] Length of the conveyor at discharge end before lift or drop Driver power: Default *1* HP Driver type: *WVRDC*. direct drive. VFD controlled. direct drive.Full-width pneumatic screen not included PNUM.2 M] Belt width: Available sizes: 18 INCH [450 MM] 24 INCH [600 MM] 30 INCH [750 MM] 36 INCH [900 MM] Length of lead-in section: Default and MIN: *2* FEET [. VFD rated.Full-width pneumatic screen included Discharge type: *NONE*.No discharge exists DROP. SS316 Length of incline section: MIN: 2 FEET [. MAX: 2 Dewatering screen: *NONE*. CS WVCDC.Washdown. CS S INCLINE Type 13-12 13 Solids Conveying (G10) .Bias type discharge Sanitary incline conveyor Material: *SS304*.Washdown. MAX: 40 FEET [12.De-watering screen pair not included DWAT.Washdown. direct drive.Washdown. direct drive.continued Description S VIBRATRY .Conveyors (CO) .continued Driver power: Default *1* HP Driver type: *WVRDC*. VFD controlled.De-watering screen pair included Pneumatic gate: *NONE*.

Cranes (CE) Description Type BRIDGE CRN Travelling bridge crane includes trolley.200 FEET [7 .10 TON] Height: Range: 20 . Capacity to 10 TONS [10 TON] and 200 FEET [60 M] lift. not included are building crane supports or travelling rails (see Plant Bulk — Steel .25 TON] Elevators. hoists.60 M] Elevator for lifting personnel and small tools in process PASSENGER buildings and open steel structures. bridge rail.200 TONS [5 .5 . Capacity to 5 TONS [5 TON] and 200 FEET [60 M] lift. Elevator Capacity: Range: 1 .30 TONS [0. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Crane Capacity: Range: 0.5 TONS [1 .175 TON] Includes hoist trolley and track beam to 30 TONS HOIST [25 TON].10 TONS [2 . Lifts (EL) Description Freight elevator for lifting personnel.Mill Building) to 200 TONS [175 TON]. Includes geared variable stage drive at 2 00 FPM [3650 M/H].5 . Includes geared motor drive at 150 FPM [2750 M/H]. end trucks and drivers.60 M] Type FREIGHT 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-13 . equipment and supplies in process buildings and open steel structures.200 FEET [7 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Crane Capacity: Range: 5 .5 TON] Height: Range: 20 . Elevator Capacity: Range: 2 . bridge.

13-14 13 Solids Conveying (G10) .Carbon steel SS.7 CF/rev. Includes motor and drive.0 HP.5 M] Rotary vane feeder with diameter to 36 INCHES [900 MM].Feeders (FE) Description Volumetric belt feeder to 4800 CFH [135 M3/H]. For example.Stainless steel Rotary Feeder Diameter: Range: 3 .135 M3/H] Bin activator.333 HP and a 30 INCH diameter has 5. a 3 INCH diameter has 0.900 MM] ROTARY BIN ACTVTR Type BELT The model assumes 40 LBS/CF for capacity related calculations.15 FEET [1. The model calculations handle the following two cases: If Rate (LBS/H) and RPM are not specified then: For Dia <= 20.5*(40 LBS/CF)*(60 Min/Hr) If Rate is specified then: RPM = Rate/(40 LBS/CF)/(CF/rev)/(60 Min/Hr) Horsepower is estimated from diameter. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Feeder Rate: Range: 120 .36 INCHES [80 .800 CFH [3. Includes motor and drive.4.5 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Diameter: Range: 3 . RPM=45 For Dia > 20.4. Material: Default: *CS* CS.0 . For example.013 CF/rev and a 20 INCH diameter has 2. a 4 INCH diameter has 0. RPM=30 Assume 50% fill. so Rate is: CF/Rev*RPM*0. The model also assumes that each diameter unit has a maximum volumetric capacity.

SS bin 42 x 54 INCHES [1066 x 1372 MM] 4854B.14 FEET [1.4. Material of construction is SS316. Dump height: MIN: 3 FEET [0.Stainless steel Length: Range: 5 .Wood crate 3642B.SS bin 48 x 54 INCHES [1219 x 1372 MM] FBOX. 14 FEET [4.SS bin 48 x 42 INCHES [1219 x 1066 MM] 3654B.Continued on next page DUMPER Type VIBRATING 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-15 .72 INCHES [3.5 .SS bin 36 x 42 INCHES [914 x 1066 MM] 4242B.2 M] Feeder Width: Range: 12 .2. Lifts vats.140 GALLON [0.2 M3] drum 140GD.5 M3] drum CTOTE. combos. Heavy duty stainless steel construction is non-corrosive to withstand rigors of daily washdown.Feeders (FE) . Material: Default: *CS* CS.SS bin 36 x 54 INCHES [914 x 1372 MM] 4254B.400 LB/H [2.SS bin 42 x 42 INCHES [1066 x 1066 MM] 4842B.Carbon steel SS.Corrugated tote WOODC. Material: Default: *CS* Flow Rate: Range: 5 . and tubs.085 KG/H] Sanitary dumper.1. Container type: *55GD*.1.continued Description Vibrating feeder. MAX: 17 FEET [5.26 M] for OFF lift.Fiber box 18 x 18 x 36 INCHES [457 x 457 x 914 MM] .6 .3 .800 MM] Loss-in-weight. Gravimetric weigh belt for free-flowing WT LOSS feeding/proportioning of solids.18 M] for INLIN lift.55 GALLON [0. Includes motor and variable speed drive.914 M].

Material of construction is SS316.Electric hoist and trolley Sanitary screw feeder Includes a hopper with a screw feeder to convey dry.Manual mechanism AUTO. or wet solids. fine.Inline hydraulic lift OFF.Continued on next page - 13-16 13 Solids Conveying (G10) . rate. The screw feeder is controlled as specified by the user. MAX varies with density.continued Description DUMPER .Flexible screw conveyor Control type: *MAN*.Feeders (FE) .Automatic mechanism and hydraulic box retainer Hydraulic power pack: *NONE*.Gravity discharge SCREW. rate MAX: 5600LB/H [2540KG/H] at 35PCF[560KG/M3] DRY-VOL Volumetric rate: Enter mass rate or vol.Loss-in-weight control Frame loading type: *FORK*. product and control type.Self-contained hydraulic power pack Sanitary bulk bag unloader Sack size: *1. MAX: 160 CFH [4.Fork lift loading HOIST.Offset electric lift Retainer hold down: *MAN*. MAX: 4.continued Lift type: *INLIN*. Flow rate: Enter mass rate/vol.Automatic mechanism AUTOB.Manual control LIW.500 LBS [681 KG].814 KG] Discharge type: *GRAV*.5 M3/H] SAN SCREW SACK DUMP Type .000 LBS [1.External hydraulic power pack INCL.

Closed frame unit OPEN.Wet. 24 INCHES [600 MM]. fine.Fine powders only DRY.Feeders (FE) .Volumetric control LIW. coarse powder Control type: *VOL*. coarse powders WET.continued Description SAN SCREW . Material of construction is SS316.Explosion-proof enclosure Sanitary weigh belt feeder Provides flow control for food and other solid materials not requiring total material containment.Washdown enclosure EXPR. Feeder Width: Two available widths: 12 INCHES [300 MM]. dry particulates. fine. Required: enter rate or width.continued Product density: *35 |PCF [560 |KG/M3] Product type: *FINE*. Flow Rate: MAX: 90. MIN: 12 |INCHES [304 MM] Enclosure type: *WASH*. Enclosure type: *CLOSE*.Loss-in-weight control Extended auger length: *12 |INCHES [304 MM]*.Dry particulates.800 KG/H] Required: enter rate or width.Open frame unit SAN BELT Type 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-17 .000 LB/H [40.

Used for repetitive or 5 SPEED high-speed lifting. HAND GT For intermittent service.10 TON] Single speed electric hoist. especially for maintenance work. manually-pulled trolley. no trolley. For intermittent service. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Hoist Capacity: Range: 1 . The HOIST trolley suspends the hoist from an I-beam.11 TON] Hand hoist. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Hoist Capacity: Range: 1 .Hoists (HO) Description Type 5-speed electric hoist with motor driven trolley. especially maintenance work. no trolley. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Hoist Capacity: Range: 1 .12 TON] 5-speed electric hoist.12 TONS [1 .10 TON] HAND PT 1 SPEED 13-18 13 Solids Conveying (G10) . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Hoist Capacity: Range: 1 . The hoist is propelled along the I-beam by the motor driven trolley. An electric hoist used for repetitive or high-speed lifting.12 TONS [1 -10 TON] Hand hoist.13 TONS [1 . geared manual pull-chain driven trolley. Used for repetitive or high-speed lifting. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Hoist Capacity: Range: 1 .14 TONS [1 . The hoist is moved to a new position on the I-beam by manually pulling the trolley.12 TONS [1 .

Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Scale Capacity: MAX: 8. dial.000 LBS [3.000 LBS [135 . dial.1. For intermittent service. dial.Hoists (HO) . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Belt Width: Range: 18 .600 KG] SEMI FRAME FULL FRAME BENCH BELT BEAM SCALE 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-19 .18 TONS [1 .350 KG] Floor. especially for erection and maintenance work.continued Description Type Hand hoist.600 KG] Floor.000 LBS [3. The hand hoist without trolley HAND NT is a portable lifting device which is suspended from a hook and operated by a hand chain. dial.16 TON] Beam scale to 2000 LBS [900 KG].800 MM] Bench. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Scale Capacity: MAX: 3. and beam full frame to 8000 LBS [3600 KG]. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Scale Capacity: MAX: 8.2.000 LBS [1. no trolley. and beam full frame to 8000 LBS [3600 KG].72 INCHES [450 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Scale Capacity: Range: 300 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Capacity: Range: 1 . Floor. and beam semi-frame to 8000 LBS [3600 KG]. and beam to 3000 LBS [1350 KG].900 KG] Conveyor belt scale.

Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Scale Capacity: Range: 10.68. for weighing trucks/lorries to 60 TONS [54 TON].flush mounted SAN FLOOR TRUCK TRACK Type TANK SCALE The sanitary floor scale is a deck provided in a frame.continued Description Tank scale.5x1.000 .000 KG] Track scale.2x1.300 TONS [130 . weigh bridge and saddles 150000 LBS [68000 KG]. for weighing rail cars to 300 TONS [265 TON]. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Weight Capacity in Tons: Range: 30 .2x1. Material of construction is stainless steel.60 TONS [25 .54 TON] Sanitary floor scale .1 M] platform .5 M] platform 5X7.265 TON] Truck scale. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Weight Capacity in Tons: Range: 150 .150.000 LBS [4. Weigh cells and instrumentation in the frame measure the weight and display it on a nearby local panel.4X4 FEET [1.4x6 FEET [1.9x0.2x1.8 M] platform 5X5.5x5 FEET [1.4x5 FEET [1.Hoists (HO) . located inside a small pit so that the top of the scale is flush with the floor.3x3 FEET [0.Continued on next page - 13-20 13 Solids Conveying (G10) .5x2.2 M] platform 4X5.500 KG] Platform Size: 3X3.500 .000 LBS [4. Scale Capacity: MAX: 10.5x7 FEET [1.5 M] platform 4X6.9 M] platform 4X4.

Includes logical digital indicator NONE.Tread plate Deck lift: *AUTO*.Glass bead sandbase TREAD.No floor alteration necessary EXIST.No deck lift Floor installation: *NEW*.Alter the existing floor Type 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-21 .continued Description SAN FLOOR .Automatic deck lift NONE.Hoists (HO) .Remote indicator only Deck surface: *PLAIN*.continued Local digital indicator: *INCL*.

dial.1.150. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Scale Capacity: Range: 300 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Scale Capacity: MAX: 8. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Belt Width: Range: 18 .000 LBS [135 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Scale Capacity: Range: 10. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Scale Capacity: MAX: 8.000 LBS [1.2.000 LBS [3. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Scale Capacity: MAX: 3.350 KG] Floor.000 LBS [3.600 KG] Floor.900 KG] Conveyor belt scale. weigh bridge and saddles 150000 LBS [68000 KG].Scales (S) Description Beam scale to 2000 LBS [900 KG]. and beam full frame to 8000 LBS [3600 KG].000 .68.72 INCHES [450 .600 KG] Tank scale. dial.000 KG] TANK SCALE SEMI FRAME FULL FRAME BENCH BELT Type BEAM SCALE 13-22 13 Solids Conveying (G10) . and beam semi-frame to 8000 LBS [3600 KG].800 MM] Bench. dial.000 LBS [4.500 . and beam to 3000 LBS [1350 KG].

Remote indicator only Deck surface: *PLAIN* .2x1.3x3 FEET [0.Scales (S) .Includes logical digital indicator NONE .5 M] platform 5X7 . Material of construction is stainless steel.000 LBS [4.5 M] platform 4X6 .8 M] platform 5X5 . Scale Capacity: MAX: 10.Alter the existing floor SAN FLOOR TRUCK Type TRACK 13 Solids Conveying (G10) 13-23 .2x1.500 KG] Platform Size: 3X3 .Automatic deck lift NONE .Glass bead sandblasted TREAD . located inside a small pit so that the top of the scale is flush with the floor.9x0.4x5 FEET [1.4x6 FEET [1.54 TON] Sanitary floor scale .No deck lift Floor installation: *NEW* .300 TONS [130 .2 M] platform 4X5 .265 TON] Truck scale.Tread plate Deck lift: *AUTO* .1 M] platform Local digital indicator: *INCL* .9 M] platform 4X4 . for weighing trucks/lorries to 60 TONS [54 TON]. Weigh cells and instrumentation in the frame measure the weight and display it on a nearby local panel.5x2.60 TONS [25 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Weight Capacity in Tons: Range: 30 . for weighing rail cars to 300 TONS [265 TON].4X4 FEET [1.5x1.2x1.5x5 FEET [1. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Weight Capacity in Tons: Range: 150 .No floor alteration necessary EXIST .flush mounted The sanitary floor scale is a deck provided in a frame.5x7 FEET [1.continued Description Track scale.

13-24 13 Solids Conveying (G10) .

14 Separation Equipment (G7) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Centrifuges (CT) Dust Collectors (DC) Filters (F) Separation Equipment (SE) Thickeners (T) Screens (VS) 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-1 .

1.60 INCHES [610 .84 M3] BATCH AUTO 14-2 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .30 HP [1.Carbon steel RBLCS.22 KW] Type ATM SUSPEN Automatic batch filtering centrifuge to 60 INCHES [1520 MM].Carbon steel SS.Centrifuges (CT) Includes motor and drive unit.SS316 HASTC.Stainless steel Driver Power: Range: 2 .0.Hastelloy C Centrifuge diameter: Range: 24 .Rubber-lined CS SS316.30 CF [0. Material: Default: *CS* CS.085 . Material: Default: *CS* CS. Description Atmospheric suspended basket.520 MM] Centrifuge capacity: Range: 3 .5 .

48 INCHES [510 .56 INCHES [460 .56 M3] Centrifuge diameter: Range: 18 .Carbon steel SS.Centrifuges (CT) .210 MM] Batch bottom-driven centrifuge. bottom unloading. explosion-proof motor with diameter to 56 INCHES [1420 MM].0.SS316 HASTC.continued. Material: Default: *SS316* Centrifuge diameter: Range: 12 .260 MM] BOT UNLOAD TOP UNLOAD Type BATCH BOTM 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-3 .56 INCHES [305 .1. Material: Default: *CS* CS.420 MM] Batch bottom-driven centrifuge.Carbon steel RBLCS.20 CF [0. fixed speed hydraulic driver with diameter to 56 INCHES [1420 MM]. Material: Default: *CS* CS. Description Batch bottom-suspended filtering centrifuge with diameter to 48 INCHES [1210 MM].1.06 .Stainless steel RBLCS.Carbon steel SS.Stainless steel RBLCS. top unloading.Rubber-lined carbon steel Centrifuge diameter: Range: 20 .50 INCHES [510 .Rubber-lined carbon steel SS316.1.1.Rubber-lined CS Centrifuge diameter: Range: 20 .Hastelloy C Centrifuge capacity: Range: 2 .420 MM] Batch top-suspended filtering centrifuge with diameter BATCH TOP to 50 INCHES [1260 MM]. Material: Default: *CS* CS.

132 INCHES [720 .1. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Centrifuge diameter: Range: 15 .54 INCHES [460 .75 INCHES [375 . with continuous filtering RECIP CONV centrifuge for free-draining granular solids.1. stack of rotating conical disks to shorten sedimentation path.SS316 Bowl diameter: Range: 18 . Material: Default: *CS* Centrifuge diameter: Range: 10 .875 MM Material: SS (Stainless steel) Centrifuge diameter: Range: 15 .1.Centrifuges (CT) .3.500 MM] Reciprocating conveyor.350 MM] SOLID BOWL SCROLL CON Type DISK 14-4 14 Separation Equipment (G7) . horizontal bowl.50 INCHES [500 .250 MM] Material: SS (Stainless steel) Centrifuge diameter: Range: 20 .50 INCHES [375 . solids removal by scroll conveyor and diameter to 75 INCHES [1875 MM].50 INCHES [375 .continued Description High speed disk clarifier centrifuge.1.250 MM] Scroll conveyor with continuous filtering centrifuge. batch removal of solids and diameter to 20 INCHES [500 MM].250 MM] Solid bowl with diameter to 54 INCHES [1370 MM]. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Centrifuge diameter: Range: 15 .20 INCHES [250 . Material: Default: *CS* CS. removal by reciprocating piston and diameter to 50 INCHES [1250 MM].Carbon steel SS316.370 MM] Dowl length: Range: 28 .1.

370 MM] Bowl length: Range: 28 .54 INCHES [460 . Material: Default: *CS* CS.150 MM] Continuous filtration vibratory centrifuge with solids VIBRATORY removal by vibratory screen for dewatering of coarse solids with screen diameter to 56 INCHES [1420 MM].Carbon steel SS316.320 MM] Centrifuge capacity: Range: 0. bottom TUBULAR entry. rates outside this range may be input.56 INCHES [1.220 .52 INCHES [305 1.1.SS316 Bowl diameter: Range: 18 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Bowl diameter: Range: 4 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Screen diameter: Range: 48 .1.350 MM] High speed tubular sedimentation centrifuge.34 M3] INVERTING Type SCREEN BWL 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-5 . TPH = 110-325.12 CF [0.420 MM] Inverting filter centrifuge.132 INCHES [720 .2 .continued Description Screen bowl with diameter to 54 INCHES [1370 MM]. TON/H = 91-263. however.6 INCHES [105 . The following rates are shown to assist in selecting the proper equipment item.3.0056 0. batch solids removal and diameter to 6 INCHES [150 MM].Centrifuges (CT) . Material: Default: *SS316* Centrifuge diameter: Range: 12 .

Baghouses are not a good choice if the gas contains free moisture or if condensation will occur in the baghouse.000 CFM [850 .shaker and pulse type cleaning. Shaker type filters are generally used for: • Low CFM • Low particulate loading • Intermittent operation. which are a function of the air-tomedia ratio.10. Dust laden gas is ducted into a rectangular (small units may be cylindrical) enclosure. particulate loading.000 CFM [16. Fabric filters are an excellent choice where feed conditions may vary because efficiency is unaffected by varying flowrates.110 M2]. Two options are available .Dust Collectors (DC) Description Centrifugal precipitator includes driver and interconnecting piping with flow rate to 10.000 SF [1.16. Baghouses are characterized by the method used to clean the filter bags.990 M3/H] Cloth bay baghouse includes hopper bottom.990 M3]. airlocks CLOTH BAY and electrical motor shakers. Pulse type units are used for: • Large CFM • High particulate loading • Continuous operation. Cloth area to 12. Fabric filters are used for high efficiency 99+%. Material: Default: *CS* Gas flow rate: Range: 500 . Baghouses are limited to a maximum temperature of 550 DEG F. cleaning of small particles (less than one micron). The dirty gas must pass through cloth tubes or bags to get out of the baghouse. . The “cloth bay” dust collector is commonly called a baghouse or fabric filter. or particle size distribution.Continued on next page Type CENTRF PRE 14-6 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .

is the CFM of gas passing through one square foot of filter fabric. the flow of dirty gas is stopped and an electric motor shakes the bags. Dirty gas flows from the inside to the outside of the filter bags in a shaker type unit.continued The air-to-media ratio. The air-to-media ratio. In order to remove the collected dust. The pulse of air expands the bags violently and throws off the dust collected on the bag’s outside surface. In order to remove the collected dust. Dirty gas flows from the inside to the outside of the filter bags in a shaker type unit. The pulse type baghouse does not have to be taken off-line for cleaning. With both types of baghouse. Shaker type baghouses are limited to air-to-media ratios of less than 4:1. With both types of baghouse. Pulse type units operate with air-to-cloth ratios from 4:1 to 15:1. Type . the flow of dirty gas is stopped and an electric motor shakes the bags. the dust is collected in hopper bottoms and removed through an airlock. is the CFM of gas passing through one square foot of filter fabric. Pulse type units have their filter bags supported over a cylindrical wire cage and dirty gas flows from the outside of the bags to the inside. Pulse type units have their filter bags supported over a cylindrical wire cage and dirty gas flows from the outside of the bags to the inside.continued Description CLOTH BAY . also called the air-to-cloth ratio. The pulse type baghouse does not have to be taken off-line for cleaning. Filter bags are cleaned by injecting a pulse of compressed air into the bags being cleaned.Continued on next page - 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-7 . Pulse type units operate with air-to-cloth ratios from 4:1 to 15:1. The pulse of air expands the bags violently and throws off the dust collected on the bag’s outside surface.Dust Collectors (DC) . Filter bags are cleaned by injecting a pulse of compressed air into the bags being cleaned. Shaker type baghouses are limited to air-to-media ratios of less than 4:1. the dust is collected in hopper bottoms and removed through an airlock. also called the air-to-cloth ratio.

flow rate. Polyester may be used at a minimum continuous service temperature of 300 DEG F. only) Air/media ratio: Range: 1 . or boiler capacity (coalfired boiler aplx.” polypropylene and polyesters (e. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Surface Area: Range: 100 .12. “nomex” nylon.6. nylon 66.110 M2] Flow rate: Enter surface area.270 M3/H/M2] Air temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Boiler capacity: Max: 200 MMBTU/H [60 MEGAW] PULSE SHKR Type 14-8 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .4 CFM/SF [19 .000 SF [10 .000 M3/H] Air/media ratio: Range: 5 .000 CFM [420. The baghouses in the system have polyester bags. “Teflon. most filter bags are manufactured from synthetic fibers. nylon 6. The materials in most common use are acrylics.000 SF [10 .000 MEGAW] Baghouse with injected pulsed air Compressor for air pulse injection not included..15 CFM/SF [91 .70 M2/H/M2] Air temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Boiler capacity: Max: 3. “dacron”).g. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Surface Area: Range: 100 .continued Today.557 M2] Flow Rate: Max: 250.Dust Collectors (DC) .continued Description CLOTH BAY . Polyester has moderate all-around chemical resistance and good strength and abrasion resistance.400 MMBTU/H [1.1.

The cyclone has a cylindrically shaped upper section and long tapering conical lower section.Stainless steel Diameter: Range: 3 .5* IN-H20 [*625* PA] to *27. Dirty gas enters the top section through a tangential nozzle. From the table above we see that cyclones are a good choice for medium size particles. The gas spirals downward to the bottom of the cone then reverses direction and moves upward to the gas exit at the top center of the cyclone. This imparts a swirling motion to the gas.000 CFM. or *6* IN-H20 [*1. The entrained particles are thrown to the wall of the cyclone by centrifugal force.500 MM] Flow Rate: Range: 70 . Diameter to 60 CYCLONE INCHES [1. When larger flowrates must be handled several cyclones are arranged in parallel. Material Selection: Default: *CS* CS. Collection efficiency varies with particle size.60 INCHES [75 .40.900 M2/H] Pressure drop: Default: *2.800 DEG F) gas streams. Cyclones can be fabricated from a wide variety of internals and can also be refractory lined.Carbon steel SS.1.Dust Collectors (DC) .000* CFM [*45.000 CFM [120 .500* PA] Air Temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-9 . Increasing the diameter of a cyclone increases its capacity but capacity of a single cyclone is limited to about 50. The particles descend by gravity along the wall to the bottom of the cone where they are discharged.continued Description Type Cyclone for gas/solid separation.67. Therefore cyclones can be used for the removal of particles from corrosive and/or high temperature (1.870* M3/H].500 MM].

400 MMBTU/H [1.continued Description Type Multiple cyclone with flow rate to 20.020 -33.000 CFM [33.20.020 M3/H] Required: gas flow rate or boiler capacity (for coal-boiler application only) Boiler capacity: Max: 3.530 .980 MULT CYCLO M3/H].0%.000 CFM [1.Dust Collectors (DC) .980 M3/H] Air temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] ELC H VOLT ELC L VOLT WASHERS 14-10 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .020 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Gas flow rate: Range: 900 .980 M2/H] High voltage electrical precipitator Gas flow rate: Min: 600 CFM [1.20.600* microns Particle resistance x10E10: Default: *2* OHM-IN [*5* OHM-CM] SO3 Concentration (ppm): Default: *4.99% Required: removal efficiency or particle load (for coalboiler application only) Particle size (microns): Default: *0.50* ppm Low voltage electrical precipitator Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Gas flow rate: Range: 600 .000 CFM [1. Max: 99.33.33.20.980 M3/H] Washer dust collector Material: Default: *CS* Gas flow rate: Range: 600 .000 CFM [1.000 MEGAW] Required: gas flow rate or boiler capacity (for coalboiler application only) Removal efficiency: Min: 80.

Liquid flows through the cartridges and the suspended solids are trapped by the fibers.Carbon steel SS. such as pipe scale.55 M2] LEAF WET LEAF DRY Type CARTRIDGE 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-11 . A cartridge filter consists of a tank containing one or more filter elements or cartridges which are tubes of wound natural or synthetic fibers.1. pressure drop builds to a point where the cartridges must be replaced. As the filter gets dirtier.Stainless steel Liquid flow rate: Range: 30 . down to 10 microns in size from a liquid stream containing a low concentration of these solids.Filters (F) Description Cartridge filter to 1. Material: Default: *CS* CS.600 SF [4. Cartridge filters are generally used as a final filtering element for the removal of small particles.SS316 Surface area: Range: 50 -600 SF [4.55 M2] Pressure leaf-wet filter with leaf area to 600 SF [55 M2].7 .75 L/S] Pressure leaf-dry filter with leaf area to 600 SF [55 M2]. Material: Default: *CS* CS.SS316 Surface area: Range: 50 .200 GPM [1. Material: Default: *CS* CS.7 .9 .Carbon steel SS316. The cartridges are disposable. They are not cleaned and reused.200 GPM [75 L/S] with 5 micron cotton filter.Carbon steel SS316.

Low filtration rate MD RATE. General Features: The filter is a vacuum type (from drop leg). Material: Default: *CS* CS. The filtrate valve (double solution type) and the drive reducer is a helical gear.1.Continued on next page ROTY DISK 14-12 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .Used as a thickening device .50 CF [0. discharge trough.Filters (F) . FRAM Material: Default: *RBLCS* RBLCS. drive motor. lined CS SS316. worm and gear reducer for filter drum. hood with mounting flange. has repulper. suction valve.continued Description Type Automatic plate and frame filter with capacity to 50 CF PLATE [1.Carbon steel SS316.SS316 Frame capacity: Range: 10 .3 .Epoxy lined CS Application: Default: *MD RATE* LO RATE. Thickener (as in pulp and paper mills) — includes the general features and in addition.1.2000 MM] Disk Filter.4 M3].Rubber lined CS EPLCS. flushing pipe.High filtration rate THCKNR. Default: 48 INCHES [1. Standard Disk Filter (for general chemical industry) — This filter additionally includes a paddle agitator for the vat. vat (optional) with stiffeners. valves). knock off and cleaning showers (including nozzles. header. rotor and bearing support. hoses.SS316 RBLCS.Medium filtration rate HI RATE.Rubber-line CS PPLCS. consisting of segmented disks with polypropylene filter bags.Polyprop. air blow discharge mechanism and cleaning showers.200 MM]. base plate. inspection and service doors.4 M3] Plate size: Range: 36 . The following variations are available.48 INCHES [900 .

gear reducer and two pillow block bearing with supports. Range: 0. Brown Stock and Bleach Washers — in addition to the thickener features. multi compartment cylinder shell with internal filtrate piping with polypropylene filter cloth. hood with mounting flange.30 TPD/SF [0.12 TPH/lM2] Number of disks: Min: 1. knock off and cleaning showers (including nozzles. Tank or vat material: Default: *NONE* NONE.Stainless steel vat Drum Filter. worm. inspection and service doors. steel filter cloth and the drive reducer is a helical gear. Lime Mud Filter and Dregs Washer — essentially includes the same general features as the general washer. but with pre-coat for easier filtration.80 M2] Solids handling rate: Default: 0. Default: *3*. filtrate valve (double solution type). has repulper. hoses.00. the washers have multiple showers for washing. General Features: The filter is a vacuum ROTY DRUM type (from drop leg). flushing pipe. suction valve. header.Carbon steel vat SS316. Liquid flow rate: Flowrate of feed stream Consistency Air Dried: Percent of solids in the feed stream. drive motor base plate.50 . discharge trough.continued Description ROTY DISK . Default: *15*. Range: 100 .Filters (F) . . driver consisting of rotor.No vat will be provided CS.Continued on next page Type 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-13 .continued Solid flow rate: Enter solid flow rate or surface area.5. valves). feed box with inlet and drain nozzles.900 SF [10 . in addition. Thickener (as in pulp and paper mills) — includes the above general features and. In addition to the standard filter. the following variations are available. Surface area: Enter solid flow rate or surface area. rake-agitated vat (optional) with stiffeners. The distinguishing features are air-assisted scraper discharge.

Carbon steel SS316.Carbon steel vat SS316.375 INCH [10 MM] to 28 mesh).High filtration rate THCKNR. Tank or vat material: Default: *NONE* NONE.5. Default: *20*.50 TPD/SF [0. Range: 0. Material: Default: *CS* Surface area: Range: 100 .2.Low filtration rate MD RATE. Default: *3*. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Feed size selection: FINE. Range: 100 .Medium filtration rate HI RATE.55 M2] SEWAGE SCROLL Type 14-14 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .Epoxy lined CS Application: Default: *MD RATE* LO RATE.00.20 TPH/lM2] Number of disks: Min: 1.185 M2] Solids handling rate: Default: 0.Filters (F) .SS316 RBLCS.continued Material: Default: *CS* CS.Fine solids MEDIUM.50 .Used as a thickening device Solid flow rate: Enter solid flow rate or surface area. Surface area: Enter solid flow rate or surface area. Liquid flow rate: Flowrate of feed stream Consistency Air Dried: Percent of solids in the feed stream.Medium solids Sewage filter with area to 600 SF [55 M2].Rubber lined CS EPLCS.continued Description ROTY DRUM .Stainless steel vat Scroll discharge centrifugal filter for dewatering fine solids (0 to 28 mesh) or medium coarse solids (.No vat will be provided CS.000 SF [10 .600 SF [10 .

5 .10.75 .3.000 microns in size to be removed.33 INCHES [450 .2 M2] Sparkler volume: Range: 0.continued Description Type SPARKLER Sparkler with area to 110 SF [10 M2].Stainless steel Liquid flow rate: Range: 100 .4 M3] Sparkler diameter: Range: 18 .1. 2500 GPM [157 L/S] at 0.SS316 RBLCS. Consistency Air Dried: Range: 0. Flow rate to 3400 GPM [210 L/S]. internal showers and distributors.5 . For filtering liquid streams such as cooling tower water and tank car loading lines.700 MESH Mode of operation: Automatic cleaning and backwashing option available.02 .1.Rubber lined CS Surface area: Range: 8 . Material: Default: *SS316* SS316.15 CF [0.001 consistency. liquid streams with high solids concentrations can be handled. The wide selection of filter media available allows particles from 1 micron to 2.0.110 SF [ 0.825 MM] Tubular fabric filters (bank of three) with automatic or TUBULAR manual cleaning/backwashing. Liquid flow rate: Maximum flow varies: 4750 GPM [300 L/S] at 0.No auto operation AUTO.Carbon steel SS. Because tubular filters can be backwashed.400 GPM [6.Auto clan/backwash White water filter including centrifugal screening basket. Default: *NONE* NONE.Filters (F) .001 to 0.1 WHITEWATER 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-15 .210 L/S] Mesh size: Range: 60 . Default: 0. Material: Default: *CS* CS.

00012 N/mm2] 0. Supplied with standard 10 micron filter.continued Description Compressed gas filter Removes particulates from compressed gas.25 psi [0.00012 N/mm2] 0.720 PSIG [4.25 psi [0.00345 N/mm2] MAX 2.96.900 M3/H] 155. 14-16 14 Separation Equipment (G7) . Design gauge pressure Inlet: Min: 0.033 KPA] . Pressure drop: Range varies with temperature and inlet pressure.25 PSIG [1.00345 N/mm2] MIN 0.965 KPA] Specified inlet pressure dictates maximum gas flow rate and pressure drop.50 psi [0.02068 N/mm2] 5.033 KPA] Design gauge pressure Inlet range of 150 PSIG [1.956 KPA] Molecular weight: Default gas is air with a molecular weight of 28.00172 N/mm2] 0.25 PSIG [1.000 M3/H] Type COMPRSGAS *at MAX Pressure Drop Temperature: Default: *60* DEG F [*15. which varies with inlet pressure (see chart). Max: 720 PSIG [4. The following defaults and MIN/MAX values are applicable only to air at default temperature of 60 DEG F [15.895 KPA] .5 DEG C].033 KPA] 275 PSIG [1.0175 psi [0. Design gauge pressure Inlet 150 PSIG [1.0 psi [0.0175 psi [0.895 KPA 720 PSIG [4. Maximum gas flow rate is achieved at 60 DEG F.0 psi [0. For other gases and/or other temperatures. Max: 100 DEG F [37.500 CFM [146.150 PSIG [1.75 KPA]. Default 0. Gas flow rate and Pressure Drop: Maximum gas flow rate.000 M3/H] 86. is at standard conditions.01379 N/mm2] 3.0 psi [0.895 KPA] Design gauge pressure Inlet range of 275 PSIG [1.956 KPA] Gas flow rate MAX* 60.03447 N/mm2] Design gauge pressure Inlet range of 0.Filters (F) .000 CFM [263. appropriate molecular weight and temperature corrections will be applied to the pressure drop.75 KPA] .00172 N/mm2] 0.000 CFM [103.5* DEG C].5 DEG C].275 PSIG [1.50 psi [0.

5 INCH [15 MM]. If you require a foundation for this item. Fluming rate: MAX: 1. MAX: 8 INCH [200 MM] Standard sizes: INCHMM 0.515 125 . Material of construction is SS316. Pipe diameter: MIN: 2 INCH [50 MM]. Pipe diameter: MIN: 0. Air flow rate: Enter actual flow rate or pipe size. Water from the shaker will be forwarded to the fluming reclaim reel so that the reclaim reel can remove solids that weren’t removed by the shaker.Not included INCL.Included Culinary (sterile) air filter Keeps rust and other such matter out of the product.continued Description Sanitary in-line metal trap Protects against iron contamination and reduces abrasive wear to equipment by trapping particles via gravity and magnetic separating action.Filters (F) . Material of construction is SS316. Standard sizes: INCHMM 250 380 4100 Sanitary fluming reclaim reel Sometimes used with a fluming pump and dewatering shaker. MAX: 4 INCH [100 MM].Continued on next page SAN AIR RECL REEL Type METAL TRAP 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-17 .4KPA]. MAX: 4340 CFM [7373M3/H] at 100 PSIG [689. it must be added.200 GPM [75 L/S] Distribution header: NONE.Not included *INCL*.Included Cover option: *NONE*.

>= 2 INCHES [50 MM] If pipe diameter is 4 INCHES [100 MM].In-line filter BASKT.5 2. MIN: 1.0 100 (not available for INLIN) Style: *INLIN*. MAX: 4 INCHES [100 MM]. MAX: 3 Sanitary pipe filter Removes fine particles from a given liquid or gas.5 3.Long body 14-18 14 Separation Equipment (G7) . Material of construction is SS316.continued 250 380 4100 6150 8200 Design gauge pressure: MIN: 100 PSIG [680 KPA] Number of stages: *1*.for dia.continued Description SAN AIR .Short body LONG. Standard sizes: INCHES MM 1. Otherwise. Pipe diameter: MIN: 1 INCHES [25 MM]. Body size: *SHORT*. BASKT is the only available type.0 25 40 50 65 (not available for BASKT) 80 SAN PIPE Type 4. MIN is 2 INCHES.0 2. -For size LONG and type INLIN.Filters (F) . default is INLIN.Basket filter . range is 1.0 1.5 IN [40MM] .3 INCHES [75 MM]. -For type BASKT.

. Any two must be entered: total area. and finally releases the liquid through the head. Plate size: Available sizes of round plates: INCHES MM 12 300 18 450 24 600 Available sizes of square plates: INCHES MM 12 7/8 300 18 7/8 450 24 600 Type SAN PRESS Flow Diagram Note:24 INCH (600 MM) plate size available for HYDRL (hydraulic) closure type only. Plate material: SS304. depends on the plate type and plate size. and is internally calculated and checked. entered in square feet (SF) or square meters (M2). *SS316* Total plate area: The maximum total area.Filters (F) . The third is computed accordingly.continued Description Sanitary filter press Takes in liquid through internal ports located in every frame and the two heads. number of plates. then passes the liquid through the filter media and into the plates. plate size.Continued on next page - 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-19 .

Carbon steel *SS*. MAX: 2 INCHES [50 MM].Positive displacement pump CNTRF.No feed pump included Hydraulic closure: *HYDRL*-Hydraulic closure MANUL-Manual closure (not available for 24 INCH [600 MM] plate size) 14-20 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .continued Description SAN PRESS . of Plates 15 25 40 Plate thickness: *1 INCH [25 MM]*. Head and stand material: CS.Centrifugal pump NONE.Square plates Feed pump type: *PD *. These (i. the MIN and the MAX values) are the only standard plate thicknesses available. MIN: 1 INCH [25 MM].continued Type Number of plates: The maximum number of plates depends upon the plate size: Plate Size Square Round 12 INCH [300 MM] 127/8 INCH [300 MM] 18 INCH [450 MM] 187/8 INCH [450 MM] 24 INCH [600 MM] 24 INCH [600 MM] MAX No.e.Filters (F) .Round plates SQUAR.Stainless steel Plate type: *ROUND*..

1 MM 63.5 INCHES 2. Enter either flow rate or pipe diameter. Enter either flow rate or pipe diameter.100 LB/H [16.8 INCHES 16 INCHES Metric 38. it is printed. MAX: 36. Pipe diameter: MIN: 0.375 KG/H].6 INCHES 10. MAX: 8 INCHES [200 MM]. Flow rate: MIN: 215. and other contaminates. Steam pressure-gauge: *100 PSIG [680 KPA]* 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-21 .75 INCHES 1 INCHES 2 INCHES 3 INCHES 4 INCHES 6 INCHES 8 INCHES Metric 20 MM 25 MM 50 MM 80 MM 100 MM 150 MM 200 MM Filter body diameter Inch-Pound 1.44 MM 271. but the underlying design value is still provided by the table.6 MM 218.5 INCHES 4 INCHES 8.12 MM 406.7 INCHES 12. Type SAN STEAM Pipe diameter Inch-Pound 0.4 MM Body length: If pipe diameter is entered. Standard sizes are shown under Filter diameter.continued Description Culinary (sterile) steam filter Used primarily for cleaning factory or plant steam to reduce the levels of boiler feed chemicals.5 MM 101. If user enters a length. rust. Material of construction is SS316.78 MM 325. pipe scale. Those given above are at the default steam pressure of 100 PSIG [680 KPA].0 LB/H [97. The Minimum/maximum flow rates are computed and depend upon the steam pressure.5 KG/H]. Body Diameter: Determined by Pipe Diameter. system selects a filter body length from the above table.75 INCHES [20 MM].Filters (F) .

BASKT is the only available style. >= 2 INCHES [50 MM]. Standard sizes: INCHMM 125 1. the default style is INLIN.Basket filter .Short body LONG . Not available for 2.In-line filter BASKT.Long body Configuration: *SINGL*.Twin filters Type SAN STRAIN 14-22 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .Single filter TWIN. Material of construction is SS316. with the following exceptions: -For BASKT style.Filters (F) .540 250 2. Note: for pipe diameter of 4 INCHES [100 MM].for dia. Pipe diameter: MIN: 1 INCH [25 MM]. Body size: *SHORT*. -For size LONG and INLIN style.5*65* 380 4100 *BASKT style is not available in this size Style: *INLIN*. MIN is 2 INCHES [50 MM]. MAX: 4 INCHES [100 MM].5 IN [65 MM] pipe diameter. MAX is 3 INCHES [80MM].continued Description Sanitary pipe strainer Removes large particles as a process stream passes through the strainer’s perforated plate or screen mesh. otherwise.

316 L CS.Carbon steel CERML.Medium ceramic liner on CS CERMH. Separate material specifications are allowed for the top and conical section.Linear manifold RAD. Range: 4 .Replaceable rubber liner on CS LS304. two reject valves per cyclone.Radial manifold Number of cyclones per manifold: Default: *1* Cone section material: Default: *SS316* SS316. Application: Default: *AUTO* AUTO.Replaceable SS316 on CS Cyclone diameter: Enter diameter or liquid flow rate.30 INCHES [100 .Manual cleaner discharge Configuration: Default: *LIN* LIN.Continued on next page - 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-23 . Linear or radial configurations are available.Carbon steel . Sizing and scaling features allow contaminants to be separated by size and density/type.Heavy ceramic liner on CS CERMV. supporting legs.316 L CS. reject chamber/grit pot.Separation Equipment (SE) Description Type Centrifugal cleaners/wet cyclones used for removal of PULP STOCK contaminants in fluids using centrifugal force.Very heavy ceramic liner on CS ABRPL.Light ceramic liner on CS CERMM. Includes the body. automatic or manual control of rejected materials and a header for multiple cyclones.Replaceable SS304 on CS LS316.Abrasion resistant plate REPRB. Main section material: Default: *SS316* SS316.Automatic cleaner discharge MANL.SS316 316L.SS316 316L.750 MM] Liquid flow rate: Enter diameter or liquid flow rate.

Replaceable SS304 on CS LS316. rock Water-only cyclones for separation of light and heavy minerals or particle size separation.continued Description PULP STOCK .Very heavy debris: nuts.Small debris. Cyclones may be linear or radial manifold and may be lined with replaceable liners.Replaceable SS316 lining Cyclone diameter: Diameter is for individual cyclone. bolts.continued CERML.Light weight debris: asphalt.Linear manifold RAD.Abrasion resistant plate REPRB.Medium weight debris: clay. heavy sand HEAVY. Cyclone diameter to 30 INCHES [760 MM].Large debris.Radial manifold WATER CYCL Type 14-24 14 Separation Equipment (G7) . ink MEDIUM. sand.Heavy ceramic liner on CS CERMV. 400 . group manifolding linear or radial.760 MM] Configuration: Default: *LIN* LIN.Heavy weight debris: metal clips.Carbon steel CERML. Material: Default: *CS* CS. 40 .400 microns LARGE .Replaceable SS304 lining LS316.4000 microns Containment density: Default: *MEDIUM* LIGHT .Ceramic ABRPL.Light ceramic liner CERMM.Medium ceramic liner CERMH.Abrasive resistant plate REPRB.30 INCHES [105 . less then 40 microns MEDIUM.Very heavy ceramic liner ABRPL.Separation Equipment (SE) .Medium ceramic liner on CS CERMH.Medium debris.Light ceramic liner on CS CERMM.Replaceable rubber lining LS304. Range: 4 .Very heavy ceramic liner on CS CERMC. foil VHEAVY.Replaceable SS316 on CS Containment size: Default: *MEDIUM* SMALL.Heavy ceramic liner CERMV.Replaceable rubber liner on CS LS304.

Default: *0. for BOX 135 GPM [8.965.1 . Min: 25 GPM [16 L/S] Diameter or width: Range: 4 .5 L/S] at 0.8 FEET [1.2.Separation Equipment (SE) .97.max flow 545 GPM [34 L/S] at 0.0 M] Configuration: Default: *BOX* RND.continued Description Type OIL WATER Oil-water separator .85 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Liquid flow rate: Maximum flow (see Configuration) less Specific Gravity increase. For example.max flow 700 GPM [44 L/S] at 0.40 FEET [6.85 SG Oil specific gravity: Range” 0.Round.API type.0.92* 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-25 .40 M] Length: Range: 20 .85 SG BOX.Box .22 .12.

SS316 MONEL.Rubber covered CS Vessel diameter: Enter tank capacity or tank dimensions. white liquor clarification or lime mud washing. leave blank for thickener mechanism only. An optional flocculator mechanism with flocculation chamber.SS304 SS316.0 M] Vessel height: Enter tank capacity or tank dimensions. The unit includes feed well.Carbon steel SS304. Application: Default: *STANDARD* STANDARD.5 . paddles and flocculator drive with reduction gear and motor can be included.Rubber covered CS Tank or vat material: Tank material required to obtain tank cost.12. CS.Green liquor clarifier for pulp/paper WHITE-LQ. and a drive consisting of worm. Liquid volume: Enter tank capacity or tank dimensions. drive head (with optional overload alarm system).Carbon steel SS304.Secondary clarifier usually for effluent GRN-LQ.0 . .SS304 SS316.SS316 MONEL. as used in paper mill operations.Lime mud washer for pulp and paper mills Rake and mechanism material: Default: *CS* CS.400 FEET [3. Additional storage capacity for the tank can be specified for special applications such as green liquor clarification.Thickeners (T) Description Type Thickeners are used in many solid/liquid separation THICKENER processes and consist of a slow-moving rake mechanism rotating in a tank. Range: 9.Standard thickener/clarifier PRM-ETP.Monel RUBCV.Primary clarifier usually for effluent SEC-ETP.White liquor clarifier for pulp/paper LIMMUD.Continued on next page - 14-26 14 Separation Equipment (G7) . If only a thickener mechanism is needed. gear and motor.Monel RUBCV. the tank can be excluded. bridge.

continued Description THICKENER . Flocculator required: Default: *NO* NO.Semi-bridge for 100 FEET [30 M] diameter TRCTN. 0.200 MM].125 INCHES [3 MM] for CS. Default: *0.Full length bridge 100 FEET [30 M] maximum SEMI.Traction type clarifier on semi-bridge Drive heat type: Default: *DH-STD* DH-STD.0* Base material thickness: Base material thickness including corrosion allowance. thick sludge DH-HDA. Number of manholes: Default: *1* Manhole diameter: Max: 480 INCHES [1. Operating temperature: Default: Design temperature.Flocculator mechanism required Bridge type: Default: *FULL* FULL.0 M3].Thickeners (T) .Standard drive head to 30 FEET [9 M] diameter DH-HD.0 for other materials.Heavy duty.large diameter.No flocculation required YES. lifting device Design temperature: Default: 190 DEG F [88 DEG C] for green liquor. overload alarm.continued Additional capacity: Extra storage in addition to basic tank capability. Corrosion allowance: Default: 0. else 68 DEG F [20 DEG C]. Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM]. Type 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-27 . Default: *0.Heavy duty drive . Allowance for internals: Specify an allowance for internals as a percent of basic mechanism weight.0* GALLONS [*0.

Screens (VS) Rectangular. open or enclosed.Stainless steel Surface area: Range: 10 .2 . Material: Default: *CS* CS.0 . Circular triple deck. 1.18 SF [0.24 FEET [2. Rectangular double deck. Material: Default: *CS* CS.60 INCHES [450 .1. circular.2.8 FEET [1.SS304 SS316.0 .4 M2] Number of decks: Range: 1 . Circular double deck.7 M2] Rectangular hummer-type for fine separation.25 M] Width: Range: 3 .0 .No duct enclosure Circular single deck.25 M] Configuration: Default: *OPEN* OPEN.5 . open or enclosed.Carbon steel SS. 2 or 3 decks. Description Rectangular single deck. open or enclosed.Carbon steel SS304.SS316 Screen diameter: Range: 18 .7.3 HUMMER SIFTER 1 SIFTER 2 SIFTER 3 Type ONE DECK TWO DECK THREE DECK 14-28 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .80 SF [1. Rectangular triple deck.5000 MM] Surface area: Range: 1.1. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Length: Range: 6 .7.

Carbon steel SS.80* Mechanical bar screens are the first stage of screening BAR used in an effluent treatment system. V-belt drive with belts.Carbon steel SS. with inlet nozzle. Surface area: Enter capacity or screen surface area.Stainless steel Liquid flow rate: Enter capacity or screen surface area.continued Description Type LD STOCK Low consistency bow screen is used for fiber collection in a paper mill. These are wide mesh screens made from metal rods/flats welded onto a frame. The automatic feature includes solenoids.00. Frame material: Default: *CS* CS. metal guard and motor.Screens (VS) . discharge nozzle(s) and a collection chamber.Continued on next page - 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-29 .Carbon steel SS. 0. PRESSURE . foil blades. Pressure screen used for fine screening of contaminants in a paper mill.60 . Screen material: Default: *SS* CS. timers and an air cylinder for back-flushing and cleaning.Stainless steel Consistency Air Dried: Percent of solids in the feed stream. The unit consists of a screen surface mounted on a frame curvilinear in shape. Screen material: Default: *CS* CS. Surface area: Enter capacity or screen surface area. Default: *0. rotor. Includes shell for screen basket housing. water lubricated packing box with packing seals.Stainless steel Liquid flow rate: Enter capacity or screen surface area.2.

Carbon steel SS304.SS304 SS316.SS304 SS316.Mechanical seal Sanitary fluming dewatering shaker Vibratory conveyor with screen for dewatering fruits and vegetables that have been carried by watertransport up to this point in the food pumping system.Packing MECH. Basket diameter: Enter capacity or diameter and length. . Min: 60 INCHES [150 MM] Driver power: Max: 3.continued Description Type PRESSURE .800* RPM Design gauge power: Default: *15* PSIG [*150* MM] Seal type: Default: *MECH* PACK. Material of construction is stainless steel.Continued on next page SHAKER 14-30 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .Screens (VS) .continued Basket material: Default: *SS316* CS. If you require a foundation for this item. it must be added. The spreader (which is included by default. Min: 60 INCHES [150 MM] Basket height: Enter capacity or diameter and length.Carbon steel SS304.SS316 Hydraulic capacity: Enter capacity or diameter and length. but can be excluded by selecting NONE in the “Spreader option” field) reduces the velocity of the water by spreading the water and product onto the dewatering shaker.SS316 Shell material: Default: *SS316* CS.6000 RPM. Default: *1.

Not included *INCL*.Screens (VS) . fluming rate or solids capacity. Solids capacity: MAX: 30.000 LB/H [13. Fluming rate: MAX: 500 GPM [31 L/S] Required to enter at least one of the following: size.2x24 INCHES [609 MM] x 30 INCHES [762 MM] screens 36X60.500 KG/H] Required to enter at least one of the following: size. fluming rate or solids capacity.2x36 INCHES [914 MM] x 30 INCHES [762 MM] screens Required to enter at least one of the following: size.continued Description SHAKER .continued Screen size: 24X60. Spreader option: NONE. fluming rate or solids capacity.included Type 14 Separation Equipment (G7) 14-31 .

14-32 14 Separation Equipment (G7) .

15 Utility Service Systems (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Cooling Towers (CTW) Steam Boilers (STB) Heating Units (HU) Refrigeration Units (RU) Electrical Generators (EG) Water Treatment Systems (WTS) 15 Utility Service Systems (G6) 15-1 .

12 DEG C].28 DEG C]. Default: *10* DEG F [*5* DEG C] Wet bulb temperature: Range: 60 . concrete basin COOLING and field erection. drivers.82 DEG F [16 .Cooling Towers (CTW) Description Type Cooling tower includes fans. Default: *15* DEG F [*8* DEG C] Approach gradient: Range: 5 . Default: *75* DEG F [*24* DEG C] Length each header: Default: *0* FEET [*0* M] 15-2 15 Utility Service Systems (G6) . does not include pumps and piping.50 DEG F [6 . Water flow rate: Min: 1.000 GPM [65 L/S] Temperature range: 10 .22 DEG F [3 .27 DEG C].

Default: *10* DEG F [*5* DEG C] Wet bulb temperature: Range: 60 . concrete basin.28 DEG C]. motor drivers.50 DEG F [3 . drivers.28 DEG C]. drivers and basins.22 DEG F [3 . and field erection of cooling tower. Water flow rate: Range: 150 .000 GPM [9. Default: *75* DEG F [*24* DEG C] Length each header: Default: *0* FEET [*0* M] Factory assembled cooling tower including fans. Default: *15* DEC F [*8* DEG C] Approach gradient: Range: 5 .000 GPM [65 L/S] Temperature range: Range: 10 .22 DEG F [3 . Default: *75* DEG F [*24* DEG C] Number of cells: Default: *1* PACKAGED Type COOLING WP 15 Utility Service Systems (G6) 15-3 .5 .50 DEG F [6 . instrumentation for tower and inhibition system (less tanks and inhibition pumps).82 DEG F [16 . Water flow rate: Min: 1. two cooling water pumps.Cooling Towers (CTW) .82 DEG F [16 .27 DEG C].27 DEG C].12 DEG C].375 L/S] Temperature range: Range: 5 . Default: *10* DEG F [*5* DEG C] Wet bulb temperature: Range: 60 .continued Description Cooling tower includes fans. Default: *15* DEG F [*8* DEG C] Approach gradient: Range: 5 .6.12 DEC C].

Steam capacity to 800. Default: *250* PSIG [*1.800.700* KPA] Superheat: Max: 300 DEG F [165 DEG C]. burners. feedwater deaerator.000 LB/H [4.4130 KPA]. BOILER instruments.000 KG/H] Steam gauge pressure: Max: 1.220.000 KG/H]. steam drum.Oil fuel Field erected boiler unit includes forced draft fans. structural steel platforms. chemical injection system.2. Shop assembled.0 degrees. STM BOILER instruments.000 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Boiler flow rate: Range: 40. steam drum. controls.000 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Boiler flow rate: Range: 10. Oil fired.000 PSIG [6.997. controls. mud drum and stack. burners. minimum superheat 100 DEG F [55 DEG C].200. soot-blowers.2000 .000 KG/H] Steam gauge pressure: Range: 250 .600 PSIG [1.362.000 LB/H [362.540 .000 LB/H [18.Steam Boilers (STB) Description Type Packaged boiler unit includes forced draft fans. Economizer for large capacities. Default: *400* PSIG [*2.890 KPA]. else. feedwater deaerator. Max: 300 DEG F [165 DEG C].725* KPA] Superheat: For saturated steam enter 0. chemical injection system.000 LB/H [997.725 . Default: *100* DEG F [*55* DEG C] Heating medium: GAS. Default: *100* DEG F [*55* DEG C] 15-4 15 Utility Service Systems (G6) . soot-blowers. mud drum and stack with steam capacity to 2.000 KG/H].Gas fuel OIL.

000 KPA]. Material: Default: *CS* Duty: Max: 40 MMBTU/H [11. Default: *500* PSIG [*3.500 DEG F [815 DEG C].5 MEGAW].000 PSIG [40.Heating Units (HU) Description Process heater type dowtherm unit to 40 MMBTU/H [11.500* KPA] Design temperature: Max: 1. Default: *750* DEG F [*400* DEG C] Type CYLINDER 15 Utility Service Systems (G6) 15-5 .5 MEGAW] Design gauge pressure: Max: 6.

500 KW] and field erection. refrigeration capacity to 500 TONS [1.1.5 DEG C] Mechanical compression refrigeration unit produces liquified refrigerant for circulation. Includes reciprocating compressor.000 TONS-REF [180 .Refrigeration Units (RU) Description Type Centrifugal compression refrigeration unit produces CENT COMPR chilled water cooling medium for circulation. Includes centrifugal compressor.40 DEG F [-40 . refrigeration capacity to 3. controls.40 DEG F [-60 . Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Refrigeration capacity: Range: 4 . interconnecting piping.3. controls. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Refrigeration capacity: Range: 50 .10.500 KW] Evaporator temperature: Range: -40 .5 DEG C] MECHANICAL 15-6 15 Utility Service Systems (G6) . water cooled condenser.750 KW] and field erection.500 TONS-REF [15 . condenser.750 KW] Evaporator temperature: Range: -80 .000 TONS [10. driver. driver. interconnecting piping.

No generator set duration required below 55 DEG C (131 DEG F). Used primarily as a stand-by unit to supply electrical power in the event of an interruption of the main power supply. Gas. Used for the continuous generation of electrical power. Includes a voltage regulator—3 phase sensing with volts-per-hertz. Fuel stop power in accordance with ISO 3046/1.000 KVA. Steam at 850 PSIG [5. BS 5514. and voltmeter. skid-mounted to 800 KW.860 KPA] and 900 DEG F [482 DEG C]. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Output KW: Range: 10 . 800 .800 KW Turbo-generator includes condensing steam turbine and cooled electric generator. TURBO GEN Type PORTABLE 15 Utility Service Systems (G6) 15-7 . Ratings are based on SAE J1349 standard conditions. DIN 6271. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Output KVA: Range: for steam. Diesel generator sets can also be operated continuously. DIN 6271 and BS 5514 standard conditions. 800 .Electrical Generators (EG) Description Portable stand-by diesel generator.4 KPA] and capacity to 100. Also used as a standby for continual electrical service during the interruption of normal power. and ISO 8528.000 KVA. exhaust at 2. electric hourmeter. for gas.100.260.000 KVA. These ratings also apply at ISO 3046/1. auto start-stop module.5 in HG [8. Driver type: *Steam*.

Carbon steel316L. First stage converts metal salts to acid and second stage anion exchange removes acids.189 M3/H] Aerators are used in aeration of effluent. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Water flow rate: 10.6 . filters. coupling. Zeolite softeners.Continued on next page SOFTENING Type DEMINERAL 15-8 15 Utility Service Systems (G6) .000 .Monel SS347. Other features vary depending upon the type as given below: High Speed Floating — general aerator with pontoons.000 GPH [38 .000 GPH [0.304LTI.Auto degas CO2 + O2 Softening treatment system for boiler feedwater consists of hot lime process softener.SS316INCNL. pontoons are included for floating. guard.Water Treatment Systems (WTS) Description Demineralizing system. Low Speed Fixed — speed reduction by means of gear box.316L SS304.SS304NI. Optional automatic degasification of oxygen and carbon dioxide.Inconel SS321. rotor shaft and impeller.5 M3/H] Mode of operation: Default: *NONE* NONE.50.Titanium . Material: *CS*. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Water flow rate: Range: 150 .Hastelloy 304L.SS347HAST. associated piping and instruments. The unit AERATOR consists of a drive motor. Low Speed Floating — in addition to the gear box for speed reduction.SS321MONEL.15.56.No auto operation AUTO. Two-stage ion exchange unit.Nickel SS316.

0 .Low speed floating type aerator HSFLOT.Low speed fixed aerator LSFLOT. and none for LSFIXED. Driver power: Enter capacity or impeller and driver power.150.600 RPM.75 . 1 for HSFLOT.continued Aerator type: Default: *LSFIELD* LSFIXED. Type 15 Utility Service Systems (G6) 15-9 . Range: 1. Default: *1.High speed floating type aerator Aeration capacity: Capacity is mass of O2 per hour. Enter capacity or impeller diameter and power.112 KW] Driver speed: Max: 3.800* RPM Number of pontoons: Default: 3 for LSFLOT.Water Treatment Systems (WTS) .continued Description AERATOR .0 HP [0. Impeller diameter: Enter capacity or impeller diameter and driver power.

15-10 15 Utility Service Systems (G6) .

16 Flares and Stacks (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Flares (FLR) Stacks (STK) 16 Flares and Stacks (G6) 16-1 .

Smokeless flare tips have nozzles for injecting steam at the exit of the tip.3 + KPA] a = 19. a knock-out drum and a riser stack.7 + PSIG) [101. an ignition system. is ignited and falls flaming to the ground creating a fire hazard.73 in I-P units = 8. Non-smokeless flare tips do not have these steam injection nozzles.3145 in METRIC units c = 59682 in I-P units = 107427 in METRIC units The total height of the stack is calculated using the following formula: H = Y . Flare gas is ignited at the exit of the flare tip by one or more pilots. A ground flare requires no stack. Emergency flares are designed to safely burn a sudden large release of combustible gases that are not normally vented. The diameter of the flare tip is calculated using the following formula: D = sqrt(w/adfv) where sqrt indicates the square root and: D = tip diameter of the flare: INCHES [MM] w = mass flowrate of the flare gas: LB/H [KG/H] f = exit velocity / sonic velocity of the flare gas d = density of the flare gas: PFC [KG/M3] v = sonic velocity of the flare gas. Flares are also classified as continuous and emergency. The high velocity steam inspirates air into the flame resulting in more complete combustion and therefore no smoke. This device disengages entrained liquid from the flare gas. If this liquid is not removed.40D 16-2 16 Flares and Stacks (G6) . The diameter of the flare tip and the height of the stack that supports it (if it is an elevated flare) is calculated using formulas that take into account process conditions and safety considerations. a seal. R = 10.0027123 in METRIC units. the final component of the flare system is the riser stack.Flares (FLR) A flare system is composed of several parts: a flare tip. The flare tip may be either smokeless or non-smokeless. If the flare is elevated. The flare vendor would supply all of the above components for a new installation. The flare seal is a device for preventing air from diffusing down the stack and creating a combustible mixture with the flare gas inside the stack. Continuous flares handle a continuous and steady flow of flare gas. Should any of these pilots go out. calculated using sqrt(cT/M): FPS [M/S] M = molecular weight of the flare gas T = absolute temperature of the flare gas: DEG R [DEG K] P = absolute pressure of the flare gas: (14. The stack is characterized by its method. the ignition system would reignite them. The vendor may also be requested to supply a knock-out drum. it travels up the stack. Continuous flares are normally smokeless and emergency flares non-smokeless.6 in I-P units = 0.

5647 in METRIC units 16 Flares and Stacks (G6) 16-3 . 0. For self-supported stacks greater than 40 FEET [12 M] in height.048)sqrt (M) where: sqrt = square root E = emmissivity of the flame M = molecular weight of the flare gas Radius of allowable radiation intensity: X = (c)sqrt(QW/105) where: X = radius of allowable radiation intensity: FEET [M] Q = heat content of flare gas: BTU/LB [KJ/KG] W = mass flowrate of flare gas: LB/H [KG/H] c = 0.8306 in METRIC units q = allowable radiation intensity: BTU/SF/ H [W/M2] x = radius of allowable radiation intensity (see formula on page 16-4): FEET [M] For flare types GUYED and DERRICK. and for self-supported stacks (SELFSUPP) 40 FEET [12 M] or less in height. 0. including flare type: FEET [M] D = flare tip diameter: FEET [M] and: Y = sqrt [(EQwk/4 q)-x2] where: E = emissivity of the flame (see formula on page 16-4) Q = heat content of the flare gas: BTU/LB [KG/KG] w = mass flowrate of the flare gas: LB/H [KG/H] k = 1.0 in I-P units. Emissivity of the flame: E = (0. the length of the bottom section is determined from a consideration of the load requirements.58 in I-P units. the length of the bottom section (L) is the total stack height.where: H = stack height.

Max: 96 INCHES [2. enter dimensions in bottom section data.Stainless steel Gas mass flow rate: Enter either mass flow rate or diameter and length (height) of flare. flare tip.Carbon steel SS. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2. Diameter Bottom section: For single diameter stacks.400 MM] Height Middle section: For single diameter stacks. Diameter Middle section: For single diameter stacks.Continued on next page - 16-4 16 Flares and Stacks (G6) . Shell material: Default: *CS* CS. Max: 96 INCHES [2. Diameter Top section: For single diameter stacks. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Description Type Derrick-supported flare stack includes stack. Generally. derrick supported flare stacks are cheaper than selfsupporting stacks at heights above 200 FEET [60 M]. support DERRICK structure. Derricks are used instead of guyed stacks when land is limited.400 MM] Height Bottom section: For single diameter stacks. Derricks are used to support tall stacks. Design based upon process conditions or given sizes. enter dimensions in bottom section data.400 MM] . enter dimensions in bottom section data. molecular seal and ignition system.The diameter and thickness of the flare stack is determined by structural considerations such as loadings and method of support.

Continued on next page Type 16 Flares and Stacks (G6) 16-5 . Default: *20* Flare type: Default: *SMOKELESS* SMOKELESS.continued Description DERRICK .Flares (FLR) .500* KJ/KG] Guyed flare stack includes stack.continued Height Top section: For single diameter stacks. flare tip. Design based upon process conditions or given sizes.000* BTU/LB [*46.Carbon steel SS. Shell material: Default: *CS* CS. a large unobstructed area around the stack must be provided so that there will be no interference with the guy wire. Allowable radiation intensity: Allowable radiation intensity at the specified minimum radius. GUYED molecular seal and ignition system.Stainless steel . supports. Thickness Middle section: For single diameter stacks.500* BTU/H/SF [4. However.Air assisted smokeless flare NONSMOKE. enter dimensions in bottom section data.500 W/M2] Gas heat content: Default: *20. Thickness Top section: For single diameter stacks. Gas temperature: Default: *100* DEG F [*40* DEG C] Molecular weight: Default: *40* Thickness Bottom section: For single diameter stacks. This is generally the least expensive support system for flare stacks over 50 FEET tall. enter dimensions in bottom section data.Standard smokeless flare AIR ASSIST. Percent sonic velocity at exit: Enter the gas exit velocity as a percent of sonic velocity. Default: *1. enter dimensions in bottom section data. enter dimensions in bottom section data.Non-smokeless flare Radius radiation intensity: Minimum radius at which a person would be exposed to the allowable radiation.

enter dimensions in bottom section data. Gas temperature: Default: *100* DEG F [*40* DEG C] Molecular weight: Default: *40* Thickness Bottom section: For single diameter stacks. enter dimensions in bottom section data.500* BTU/H/SF [*4. Thickness Top section: For single diameter stacks.continued Gas mass flow rate: Enter either mass flow rate or diameter and length (height) of flare. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Diameter Top section: For single diameter stacks. Percent sonic velocity at exit: Enter gas exit velocity as a percent of sonic velocity. Max: 96 INCHES [2.400 MM] Height Middle section: For single diameter stacks. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Allowable radiation intensity: Allowable radiation intensity at the specified minimum radius.Standard smokeless flare AIR ASSIST.500* KJ/KG] Type 16-6 16 Flares and Stacks (G6) .400 MM] Height Top section: For single diameter stacks. Flare type: Default: *SMOKELESS* SMOKELESS. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2. enter dimensions in bottom section data.400 MM] Height Bottom section: For single diameter stacks.continued Description GUYED . enter dimensions in bottom section data. Thickness Middle section: For single diameter stacks. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Diameter Middle section: For single diameter stacks.500* W/M2] Gas heat content: Default: *20. enter dimensions in bottom section data.Air assisted smokeless flare NONSMOKE. Default: *1.Non-smokeless flare Radius radiation intensity: Minimum radius at which a person would be exposed to the allowable radiation.000* BTU/LB [*46. Default: *20*. Max: 96 INCHES [2. Diameter Bottom section: For single diameter stacks.Flares (FLR) .

enter dimensions in bottom section data.Flares (FLR) . enter dimensions in bottom section data. molecular seal and ignition system. two or three segments of different length and diameter. .400 MM] Height Bottom section: For single diameter stacks. Max: 96 INCHES [2. flare tip. enter dimensions in bottom section data.continued Description Self-supported flare stack includes stack. Diameter Bottom section: For single diameter stacks. enter dimensions in bottom section data.Stainless steel Gas mass flow rate: Enter either mass flow rate or diameter and length (height) of flare. Gas temperature: Default: *100* DEG F [*40* DEG C] Molecular weight: Default: *40* Thickness Bottom section: For single diameter stacks. enter dimensions in bottom section data. This flare is generally used for stack heights up to 50 FEET and when the availability of land does not permit guyed stacks. Percent sonic velocity at exit: Enter gas exit velocity as a percent of sonic velocity. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2.400 MM] Height Middle section: For single diameter stacks. one. Thickness Top section: For single diameter stacks. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Diameter Top section: For single diameter stacks. enter dimensions in bottom section data. self-supporting stacks are cheaper than derrick supported stacks for stack heights up to 200 FEET [60 M].Carbon steel SS. Thickness Middle section: For single diameter stacks. Diameter Middle section: For single diameter stacks. Shell material: Default: *CS* CS.Continued on next page Type SELF SUPP 16 Flares and Stacks (G6) 16-7 . Max: 96 INCHES [2. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Default: *20*.400 MM] Height Top section: For single diameter stacks.

enter dimensions in bottom section data. Max: 96 INCHES [2.continued Flare type: Default: *SMOKELESS* SMOKELESS. Max: 96 INCHES [2.500* BTU/H/SF [*4.400 MM] Length Middle section: For single diameter stacks. enter dimensions in bottom section data. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Diameter Bottom section: For single diameter stacks. burn pit not included.Flares (FLR) .000* BTU/LB [*46. Shell material: Default: *CS* CS.Standard smokeless flare AIR ASSIST.400 MM] Length Bottom section: For single diameter stacks. enter dimensions in bottom section data.Non-smokeless flare Radius radiation intensity: Minimum radius at which a person would be exposed to the allowable radiation.400 MM] Type . Allowable radiation intensity: Allowable radiation intensity at the specified minimum radius. Design based upon process conditions or sizes.500* W/M2] Gas heat content: Default: *20.Air assisted smokeless flare NONSMOKE.500* KJ/KG] Horizontal ground flare includes flare tip and horizontal HORIZONTAL stack (30 FEET [10 M]) only. enter dimensions in bottom section data. Diameter Top section: For single diameter stacks.Carbon steel SS.continued Description SELF SUPP .Continued on next page - 16-8 16 Flares and Stacks (G6) . Max: 96 INCHES [2. Default: *1. Diameter Middle section: For single diameter stacks. This is an inexpensive flaring arrangement if land is plentiful and cheap.Stainless steel Gas mass flow rate: Enter either mass flow rate or diameter and length (height) of flare.

500* W/M2] Gas heat content: Default: *20. exchanger blower. Percent sonic velocity at exit: Enter gas exit velocity as a percent of sonic velocity. enter dimensions in bottom section data. box. burner. Default: *1. Default: *20*.000* BTU/LB [*46. Material: Default: *CS* (Carbon steel) Standard gas load rate: Low concentration non-chlorinated waste gas.0.00* THRM OX LC Type 16 Flares and Stacks (G6) 16-9 . Thickness Top section: For single diameter stacks.Air assisted smokeless flare NONSMOKE. Thickness Middle section: For single diameter stacks.Standard smokeless flare AIR ASSIST.continued Length Top section: For single diameter stacks.500* BTU/H/SF [*4. enter dimensions in bottom section data.Flares (FLR) . Allowable radiation intensity: Allowable radiation intensity at the specified minimum radius.00* BTU/CF [*484* KJ/M3] Gas oxygen content: Min: 0.000 CFM Gas heat content: Default: *13. Default: *14.continued Description HORIZONTAL . enter dimensions in bottom section data. Max: 20. enter dimensions in bottom section data.Non-smokeless flare Radius radiation intensity: Minimum radius at which a person would be exposed to the allowable radiation. stack. Flare type: Default: *SMOKELESS* SMOKELESS.500* KJ/KG] Recuperative thermal oxidizer for low concentration non-chlorinated waste gas. Gas temperature: Default: *100* DEG F [*40* DEG C] Molecular weight: Default: *40* Thickness Bottom section: For single diameter stacks.

burners.200 FEET [10 .500 MM] Type STACK 16-10 16 Flares and Stacks (G6) .860 KJ/M3]. Default: *50* BTU/CF [1860 KJ/M3] Type STORAGE Stacks (STK) Description Stack height to 200 FEET [60 M] and diameter to 60 INCHES [1500 MM].000 GPM [775 L/S] Gas heat content: Min: 50 BTU/CF [1. sensors.60 INCHES [600 .Stainless steel Height: Range: 30 . etc.continued Description Vapor control flare for storage and loading.Carbon steel SS.Flares (FLR) . Includes stack.1. seal drum. flare.60 M] Diameter: Range: 24 . Material: Default: *CS* CS. Material: Default: *CS* Standard gas load rate: Max: 12.

17 Introduction to Plant Bulks (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction to Plant Bulks List of Plant Bulks 17 Introduction to Plant Bulks (G6) 17-1 .

List of Plant Bulks The following is a list of plant bulks by chapter. pipe rack.Introduction to Plant Bulks Plant bulk items are those materials or non-process equipment items that provide support or services to process equipment within a unit area. The descriptions include the minimum and maximum values and the defaults. fusion bonded Sprinkler system (water / water+foam) Foam fire systems Standpipe and hose fire systems Emergency eyewash and shower units Sanitary flow diversion panel 17-2 17 Introduction to Plant Bulks (G6) . concrete tanks.continued HOT TAP SCRAPER LR WELL HEAD HDPE SPRNK FOAM SPHOS WSHWR FLO PANEL Hot tap of production pipe for branch Permanent scraper launcher and receiver Pipe. Chapter 18: Piping YARD PIPE PIPE UTIL PIPE RCON PIPE DUCT RD DUCT SQ EQPT TRACE PIPE TRACE LAUNDER SQ LAUNDER RD COAT WRAP Above grade or buried yard piping Above grade or buried piping Utility pipe and utility stations Buried concrete pipe Round duct with hangers Square duct with hangers Fluid heat tracing for equipment Fluid heat tracing for pipe Square or rectangular launders Half round launders Coating and wrapping of buried pipe * continued * Chapter 18: Piping . valve and fittings at a well head High density polyethylene pipe. insulation and paint. The plant bulk descriptions in Chapters 18 through 24 include some of the entry fields for defining plant bulks. instrument panels. electrical cable trays. Default values appear between asterisks (*). such as yard pipe and duct.

Chapter 19: Civil ABVGR TANK BELGR TANK CONCRETE SCAFFOLD TRENCH CONTAINMNT DIKE MEMBR YARD PIPE PIPE HDPE RCON PIPE BUILDING LINING PIPE RACK PIPE SUPPT Above grade concrete tank Below grade concrete tank Foundations. lining Pipe rack Tee or bent type pipe sleepers Chapter 20: Steel OPN STL ST PIPE RACK PIPE SUPPT MILL BLDG PLATFORM GALLERY TRNS TOWER GRATE LADDER STAIR MISC STEEL FABR PLATE SIDING SAN PLATFM Open steel structure Pipe rack Tee or bent type pipe sleepers Multiple-bay mill building Elevated access platform . metallic. conveyor. treads and handrail Miscellaneous steel items Fabricated steel plate items Siding and roofing for steel structures Sanitary platform 17 Introduction to Plant Bulks (G6) 17-3 . fusion bonded Buried concrete pipe Building Organic. personnel Conveyor transfer tower Steel grate .dike and geomembrane Above grade or buried yard piping Above grade or buried piping High density polyethylene pipe.complete Gallery for pipe. abrasion resist.concrete paving. other concrete items Scaffold erection and dismantling Drainage trench for paved areas Tank containment . wall Tank containment .less support structure Steel ladders Stairs with grate. slabs.

analog Instrument cable tray Instrument electronic transmission wire Instrument pneumatic tubing runs Thermocouple wire runs Instrument junction box Multifunction controllers High energy level process interface unit Low energy level process interface unit Data highway cable Operator center Chapter 22: Electrical General ELEC CABLE CONDUIT ELEC TRAY EQPT TRACE PIPE TRACE GRND GRID AREA LIGHT CTRL CABLE DEEP ANODE GALV ANODE SURF ANODE POT TEST RECTIFIER SOLAR PANL EMER LIGHT CABLE DUCT Electrical power cable run (3 or 4 wire) Electrical conduit Electrical cable tray Electrical tracing for equipment Electrical tracing for pipe Ground grid Area lighting on poles Electrical control cable runs (600 v) Group of anodes in deep well Individual galvanic anode Group of anodes in shallow surface bed Potential measurement test station Transformer/rectifier Solar panel with storage batteries Emergency light with battery Underground cable duct Substation BUS DUCT TRANSFORM OIL C BRKR DISCNCT SW POLE LINE Bus duct Electrical transformer: 1 or 2 tap Oil circuit breakers Disconnect switch Power pole lines * continued * 17-4 17 Introduction to Plant Bulks (G6) .Chapter 21: Instrumentation INST PANEL INST TRAY INST WIRE PNU TUBING THCPL WIRE JUNC BOX MULTI CONT HL PIU LL PIU DATA HIWAY OPER CENT Instrument panel .

PAINT AREA .Chapter 22: Electrical . feeder.continued SUBSTN STL BREAKER MCC SWITCH BRD AC DC TRAN PKG TRANSF EM PWR SET UPS PF CORRECT Steel for substation structure Current breaker: main.PAINT SSTL General area painting Pipe painting Structural steel painting 17 Introduction to Plant Bulks (G6) 17-5 . tie Motor control center Switch board AC/DC Transformer Package transformer with panel Emergency diesel generator Uninterrupted power supply Power factor connection capacitor Chapter 23: Insulation and Firepoofing INSUL AREA INSUL PIPE FIREP AREA FIREP SSTL General area insulation Pipe insulation General area fireproofing Structural steel fireproofing Chapter 24: Paint .PAINT PIPE .

17-6 17 Introduction to Plant Bulks (G6) .

18 Paint (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction to Paint Paint Plant Bulks How Icarus Systems Paint Equipment 18 Paint (G6) 18-1 .

Paint Plant Bulks Description Paint for existing surface: printer. costs can be adjusted appropriately by code of account material indexing. Paint is provided typically for carbon steel materials only.Introduction to Paint Icarus systems can calculate default paint areas for piping. however. Paint areas and number of coats can be modified or added for any item. final coats Type PAINT AREA PAINT PIPE PAINT SSTL 18-2 18 Paint (G6) . final coats Paint for existing structural steel: primer. equipment and steelwork. but is only provided on equipment and steelwork if specifically requested. but can be obtained for any material if specifically requested. final coats Paint for existing piping: primer. Icarus systems do not provide different grades of paint. The default paint is provided for all piping.

How Icarus Systems Paint Equipment 18 Paint (G6) 18-3 .

1 SP.EED. HE: HEATER ELC. TWO SCREW 2. Not affected by paint specification for shop fabricated equipment 4. Also: AT: COND CELL. FLOAT CELL & SE: WATER CYCL. Method determined by specification for paint “Application Method”: S (spray) or B (brush) 5.Legend: 1. ONE SCREW. you must enter the number of primer and/or final coats. Method determined by specification for paint “Application Method”: S (sandblasting) or B (wire brush) 6. 18-4 18 Paint (G6) . HEATER STM. 5 SPEED 3. SUC HEATER. HO: HAND NT. Surface area is calculated by mode.

Ferrous Materials Carbon Steel API Pipe High Alloy Steel Pipe Materials . Erection and Testing Procedures Valve and Fitting Options for Installation Bulk Piping 19 Piping (G10) 19-1 .Non-Ferrous Materials Non-Ferrous Materials Plastic and Resin Materials Lined Steel Pipe Spool Types Remote & Field Shop Piping Procedures for Various Materials Remote Shop Piping Procedures Small Bore Piping Procedures Icarus’ Pipe Fabrication. of Paint Coats Procedure Pipe Diameters Pipe Schedule Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (Old) Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (New) Utility Piping Services Utility Station Diagram Default Piping Materials Pipe Materials .19 Piping (G10) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Piping Plant Bulks How Icarus Calculates Insulation Length on Piping Trapping Distances (Steam) Pipe Temperature Procedure Pipe Insulation Material Procedure Pipe Insulation Thickness Procedure Pipe Paint Procedure No.

Valve Trim Specifications 19-2 19 Piping (G10) .

sand bed and backfilling is provided.Standard wall pipe XS . Pipe thickness: Leave blank if schedule is specified. If buried pipe is specified. pipe racks.Pipe schedule Type YARD PIPE . but support steel. Length: Min: 1.Pipe schedule 140 .35 M] Pipe diameter: Range: 0.5 . Pipe material: Enter either Custom Pipe Spec (see Design Basis) or Material. See piping materials listed later in this chapter. Default: *CS*.Pipe schedule 100 . Design temperature: Default: determined from Custom Pipe Spec or 68 DEG F [20 DEG C]. must be specified elsewhere. wrapping. utility piping. etc. not both. coating.000 KPA]. STD . For above-grade piping.Extra-strong pipe XXS . trenching.1. duct and tubed tracing.Continued on next page - 19 Piping (G10) 19-3 . not both.Pipe schedule 160 .Double extra-strong 5 . Custom pipe spec: Enter either Custom Pipe Spec (see Design Basis) or Material. Pipe schedule or gauge: Leave blank if thickness is specified.72 INCHES DIAM [15 . above/below grade Insulated and traced pipe runs.Pipe schedule 120 . hangers are supplied.800 MM DIAM] Design gauge pressure: Default: determined from Custom Pipe Spec or 150 PSIG [1.0 FEET [0. Description Transfer lines.Piping Plant Bulks Piping plant bulks include transfer lines. yard pipe runs.

00 INCH of personnel protection for 100 percent of the pipe. temperature and pressure.SS gauge pipe only 30. This option can be used in conjunction with the Personnel protect field.000 MM] minimally.Class 300 600.Pipe schedule 10G.SS gauge pipe only 20 .SS gauge pipe only 40 . or the depth of footings specified for general civil data.Class 600 900.Class 125 WOG 250. if the user only needs 25 FEET of a 100 FEET run of pipe to be personnel protected. For instance.000 MM]. The system would generate 25 FEET plus waste.Class 900 1500.Class 1500 2500. jacketing options.Piping Plant Bulks .SS gauge pipe only 60 . Default: *NONE* PPROT.Buried Depth buried pipe: Below grade depth to top of pipe for buried pipe only.Pipe schedule 14G.Personnel protection insulation. The trench depth is determined by the below grade depth. This is the distance from grade level to the top of the buried pipe.Pipe schedule 11G .Class 250 WOG Configuration: Default: *ABOVE* ABOVE. Type .Class 2500 125.Continued on next page - 19-4 19 Piping (G10) . which allows the user to tell the system how much pipe to insulate. The default value will be taken as 36 INCHES [1.Class 150 300. 150.SS gauge pipe only 80.continued Description YARD PIPE .Pipe schedule 12G. Range: 24 . the pipe diameter and sand bed (6 INCHES [150 MM] in depth). the user can input the percentage in the Personnel protect field.Pipe schedule 7G . tracing.Pipe schedule Flange class: Default: determined from custom spec or pipe material. Special pipe description: Insulation.continued 10 .3.120 INCHES [600 .Above-grade BURIED. The system will generate 1.

traced/pipe conn.Electrical traced/process temp control STAND.Longit.Exposed-weld jacketed pipe (see illustration) T-SP.Freeze protection insulation/elec tracer FULL.Piping Plant Bulks . AC-T.Standard heat or cold insulation Steam gauge pressure: Steam supply pressure for traced or jacketed pipe only. traced/tube conn. Default: 220 DEG F [105 DEG C] Weld X-ray%: Min: 100./no cement P-LOC. Default: *0* Number of blinds: Default: *0* Number of spectacle blinds: Default: *0* Number of threadless: Default: *0* Number of gate valves: Default: *0* Number of globe valves: Default: *0* Type .Electrical traced/ambient temp control E-PRO. Default: *25* PSIG [*175* KPA] E-Trace maintenance temperature: For electrical tracing .continued The thickness of the personnel protection insulation generated will always be 1.process maintenance temperature.Fully jacketed pipe (see illustration) EXPD./no cement P-SPC.Spiral traced/pipe conn.Longit.Freeze protection insulation/tube tracer FP-E.Longit. traced/pipe conn./heat cement E-AMB.Continued on next page - 19 Piping (G10) 19-5 . Default: See Area Design Basis./no cement T-SPC.continued Description YARD PIPE ./heat cement P-SP.Spiral traced/pipe conn.Anti-condensation insulation/tube tracer AC-E. Number of elbows: Default: *0* Number of reducers: Default: *0* Number of tees: Default: *0* Number of flanges: Enter number of flanges in addition to those for valves.Longit. Max: 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] over ambient. traced/tube conn.Spiral traced/tube conn./no cement T-LOC./heat cement P-LO.00 INCH.Anti-condensation insulation/elec tracer FP-T.Spiral traced/tube conn./heat cement T-LO.

72 INCHES DIAM [15 .800 MM DIAM] PIPE Type 19-6 19 Piping (G10) . Default: *100*.Minimum 150 class fluid control valve Control valve reduced size: Fluid positioning CV only. Note: You must select PPROT in the Special Pipe Descr.5 FEET of personnel protection plus waste.Line size control valves R. Pipe length: Min: 1.5 FEET needs personnel protection. Default: reduced 0 to 4 line sizes based on size. Default: *0*. See “Control Valve Options” in Chapter 21 for default size reductions. not both. 3.1. smaller than pipe otherwise.continued Description YARD PIPE . Control valve minimum class: For fluid control valves only. L. enter “25” in this field. The system will then generate 12.00 INCH.continued Number of ball valves: Default: *0* Number of butterfly valves: Default: *0* Number of check valves: Default: *0* Number of control valves: Size: same as pipe size to 4 INCHES [100 MM].Standard size control valves Above grade or buried piping Pipe material: Enter either Custom Pipe Spec (see Design Basis) or Material. The thickness of the personnel protection insulation generated will always be 1.Minimum 300 class fluid control valve 1. field before the system will use the personnel protection. Default: *3*.5 . connected equipment or CS.Piping Plant Bulks . For example.0 FEET [0. Number of safety valves: Default: *0* Number of regulating valves: Default: *0* Number of angle valves: Default: *0* Number of plug valves: Default: *0* Number of orifice plates: Default: *0* No. Default: from custom spec. 12. if out of 50 FEET run of pipe. Knife Gate Valve: Default: *0* Personnel protect: Personnel protection percent coverage.35 M] Pipe diameter: Range: 0.

for a design pressure of 150 PSIG (~1000 KPA) and a design temperature of 250 DEG F (120 DEG C). Design temperature: Default: determined from Custom Pipe Spec or 68 DEG F [20 DEG C]. default value is calculated to be 0.0 CPOISE (1.Piping Plant Bulks .0674 PCF [1.Continued on next pageType PIPE 19 Piping (G10) 19-7 . . Design gauge pressure: Default: determined from Custom Pipe Spec or 150 PSIG [1.Liquid S.continued Fluid phase: *G*.000 KPA].Steam (enter desired flow rate below) Liquid flow rate: Enter diameter or liquid flow rate or gas flow rate. which is calculated from design pressure and temperature as described under “Steam Lines” in the Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter section. Gas flow rate: Enter diameter or liquid flow rate or gas flow rate. Operating temperature: Default: same as design temperature.Gas L. Fluid density: Default based on fluid phase: Gas Phase:0.025 millipascal-second) Liquid Phase:1.4 PCF [1000 KCM) Steam Phase:Calculated as the inverse of specific volume.013 CPOISE. Fluid viscosity: Default based on fluid phase: Gas phase:0.08 KCM] Liquid Phase:62.continued Description PIPE .0 millipascal-second) Steam Phase:Calculated using an internal function of design pressure and design temperature in which.025 CPOISE (0.

Weld-neck S. 150.Pipe schedule7G. Pipe type: CS and SS only. or else welded. *E*.Pipe schedule10G.Elbow B. Default: calculated from material temperature.Slip-on B.continued Pipe schedule or gauge: Enter thickness or schedule/gauge.Class 2500 125.Bend instead of elbow .SS gauge pipe only 20. Default: custom/material spec if entered. or else weld-neck Flange class: Default: determined from custom spec or pipe material.Pipe schedule160.Standard wall pipe100.SS gauge pipe only 40.SS gauge pipe only 30.Seamless pipe Flange type: Default: see project design basis W.Continued on next page Type 19-8 19 Piping (G10) .SS gauge pipe only 60.SS gauge pipe only 80.Pipe schedule14G.Class 300 600.Double extra-strong140.Class 250 WOG Bend for elbow: Substitute pipe bends for any specified elbow (up to 12 INCH [300 MM] pipe only).Pipe schedule 10.Piping Plant Bulks . pressure.Pipe schedule XXS.Class 1500 2500.Lap flanges and stub to 12 INCHES (300 MM).Pipe schedule 5.Welded pipe S. W.continued Description PIPE .Pipe schedule Valves and fittings: Enter type and quantity of each valve and fitting required for this line.Class 150 300.Pipe schedule11G.Pipe schedule XS.Class 900 1500. temperature and pressure. not both.Class 125 WOG 250.Pipe schedule12G. STD.Extra-strong pipe120.Class 600 900.

continued Branch for tee: Substitute fabricated branch nozzles for any specified tees.Weld pipe / weld valves.Tri-clover sanitary.No piping stress relief required Special pipe description: Default: *NONE* . 3.Screw and backweld. max: 2 INCHES (50 MM) TC. min: 2 INCHES (50 MM) VC.Piping Plant Bulks . max: 4 INCHES (100 MM) Number of welds: Default: determined from pipe length and combination of valves and fittings Control valve reduced size: Fluid control valve only. max: 4 INCHES (100 MM) CB. default: reduced 0-4 sizes except BVO and sanitary valves L.Piping stress relief if code requires Y.continued Description PIPE .Weld pipe / flange valves WW.Stress relieve all piping N.Minimum 150 class fluid control valve Weld X-ray: Default: see project design basis Stress relief: C. max: 2 INCHES (50 MM) SB.Continued on next page Type 19 Piping (G10) 19-9 . max: 2 INCHES (50 MM) SC.Socket weld connections.DI Victaulic couplings VS. *T*-Tee B-Branch Pipe connector type: Default: see project design basis SW. Default: *3*. max: 2 INCHES (50 MM) WF.SS Victaulic couplings PF.Press fit swage couplings.Line size control valves R.Minimum 300 class fluid control valve 1.Screw (no backweld).Standard size control valves Control valve minimum class: For fluid control valves only.Cherry-Burrel sanitary.

Max: 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] for self-regulating cable and 1049 DEG F [565 DEG C] for MI cable over low ambient temperature.Electrical traced/process temp control E-Trace maintenance temperature: For electrical tracing ./heat cement E-AMB.Freeze protection insulation/tube tracer FP-E. The system would generate 25 FEET plus waste./no cement P-LOC./no cement T-LOC.Fully jacketed pipe (see illustration) EXPD.Exposed-weld jacketed pipe (see illustration) T-SP. traced/tube conn. Default: 392 DEG F [200 DEG C] for M series cable and 220 DEG F [105 DEG C] for self-regulating cable.00 INCH of personnel protection for 100 percent of the pipe.continued Description PIPE .Longit. This option can be used in conjunction with the Personnel protection field.Longit./heat cement T-LO.Electrical traced/ambient temp control E-PRO . which allows the user to tell the system how much pipe to insulate.Anti-condensation insulation/tube tracer AC-E.Personnel protection insulation. AC-T. the user can input the percentage in the Personnel protection field.Freeze protection insulation/elec tracer FULL.Spiral traced/pipe conn. For instance.00 INCH. Type .Anti-condensation insulation/elec tracer FP-T.Spiral traced/tube conn.Piping Plant Bulks . if the user only needs 25 FEET of a 100 FEET run of pipe to be personnel protected./heat cement P-SP.Longit.Spiral traced/pipe conn. traced/pipe conn.Spiral traced/tube conn. The thickness of the personnel protection insulation generated will always be 1. traced/tube conn.continued STAND./no cement T-SPC. The system will generate 1.Standard heat or cold insulation PPROT.Continued on next page - 19-10 19 Piping (G10) ./heat cement P-LO. traced/pipe conn.process maintenance temperature./no cement P-SPC.Longit.

016 OHM/M] E-trace cable category: Default: *S*.5 OHM/M] M4 .66 OHM/M] M10 .184 OHM/M] M16 .600V.600V. 0.continued Description PIPE . 0.600V.600V.013 OHM/FT [0.77 OHM/M] M8 . 4.600V.656 OHM/M] M12 .0281 OHM/FT [0. dual conductor MI cable. Heat trace fluid: STM.00516 OHM/ FT [0.0561 OHM/FT [0. 9 OHM/FT [29.2 OHM/FT [0. 0.14 OHM/FT [13. dual conductor MI cable. dual conductor MI cable. 1.Environmental (double steam) B. self-regulating cable Select M for MI tracing cable or S for self-regulating tracing cable.6 OHM/M] M6 .600V.505 OHM/FT [1.600V. dual conductor MI cable. 0. P series to 250 DEG F[120 DEG C] and M series to 1049 DEG F [565 DEG C] over low ambient temperature.Piping Plant Bulks . dual conductor MI cable. dual conductor MI cable.0922 OHM/M] M18 . dual conductor MI cable.1 OHM/FT [0.328 OHM/M] M14 . 3A 3 W/FT (10 W/M) Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 5A 5 W/FT (16 W/M) Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 8A 8 W/FT (26 W/M) Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 10A 10 W/FT(33 W/M) Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 5P 5 W/FT (16 W/M) Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 10P 10 W/FT (33 W/M) Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 15P 15 W/FT (49 W/M) Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 20P 20 W/FT (65 W/M) Chemelex XTV2-CT cable M2 .Continued on next page Type 19 Piping (G10) 19-11 .600V.Other fluid / no traps Valve packing or seal: *S*. 0. 0.continued E-trace cable type: Use A series to 120 DEG F[48 DEG C]. 0. dual conductor MI cable.600V.Bellows seal SV/GL/GA else environmental packing .Standard valve packing E.Steam trapped OTHR.15 OHM/FT [3.042 OHM/M] M20 . dual conductor MI cable.600V. dual conductor MI cable.

AL. 12. Type .5 FEET of personnel protection plus waste. The thickness of the personnel protection insulation generated will always be 1. Pipe installation option: Default: above ground pipe or supports on rack (specified elsewhere) *A*.5 FEET needs personnel protection.Buried piping Depth buried pipe: Min: 24. enter “25” in this field. Below grade depth to top of pipe for buried pipe only. if out of 50 FEET run of pipe. Steam gauge press: Max: 25 PSIG [175 KPA]. see design basis Pipe insulation thickness: Default from insulation schedule and unit area specs (see minimum insulation temperature) Pipe insulation jacket type: Default: see project design basis.continued Description PIPE .Piping Plant Bulks .0 INCHES [600.00 INCH.0 MM]. Steam supply pressure for traced or jacketed pipe.Continued on next page - 19-12 19 Piping (G10) . The system will then generate 12. For example. Default: system calculated. CS. Default: see unit area pipe specs. Max: 120 INCHES [3000.0 MM]. Note: You must select PPROT in the Special Pipe Descr.continued Pipe sandblast percent of area: Default: 100%.Mineral wool FG.Foam-glass Personnel protection: Personnel protection percent coverage.Calcium silicate MW. field before the system will use the personnel protection. Pipe insulation type: Default: see project design basis CA.Above ground piping B . SS.

adding fitting specs files simply by typing in the file names. However.Machine room piping OTP.SET file in a true text editor. Pipe routing type is meant to refer to the location of the piping. If the user has not set up this file.SET file that the user places in the main PIDS folder: [Icarus software folder]\PIDS.SET provided in the [Icarus software folder]\New Files\dat\pids folder to the main PIDS folder.continued Pipe routing type: Specify pipe routing type to be used from the external fitting specs file specified at the design basis level (see your software user’s guide for instructions on where to specify the file name). fitting rules.DAT file is available at [Icarus software folder]/New Files/dat/ pids. Fitting specs files must be listed in the PIPEDATA.DAT. If available.SET file and placed in the main PIDS folder. The user can edit the PIPEDATA. the above descriptions are for reference only. If not.Above ground rack piping UGU. such as Notepad. horizontal allowance. This file can be copied. this file will be used as the fitting specs file. Type . a set of default rules will be used.DAT for an illustration explaining the data in the FITSPC. A default FITSPC. the system uses the data in the external fitting specs file for the valve rules.Piping Plant Bulks . the user controls the context of the rules and can assign meaning at his discretion.Under ground unit piping MRP.Above ground unit piping AGR. AGU. vertical allowance and the diameter size definition. The available fitting specs files are listed in the PIPEDATA. and used as a basis for alternate fitting specs files.Miscellaneous piping Once a pipe routing type is specified.continued Description PIPE . edited. The user sets up this file by copying the PIPEDATA. then the system will look for a file called FITSPC.DAT file.Continued on next page - 19 Piping (G10) 19-13 . See Figure FITSPC. using the fitting specs file. Note: See the comments in the example files shipped with Icarus for up-to-date documentation.

Y.Continued on next page Type 19-14 19 Piping (G10) .Use valve rules for the type of piping N .Do not use valve rules Fitting and valve rules are specified in the external fitting specs file (see illustration on following page).Use fitting rules for the type of piping N . Users put in the number of each valve and fitting type per 100 feet (30 meters). Fitting and valve codes are available in Valve and Fitting Options for Installation Bulk Piping in this chapter. Users put in the number of each valve and fitting type per 100 feet (30 meters). The length used in these calculations is after the horizontal and vertical adjustments have been accounted for. Fitting and valve codes are available in Valve and Fitting Options for Installation Bulk Piping in this chapter. selected at the project design basis level. Valve rules application: Select whether to use the fitting and/or valve rules. The length used in these calculations is after the horizontal and vertical adjustments have been accounted for.continued Fitting rules application: Select whether to use the fitting rules.continued Description PIPE .Do not use fitting rules Fitting and valve rules are specified in the external fitting specs file (see illustration on following page).Piping Plant Bulks . Y. . selected at the project design basis level.

19 Piping (G10) 19-15 . This file is saved in the project as FITSPC. Note: You are not limited to the first eight columns for fittings or to the last eight columns for valves. You can select alternative fitting specification files by changing the fitting specification file name at the design basis level. The selection option was added to the Customer External Files group in the project.SET and move it to the / PIDS directory. Select the desired fittings file from the list of available files from External Files.the system will not crash if the distribution is not 100%. You specify only one set of allowance rules per routing type.0 Files\Fittings. To use this file with piping.continued Figure FITSPC. You can copy the system default fittings file and modify it to create a new fittings file. select it at the base level (see software’s user guide). add it to PIPEDATA. but does not need to .DAT file using a true text editor such as Notepad or EDITPLUS (shareware). the system will use the file for this piping item. and four sets of fitting/valve rules for each routing type. Once the routing type is selected. To use a specific fitting specs file. There is no mechanism to create fittings files in the GUI.DAT.DAT Note: You specify four sets of diameter sizes. Then. The total percentage distribution should equal 100.Piping Plant Bulks . Note: The Fittings spec file name option was removed from the General Piping specs form. Always edit the FITSPC. this is just the suggested use of the columns. add the above/below grade pipe item (PIPE) and select one of the piping routing types in the form.continued PIPE . The system default fittings file is located at: xxx:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Documents\AspenTech\Shared Economic_Evaluation V7.

. <Blank>.connected to bottom of double diameter tower T.continued Horizontal allowance: Select whether to use horizontal allowance.connected to top of double diameter tower Secondary equipment user tag: User tag of the secondary (i.connected to shell of equipment U.Do not use vertical allowance Vertical allowance is specified for each piping routing type in the external fitting specification file.continued Description PIPE . An entry of “100” means the system will not adjust the input length.connected to shell of equipment U..not connected to any equipment S. whereas an entry of “150” will increase the input length by 50 percent. Default: NONE. Vertical allowance: Select whether to use vertical allowance.not connected to any equipment S. Y.connected to jacket of equipment B.e. Y.Do not use horizontal allowance Horizontal allowance is specified for each piping routing type in the external fitting specification file. downstream) equipment. downstream) equipment to which this pipe is connected.connected to tube side of equipment J.e.Piping Plant Bulks . Default: NONE. Default: not connected <Blank>.Use horizontal allowance for the type of piping N.connected to top of double diameter tower Type 19-16 19 Piping (G10) . Default: not connected <Blank>. Primary equipment user tag: User tag of the primary (i. An entry of “100” means the system will not adjust the input length.Use vertical allowance for the type of piping N . upstream) equipment to which this pipe is connected..e.connected to bottom of double diameter tower T. whereas an entry of “150” will increase the input length by 50 percent. upstream) equipment. <Blank>. Secondary equipment connection: Connection location of the pipe on the secondary (i. Primary equipment connection: Connection location of the pipe on the primary (i.e.connected to jacket of equipment B.connected to tube side of equipment J..

continued Jacket Pipe Illustrations You can select jacketing for PIPE and YARD PIPE under Special Pipe Description.Piping Plant Bulks . 19 Piping (G10) 19-17 .

Potable water header diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. water. Header diameter symbol: Diameter symbol defines size of any line not specified.Medium diameter H.continued Description Utility service lines.Piping Plant Bulks . Default: 100 FEET [30 M]. and one 50 FEET [15 M] condensate line of 0.0” to exclude all utility stations. See Utility Piping Services later in this chapter. stations: standard configuration Utility headers: runs of pipe providing up to 15 different services.insulated. enter 0. UK . except firewater loop/lat.Continued on next page - 19-18 19 Piping (G10) . Firewater lateral diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. Default: *CS* (Carbon steel). enter 0. Number utility stations: A utility station consists of three 100 FEET [30 M] lines of 1 INCHES [25 MM] diameter pipe for air. Utility station: short runs of smallbore pipe providing local air. Line will be insulated base on location: US .0 to delete if diameter symbol set. L. Enter “0. water and steam service. Type UTIL PIPE . UK . Pipe material: See piping materials listed later in this chapter. enter 0.0 to delete if diameter symbol set.0 to delete if diameter symbol set. enter 0.5 x.insulated. Default: *1*.0 to delete if diameter symbol set.Very large diameter Firewater loop diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. Length parameter: Pipe lengths = 1 x length parameter. = 2 x. Cooling water supply diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. Line will be insulated base on location: US . hp steam = 0.High/large diameter V.uninsulated.Low/small diameter M. steam and condensate drain services.uninsulated.75 INCHES [20 MM] diameter.

RCON PIPE backfill Includes trenching and backfilling. enter 0. enter 0.0 to delete if diameter symbol set. enter 0. Instrument air header diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. enter 0. enter 0.uninsulated.0 to delete if diameter symbol set. Chemical sewer diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. enter 0. Buried concrete pipe. enter 0. enter 0.0 to delete if diameter symbol set. UK .continued Description UTIL PIPE .0 to delete if diameter symbol set. tees: trench. Plant air header diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. Line will be insulated base on location: US . enter 0.0 to delete if diameter symbol set.insulated.98 INCHES [300 .0 to delete if diameter symbol set.0 to delete if diameter symbol set. Diameter: Range: 12 . Condensate return diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. enter 0. Flare header diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol.2. enter 0.Piping Plant Bulks . manholes.0 to delete if diameter symbol set.continued Cool water return diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol.0 to delete if diameter symbol set. High Pressure (HP) steam header diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. Inert gas header diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol.0 to delete if diameter symbol set.450 MM] Number of manholes: Default: *0* Number of elbows: Default: *0* Number of tees: Default: *0* Type 19 Piping (G10) 19-19 .0 to delete if diameter symbol set. Low Pressure (LP) steam header diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. elbows. Medium Pressure (MP) steam header diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol. Fuel gas header diameter: Default: determined by diameter symbol.

930 . The calculated duct dimension is rounded to a standard size. leave blank if duct gauge number entered. Default: *1*. Default: *25* PCF [*400* KG/M3]. 3 and 4.Hi-abras.14./hi concern. enter thickness if thicker than 8 gauge. the duct dimension is determined from the capacity and the gas velocity./lo concern. The velocity may be specified. but support steel. 4. Duct material: Default: *GALV* GALV. Default: *-20* INCHES H2O [*-4.30.60 INCHES H2O [114. applies to class 1 duct only.0 INCHES [0.Mod-abras. 1 .Non-abrasive applied.Continued on next page - 19-20 19 Piping (G10) . -60 .lo concern. Duct wall thickness: Default: determined by size and pressure.continued Description Type Process ductwork.Carbon steel SS. Configuration: Seam configuration.Piping Plant Bulks . Default: *LONG* LONG.Spiral seam Duct insulation thickness: Default: 0. 3. must be specified elsewhere. Duct gauge: Leave blank if thickness is entered.Aluminum Duct diameter: If the duct capacity is specified. . round DUCT RD Stiffeners and support hangers are designed. etc. Range: 8 .72100 M/H] depending on the specified pressure.Longitudinal seam SPIR. Duct design pressure: Should be specified (indicate + or -) for design of duct thickness and stiffeners.0 MM]. Partical density: Density of concentrated particulates for duct classes 2.Hi-abras.Stainless steel AL. or the system uses a variable velocity between 2000 and 4000 FPM [36600 .980* PA]. Duct class: The duct class indicates the quantity and abrasiveness of particulate material. racks.Galvanized CS CS. 2.930 PA].

continued Description DUCT RD . must be specified elsewhere. racks. etc. . Duct material: Default: *GALV* GALV. The calculated duct dimension is rounded to a standard size. dimensions and thickness.Stainless steel AL. etc.Aluminum Duct width: If the duct capacity is specified.Carbon steel SS. Number of elbows: Default: *0* Number of tees: Default: *0* Number of reducers: Default: *0* Number of dampers: Default: *0* Number of access doors: Default: *0* Number Flexible connection: Default: *0* Process ductwork. Support weight: Hanger weight (each). dimensions and thickness. support steel. must be specified elsewhere. The calculated weight and spacing may be replaced with an input weight and spacing.Piping Plant Bulks .Continued on next page - 19 Piping (G10) 19-21 .Galvanized CS CS. racks.continued Stiffener size: Default: size and spacing determined from duct pressure.5* M].73100 M/H] depending on the specified pressure. the duct dimension is determined from the capacity and the gas velocity. square DUCT SQ Type Stiffeners and support hangers are designed.5 M] and the duct loads. Support spacing: Default: *12* FEET [*3. The velocity may be specified. Stiffener spacing: Default: size and spacing determined from duct pressure. but support steel. the system uses a variable velocity between 2000 and 4000 FPM [36600 . The system determines the support weight based on standard spacing of 12 FEET [3.

Mod-abras. Partical density: Density of concentrated particulates for duct classes 2. must be specified elsewhere. Stiffener spacing: Default: size and spacing determined from duct pressure. 3 and 4. Duct wall thickness: Default: determined by size and pressure. Default: *25* PCF [*400* KG/M3].5* M].continued Description DUCT SQ . Support spacing: Default: *12* FEET [*3. Duct insulation thickness: Default: 0.30.5 M] and the duct loads. racks. Stiffener size: Default: size and spacing determined from duct pressure. Duct gauge: Leave blank if thickness is entered.Piping Plant Bulks ./lo concern. 3.continued Duct design pressure: Should be specified (indicate + or -) for design of duct thickness and stiffeners. 4.930 .Hi-abras. dimensions and thickness. etc. leave blank if duct gauge number entered. Number of elbows: Default: *0* Number of tees: Default: *0* Number of reducers: Default: *0* Number of dampers: Default: *0* Number of access doors: Default: *0* Number Flexible connection: Default: *0* Type 19-22 19 Piping (G10) . The system determines the support weight based on standard spacing of 12 FEET [3. Duct class: The duct class indicates the quantity and abrasiveness of particulate material. 2. 1 . -60 . support steel. Default: *-20* INCHES H2O [*-4.14.Hi-abras. enter thickness if thicker than 8 gauge. dimensions and thickness./hi concern. Support weight: Hanger weight (each).Non-abrasive applied.980* PA].0 MM].930 PA]. Default: *1*. Range: 8 . The calculated weight and spacing may be replaced with an input weight and spacing.lo concern.60 INCHES H2O [14.0 INCHES [0.

with cement Distance to supply header: Distance specified is from traced equipment item to supply and return headers.6 M]./ Return Header fields.Stainless steel Tracer tube length: This is the total length of 0. .no cement P-SPC.Piping Plant Bulks . tubing required to heat trace an item specified elsewhere in the estimate. Min: 5.continued Description Fluid heat tracing existing equipment The item of equipment and its insulation are not included. as these lengths are specified in the Dist. but are specified by the user elsewhere in the estimate for Area Pipe Specifications or as a separate bulk item description.Copper SS. but are specified by the user elsewhere in the estimate for Area Pipe Specifications or as a separate bulk item description./Supply Header and the Dist. Type EQPT TRACE 19 Piping (G10) 19-23 . these are assumed to be specified elsewhere in the project.with cement P-SP.no cement T-SPC.spiral tracer .Traced: tube conn.5 INCHES O.5* M]. Default: *25* FEET [*7.0 FEET [1. The headers are not included in this item. Material: Default: *CU* CU.Steam heating medium OTHR.0 FEET [1. . This length does not include the run to and from supply and return headers.5* M].Other heating medium Steam gauge pressure: Default: *25* PSIG [*175* KPA].Traced: pipe conn.Traced: pipe conn.Traced: tube conn. .spiral tracer . . Default: *25* FEET [*7.spiral tracer . Tracing symbol: T-SP. The headers are not included in this item. Heating medium: Default: *STM* STM. Distance to return header: Distance specified is from traced equipment item to supply and return headers.spiral tracer . Min: 5.D.6 M].

tubing applied to existing pipe. tracer .6 MM].Traced: pipe conn. . but must be specified elsewhere.Traced pipe conn.Piping Plant Bulks .no cement P-LOC.Stainless steel Traced pipe length: The pipe being traced is not included.with cement Distance to supply header: Distance specified is from traced pipe to supply or return header.Traced: pipe conn.D. Distance to return header: Distance specified is from traced pipe to supply or return header.with cement T-LO.Traced: tube conn. .longit.5* M]. . Heating medium: Default: *STM* STM . Traced pipe diameter: The pipe being traced is not included. (See “Trapping Distances” tables.no cement T-SPC. Material: Default: *CU* CU. Default: *25* FEET [*7.Traced: tube conn. .spiral tracer . .no cement T-LOC.no cement P-SPC. these are assumed to be specified elsewhere in the project.Steam heating medium OTHR .spiral tracer .Traced: tube conn. Min: 5 FEET [1. An insulation adjustment is included to account for tracers and tracer connections to headers.spiral tracer . Default: *25* FEET [*7.continued Description Fluid heat tracing for existing pipe runs 0.Traced: tube conn.6 MM].5* M].with cement P-SP.5 INCHES O. .Other heating medium Steam guage pressure: Default *25* PSIG [*175* KPA].) Type PIPE TRACE 19-24 19 Piping (G10) . .longit tracer .Copper SS. but must be specified elsewhere.longit tracer . The traced pipe and its insulation are not included.Traced: pipe conn.with cement P-LO.spiral tracer . Tracing symbol: T-SP. . Min: 5 FEET [1.longit tracer .

Continued on next page - 19 Piping (G10) 19-25 .00 INCHES 50.68 M] 200 FEET [60. Tracers per Line 1 2 3 .7 .50 .96 M] 180 FEET [54. Tracers per Line 1 OR 2 1 OR 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 over 4.3.50 .7 MM] O. of 0.44] 230 FEET [70.15 M] 120 FEET [36.5 INCH [12.91 M] 270 FEET [82.10 M] 200 FEET [60.60 MM] STEAM Tracing .86 M] 150 FEET [45.72 M] 130 FEET [39.4.72 M] 240 FEET [73.50 INCHES [31. of 0.4 MM] 1.60 MM] 25 PSIG [175 KPA] 150 FEET [45.48] 150 FEET [45.Piping Plant Bulks .00 INCHES [63.continued Trapping Distances (Steam) Traced Process Line Size 0.62 M] 120 FEET [36.00 M] 340 FEET [103.50 INCHES [12.20 M] 150 PSIG [1050 KPA] 250 FEET [76.101.63 M] 420 FEET [128.57 M] 100 FEET [30.96 M] 250 FEET [76.57 M] 200 FEET [60.Number of Tracers Per Line Traced Process Line Size (INCHES) <3 > to < 8 >8 No.75-38.00 INCHES [over 101.29 M] 400 FEET [121.5 INCH [12.90 .D.7 MM] O.25 -1.10 MM] 2.80 MM] 2.20 M] 200 FEET [60.96 M] 190 FEET [57.72 M] 240 FEET [73.01 M] No.15 M] 350 FEET [106.00 INCHES [88.44 M] 360 FEET [109.92 M] 210 FEET [64.72 M] 200 PSIG [1400 KPA] 300 FEET [91.96 M] 300 FEET [91.50 .D.76.20 MM] 3.25.

3 EL. The final equation in l-P is: [pipe length + (fitting count * 4) + (valve count *7)] * 105% Example calculations: Specified 100 FEET [30. 0 valves 1 FL. plus straight run equivalent lengths for fittings (4 FEET [1. 0 valves 0 fittings.5 M] 4 INCH pipe + 0 fittings. 1 GA 1 FL.continued How Icarus Calculates Insulation Length on Piping All pipe insulation is calculated and reported as straight run equivalent length. 1 GA (this creates 2 matching FL) 1 FL. 1 GA Reported Length FEET 105 109 121 125 138 32 33 37 38 42 M 19-26 19 Piping (G10) . The final length is calculated by adding the specified length of straight run pipe.continued Trapping Distance (Steam) .Piping Plant Bulks .13 M]/valve). plus an overall 5% allowance for wastage.22 M]/fitting) and valves (7 FEET [2.

19 Piping (G10) 19-27 .

19 Piping (G10) 19-28 .

19 Piping (G10) 19-29 .

19-30 19 Piping (G10) .

19 Piping (G10) 19-31 .

19-32 19 Piping (G10) .

Material is RBLCS (Rubber-lined carbon steel) Cover Type: Default: *NONE* COVRD.Monel A335C.Plate cover NONE.Nickel A333C.No cover Launders.5Mo .3.API5L and 5LS Gr.API5LX Grade X65AL.0 MM] natural rubber.Aluminum A 53.304L X42W. B304LP.Manual MACH.Piping Plant Bulks . half-round.API5LX Grade X42316P.SS304 HOT TAP COAT WRAP LAUNDER SQ .SS321 X65W.25 INCHES [6. branch must be specified elsewhere.API5LX Grade X60321P. rubber lined Steel launder lined with 0. flange and valve provided.25 INCHES [6.25Cr -.continued Description Type Launders.Plate cover NONE.316L X60W.Copper A 106. Material is RBLCS (Rubber-lined carbon steel) Cover Type: Default: *NONE* COVRD.Machine Hot tap: production line to branch line Split tee or nipple.0 MM] natural rubber.SiINCNL. Material: Default: *GRBW* GRBW. Available in Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer only.A 106NI.Inconel 304P. square/rectangular.1. rubber lined LAUNDER RD Steel launder lined with 0.API5LX Grade X52316LP.Continued on next page - 19 Piping (G10) 19-33 .SS316 X52W. Application Symbol: HAND.5 NiMONEL.No cover Coat and wrap pipe for burial: manual or machine Application may be by hand or machine.A 53CU.

gr B/5LS welded X52S.API5L .Class 2500 125.API5LX-X65 seamless GRBS.continued Flange Class: Default: *600* 150.Class 300 600.Class 1500 2500.Class 125 WOG 250.Class 150 300.Class 250 WOG Permanent scraper launcher and receiver A pair (launcher and receiver) is provided for each item.Class 125 WOG 250.Class 250 WOG SCRAPER LR Type 19-34 19 Piping (G10) .Class 600 900.Class 600 900.Class 1500 2500. Available in Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer only.API5LX-X60 welded X65W.API5L .API5LLX-X52 welded X42W.Piping Plant Bulks .API5LX-X52 seamless X42S.API5LX-X42 welded X60W.Class 300 600.Class 900 1500. Material: Default: *X52W* X52W.continued Description HOT TAP .Class 900 1500.gr B seamless Flange Class: Default: *600* 150.API5LX-X65 welded GRBW.Class 2500 125.Class 150 300.API5LX-X60 seamless X65S.APIFLX-X42 seamless X60S.

API5LX-X65 welded GRBW. Available in Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer only. with devices arranged over planar area.APIFLX-X42 seamless X60S.API5LX-X42 welded X60W. 304P. 316P Outlet arrangement: *PLANE*.API5L . Default: same as Diameter or length. if outlet arrangement is ARRAY.gr B/5LS welded X52S.API5LLX-X52 welded X42W. enter the component length or diameter. . valve.API5LX-X60 welded X65W. Material: Default: *X52W* X52W. enter height of outlet configuration.Continued on next page SPRNK Type WELL HEAD 19 Piping (G10) 19-35 .API5LX-X52 seamless X42S.Injection well Sprinkler fire system (water / water+foam) Pipe material: *A 53*.Outlet devices arranged over planar area ARRAY.Outlet devices arranged over equipment area Diameter or length: If outlet arrangement is PLANE. if outlet arrangement is ARRAY. Height: For ARRAY outlet arrangement only. enter the component width.Piping Plant Bulks .gr B seamless Pipe diameter: Default: *8* INCHES DIAM [*200* MM DIAM] Type of well: Default: *PROD* PROD. with devices arranged over equipment area. and fittings at well head Standard valve and fitting configuration plus 70 FEET [20 M] of pipe.Production well INJEC. enter the width of the plane area.API5L .API5LX-X60 seamless X65S. enter the plane area.continued Description Pipe. with devices arranged over planar area.API5LX-X65 seamless GRBS. Width: If outlet arrangement is PLANE. with devices arranged over equipment area. Default: *20* FEET [*6* M].

Foam spray Pipe system type: *DRSYS*.Fixed temperature detector R-O-R.extra hazard grp 2 occup PFXH2.extra hazard grp 1 occup EFXH2.Wet pipe system DPPNU.Extinguished fire .ordinary hazard grp 2 EFXH1.Extinguished fire .outdoor installation IN.light hazard occupancy EFOH1. Default: *1*.Deluge sys/electric actuator Detector type: *SPRKR*.Smoke alarm detector NONE.No detectors installed .Dry pipe system WTSYS.ordinary hazard grp 1 EFOH2.Water sprinkler WSPRY.Water spray FSPNK.Extinguished fire .Extinguished fire . .Deluge sys/pilot head/hydraulic actuator DELEC.Control burning .Exposure prot. enter number of levels or floors having the indicated dimensions.extra hazard grp 2 occup EPXH2. Number of sprinklers: Default based on hazard type and area dimensions.Foam sprinkler FSPRY.Piping Plant Bulks .Continued on next page Type 19-36 19 Piping (G10) .continued Description SPRNK .Fire prevention .Extinguished fire .Automatic sprinkler detector FXTMP.indoor installation Hazard type: *EFLH*.extra hazard grp 2 occup System type: *WSPNK*.Deluge sys/pilot head/pneumatic actuator DPHYD.extra hazard grp 2 occup CBXH2. Sprinkler location: *OUT*.Rate of rise temperature detector SMKAL.continued Number of levels: for PLANE outlet arrangement only.

for foam systems only Pipe sizing method: *HYDLC*. number of sprinklers Foam fire systems Pipe material: *A 53*.Continued on next page FOAM Type 19 Piping (G10) 19-37 .650 L/S/M2] Volume of water/foam required per unit area. with devices arranged over planar area. Coverage area per sprinkler: Max: 400 SF [37. Default: same as Diameter or length.Outlet devices arranged over planar area ARRAY. for foam systems only Tank temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C].00 GPM/SF [0. Outlet arrangement: *PLANE*. enter the component length or diameter.Tank with balanced pressure proportioning PRTNK. if outlet arrangement is ARRAY. with devices arranged over equipment area.Outlet devices arranged over equipment area Diameter or length: If outlet arrangement is PLANE. enter the plane area. enter the width of the plane area. 304P.No foam storage tank required BALPR.Tank with around the pump proportioning Tank design gauge pressure: Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA]. Width: If outlet arrangement is PLANE. enter the component width.continued Application density: Max: 1. with devices arranged over equipment area. Max: 100%. 316P. .Piping Plant Bulks . for foam System type only Foam tank option: *NONE*.Hydraulic pressure drop calculations PSCHD. with devices arranged over planar area. if outlet arrangement is ARRAY.continued Description SPRNK . Default based on hazard/class.0 M2] Number of hose stations: Default: 0 Number of hydrants: Default: 0 Foam concentration: Default: 3%.Schedule of pipe sizes vs.Tank with pressure proportioning ARPMP.

Monitors *NOZLE*Nozzles HNDLN.Portable system with nozzle Foam delivery option: FCHMB.Medium expansion foam system HIEXP. Default based on hazard/class.Tank with pressure proportioning ARPMP. number of levels or floors having the indicated dimensions.Deluge system PORT.Dry pipe system WTFXP. Max: 100% Foam tank option: *NONE*.continued Description FOAM .Tank with around the pump proportioning Tank design gauge pressure: Default: *15* PSIG [*100* KPA] Tank temperature: Default: *68* DEG F [*20* DEG C] Type 19-38 19 Piping (G10) . Number of hose stations: Default: 0 Number of hydrants: Default: 0 Foam concentration: Default: 3.Piping Plant Bulks . System type: *LOEXP*.Foam chambers MONTR. for PLANE outlet arrangement only.00%.Sprinklers Application density: Volume of water/foam required per unit of area.Tank with balanced pressure proportioning PRTNK.No foam storage tank required BALPR. Default: *20* FEET [*6* M].High expansion foam system Pipe system type: *DRFXP*. enter height of outlet configuration.Wet pipe system DLFXP.continued Height: For ARRAY outlet arrangement only. Number of foam outlets: Default based on area size. Number of levels: Default: 1.Low expansion foam system MDEXP.00.Hand lines SPRKR.

500 GPM [31 L/S].Piping Plant Bulks .Continued on next page WSHWR Type SPHOS 19 Piping (G10) 19-39 . default: same as length Number of levels: Default: 1. Class I only WTAUT. C-III. 316P Length: Area length for determining number of hoses Width: Area width for determining number of hoses. 304P.Automatic wet system WTMNL. System type: *C-I*.Manual dry system.Automatic dry system.250. 316P Number of wash units: Default: 0 Enter the number of wash units (type specified below in Wash unit type field) to be included at the eyewash station.00. Default: for C-I.0 L/S].Class II stand pipe and hose system C-III.Manual wet system Minimum flow per hose: Max: 1.Semi-automatic dry system.0 GPM [78. Number of shower units: Default: 0 Enter the number of full-body showers.Class III stand pipe and hose system Number of hoses: Default based on class and area dimensions Pipe system type: *DRAUT*. number of levels or floors having the indicated dimensions. Class I only DRMNL. 100 GPM [6. for C-II. Number of combined units: Default: 0 . Class I only DRSMA.continued Description Standpipe and hose fire systems Pipe material: *A 53*. 304P.Class I stand pipe and hose system C-II.3 L/S] Number of hydrants: Default: 0 Emergency eyewash and shower units Pipe material: *A 53*.

continued Description WSHWR .Continued on next page FLO PANEL HDPE PIPE Type 19-40 19 Piping (G10) .35 M] Pipe diameter: 2-54 INCHES DIAM [50-1350 MM DIAM] Design gauge pressure: Default: based on SDR and temperature Temperature: Default: 73 DEG F [23 DEG C] Configuration: *BURIED*.double outlet eyewash unit FACE.0* FEET [*50. Panel enclosures are stainless steel for sanitation. NO High density polyethylene pipe. this combination unit provides a combination full-body shower and wash unit (type specified below in Wash unit type field). Default: 304 PS .0* M] Wash unit type: EYE1. proximity sensor identifies position of elbow.combination eye and face wash unit Drain requirement: *YES*.continued When a quantity is specified.single outlet eyewash unit *EYE2*. fusion bonded Pipe length: Min: 1. Used in the sanitary industry. If included. ABOVE Depth of buried pipe: 24-120 INCHES [600-3000 MM] Number of Elbows: Default: *0* Number of Reducers: Default: *0* Number of Wyes: Default: *0* Number of Yes: Default: *0* Number of Blinds: Default: *0* Sanitary flow diversion panel Panel consists of pipe with swivelling elbow (must be positioned manually) used to divert flow to one of four pipes.Piping Plant Bulks .0 FEET [0. not both.face wash unit COMB. Length supply pipe: Default: *50. Max: 12 Enter the number of nozzles per shower unit. Number of nozzles per shower: Default: 1. Quick disconnects are used to connect elbow with downstream pipe. Custom Pipe Spec: enter either Custom Pipe Spec (see Design Basis) or material.

enclosure material is SS316. Note: Available Metric sizes are: 40. 50.Stainless Steel 304L 316L .50 INCHES [40.No ferrule will be provided YES.continued Description FLO PANEL .Cherry-Burrel couplings TC.continued Material: *304PS*.Ferrules will be provided Clamp type for back side is the same as front side when ferrules are provided. MAX: 8 Proximity sensors: NO.2 INCHES [2 – 50 MM] Tube Material: Default: *304L* 304L . sanitary grafe pipe material Material selection is for piping (wetted part) only.SS304.Tri-Clover couplings No.00 INCHES [100 MM] Panel type: *DWALL*.Double wall type panel SWALL.Single wall type panel No. stations/panel: MIN: *2*. 80.Proximity sensors will be provided Clamp connections: select clamp connection type for front (U-bend) side *CB*.Piping Plant Bulks . 100 Type Description Tube Diameter: Range: 1/16 . of extra U-bends: Default: *0* Ferrules on outlet: *NO*.0 MM] and 4.Stainless Steel 316L Number of elbows: Default: *0* Number of tees: Default: *0* Number of union: Default: *0* Number of reducers: Default: *0* Number of ball valves: Default: *0* Type TUBING 19 Piping (G10) 19-41 . Pipe diameter: Standard pipe diameters between1. sanitary grade pipe material 316PS.SS316.No proximity sensors will be provided *YES*.

75 1 1.251 1.Pound diameters are for ANSI B36.51 4 51 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 54 2 MM 151 20 25 32 401 50 651 80 901 100 1251 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 750 900 1050 1200 13502 15002 602 19-42 19 Piping (G10) .19) INCHES 0.51 3 3.51 2 2.Pipe Diameters (Inch .51 .

schedule 40. all country locations.10 for all materials. Exceptions: Japan .12 INCHES diameter.does have schedule 20SS 0. Pipe Schedule Use ANSI B36. Elbows and tees are fabricated from like-diameter pipe. Japan .5 . Estimate includes more welds to fabricate fittings. 80. and 100SS > 20 INCHES diameter is much thinner.INCHES 72 1 2 2 MM 18002 Non-standard pipe sizes are not created by models unless specified. 19 Piping (G10) 19-43 . 60.

0) Use one pipe size smaller Steam Lines Minimum Flowrate = 10000.3000 3001 .4000 > 4000 Velocity 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Slurry Lines GPM Range 0 .0E04 X2 = 1.226*(Flowrate*SpecificVolume/Velocity)**0.0 Velocity=Log-Log Specific Volume = 10.500 501 .0 Y2 = 100.0*(Pressure+30.226*((Flowrate*Specific Volume)/Velocity)**0.73*(Fahrenheit+460.0 Y2=100.7000 > 7000 Velocity 3 5 7 8 Diameter = 0.0.25 SpecificVolume = 0.0E06 Flowrate LBS/HR X1 = 1.50 IF (Diameter > 18.0)**0.3000 3001 .0 Velocity = Log-Log TempSteam = 100.0 Maximum Flowrate = 1.6384*(GPM/Velocity)**0.0)) Diameter = 0.5000 5001 .0E05 X2 = 1.0E07 Flowrate LBS/HR X1 = 1.25 Gas Lines Minimum Flowrate = 100000.0 Maximum Flowrate = 1.0) Diameter = 0.0) THEN Diameter = Diameter .00 ELSE Diameter = Diameter .0)/(Pressure+15.50 IF (Diameter > 18.1.1000 1001 .0E07 for velocity calculations for velocity calculations Velocity FPS Y1 = 30.0)/(Molewt*(Pressure+15.2000 2001 .0E06 for velocity equations for velocity equations Velocity FPS Y1=20.5 IF (Diameter > 4.Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (Old) Liquid Lines GPM Range 0 .250 251 .90 91 .596*(TempSteam+460.0) Use one pipe size smaller 19-44 19 Piping (G10) .

196 1.0 6.0 2.0 26.0 19 Piping (G10) 19-45 .38 16.287 2.Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (Old) .853 6.0 8.0 4.0 3.continued Relief Lines SQ INCHES 0.0 DIAM INCHES 1.

5 Maximum Pressure Drop Per 100 ft. as listed below: Parameter Pipe Velocity Equation V ≤ V max ΔP ⁄ 100 ≤ ΔP max Remarks V = flow Velocity. Vmax = maximum velocity given below. given below Pressure Drop (psi per 100 ft) Application Liquid Lines Gas Lines Maximum Velocity V max = 100 ⁄ p 10.75* sonic velocity ΔP max = 1 psi ΔP max = 1 psi ΔP max = 1 psi ΔP max = 3 psi Tower Reboiler Flare Stack inlet header 19-46 19 Piping (G10) .224 + 0.00172 P + 0.5 ft/s Table as a function of Pipe Diameter V max = 3 ft/s V max = 0.0000034 P2 where P is the operating pressure in psia.Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (New) The “new” line sizing models are characterized by a maximum pipe velocity criterion and a maximum pressure drop criterion. ΔP max is the allowable maximum pressure drop per 100ft. Steam Lines Centrifugal Pump Suction PD & Gear Pump Suction All Pump Discharge V max = 100 ⁄ p s0. ΔP max = 1 psi ΔP max = 0.5 V max = 5 ft/s V max = 1.5 V max = 100 ⁄ p v0.

inches Frictional pressure drop ΔP 100 ( 2fρv 2 ) ---.27*( ε /(d/12))))]}16 C2=(37530/NRE)16 ( d ⁄ 12 ) v ρ N RE = ------------------------μ ε (abs.696)*(Pi+14.5 d=0.73*(Ti+460)) where: Pi=Operating Pressure.2*X (520/14.continued Name Pipe Diameter Liquid Vapor Friction Factor Vapor/Liquid Equation d=12*(4*gpm/(π*7.4085*gpm/d2 v (vapor velocity) = 0.4 + 0.36 ×10 )f ( flowrate ) -------.= ------------------------(psi per 100 ft) 100 d -g c ⎛ ---⎞ 144 Vapor/Liquid ⎝ 12⎠ Vapor Density ρ =((Pi+14.457*ln[1/((7/NRE)0.= ---------------------------------------------------------------------------5 100 (ρd ) –6 2 19 Piping (G10) 19-47 .226*(flowrate*specificvolume/Vmax)0.01*MW ρ s . psig Ti= Operating Temperature.7197*10-4 d = pipe ID. roughness) = 0. oF MW=Molecular Weight Vapor Viscosity μ g =K*10-4*EXP(X*ρ s y) where: ( 9.00015 ft (Commercial steel/wrought iron) v (liquid velocity) = 0. Standard density=(MW/28.696)*MW)/(10.9+(0.Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (NEW) .696)/Ti+460)*1/62.428 1.97)*0.5 f=2*[(8/NRE)12 + 1/(C1+C2)1.5 X=3.5]0.02MW ) ( T i + 460 ) K = -----------------------------------------------------------------------209 + 19MW + ( T i + 460 ) y=2.0764* Pressure Drop Steam ΔP 100 ( 3.4 – 0.051076* flowrate*specificvolume/d2 ρ (liquid density) = lb/ft3 μ (liquid viscosity) = cP*6.5+(986/Ti+460)+0.0833 where: C1={2.481*60*Vmax))0.

02 ⁄ N RE ) ⎠ ⎝ 3.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Maximum Velocity (fps) 10.Standard Equations for Pipe Diameter (NEW) .7 – ( 5.7 13.5 12.2 12. Steam Equation ⎛ ⎞2 ⎜ ⎟ 1 f = ⎜ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------⎟ – 2 Log ( ε ⁄ ( d ⁄ 12 ) ) --------------------------------------⎜ ⎛ ----------------------------------------------⎞ ⎛ Log ( ε ⁄ ( d ⁄ 12 ) )⎞ ⎟ ⎝ ⎝ 3.7 + ( 13 ⁄ N RE ) ⎠ ⎠ where: ( d ⁄ 12 ) v ρ N RE = ------------------------μ Maximum Flow Velocity as a function of Pipe Diameter for Pump Discharge (Fluid Specific Gravity = 1) Pipe Diameter (inches) 1 1.6 12.3 11.continued Name Friction Factor.5 11.4 12.0 13.1 19-48 19 Piping (G10) .6 12.1 11.0 12.0 11.

V) as specified for Plant Bulk Utility Piping will give diameters for each service as tabulated in the following table. The default diameter corresponding to the service type is listed in the table below. These items are cost accounted to the same COA’s as process piping.0” diameter for the undesired service.H. Service headers may be omitted by: • • • Specifying “0. A user-specified diameter for a service header overrides the diameter associated with the Utility Header Diameter Symbol. If the Utility Header Symbol is designated.M. Service Symbol Type Water F (b) F (b) P C L (i) M (i) H (i) P I F I CS (b) FL US Firewater . (b) Buried (i) Insulated 19 Piping (G10) 19-49 .lateral Potable water Cooling water and return line Steam* Low pressure steam Medium pressure steam High pressure steam Air Plant air Instrument air Gas Fuel gas Inert gas Other Chemical sewer Flare line Utility station (see diagram) 8[200] 10[250] 12[300] 14[350] excluded 10[250] 14[350] 16[400] 24[600] excluded 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 1 [25] 2 [50] 2 [50] 2 [50] 2 [50] 4[100] 4[100] 6[150] 6[150] excluded excluded 2 [50] 2 [50] 3 [80] 2 [50] 4[100] 3 [80] 6[150] [100] excluded excluded 3 [80] 3 [80] 3 [80] 4[100] 4[100] 4[100] 8[200] 8[200] 6[150] 12[300] excluded 12[300] excluded 8 [200] excluded 6[150] 4[100] 2 [50] 6[150] 8[200] 6[150] 2 [50] 8[200] 12[300] 6 [150] 4 [100] 12[300] 16[400] 6 [150] 6 [150] 14[350] excluded excluded excluded excluded Nominal Pipe Diameter: INCHES [MM] Diameter Symbol L M H V - *One condensate return line is provided upon selection of any combination of steam services.Utility Piping Services Utility headers are sized based upon the following: • • The Utility Header Diameter Symbol (L. Omitting the Utility Diameter Symbol. then a run of each service line is provided by the system in default of a non-specified diameter.loop Firewater . whereby only diameter-specified headers are provided. By specifying the desired diameter for that service.

Utility Station Diagram 19-50 19 Piping (G10) .

see above RBLCS TFELS Piping Material Symbol Questimate and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator All Materials Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer All Carbon and Low Alloy Steel -425 to -51 -50 to -21 -20 to 650 -20 to 650 651 to 1000 1001 to 1200 1201 to 1500 -253 to -46 -45 to -29 -28 to 343 -28 to 343 344 to 537 538 to 648 649 to 815 Clad Vessels Lined Vessels: Brick or monolithic lined Lined Vessels: rubber lined Lined Vessels: organic all (except rubber).see above all all all all all all all all all all all all all all all HAST INCNL TFELS MONEL N TI TFELS 316P Expoxy/Polypropylene (PPL) all *The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28. lead zinc lines High Alloy Steel (Stainless) Aluminum Copper and Copper Alloys.Default Piping Materials Equipment Fabrication Materials Temperature Range* F all C all A 106 (up to 2 INCHES [50 MM] A 53 (2 INCHES [50mm] and larger) 304P A333A A 106 (up to 2 INCHES [50 MM] A 53 (2 INCHES [50 MM] and larger) A335C A335F 304P Material corresponding to processside cladding material. glass. Except for HE and RB HE and RB only HASTELLOY INCONEL KARBATE (graphite) MONEL Nickel Titanium Wood -425 to 650 651 to 1500 -425 to 300 -20 to 400 -252 to 343 344 to 815 -253 to 148 -28 to 204 304P 316P AL CU Carbon Steel . 19 Piping (G10) 19-51 . all all all all all Carbon steel .

** See Length Types. select GRBW (GR.106 3602 (B) HFS410 A-333 (6) 17175 St45. ** See Length Types.Ferrous Materials Carbon Steel (COA 310 .B seamless).7 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 593 593 593 593 593 C 1 1 1 1 1 * The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.8 1100 1100 593 593 1 1 3603 G3460 SEW-680 410LT50 STPL380 TTSt35N * The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.319) System Material Symbol ASTM BS JIS DIN Composition Recommended Length Maximum Type** Temperature Degrees* F A 53 or CS A-53 (B) 3601 G3454 ERW410 STPG G3452 SGP ERW410 STPG G3452 SGP G3456 STPT 17172 StE240.7 Galvanized CS 1100 593 1 A 106 or CS A333A A . 19-52 19 Piping (G10) .7 1100 593 C 1 GALV (B) StE240.Pipe Materials . *** For GRBS (GR. API Pipe (COA 310-319) System Material Symbol API BS JIS DIN Composition Recommended Length Maximum Type** Temperature Degrees* F GRBW*** X42W X52W X60W X65W 5L/5LS 3601 G3454 ERW410 STPG 17172 StE240.B welded) as the system material symbol and then select “Seamless” in the Pipe Type field.

Temp F 3. ** See Length Types.5Mo 2.5Mo Low Temperature Service A-333 3603 A333C (3) 503LT10 0 Min.25CR-. except A333C COA 310-319) System Material Symbol ASTM BS JIS DIN Composition Recommended Length Maximum Type** Temperature Degrees* F C 648 648 648 648 648 1 1 1 1 1 A-335 3604 A335B A335C A335D A335F A335G (12) (11) (22) (5) (9) 620-440 621 622 625 629-470 G3458 17175 STPA22 STPA23 STPA24 STPA25 STPA26 13CrMo44 13CrMo44 10CrMo910 12CrMo91G 1Cr .. 19 Piping (G10) 19-53 .5Ni -150 G3460 SEW 680 C -101 1 STPL450 10Ni14 * The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.25Cr-1Mo 9Cr-1Mo 1200 1200 1200 1200 I.5Mo-Si 1200 12CrMo195G 5Cr-.Low and Intermediate Alloy Steel (All COA 320-329.

** See Length Types.375 KPA) 19-54 19 Piping (G10) . ***Maximum 200 PSIG (1. Quick Disconnects) 304PS*** A-312 TP 304 316PS*** A-312 TP 316 815 815 3 3 2462 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo 1500 X5CrNiMo17122 * The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.High Alloy Steel (COA 320-329) System Material Symbol ASTM BS JIS DIN Composition Recommended Length Maximum Type** Temperature Degrees* F 304P 304LP 316P 316LP 321P 6MOP A-312 TP 304 3605 G3459 304S18 SUS304TP 2462 X5CrNi1810 2462 X2CrNi1911 18Cr-8Ni 18Cr-8Ni 1500 1500 815 815 815 815 815 750 C 1 1 1 1 1 1 A312 3605 G3459 TP 304L 304S14 SUS304LTP A-312 TP 316 3605 G3459 316S18 SUS316TP 2462 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo 1500 X5CrNiMo17122 2462 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo 1500 X2CrNiMo17132 2462 X6CrNiTi1810 18Cr-10Ni-Ti 1500 A-312 3605 G3459 TP 316L 316S14 SUS316LTP A-312 TP 321 3605 G3459 321S18 SUS321TP A-312 3605 G3459 2463 20Cr-18Ni-6Mo 1382 TP 317L 316S22 SUS317LTP-A X2CrNiMo18143 Gauge Pipe (Very Light Wall) A-312 TP 304 A-312 TP 316 3605 G3459 304S18 SUS304TP 3605 G3459 316S18 SUS316TP 3605 G3459 304S18 SUS304TP 3605 G3459 316S18 SUS316TP 2462 X5CrNi1810 18Cr-8Ni 1500 304PG 316PG 815 815 2 2 2462 16Cr-12Ni-2Mo 1500 X5CrNiMo17122 2462 X5CrNi1810 18Cr-8Ni 1500 Sanitary Pipe (Polished.

19 Piping (G10) 19-55 . ** See Length Types.S above 10 INCHES [250 MM] and all others B-42 2871 C10200 C103 B-161 3074 N02200 NA11 B-165 3074 N04400 NA13 B-167 N06600 B-337 R50400 B-619 N10276 B-464 N08020 B-658 R60702 H4630 TTP35 H4552 NMCr 17850 H3300 C1020T H4552 NNCT H4552 NCuT 1754 OF-Cu 17740 Ni99. to 10 INCHES [250 MM] A96061 6061 A6061T U.2 17751 NiCu30Fe Copper Nickel 99Ni Monel 67Ni-30Cu Inconel 72Ni-15Cr-8Fe Titanium 350 176 C 1 CU N MONEL INCNL TI HAST A 20 ZR 400 600 800 1200 600 1250 204 315 426 648 315 676 426 371 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 17751 Hastelloy NiMo16Cr15 54Ni-16Mo-15Cr Alloy 20 800 35Ni-35Fe-20Cr-Cb Zirconium 99.Pipe Materials .Non-Ferrous Materials Non-Ferrous Materials (COA 330-339) System ASTM Material Symbol BS JIS DIN Composition Recommended Length Maximum Type* Temperature * Degrees* F AL B-241 1474 H4080 1746 Aluminum U.S.2Zr 700 * The maximum temperature for any pipe material will not exceed the maximum temperature for the corresponding plate material listed in Chapter 28.

Maximum 8 INCHES [200 MM}diameter Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride. Maximum 8 INCHES [200 MM] diameter * See below for Length Types ** Thickness/schedule not adjustable PVC 140 60 4 CPVC 200 93 4 19-56 19 Piping (G10) .Plastic and Resin Materials (COA 350-359) Recommended Maximum Temperature DEG F 260 DEG C 125 Length Type* Material Class Pipe Material System Material Symbol FRP Plastics and Resins Fiberglass Reinforced ** Epoxy Resin Polyvinyl Chloride.

1 M] Maximum Spool Length 40 FEET [12 M] 2 FEET [0. as the system does not produce a warning or error condition if the recommended maximum temperature is exceeded.Lined Steel Pipe (COA 340-349) Lined piping of the materials in the following table are developed irrespective of the equipment or pipe temperature. lined with: Epoxy Glass Natural rubber. (1/4 INCHES [6 MM] thick) Nitrile rubber (1/4 INCHES [6 MM] thick) Hypalon rubber (1/4 INCHES [6 MM] thick) Butyl rubber (1/4 INCHES [6 MM] thick) Neoprene rubber (1/4 INCHES [6 MM] thick) Ebonite (1/4 INCHES [6 MM] thick) Cement Polypropylene Polyvinylidene Fluoride (KYNAR) Polyvinylidene Chloride (SARAN) Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene (FEP TEFLON) Polytetrafluoroethylene (TFE TEFLON) Remote shop fabricated stainless steel pipe and fittings.9M] 10 FEET [3.6 M] 6 FEET [1. The user must give consideration to temperature-material selections for these materials.1M] 10 FEET [3. Recommended Maximum Temperature Degrees Spool C Type* Lined Steel Remote shop fabricated carbon steel pipe and fittings. lined with: Polytetrafluoroethylene (TFE TEFLON) System Material Degrees Symbol F EPLCS GSLCS RBLCS NITRL HYPLN BUTYL NEPNE EBONT CMLCS PPLCS* PVDF* PVDC FEP TFELS* TFESS* 260 450 175 175 175 175 175 175 225 275 175 400 450 450 125 230 80 80 80 80 80 80 110 135 80 200 230 230 4 2 4 1 1 3 4 1 1 * Can use bends up to 4 INCHES instead of elbows. Spool Types Spool Type 1 2 Spool Diameter All < = 1 INCH > 1 and < 2 INCH > 2 INCH All All Default Spool Length 20 FEET [6.1 M] 3 4 19 Piping (G10) 19-57 .1 M] 2 FEET [0.1M] 20 FEET [6.9M] 10 FEET [3.1M] 10 FEET [3.6 M] 6 FEET [1.1M] 20 FEET [6.

Pipe Item Details). the system will not generate a message that there are too few flanges. If the number of flanges specified causes the spool piece to exceed the maximum length for that particular spool piece type and diameter. For yard pipe (Plant bulks . An error message appears if the number of flanges you specified causes the spool piece to exceed the maximum length for that particular spool piece type and diameter.’ the system tries to break the yard pipe into 4 sections (Spools): The Spool Type Chart indicates that TFELS is a Type 1 spool and cannot exceed a maximum length of 40 FEET [12 M] on a single spool piece. specifying the number of flanges overrides the default. . therefore. The following is a yard pipe example: Yard Pipe Example: 20 FEET [61 M] Yard Pipe 10 INCHES diameter System generates: 10 sections Spool length = 20 FEET [6. The spool pieces are shipped pre-flanged and ready for bolt-up to valves and flanged fittings in the field. specifying the number of flanges overrides the default.Icarus systems automatically include two flanges per spool. However. the default spool length is used. When the user enters ‘8 flanges.YARD PIPE). the system generates an error message.1 M] 200 FEET [61 M] Yard Pipe 10 INCHES diameter User enters: System generates: 5 Sections Spool lengths = 40 FEET [12 M} FELS (material) 20 flanges FELS (material) 10 flanges 10 flanges 200 FEET Yard Pipe 10 INCHES diameter TFELS (material) User enters: 8 flanges System generates: “ERROR: Too few flanges on this run of pipe” System cannot generate this run of yard pipe.Continued on next page - 19-58 19 Piping (G10) . For installation bulk piping (Component .

2) Determine the Spool Type. Calculate: Minimum Number of flanges = (Length of Pipe / Maximum Length) x2 Example: Material = 19 Piping (G10) 19-59 .Yard Pipe Example .continued To determine the minimum number of flanges on a spool piece of yard pipe: 1) Determine the length of the pipe. 3) Look at the maximum length of spool for the spool type.

Remote & Field Shop Piping Procedures for Various Materials 19-60 19 Piping (G10) .

19 Piping (G10) 19-61 .

Icarus Fabrication.plain end Machine cut pipe . 324-SS. Shop handling for fabrication Unload from train/truck into shop storage’ procure material for favrication. CLEANING Clean & polish Other testing 3X4 REMOTE SHOP FAB (3140CS. etc. pickle.).) Icarus Operation HANDLE AND WELD PREP OPER. Prepare for welding (clean. and clean-up For temperatures up to 400F [204C] Flame cut pipe. Erection and Testing Procedures Code of Account 3X2 FIELD SHOP FAB (312-CS. 322-SS. etc.) [Operations same as Field Shop] [Cost accounted as material cost] 19-62 19 Piping (G10) . place completed spools in temporary storage.plain end Flame bevel pipe for welding Machine bevel pipe for welding Manual butt weld Dig out & re-weld bad Xray welds Radiographic inspection Local stress. smooth weld (deburr/ grink). relieving User specified User specified What is Included Weld prep Pre-heating CUTTING PIPE Flame cutting Machine cutting BEVELING PIPE Flame beveling Machine beveling WELDING (shop) Butt weld Repari bad x-ray welds FIELD SHOP X-RAY FIELD SHOP STRESS RELIEF TESTING. etc. MISC.

Field attach flanges and do bolt-ups Same item as Erect Shop Fab Pipe Same Same Same Same Same Same items items items items items items as as as as as as Field Field Field Field Field Field Shop Shop Shop Shop Shop Shop Fab Fab Fab Fab Fab Fab 3X7 PIPE ERECTION ERECT SHOP FAB PIPE (317-CS. etc. clean up after test (drain lines. etc. close valves. unload and rig in place and align. pressurize and monitor lines. Field handle valves. etc.Icarus’ Pipe Fabrication.) 19 Piping (G10) 19-63 .5% in UK) Prepare for test (place blinds & blanks.continued Code of Account Icarus Operation What is Included Handle and erect fabricated spool pieces. soap test joints). remove temporary items. orifice unions. etc. support items. Erection and Testing Procedures . 327-SS. test (fill. air purge.) ERECT VALVE BOLT UP CONNECTIONS ERECT STRAIGHT RUN PIPE WELDING (field) Flame cutting Machine cutting Flame beveling Machine beveling Butt weld Repair bad X-ray welds FIELD X-RAY FIELD STRESS RELEIF 307 PREFAB PIPE REWORK 306 PIPING SYSTEM TESTING REPAIR & ADJ PREFAB PIPE PIPE TESTING (field only) Hydrostatic testing Same items as Field Shop Fab Same items as Field Shop Fab 10% of all shop man-hours (12. open valves. includes handle and haul from storage yard.).

75 INCH (20 mm) pipe. **Flange costs include cost of gaskets and bolts.Valve and Fitting Options for Installation Bulk Piping Selections of available valves and fittings on installation bulk piping are listed alphabetically below. 19-64 19 Piping (G10) . number of fittings. set by system)** FL *Drain is defined as a fitting assembly composed of three elbows. Description Symbol For Standard Piping Materials (all available piping materials except 304PS and 316PS) Angle valve Ball valve Blind Butterfly valve Check valve DI or SS Victaulic coupling (Vict.Line Item Detail) or when adding installation bulk piping through the use of the P&ID editor on Aspen Capital Cost Estimator systems. and 10 FEET (3 M) of 0. Pipe only Elbow Expansion joint Extra drains* Gate valve Globe valve Knife gate valve None Plug valve Reducer Regulating valve Rupture disk Safety/relief valve Spectacle blind Strainer Steam trap Tee Temperature valve Threadolet Transition joint at material change PL RE RV RD SV SB ST TP TE TV TL TR AN BA BL BU CH VS EL ST DR GA GL KN Flange (exclude valve flanges. one gate valve. These choices are available only on installation bulk piping (Piping . Not available in IPM. the user can select the diameter. However. and type of fittings (a maximum of four different types) at the project level. with those available for standard piping materials listed separately from those available only for sanitary piping materials. length.

max 8 IN [200 MM] Safety valve . max 4 IN [100 MM] Tee . one gate valve.sanitary. max 4 IN [100 MM] Reducer (concen. max 8 IN [200 MM] Flange .sanitary.sanitary.sanitary (exclude valve flanges) Hose adapter -sanitary. max 4 IN [100 MM] Pipe adapter-sanitary. max 4 IN [100 MM] Swivel-joint conn. max 8 IN [200 MM] Reducer (eccen. 19 Piping (G10) 19-65 . max 8 IN [200 MM] Threadolet . max 4 IN [100 MM] Cross . max 8 IN [200 MM] Check valve . the user can select the diameter.)-sanitary. and type of fittings (a maximum of four different types) at the project level.sanitary. max 8 IN [200 MM] Elbow (90 degree)-sanitary.continued Description Butterfly valve . and 10 FEET (3 M) of 0. However.sanitary Symbol BU CH CR 45 EL FL HA PA QJ RE ER SV SJ TE TL For Sanitary Piping Materials (304PS and 316PS) Only **Drain is defined as a fitting assembly composed of three elbows. max 4 IN [100 MM] Quick-joint conn. max 8 IN [200 MM] Elbow (45 degree)-sanitary.Valve and Fitting Options for Installation Bulk Piping .sanitary.)-sanitary. number of fittings. -sanitary. -sanitary.75 INCH (20 mm) pipe. *Flange costs include cost of gaskets and bolts. length.

19-66 19 Piping (G10) .

20 Civil (G8) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Civil Plant Bulks Foundation Types Typical Structure Live Loads Soil Types Specifying Seismic Data How Icarus Calculates Wind Load and Seismic Shear Example of Equipment Foundation Design Example of Pile Foundation for an Equipment 20 Civil (G8) 20-1 .

Cylindrical tank RECT. foundations and structures.Civil Plant Bulks Civil plant bulk items include concrete tanks.Rectangular tank Inside length or diameter: Enter length for rectangular tanks or diameter for cylindrical tanks. Type ABVGR TANK 20-2 20 Civil (G8) .4* PCF [*1. Fluid density: Default: *62. leave blank for cylindrical tanks.0 INCHES [100 MM] Wall thickness bottom: Min: 4. Inside width: Enter length for rectangular tanks.0 INCHES [100 MM] Wall thickness top: Min: 4. Description Concrete tanks: above grade.000* KG/M3] Foundation thickness: Min: 4.0 INCHES [100 MM] Soil type: See “Soil Types” later in this chapter. circular/rectangular Shape symbol: CYLIN.

structures: 18 types (see Foundation Types later in this chapter) Various types of concrete items. Include allowance (material and labor) for shoring if soil type is SAND or poorer. formwork and rebar based on concrete quantity and type. Material quantities are per item. No equipment rental included.0 INCHES [100 MM] Height above ground: Enter height that wall projects above grade. Excavation quantity: ‘Default: Excavation.Continued on next page CONCRETE Type BELGR TANK 20 Civil (G8) 20-3 . Formwork quantity: Default: Excavation. . Chapter 10.0*. man-hours. If using Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. leave blank for cylindrical tanks. Rebar quantity: Default: Excavation.0 INCHES [100 MM] Wall thickness bottom: Min: 4. “Administrative Operations. Fluid density: Default: *62. and costs. formwork and rebar based on concrete quantity and type. full exposed surface and depth is shored.Civil Plant Bulks . Concrete foundations. circular/rectangular Shape symbol: CYLIN. formwork and rebar based on concrete quantity and type. overpour will be added based on item type.0 INCHES [100 MM] Wall thickness top: Min: 4. see Aspen Capital Cost Estimator User’s Guide. Concrete quantity: Enter design quantity.000* KG/M3] Foundation thickness: Min: 4.Rectangular tank Inside length or diameter: Enter length for rectangular tanks or diameter for cylindrical tanks. Foundation type: See “Foundation Types” later in this chapter. Inside width: Enter length for rectangular tanks.Cylindrical tank RECT.continued Description Concrete tanks: below grade.4* PCF [*1. Soil type: See “Soil Types” later in this chapter. Default: Top flush with grade *0.” for information on customizing foundation data by using an external file to define foundation quantities.

0* M3].Bentonite clay liner .060 INCHES [1.No sealcoat or membrane liner Sealcoat or liner area: Default 0.0* CY [*0.0 SY Membrane thickness: Default 0.Bentonite clay liner . Icarus calculates excavation slope based on soil type.continued Grout quantity: Default: *0.Civil Plant Bulks . By default. Max: 0. Excavated footprint = equivalent square + allowance [Width] for formwork.2 membranes *NO*. Anchors and embedments: Default: = 0 if grout = 0.Standard geosynthetic membrane C1.50 MM].020 INCHES [0.500 MM]. Non-shrink grout. or else determined from grout quantity. Min: 0.continued Description CONCRETE . Convert to a square of equivalent size. determined from concrete quantity if external civil file exists. User can specify the excavation slope in the project and area level civil specs. 20-4 20 Civil (G8) . Sealcoat or liner type: SC.120 [3.1 membrane C2. Depth of footing [to the frostline] in your Project Vivil Design Basis = 1 FOOT Blinding slab covers the footprint of the equivalent-sized square.0 MM] Type 1 2 3 4 5 6 Calculate foundation footprint surface area.Sealcoat GM.

width and depth of diked area. Concrete drainage trench.Civil Plant Bulks . dismantle Temporary tubular steel scaffold.continued Description Scaffold labor: erect. grate cover Average invert depth: Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM] Trench width: Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM] Tank containment with concrete paving and surrounding wall with coating Depth of paving: Default: *8* INCHES [*200* MM] Wall height: Default: *3* FEET [*0. width and depth of diked area.Concrete sealer coating required NO. Default: *2*. . Contained width: Length. Default plank area = L x W.No sealer coating Tank containment with diked area and geomembrane DIKE MEMBR Contained length: Length. rental excluded. Sealcoat option: Default: *YES* YES.Continued on next page CONTAINMNT TRENCH Type SCAFFOLD 20 Civil (G8) 20-5 .900* M] Wall thickness: Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM] Number of stairways: Access stairway over wall.

width and depth of diked area.300 MM].continued Contained depth: Length.Bentonite clay liner . Default: *4* FEET [*1.No geosynthetic membrane liner Type 20-6 20 Civil (G8) .0* currency/ M3] Membrane thickness: Range: 0.50* MM] Membrane liner type: *GM*.500 .060* INCHES [*1.Civil Plant Bulks . Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM] Unit cost of fill: Imported fill for membrane bedding and/or protective cover. Default: *0.Bentonite clay liner .120 INCHES [0. Default: *0.1 membrane C2.Standard geosynthetic membrane liner C1.20* M] Imported fill depth: Imported fill for membrane bedding and/or protective cover.2 membrane sandwich NO.0.continued Description DIKE MEMBR .020 .0* currency/CY [*0.

Butyle rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM] NATRB. congested space LINING RCON PIPE BUILDING HDPE PIPE Type YARD PIPE 20 Civil (G8) 20-7 .Hypalon rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM] NEPNE.Abrasion resistant plate 1 INCH [25 MM] REPRB.Replaceable SS316 plate 1 INCH [25 MM] Lining adjustment: *4. abrasion.20 MM] CERML.Ceramic liner.00*.Epoxt resin lining ASRSN. light impact CERMV.Replaceable rubber lining 1 INCH [25 MM] LS304. “Piping” Building See Chapter 26. “Buildings” Organic. hvy. lining Material: *EPLCS*. fusion bonded See Chapter 18. 10=small obstructed area. 4=typical.Civil Plant Bulks .Inorganic zinc coat 3 MIL [0.Nitrile rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM] HYPLN.Flame sprayed zinc 8 MIL [0.Neoprene sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM] CLEAD. med. “Piping” Buried concrete pipe See Chapter 18.08 MM] ZNMZL.0.Phenolic resin lining PVDF. abrasion resist. abrasion. light abrasion and impact CERMM.Ceramic liner.Kynar sheet lining TFELS. “Piping” High density polyethylene pipe.Chemical lead 16 PSF [80 KG/M2] I-ZN.Natural rubber sheet 1/4 INCH [6 MM] NITRL. MAX: 10.00. abrasion. heavy impact ABRPL. Adjustment: 1=large flat area. MIN: 1.Replaceable SS304 plate 1 INCH [25 MM] LS316. “Piping” Above grade or buried piping See Chapter 18.continued Description Above grade or buried yard piping See Chapter 18.Ceramic liner.Teflon sheet lining BUTYL .Ceramic liner. hvy.Asphalt resin lining PHRSN. light impact CERMH. metallic.

You can load equipment into an open structure by assigning the structure and the equipment. beams. Structure can have combination of grating and concrete floor slab. if not specified is determined from the total height and a level-to-level spacing of 15 FEET [4. siding. grating. “Steel” Tee or bent type pipe sleepers See Chapter 20. "Open Steel Structure". Includes columns. electrical panelboard and supply wiring/conduit. “Steel” Open Concrete Structure Precast or Cast-in-place concrete open structure.5M] Distributed Load per Level: Default: 300 PSF [14 KN/M2] OPN CON ST PIPE SUPPT Type PIPE RACK . The default structure type is Precast.Continued on next page - 20-8 20 Civil (G8) .continued Description Pipe rack See Chapter 20. you can load equipment into an open structure by assigning the structure and the equipment the same Structure Tag Number. In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. See chapter 20. floor slab.Civil Plant Bulks .5 M]. stairways. the same User Tage Number (Refer Open steel structure) Number of Floors: Default: based on structure height and approximate floor height of 15 FEET [4. The bay span and bay width represent the typical column spacing and is used to determine the number of columns and column load. The number of levels. Concrete structure to support equipments with the option of cast-in-place or precast structure. handrail and toeplates. lighting.

Bay span: Default: 20-25 FEET [6-7.6 M] Number of stairways: Default: 1 + 1 per 5000 SF [500 M2] of area per floor Floor slab percent of area: Default: 75 Floor slab thickness: Concrete slab thickness.continued Description OPN CON ST .percent of area: Default: 0 Grating type: Default: grating type from area steel specs Siding per wall area: Default: 0 Siding type: * CORR * . system calculates based on span and loading. Floor grate .continued Type Structure Type: * PREC * .Cast-in-place concrete structure Concrete Type: Default: as specified in unit area civil specs.Corrugated siding NSUL .insulated siding Wind Force Adjustment: Additional adjustment for wind force specified in project civil design specs. Default: 1 Seismic Force Adjustment: Additional adjustment for seismic force specified in project civil design specs.Civil Plant Bulks .Precast concrete structure CONC . Default: If not specified. Default: 1 20 Civil (G8) 20-9 .6 M] Bay width: Default: 20-25 FEET [6-7.

Typical Application Foundation 4 MASSPOUR Typical Application Mass Pours .Foundation Types Type 1 Symbol Type OCT+PROJ Description Octagon Slabs and Piers with Projection. and Other Shapes .25 CY [19 M3] minimum. Foundation 2 OCTAGONL Typical Application Octagon Slabs and Piers without Projection. Foundation Typical Application 20-10 20 Civil (G8) . Pile Caps. Foundation 3 PAVING Area Paving.Large Mats.

3-1. Typical Application Foundation 9 RING Typical Application Circular Ring Foundation .For Large Tanks. Foundation Typical Application 20 Civil (G8) 20-11 .9 M3]. Foundation 8 CONDUIT Conduit Envelope.3 M3] or less. Foundation 7 PILE CAPS Typical Application Pile Caps .Large Compressors. Turbines 3-25 CY [2. Foundation 6 LG BLOCK Typical Application Large Blocks . 3 CY [2.Pumps.continued Type 5 Symbol Type SM BLOCK Description Small Blocks .5 CY [3.Foundation Types .8 M3] or less. Compressors.

Foundation Types . Typical Application Foundation Typical Application 20-12 20 Civil (G8) . Foundation 11 EL SLAB Elevated Slab. Typical Application Foundation 14 GRIND BM Grade Beam. Typical Application Foundation 12 COLM/BM Columns and Beams.continued Type 10 Symbol Type BASIN Description Basins. Typical Application Foundation 13 WALL Wall and Wall Footings.

Manholes etc. Sleepers. Typical Application Foundation Typical Application 20 Civil (G8) 20-13 .continued Type 15 Symbol Type PIER Description Piers.Foundation Types . Typical Application Foundation 18 SLAB GRB Slab on grade. Typical Application Foundation 17 BOX Valve Boxes. Foundation 16 FOOTING Column Footings.

platform areas. equipment. elevators (lifts) not included.Typical Structure Live Loads Typical Distributed Structure Loads PSF 50. open construction used for most of the structure. and outside freight. crane or catalyst loading structures.0 Soil Types Soil Type Soft dry clay in thick beds Firm dry clay Wet Sand Sand mixed with dry clay Dry compact sand Coarse compact sand Compact gravel Soft friable rock or shale formation Hardpan or compact sandstone beds Medium rock or granite formation Hard rock formation Soil Type Symbol SOFT CLAY FIRM CLAY WET SAND DRY SAND SAND GRAVEL SOFT ROCK HARDPAN MED-ROCK HARD ROCK Soil Loading PSF 2000 4000 4000 6000 8000 100 200 200 200 300 400 Soil Density KG/M3 960 1120 1920 1360 1600 1440 1520 1680 1700 1730 1760 60 70 120 85 100 90 95 105 106 108 110 KN/M2 PCF SAND+CLAY 4000 12000 600 16000 800 20000 1000 30000 1400 80000 3800 20-14 20 Civil (G8) . cranes.5 7. Remarks 450. minor equipment support and stairways Designed for average elevated equipment supports.0 300.0 21. some covered construction (metal siding for potential wind loads).0 14. Elevators (lifts).0 28.0 [KB/M2] 2.0 Minimum possible design loading. Mostly access and platform areas.0 150. Designed for heavy equipment supports. and stairways.0 600.

Kz=1.017 0.15 0.7 for Vertical Vessels and 1.17 means 17% of "g") to get the seismic load.0 and Importance factor I=1. Entering Mercalli Number or UBC Zone is less accurate because it forces the system to estimate Acceleration using the following table.10 Adjusted Pressure at 33' = qz* Cf* windadj*1.0 at 33' For V = 100 MPH and Exposure "C" qz=0. qz = 0.15.00256*1.12 Mercalli number 1.0*1. UBC Zone 0 1 2A (A) 2B (2) 3 4 7 8 9.6 Acceleration (g) 0.075 0.4 5. Icarus also uses: Gust effect factor (Gf) = 1. Icarus uses a default Wind Exposure C and a Wind Velocity of 100 MPH [160 KMPH] at 33'.11. C.0*100*100*1.4 for structures Additional Icarus factor: 1. For Exposure "C".20 0.5 PSF at 33': this is the default pressure (30 PSF) Icarus develops the Wind profile along the height as in the code and then calculate the wind load along the height.30 0.2.40 How Icarus Calculates Wind Load and Seismic Shear 1) Wind Velocity The Wind Velocity to be entered is the Basic Wind Speed which is the 3second gust speed at 33 ft (10m) above ground. 2) Use of Wind Force Adjustment (default=1. which corresponds to a Wind load (velocity pressure qz) of 30 PSF.85) Cf = 0. Default Kzt=1. Icarus calculates the Wind Load profile along the height based on the ASCE Standard: Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.10. D] and Default Wind Exposure is C. the most accurate way of specifying your seismic design requirements is to specify the acceleration value to be designed for. The system actually uses acceleration (measured in g: 0.10 20 Civil (G8) 20-15 .Specifying Seismic Data There are three different ways to specify seismic data. Therefore.3.15 = 29. it could be entered in Wind Force adjustment as a factor.00256 Kz Kzt V * V * I (lb/sq ft) You can select Wind exposure [B.0 for exposure C (not 0.0) If you want to make adjustments to the wind load or Kzt*I.

8 is sufficient.0 sf/cy * 15.17)*230 = 12*adj.0 BF/cy * 15. In the case of equipments. = 12 Area = B*B 20-16 20 Civil (G8) .0*150.17 means 17% of "g") directly to get the Seismic Shear.s. Icarus uses an additional factor of 1. c.828*(Dia + 2.33 cy /2000 = 0. area = 82.83)*230 = 57*adj. = 0.828*10*10 = 82. = 35 Formwork Strip & Clean = (0.33 cy = 230 sf Back-up-lumber = 30.56 Tons Manhours: (need some adjustment based on the quantity unless external file is used) Formwork Fabrication = 0. = 22 Formwork Installation = (0.8 sf frost ht = 4.1.8* (frost+1)/27 = 15.0 = 82.08 mh /sf * 230 sf = 18*adj.0)**2 = 0.10 * Seismic acceleration * SesmicForceAdjustment.30*0. Wind speed =100 MPH System Calculations: Wt of Vessel = 9300 lbs Moment due to wind = 124031 lb-ft Top Area reqd. we have Type 2 footing.30*0. Example of Equipment Foundation Design Vessel Dia. = 8' Height = 20' Allowable soil pressure = 4000 psf. Icarus does not make any other adjustments.3) Seismic acceleration (g) and Seismic Force Adjustment (default=1.8*5.0 ft self wt of footing = top area * (frost+1) * 150. Seismic Shear = Operating weight of Equipment * 1.33 CY For Type 2 Foundation: Contact Surface formwork = 15.737' For the example above.33 cy = 460 BF Rebar quantity = 70 #/cy * 15.0 = 62100 lbs Total Weight = 9300 + 62100 = 71400 lbs eccentricity = 124031/71400 = 1. This can be verified if we use the formula for square footing: 71400/(B**2) + 124031/(B**3 /6) = 4000 Concrete = 82. and soil pressure.0) Icarus use the input value of Peak Ground acceleration (measured in g: 0.

Number of piles possible based on spacing = 8 Height = 20 feet 20 Civil (G8) 20-17 .828*(Dia + 2.0 = 5.0)**2 = 0.L.66*adj = 30 Example of Pile Foundation for an Equipment This is a sample calculation: Process equipment: VT CYLINDER Vessel Diameter = 12 feet Wind Speed = 100 MPH From Area Civil Specs for pile design: Footing depth (frost height) = 4 feet Pile Design Requirement = PILE.33 = 30.= 14 Pour & Finish Concrete = 2.5 ft Minimum number of Piles = 4 (For individual foundations like piperack.288 sf Weight of Concrete = 133888 lbs D.0/Ton * 0.56 = 9*adj.1)/2. open steel the minimum is 2 per column) Number of piles based on shear = (12695/2000) tons / 2tons= 4 Max.0/CY * 15. with vessel empty = Weight of Vessel+Weight of Concrete + Weight of Soil (if there is projection) = 20800+133888+0 = 154688 lbs Weight of water (we assume 50% full for pile design) = 70573 lbs Maximum Weight = Empty weight + weight of Water = 154688+70573 = 225261 lbs Radius of Pile Group = (diameter .Rebar Installation = 16. Tensile capacity = 45 tons. Driven Depth = 60 feet. Pile Spacing = 4 feet. shear capacity = 2 tons Equipment Loading from System: Wt of Vessel = 20800 lbs Wind Force = 12695 lbs Moment due to wind = 260237 lb-ft base Area = 0.828*14*14 = 162. Compressive Capacity=90 tons. Pile Type = HP.

Start with 4 piles and then calculate the maximum load per pile based on the Vertical Load and Moment (for compression we use the Maximum weight. we try to provide a inner circle of piles. and for Tension we use the weight without water. Number of piles required in this case = 4 20-18 20 Civil (G8) . If it requires more than 8 piles. the base moment here is the moment due to wind). Checks whether load per pile is less than allowable load.

21 Steel (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Steel Plant Bulks How ICARUS Generates the Number of Column Struts 21 Steel (G6) 21-1 .

for which bolted connections are provided. assemblies and components. grating and column footings. The bay span is used to size the support beams. minimum of one level. Type OPN STL ST . if not specified. The bay span and width represent the typical column spacing and is used to determine the number of columns and column load. grate. beams. rounded to the nearest whole number.Steel Plant Bulks Steel plant bulks include structures. stairs Includes columns. handrail and toeplates. The number of levels. and stairways. The design is changed to rigid frame if the user chooses FEM or F as the Analysis Type.5 M]. girders. The default design is bolted frame. Description Open structure: columns/girders/beams/X-brace.Continued on next page - 21-2 21 Steel (G6) .” meaning each one extends from the top-most floor level down to the grate. in which case a rigid connection is provided. and bay width is used to size the main girders connecting to the columns. Stairways are “through-going. cross-bracing. is determined from the total height and a level-to-level spacing of 15 FEET [4.

Distributed load per level: Default: *300* PSF [*14.Pinned connection at column base.5 M]. Number of floors: Default: based on structure height and approximate floor height of 15 FEET [4.6 M] each way. *PINNED*.continued The maximum number of open steel structures in an area is 10. The flow chart on the following page shows the logic for hanging equipment in steel structures.Simplified stress analysis F. Siding per wall area: Default: 0%. equipment list. The structure must be added to the area before the equipment.: 0%. they appear at the end of the area's detailed design datasheet. when the structures are evaluated.continued Description OPN STL ST . However. Structural steel analysis: S. Default: 20-25 FEET [6-7. Floor grates per area: Default: *75* Grating type: See “Grating Types” later in this chapter. Default: 20-25 FEET [6-7.Steel Plant Bulks .0* KN/M2] Bay span: Bay dimensions determine column spacing. In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator.2D finite element rigid frame analysis (required if a rigid frame analysis with deflection check is desired) Column base option: FIXED. you can load equipment into an open steel structure by assigning the structure and the equipment the same Structure Tag Number. Max:100% . Bay width: Bay dimensions determine column spacing. Min.6 M] each way. The system evaluates them last because the equipment that goes in the structures must be evaluated first before their calculated weights are added to the structure's loading.000 SF [500 M2] of area per floor. Number of stairways: Default: 1 + 1 per 5.Rigid connection at column base.Continued on next page Type 21 Steel (G6) 21-3 . and detailed bulks. or else the system will generate an error.

continued Description OPN STL ST . Max: 8 INCHES. Type 21-4 21 Steel (G6) .corrugated siding INSUL. Min:0%. applicable if slab% area > 0.continued Siding type: *CORR*. Min: 2 INCHES [50 MM]. Max: 100%.Steel Plant Bulks . Floor slab percent of area: Default: 0%. Concrete slab thickness over formed shell deck.insulated siding Slab thickness: Default: *4* INCHES [*100 MM]. Total of floor slab% area and floor grate% area must not be more than 100%.

21 Steel (G6) 21-5 .

Steel Plant Bulks . Piping loads are defined as distributed load per level. stairs. X-brace. Wide racks may require a third column at the midpoint of the beams in each bent. handrail and toeplates. catwalk.All precast concrete piperack Structural steel analysis: S. PIPE RACK stairs. ladders Includes columns. The height to the first level is defined separately since it is usually bigger than the height between levels which is assumed to be uniform. struts PRECAST.Third column now required (2 bay rack) NO.0* FEET.Concrete frame and precast conc. MAX: 40 FEET[12M] Pipe rack type: *STEEL*.) Width: *20* FEET [*6.2D finite element rigid frame analysis Main bent spacing: Default: *20. column footings.Continued on next page - 21-6 21 Steel (G6) .0* M] Max 60 FEET[18M] Number of levels: *1* Height to 1st level: *12. lateral and longitudinal members.continued Description Type Steel pipe rack: columns.All steel piperack CONC-S. Racks wider than 40 FEET [12 M] get three column rows. YES.No third column (1 bay rack) Column base option: FIXED.Rigid connection at column base. MIN: 8. catwalks.Pinned connection at column base. An air cooler load can be defined above top level if required. (A sketch of a typical pipe rack is located on the following page.00 FEET. and ladders (caged if over 10 FEET [3 M]). *PINNED*.0* FEET Longitudinal column spacing along rack. .Concrete frame and steel sheets.0* M] Max 120 FEET[36M] Height: *20* FEET [*6. cross-bracing. CONC-P. Main bents have rigid connections between beams and columns at odd numbered levels. beams.Simplified stress analysis F. Otherwise all joints are pinned connections. Third column option: Option is for small racks. Column base may be rigid or pinned connection.

Standard concrete (Type B) 3.0* FEET [*1.0* INCHES [*304* MM] For concrete pipe rack only. Beam struts per column line: Number of longitudinal struts per column. TWO. default is calculated by the system. Beam struts per pipe level: Number of longitudinal struts/beam per level/bay. *1* Exclude end bent: Exclude end bents if this is a segment of a rack that is part of a longer rack. ONE.continued Description PIPE RACK .0 INCHES.2* M] Number of catwalks: *1* per level Number of ladders: *1* per 80 FEET [25 M] of length. Concrete type: For concrete pipe rack only.Steel Plant Bulks .Chemical resistant concrete (Type D) Grating type: See “Grating Types” later in this chapter Type 21 Steel (G6) 21-7 .Exclude two end bents.Exclude one end bent. MIN: 2 Number of stairways: Default: *0* No. Default: *0* or. Minimum beam or column width: *12.0* Air cool distributed load above top rack level. *NO*. default is area civil data for concrete strength and cost. See figure on page 307 for explanation. MIN: 0.Do not exclude end bents. *2* per 120 FEET [36M]. if beam length is greater than 24 FEET [7 M]. *1* per each two beam levels. Catwalk width: *4.5* KN/M2] Air cooler loading: *0. of braced bays: Number of braced bays along rack length. default is 12. If not.continued Distributed load per level: *50* PSF [*2. 2.Higher grade concrete (Type C) 4. if any.

Steel Plant Bulks .continued Sketch of a Typical Pipe Rack 21-8 21 Steel (G6) .

the default number of column struts may best be understood as “1 per each 2 beam level”. the default number of column struts is also 1.continued How ICARUS Generates the Number of Column Struts System Generated Sets: User-Entered Sets: Default Number of Column Struts If a pipe rack has the default number of levels)1). the default number of column struts grows by 2. 21 Steel (G6) 21-9 .Steel Plant Bulks . therefore. For each additional two levels.

continued Description Pipe Truss Bridge A truss structure with multiple levels which can span longer areas.0 M] Distrib.* User-entered values override system-generated values.2 M] Levels between top and bottom chord: Default: 0 Height to bottom chord: Default: 20 FEET [6. lateral members.4 KN/M2] Bay Length: Truss length determine bay length Default: Around 8 FEET [2. (A sketch of a typical pipe bridge is located on the following page) Truss Width: Default: 20 FEET [6. bracings and column footing. Includes columns. longitudinal chord members. Wide Flange shapes are used for main members.4 M] Wind Force Adjustment: Default: 1 Seismic Force Adjustment: Default: 1 Type PIPE TRUSS 21-10 21 Steel (G6) . Load/Level: Default: 50 PSF [2.0 M] Truss Height: Default: 24 FEET [7. Steel Plant Bulks .

Concrete tee CONS . The TEE type has one post with concrete footing. Support type: TEE.continued Description Series of individual steel pipe supports for long runs of pipe just above grade. CONS uses round concrete columns with a steel wide flange on top connecting the columns. Round form tubes are used as formwork for the concrete columns.2 steel posts with beam CONT.2 concrete columns with steel beam Type Pipe supports/sleepers: bent or tee. the BENT type has two posts with concrete footings. just above grade PIPE SUPPT 21 Steel (G6) 21-11 .Steel Plant Bulks .1 steel post with beam BENT.

describes one or more identical.0” input deletes both. describes one or more identical.Corrugated siding INSUL. siding Structural steel. Type MILL BLDG The system assumes a cleared. Default: *1* . Siding type: Default: *CORR* CORR. adjacent bays. Main column spacing: Column spacing along the length of the building. foundations. level site. Number of bays 1st Section: First bay type. The term “Bay” in this case refers to a portion of the building width. crane beams and rails. adjacent bays. adjacent bays. The mill building model designs a frame that is specifically suited for a particular purpose — multiple bays where overhead cranes carry materials along the length of the building. lighting and electrical panelboard and supply wiring/conduit. Other site work must be specified using Site Development.Insulated corrugated siding Slab-on-grade thickness: Default: *12* INCHES [*300* MM] Distributed load level: Default: *200* PSF [*10* KN/M2] 1st Section bay width: First bay type. excavation is provided only for grade slab and column footings.Continued on next page - 21-12 21 Steel (G6) .Steel Plant Bulks . elevated grate floors. corrugated or insulated exterior if applicable. describes one or more identical. except “0. Siding per wall area: Default: 100% roofing and specified% siding provided. Default: *20* FEET [*6.0* M]. 1st Section bay height: First bay type.continued Description Multiple-bay steel mill building: structural steel.

Default: *100* Elevated access platforms: columns/beams. adjacent bays. Default: *0. Default: *1* Number elevated floors 2nd Section: Second bay type. describes one or more identical. adjacent bays. adjacent bays. adjacent bays. crane must be specified elsewhere.. adjacent bays..0* TON] Floor grate per area 3rd Section: Third bay type. describes one or more identical. Number of bays 2nd Section: Second bay type. crane rail.. crane must be specified elsewhere. describes one or more identical..0* TON] Floor grate per area 1st Section: First bay type. toeplate. describes one or more identical. adjacent bays. columns. crane rail. grating. Default: *0* Crane capacity per bay 3rd Section: Bay type 3: Load for struct. etc. adjacent bays. adjacent bays.Steel Plant Bulks . Default: *0. 3rd Section bay height: Third bay type. rail. describes one or more identical.continued Description MILL BLDG . Default: *100* 3rd Section bay width: Third bay type. 2nd Section bay height: Second bay type. describes one or more identical. Default: *1* Number of elevated floors 3rd Section: Third bay type.0* TONS [*0.0* TONS [*0.continued Number of elevated floors 1st Section: First bay type. describes one or more identical. etc. describes one or more identical. with handrail. Default: *0* Crane capacity per bay 2nd Section: Bay type 2: Load for struct.0* TON] Floor per area 2nd Section: Second bay type. ladder Elevated access platform. PLATFORM Type 21 Steel (G6) 21-13 . Default: *0. adjacent bays. adjacent bays. lighting and electrical. describes one or more identical.. describes one or more identical. civil foundations. describes one or more identical. adjacent bays. Platform width: *6* FEET [*2* M] Number of ladders: Default: *1* Handrail percent: Default: *100* Floor grate per area: Default: *100* Grating: See “Grating Types” later in this chapter. Default: *100* 2nd Section bay width: Second bay type. Default: *0* Crane capacity per bay 1st Section: Bay type 1: Load for struct.. Number of bays 3rd Section: Third bay type. crane rail. adjacent bays. describes one or more identical. etc. grate.0* TONS [*0. crane must be specified elsewhere.

elevated walkways. walkways Gallery for piping.Steel Plant Bulks .0* KN/M2] Height grade section: Grade section has this uniform. lighting and electrical included. Type GALLERY Gallery height: Max: 15 FEET [4. conveyors.0* FEET [*2. Default: *9. May be specified in combinations of three section types or as a single section type..continued Description Steel gallery structure for pipe.5 M].Continued on next page - 21-14 21 Steel (G6) . conveyors. etc.75* M] Distributed load: Default: *100* PSF [*5. .0* M]. footings. Default: *6.0* FEET [*2. nominal height for entire length.

Caged ladder NONE. Grating: See “Grating Types” later in this chapter. Number of walkways: Default: *2* Walkway width: Default: *54* INCHES [*2. Steel ladders Ladders greater than 10 FEET [3 M] are automatically caged. slope and above-grade lengths. Gallery enclosure: Default: *OPEN* OPEN. Default: *0* FEET [*0* M]. Steel grate. Conveyor transfer tower.370* MM] Grating: See “Grating Types” later in this chapter. square cross-section Steel tower only. slope and above-grade lengths. hoppers and chutes must be specified elsewhere. Above grade length: Total length is sum of grade. slope and above-grade lengths.Enclosed Tower bent spacing: Tower (bent) spacing applies to elevated sections only. conveyors. At least one is required.continued Description GALLERY . Height slope section: Slope section varies from grade section height to this designated height. Above grade height: Above ground section varies from slope section height to this designated height.continued Length grade section: Total length is sum of grade. less support steel Grating: Default: *CS*. Cantilever length: Cantilever length may be specified only for the end of an elevated section. Default: *80* FEET [*25* M].Ladder without cage Steel stairs. with grate treads. handrail STAIR LADDER GRATE TRNS TOWER Type 21 Steel (G6) 21-15 . Length slope section: Total length is sum of grade.Steel Plant Bulks .No enclosure ENCLOSED. See “Grating Types” later in this chapter. At least one is required. At least one is required. Ladder Type: Default: *CAGED* CAGED.

Lining thickness Type 1: Lining type 1: thickness may not be specified for ceramic linings. See “Abrasion Resistant Linings. FABR PLATE 21-16 21 Steel (G6) . etc. Lining per plate area Type 1: Lining type 1. Replaceable” in Chapter 28.g.SS316 Plate per area item: Total area of plate excluding stiffeners. beams. skirts. Material: Default: *CS* CS. Steel type: COLUM. Default: *100* Lining material Type 1: Lining type 1.Carbon steel SS304. See “Abrasion Resistant Linings.0* INCHES [*25* MM]. Lining per plate area Type 2: Lining type 2. Lining thickness Type 2: Lining type 2: thickness may not be specified for ceramic linings. lined.Bracket Fabricated. Connections are included. stiffened plate items for chutes. boxes. Lining per plate area Type 3: Lining type 3. Lining thickness Type 3: Lining type 3: thickness may not be specified for ceramic linings.0* Lining material Type 3: Lining type 3. Default: *1. the system increases the cost by about 15% to account for connections. Replaceable” in Chapter 28. boxes. chutes. etc. Default: *0. One or more replaceable abrasion resistant lining types may be specified over portions of the plate area. bracing.Bracing BRAKT.Steel Plant Bulks . Fabricated stiffened steel plate items (e.0* INCHES [*25* MM]. hoods. beams.0* INCHES [*25* MM].).0* Lining material Type 2: Lining type 2. Default: *0. See “Abrasion Resistant Linings.. bracing and brackets. Default: *1. Default: *1.continued Description Type Columns.Beam BRACE.Column BEAM. Replaceable” in Chapter 28. Steel item types are columns. brackets MISC STEEL The steel member size is designated by its weight per foot of length.SS304 SS316.

0* M2] Roofing area: Siding and/or roofing area is required. the program calculates length and width as being the square root of area. Grating percent of area: *80. without weld crevices or surfaces that collect standing water. stainless steel platform built to sanitary standards. e.0* SF [*0. Equipment percent area: Percent of platform area that supports equipment load. the program calculates length and width as being the square root of area. Equipment weight: Must be entered for the program to calculate equipment access-sides. Siding area: Siding and/or roofing area is required.g. Platform length: Required to enter total platform or length and width for long platforms.00* KN/M2] General platform design load for access/walkway areas. If area is given. Number of equipment access sides: *2*.0* SAN PLATFM Type SIDING .. and bases its design on this information.Insulated corrugated siding Sanitary platform for equipment access A polished.Steel Plant Bulks .Corrugated siding INSUL. the program calculates length and width as being the square root of area.0 SF [*0. MAX: 4.Continued on next page - 21 Steel (G6) 21-17 . and bases its design on this information. If area is given. and bases its design on this information. Platform height: MAX: 12. Default: *0.continued Description Siding and roofing for steel structures Siding girts and roof purlins are designated based on column spacing. If area is given. Default: *0.0* M2] Main column spacing: Default: *20* FEET [*6* M] Siding type: Default: *CORR* CORR. Number of sides from which equipment accessed on platform. Corrugated steel siding (18 gauge) is provided with the option of 1 INCH [25 MM] insulation in sandwich panel. Platform design loading: *100* PSF [*5.60 M] Platform area: Required to enter total platform or length and width for long platforms.0 FEET [3. Platform width: Required to enter total platform or length and width for long platforms.

00* Number of ladders: *0* Number of columns Length of handrail and toeplate: FEET [M] Type Grating Types FG S2 S3 S4 CS CM CH CV C2 C3 C4 AS AH AV Fibergrate 1/8 IN [3 MM] SS slipnot plate 3/16 IN [5 MM] SS slipnot plate 1/4 IN [6 MM] SS slipnot plate 1 IN x 3/16 IN [25 MM x 5 MM] CS welded bar 1 1/4 IN x 3/16 IN [32 MM x 5 MM] CS Welded Bar 1 1/2 IN x 3/16 IN [38 MM x 5 MM] CS welded bar 2.0 IN x 3/16 IN [50 MM x 5 MM] AL welded bar 21-18 21 Steel (G6) .1/4 INCH [6 MM] SS304 slipnot plate Number of stairways: *1.5 IN X 3/16 IN [38 MM X 5 MM] AL welded bar 2.3/16 INCH [5 MM] SS304 slipnot plate *SLIP4*.5 IN [40 X 40 MM] SLIP 2.0 IN x 3/16 IN [50 MM x 5 MM] CS welded bar 1/8 IN [3 MM] CS checker plate 3/16 IN [5 MM] CS checker plate 1/4 IN [6 MM] CS checker plate 1 IN x 3/16 IN [25 MM x 5 MM] AL welded bar 1.Fibergrate 1.1/8 INCH [3 MM] SS304 slipnot plate SLIP 3.continued Description SAN PLATFM .5 X 1.Steel Plant Bulks .continued Grating type: FIBER.

22 Instrumentation (G10) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Instrumentation Plant Bulks Sensor Loop Descriptions Pressure (P) Differential Pressure (DP) Temperature (T) Flow (F) Level (L) Analyzers (A) Speed (S) Motion (X): Axial. Radial. Vibration Position (PN) Weight (W) Electrical Conductivity (C) Hand (Manual Activation) (H) Field Mounted Solenoid (SL) Typical Pressure Instrument Process Hookup Panel Action Descriptions Panel Option Descriptions Fisher Control Valve Information Control Valve Options Control Valve Configurations Air Supply Piping Remote Control Type Transmitter Type Overview of Instrumentation Report Details Report Details for Analog/Electrical Instrumentation Report Details for Analog/Electrical Pneumatic Instrumentation Report Details for Digital/Electrical Instrumentation Report Details for Digital/Electrical Pneumatic Instrumentation 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-1 .

Combined electronic/pneumatic INST PANEL 22-2 22 Instrumentation (G10) . 12.Galvanized rigid steel conduit EMT. Rigid conduit. 2.5*.Pneumatic panel E/P.Galvanized rigid steel conduit EMT.Aluminum PVC. 10 AWG.Aluminum PVC.Electrical mechanical tubing AL. couplings.Fiberglass Conduit diameter: Range: 0.PVC coated aluminum FRE. electronic/pneumatic Panel type: ELC.150 MM] Number of elbows: Default: *0* Number of fittings: Default: *0* Number of conduit seals: Default: *0* Instrument panel.PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond) PVCA.0 MM2.6. *1.PVC plastic conduit PBON.Electronic panel PNU. fittings and seals Type CONDUIT Material: Default: *GALV* GALV.5.0 INCHES [15 .Fiberglass Cable Size: *14*.Electrical mechanical tubing AL.PVC plastic conduit PBON. 4.Instrumentation Plant Bulks Description Conduit material: Default: *GALV* GALV. galvanized steel.PVC coated aluminum FRE.PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond) PVCA.5 .

Pair TRIAD.36 INCHES [150 . standard wire ARMOR.910 MM]. or 19 Type INST TRAY INST WIRE PNU TUBING 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-3 . 12. Electrical Plant Bulks. armored wire.. wire in conduit Material: Default: *IM* IM.Insul. Range: 1 . Conductor set type: Default: *PAIR* PAIR.IM with interlock armor RIGID. CONDUIT.Triad Instrument pneumatic multi-tube bundle runs Number of tubes per bundle: Range: 7.IM in rigid conduit (See Chapter 22.Description Instrument cable tray Tray width: Range: 6 .50. Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM] Electronic signal wire: wire.Pluggable Pre-Molded wire (fieldbus only) Number of conductor sets per cable: Optional twisted pair or triad in each wire set. for a schematic of the conduit) PPM.

8 Drop pluggable brick (Fieldbus only) PL8S . solid wire ARMOR.Copper constantan Instrument junction boxes: electronic.6 Drop pluggable brick (Fieldbus only) PL6S .6 Drop pluggable brick with short circuit protection (Fieldbus only) PL8 .36 conductor EL24.6 conductor EL4.4 Drop pluggable brick with short circuit protection (Fieldbus only) PL6 .Electronic . pneumatic. Range: 1 .TM in rigid conduit Number of conductor sets per cable: Optional number of twisted pairs per cable.Continued on next page - 22-4 22 Instrumentation (G10) .20 conductor EL16.8 Drop pluggable brick with short circuit protection (Fieldbus only) JUNC BOX .Electronic .. thermocouple Junction box type: EL50. wire in conduit Material: Default: *TM* TM.50 conductor EL36.Insul.Electronic .Electronic .4 conductor PL4 .24 conductor EL20. Conductor type: Default: *JX* JX.Chromel alumel TX.Electronic .Electronic .Electronic .Electronic .36. armored wire.Instrumentation Plant Bulks .Iron constantan KX.16 conductor EL12.12 conductor EL6.continued Description Type THCPL WIRE Thermocouple wire: wire.TM with interlock armor RIGID.4 Drop pluggable brick (Fieldbus only) PL4S .

Number of disk drives: Number of dual floppy disk drivers.Hawke International 4 Drop brick with short-circuit protection (fieldbus only) MB8.3 Drop brick with screw terminal (fieldbus only) MB4.Universal center LOCAL.8 Drop brick (fieldbus only) MB8S.19 tubes PN12.Thermocouple .3 Drop brick with spring clamp (fieldbus only) SRST.7 tubes TC50.36 conductor TC24.Pneumatic . Default: *UNIV* UNIV.20 conductor TC16. includes keyboards Number of Hiway Gateways: Number of gateways for data hiways.Thermocouple .Thermocouple .Thermocouple .Hawke International 8 Drop brick with short-circuit protection (fieldbus only) Enclosure type: Default: *GP* GP.Explosion proof Operator center: Honeywell TDC3000 Operator center type: Universal operator center or local center for one data hiway.12 tubes PN7.Pneumatic .Thermocouple .50 conductor TC36.Thermocouple .Thermocouple .4 Drop brick (fieldbus only) MB4S.Continued on next page OPER CENT Type 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-5 .continued PN19. .24 conductor TC20.Local center Number of operator display units: Number of operator CRT (Cathode-Ray Tube Terminals).Pneumatic .16 conductor TC12.General purpose EXPR.12 conductor TC4.4 conductor SRSC.Instrumentation Plant Bulks . Number of engineering keyboards: Engineer’s keyboard for display.continued Description JUNC BOX . no keyboard included. Number of Indicating CRT: Number of indicating CRT.

The Instrumentation Plant Bulk items referred to as Multifunction controllers.continued Description OPER CENT . containing 1 or more electronic controllers with a power supply. and switch and alarm circuits.48 M] wide. A circuits Multifunction controllers for indicating and control loops. History module: History module for trend analysis. IC. A Multifunction controller consists of a metal cabinet (6 FEET tall [1. MULTI CONT Type 22-6 22 Instrumentation (G10) .No history module Multifunction controllers: analog/digital I. and Low energy level process interface units are based on elements of a Honeywell TDC 2000/3000 process control system.continued Number of LCN cables: Number of local control network cables. S.83 M] and 19 INCHES [0. Default: *NONE* HIST.Add history module NONE. analog and digital I/O signal processing cards mounted in electronic racks as depicted in the following drawing. High energy level process interface units.Instrumentation Plant Bulks .

Redundant multifunction controllers may be specified to insure continued control even in the event of a failure in the primary controller. coaxial cable (Data-highway cable). The High level PIUs are for analog inputs only (4-20mA) and provide simple control.continued Description MULTI CONT . Signals are distributed within the unit over a data bus. generate either an analog (4-20mA for positioning control valves) or digital (for solenoids. Electric power is required to support all the electronics and a cooling fan on top of the unit. Battery backup may be specified if it is important that the controller not lose its ability to control the processing in the event of a power outage.Instrumentation Plant Bulks .Continued on next page - 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-7 . High and low energy level PIUs look similar but have no controllers.continued The multifunction controller is programmed from the engineer’s station in the Operator Center over a redundant. The signals from and to the field interface to the Multifunction controller through a junction box on the back plane of the unit. the Low level PIUs collect signals from thermocouple and RTD loops. There are 3 types of temperature transmitters available: • RTD: resistance temperature detector. This corrective command is sent to output cards which. the only time that you can specify a TC transmitter type is when you specify Temperature (T) as the Process Variable. in turn. on/off valves) control signal which is sent to the appropriate final control element in the field. The controller polls the analog and digital input cards which report to it to collect the signals transmitted by the field sensors connected to those cards. The controller either passes the signal up to the Operator Center for permanent storage in a History Module (computer storage) and/or compares the measured signal with the programmed set point and generates a corrective command. • Filled system: liquid-filled. Type . • TC: thermocouple.

continued Description MULTI CONT . Number of digital output cards: Number of I/O cards for digital output (switch). Input No.Instrumentation Plant Bulks . Redundancy: Redundancy provides 1 backup controller for up to eight primary controllers. Number of battery backups: Number of backup battery power supplies for multifunction controllers. Number of digital input cards: Number of I/O cards for digital input (alarm). The I/O cards handle the following number of signals: Type Signal Type Analog Digital No. Default: *0* 22-8 22 Instrumentation (G10) . Number of analog output cards: Number of I/O cards for analog output (control).No redundancy Number of analog input cards: Number of I/O cards for analog input (indicating). Default: *NONE* RED. Output Signals per Card Signals per Card 8 16 4 8 Number of controllers: One cabinet and power supply provided per two controllers.continued The TDC2000/3000 controller handles 16 analog output per controller.Redundancy required NONE.

Coax cable FIBER. redundant (fiber optic) Coaxial or fiber optic cables connecting digital controllers to operator centers. alarm circuits Type HL PIU Number of digital input cards: Enter number of input cards required. Low energy level process interface units: Thermocouple and RTD circuits Data-highway cable.None COND. switch.Instrumentation Plant Bulks . Default: *2* Enclosure type: Default: *NONE* NONE. Number of digital output cards: Enter number of output cards required.Conduit LL PIU DATA HIWAY 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-9 .continued Description High energy level process interface units: Indicator.Fiber optic cable Number of terminations: Min: 1. Material selection: Default: *COAX* COAX.

P P IC I IC RC R1 R2R3 A LC LP or CC P e Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) P I LC none 4 P LP or CC LP or CC e 6 P IC P or e 1 2 For panel action.No chemical seal CS. p = pneumatic. via pipe and tubing. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital).With chemical seal Additional Control Valve: secondary control valve for adding to another control loop. gauge valves to process (FT) draft gauge (DG) 3 2 Pressure Controller: field mounted.Sensor Loop Descriptions Pressure (p) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 1 Pressure Gauge. 22-10 22 Instrumentation (G10) . Sensor element types: transmitter without seal (TN) transmitter with seal (TS) standard or microprocessor Pressure Switch: field mounted. via pipe and tubing. Pressure Transmitter: field mounted. Instrument Location: LC= local. panel option and control valve option. pipe and tubing. refer to the applicable section later in this chapter. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic. *NS*. field mounted: Sensor element types (default = ST): pipe fittings to process (ST).

refer to the applicable section later in this chapter.With chemical seal Additional Control Valve: secondary control valve for adding to another control loop Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) DP l LC none 2 DP A LP or CC p or e 4 DP A LP or CC e 6 DP lC LP or CC p or e 1 2 For panel action.Differential Pressure (DP) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 1 Differential Pressure Gauge: connected to process via pipe and tubing. Sensor element types: transmitter without seal (TN) transmitter with seal (TS) standard or mircoprocessor Differential Pressure Switch: connected to process via pipe and tubing. panel option and control valve option. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital).No chemical seal CS. *NS*. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic. Instrument Location: LC= local. Differential Pressure Transmitter: connected to process via pipe and tubing. 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-11 . p = pneumatic.

Resistance temperature WB.Surface mounted Temperature Switch: with thermowell. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital).Thermocouple thermowell Temperature Controller: filled system. refer to the applicable section later in this chapter. with thermowell Testwell: thermowell and cap only Temperature transmitter. p = pneumatic.Filled system TC. field-mounted Additional Control Valve secondary control valve for adding to another control loop Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) T l LC none 3 0 2 T T T lC none l lIC RC R1 R2 R3 LC LC LP or CC p none p or e 4 T A LP or CC LP or CC e 6 T lC p or e 1 2 For panel action. panel option and control valve option.Dial thermometer with thermowell TC. Instrument Location: LC= local.Temperature (T) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 1 Temperature indicator Sensor element types: TM. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic. 22-12 22 Instrumentation (G10) .Thermocouple RT.Wet bulb temperature SM. with thermowell Sensor element types (default = FS): FS.

Instrument Location: LC= local.Turbine meter MR .Meter run with orifice plate RS. field-mounted. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic.Meter run with orifice plate and chemical seals 3 Flow Controller: orifice plate. p = pneumatic. refer to the applicable section later in this chapter.Orifice plate. DP transmitter and chemical seals VX. panel option and control valve option. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital).Ultrasonic meter TM. transmitter loop only (NS) UM.Magnetic meter (standard or microprocessor) MS.Mass flow meter NS. 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-13 . TS.Vortex meter MG.Orifice plate and DP transmitter OS.No sensing element.Flow (F) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 1 2 Flow Indicator Flow Transmitter: Sensor element types (default = OP): OP. tubing F Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) F F l l lC RC R1 R2 R3 LC lP or CC none e or p lC LC p 4 Flow Switch with orifice plate: F Sensor element types (default FS): FS.Flow sensing and totalizing switch Additional Control Valve: secondary control valve for adding to another control loop F A LP or CC e 6 C LP or CC p or e 1 2 For panel action.Flow switch (FS). connected to process via pipe. valves.

3 Signal Type: e = electronic.Level (L) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 1 Level Indicators: Sensor element types (default LG): LG.Paddle type level switch-solids VS.Displacement type DP.Nuclear level RD.reflex type with external standpipe BB.Radar type Level Switch: Sensor element types (default (DS): DS. Instrument Location: LC= local.Conductivity (max/min) detection switch CS.Level gauge .bubble type 3 2 Level Controller: displacement type Level Transmitter: Sensor element types (default = DS): DS.Capacitive type switch Additional Control Valve: secondary control valve for adding to another control loop L L lC l lC RC R1 R2 R3 LC LP or CC p e or p Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) L l LC none 4 6 1 2 For panel action. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital).Level glass .Vibrating (tuning fork) switch CD. p = pneumatic.Level indicator . refer to the applicable section later in this chapter.reflex type external standpipe SP.Differential pressure (standard or micro-processor) RS. panel option and control valve option.Displacement level switch-fluids PD. 22-14 22 Instrumentation (G10) .Single point Ultrasonic level NL.Tape/float UL.DP with chemical seals TF.

Oxygen analyzer (up to 4 samples) BT.Flash point SG.Gas chromatograph (1 sample point. panel option and control valve option.Hydrocarbon in water HR.H2S analyzer H2. sample conditioning) GC.Flame point (w/o sample conditioning system) CP. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital). electronics.Consistency analyzer PL.C02 (without sample conditioning system) VS. refer to the applicable section later in this chapter.Color (without sample conditioning system) FP.pH indicating transmitter ORORP (Oxidation Reduction Potential) (Redox) transmitter O2. 2 Signal Type: e = electronic. 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-15 . electronics. rack C2.Analyzers (A) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 2 Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) l lC RC R2 R3 LP or CC e Analyzers: A Sensor element types (default PH): PH.Smoke density FL.H2S/S02 ratio SO.Heating value (incl. 6 comp.BTU transmitter CS.H2 and hydrocarbons (w/o sample probe) HS. p = pneumatic. rack) HD.Gas detection% LEL (incl.Sulphur in oil Additional Control Valve: secondary control valve for adding to another control loop.Gas detection H2S (incl.) HC.Specific gravity (liquid) HV.Viscosity (w/o sample conditioning system) CL. A 6 lC LP or CC p or e 1 For panel action. Instrument Location: LC= local.Cloud point SD.

Instrument Location: LC= local. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic. panel option and control valve option. 22-16 22 Instrumentation (G10) . refer to the applicable section later in this chapter.Speed (S) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 2 Speed Indicating Transmitter: electronic. p = pneumatic. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital). non-contact type Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) S l lC RC R1 R2 R3 A LP or CC e 4 Speed Switch: S LP or CC e 1 2 For panel action.

22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-17 . refer to the applicable section later in this chapter.non contact type. (default AX): Radial (RD) Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) X l lC RC R1 R2 R3 A LP or CC e 4 Vibration Switch. vibrating read type X LP or CC e 1 2 For panel action. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital). Radial. panel option and control valve option. Vibration Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 2 Motion Transmitter .Motion (X): Axial. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic. p = pneumatic. Instrument Location: LC= local.

22-18 22 Instrumentation (G10) . panel option and control valve option. refer to the applicable section later in this chapter. (default VP): Variable position (VP): On/Off positions (NF) Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) PN l lC RC R1 R2 R3 A LP or CC e or p 4 Position Switch PN LP or CC e 1 2 For panel action. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic. Instrument Location: LC= local. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital). p = pneumatic.Position (PN) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 2 Position Transmitter.

Sensing element options (Default = 4C): 3 cell configuration (3C) 4 cell configuration (4C) 6 cell configuration (6C) Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) W l lC RC R1 R2 R3 LP or CC e 1 2 For panel action. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital). Electrical Conductivity (C) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 2 Conductivity Transmitter: Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) C l lC RC R1 R2 R3 LP or CC e 1 2 For panel action. 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-19 .Weight (W) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 2 Load Cells. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital). panel option and control valve option. p = pneumatic. refer to the applicable section later in this chapter. Instrument Location: LC= local. panel option and control valve option. Instrument Location: LC= local. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic. p = pneumatic. refer to the applicable section later in this chapter.

Instrument Location: LC= local. panel option and control valve option. output signal only Manual switch: panel-mounted (front of panel) Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) H H lC lC LC LP or CC LP or CC p e or p e 4 H S 1 2 For panel action. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic. no input signal. Field Mounted Solenoid (SL) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 6 Solenoid: Field-mounted Process Panel Instrument Signal Variable Action Location Type (1) (2) (3) SL none LP or CC e 1 2 For panel action.Hand (Manual Activation) (H) Sensor Loop Description Type Symbol 3 6 Hand Regulator: field-mounted (pneumatic) Manual Controller: panel-mounted. refer to the applicable section later in this chapter. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital). p = pneumatic. Instrument Location: LC= local. panel option and control valve option. 3 Signal Type: e = electronic. p = pneumatic. refer to the applicable section later in this chapter. on equipment or piping LP= local panel CC= control center (analog or digital). 22-20 22 Instrumentation (G10) .

Instrument Hookup 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-21 .

panel mounted (LP or CC): complete with back-of-panel mounted EMF converter multi-point Thermocouple-based Temperature Recorder. three pens Annunciator Point (LP or CC): activated by a field-mounted switch Switch: indicating. front-of-panel mounted (LP or CC) Thermocouple-based Temperature Indicator. The system includes the control center by default for digital systems. the system automatically generates panel instrumentation (combined control/operator center) required for analog systems. panel mounted (LP or CC) lC RC R1 R2 R3 A S Cl Jl JR In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. panel-mounted indicating controller (receiver type) if on local panel (LP) or in control center (CC) Recording Controller (LP or CC): panel-mounted. multi-point. panel-mounted indicator (receiver type) if on local panel (LP) or in control center (CC) Indicating Controller: field-mounted indicating controller if local to equipment (LC). but not the operator center. one pen panel-mounted. two pens panel-mounted. 22-22 22 Instrumentation (G10) .Panel Action Descriptions Panel Action Symbol l Definition Indicator: field-mounted indicator if local to equipment (LC). or. one pen Recorder (LP or CC): panel-mounted. or.

X.Panel Option Descriptions Panel Action Symbol A1 A2 CR SQ FX LR ES BS Definition Panel alarm: one back-of-panel switch Panel alarm: two back-of-panel switches Computation relay: +. / Square root function Defined function of X Limit regulation: high/low Emergency shutdown (ESD) Bias relay Fisher Control Valve Information Control Valve Type Globe Ball Butterfly Size Range Body Type Actuator 585 657 1052 1052 Positioner 3611JP 3582 3610J 3610J < = 4 INCHES CE 6 . -.8 INCHES ED all sizes all sizes V100 8532 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-23 .

max 8 INCH [200 MM] Fluid positioning control valves may be specified as line size or reduced size.600MM] [>600MM] Control valve Same as line.4 INCH 6 .300 MM] [>300 MM] Globe type positioning.12INCH 14 .24INCH > 24INCH [12 . sanitary only. usually large sizes from 3 INCH [75 MM] On/off globe valve. sanitary.Control Valve Options Type STD Definition Standard positioning . 22-24 22 Instrumentation (G10) .300MM] [350 . max 4 INCH [100 MM] Tank outlet. usually small sizes On/off ball valve. max 4 INCH [100 MM] Diverter. usually larger sizes On/off Slide gatte for bin discharge Positioning slide gate for bin discharge Diverter valve for solids handling On/off angle valve. max 4 INCH [100 MM] Butterfly position. Three sizes smaller than line. usually medium sizes up to 12 INCH [300 MM] Butterfly type position. sanitary only. Two sizes smaller than line.type varies with size: Type Globe Ball Butterfly GLP BAP BUP GLO BVO BVU SGO SGP DIV ANO ANP DVS TKS BUP Size 0.5 . usually sizes up to 8 INCH [200 MM] Ball type positioning.100 MM] [150 . The default size reductions are as follows: Line size 0.12 INCH > 12 INCH [12 . Four sizes smaller than line.100MM] [150MM] [200 . sanitary. One size smaller than line.4INCH 6INCH 8 . usually medium sizes On/off butterfly valve. max 4 INCH [100 MM] Angle positioning. sanitary.5 .

Control Valve Configurations 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-25 .

Air Supply Piping Feed Drop 22-26 22 Instrumentation (G10) .

Remote Control Type Symbol (blank) H M P Description No remote on/off control valves Hydraulic operated remote on/off control valves Motor operated remote on/off control valves Pneumatic operated remote on/off control valves Transmitter Type Type S M Definition Standard Microprocessor (Smart) 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-27 .

Overview of Instrumentation Report Details 22-28 22 Instrumentation (G10) .

Report Details for Analog/Electrical Instrumentation 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-29 .

Report Details for Analog/Electrical Pneumatic Instrumentation 22-30 22 Instrumentation (G10) .

Report Details for Digital/Electrical Instrumentation 22 Instrumentation (G10) 22-31 .

Report Details for Digital/Electricl Pneumatic Instrumentation 22-32 22 Instrumentation (G10) .

JP.23 Electrical (G13) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Electrical Plant Bulks General Electrical Plant Bulks Substation Electrical Plant Bulks Schematic of Transmission Line Substation Schematics Electrical & Control Hook-Ups for Electric Motors Power Distribution Network Wire Sizes US and ME Country Bases UK. and EU Country Bases Electrical Class/Division National Electrical Code (NEC) International Electrical Code (IEC) 23 Electrical (G13) 23-1 .

Aluminum 1PVC. general and substation plant bulks. A description of each follows.Above ground cable/wire BELOW .PVC coated aluminum FRE.Electrical mechanical tubing AL. lighting and tracing.Multi-core cable in tray (less tray) LARM. trays.Single wires in conduit (less conduit) W-TR.PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond) PVCA.600 V at 60 HZ 5000.Galvanized rigid steel conduit EMT.3300 V at 50 HZ 1000.Multi-core in conduit (less conduit) M-TR. Description Material: ARMOR.Electrical Plant Bulks Electrical plant bulks are divided into two categories. includes conduit W-NC . grounding. includes conduit M-NC.Fiberglass Type ELEC CABLE 23-2 23 Electrical (G13) .Lead covered armored cable Rated voltage: 600.Armored multi-core cable W-C. See “Wire Sizes” later in this chapter.15000 V at 60 HZ 600.Multi-core in conduit.Single wires in conduit. Cable placement: Default: Project/Area Design Basis ABOVE .Buried cable/wire without trenching Conduit material: Default: *GALV* GALV.600 V at 50 HZ 3300.5000 V at 60 HZ 15000.11000 at 50 HZ Cable size: Default: US: single wires in conduit.Buried cable/wire with trenching NOTRN .PVC plastic conduit PBON.Single wires in tray (less tray) M-C. General Electrical Plant Bulks General electrical plant bulks include cables. else multi-core cable in tray without tray.

10 AWG.Multi-core cable in tray (less tray) LARM .Electrical mechanical tubing AL. fittings and seals Type CTRL CABLE CONDUIT . includes conduit M-NC.Galvanized rigid steel conduit EMT. Rigid conduit. 2.Multi-core in conduit.Buried cable/wire without trenching Number of conductors: Range: 3 . *1.Single wires in conduit. galvanized steel.PVC coated aluminum FRE. 12.Armored multi-core cable W-C.Aluminum PVC.General Electrical Plant Bulks .Buried cable/wire with trenching NOTRN . includes conduit W-NC.Fiberglass Cable Size: *14*.37 Conduit material: Default: *GALV* GALV.5.Single wires in tray (less tray) M-C.Multi-core in conduit (less conduit) M-TR.Continued on next page - 23 Electrical (G13) 23-3 .5*. couplings.Electric Plant Bulks .Single wires in conduit (less conduit) W-TR.continued Description Electrical control cable runs (LV) Material: ARMOR.PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond) PVCA.0 MM2. 4.PVC plastic conduit PBON.Lead covered armored cable Length of cable run: Default: US: multi-core cable in conduit. else multi-core cable in tray w/o tray Cable placement: Default: Project/Area Design Basis ABOVE .Above ground cable/wire BELOW .

FBRGL. B Electrical tracing of existing equipment Electrical tracing of equipment.0 INCHES [15 .Fiberglass Conduit diameter: Range: 0.36 INCHES [150 .6. P.20 W/FT [65 W/M] Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 40M . or M series cable for ambient temperature maintenance.3 W/FT [10 W/M] Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 5A.PVC coated rigid steel (plasti-bond) PVCA.Electric Plant Bulks .Galvanized rigid steel conduit EMT.Continued on next page EQPT TRACE ELEC TRAY Type 23-4 23 Electrical (G13) . Default: *18* INCHES [*450* MM] Number of 90 degree bends: *0* Tray type: *L*. 3A. Heating cable type: Use P.910 MM].Aluminum PVC.Electrical mechanical tubing AL. T.5 W/FT [16 W/M] Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 8A.10 W/FT [33 W/M] Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 5P.150 MM] Number of elbows: Default: *0* Number of fittings: Default: *0* Number of conduit seals: Default: *0* Electrical cable tray Material: *GALV*.15 W/FT [49 W/M] Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 20P.continued.5 W/FT [16 W/M] Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 10P.10 W/FT [33 W/M] Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 15P.40 W/FT [131 W/M] 300 Volt MI cable . Material: Default: *GALV* GALV. and A.5 .8 W/FT [26 W/M] Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 10A. SS.General Electrical Plant Bulks .continued Description CONDUIT . item of equipment and its insulation are assumed specified elsewhere in the project.PVC plastic conduit PBON. AL Tray Width: Range: 6 . C. M series cable for process temperature maintenance.PVC coated aluminum FRE.

013 OHM/FT [0. dual conductor MI cable. 0.continued. E-trace cable category: Default: *S*.1 OHM/FT [0.5 OHM/M] M4 . 0. but must be specified elsewhere.14 OHM/FT [13.600V. This item also provides insulation of the same size.6 OHM/M] M6 .00516 OHM/FT [0. but must be specified elsewhere.042 OHM/M] M20 . control of electrical tracer based upon low ambient temperature specified for General Area Specifications. 0.656 OHM/M] M12 .Electric Plant Bulks . dual conductor MI cable.77 OHM/M] M8 . 0. default based on pipe length and diameter. Thermostat control: Default: *E-AMB* E-AMB -Electric tracing/ambient temperature control Single thermostat.600V. 0.600V. dual conductor MI cable. the system defaults to the value defined for Area Electrical Specifications. M2 . self-regulating cable. Traced pipe length: The pipe being traced is not included. 0. dual conductor MI cable. 4. E-PRO.0561 OHM/FT [0.328 OHM/M] M14 .184 OHM/M] M16 .continued Description EQPT TRACE .66 OHM/M] M10 .General Electrical Plant Bulks .016 OHM/M] Distance to panel: If the distance to the panel board is not specified. dual conductor MI cable.Continued on next page - 23 Electrical (G13) 23-5 .Electric tracing/process temperature control Multiple thermostated circuits.600V. Select M for MI tracing cable or S for self-regulating tracing cable.0922 OHM/M] M18 .600V. Electrical tracing of existing piping run Electrical tracing of piping. 0.600V.2 OHM/FT [0. PIPE TRACE Type .600V. control of electrical tracer based upon low ambient temperature specified for General Area Specifications. 9 OHM/FT [29. dual conductor MI cable. piping is assumed specified elsewhere. Traced pipe diameter: The pipe being traced is not included.505 OHM/FT [1.0281 OHM/FT [0. 1. dual conductor MI cable. dual conductor MI cable. dual conductor MI cable. dual conductor MI cable.600V.600V.600V. Length of tracer cable: Total length of tracer segments. or one size larger than pipe diameter for pipe diameters of 8 INCHES [200 MM] or smaller.15 OHM/FT [3.

14 OHM/FT [13.10 W/FT [33 W/M] Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 5P.77 OHM/M] M8 . 0. 0.continued Description PIPE TRACE . 3A.continued Heating cable type: Use A series to 120 DEGF[48DEGC]. Default: 392 DEG F [200 DEG C] for M series cable and 220 DEG F [105 DEG C] for self-regulating and 40M cable.1 OHM/FT [0. dual conductor MI cable. P series to 250 DEGF[120DEGC] and M series to 1049DEGF [565DEGC] over low ambient temperature.600V. control of electrical tracer based upon low ambient temperature specified for General Area Specifications. dual conductor MI cable. 0. dual conductor MI cable.General Electrical Plant Bulks .5 OHM/M] M4 .600V. 0. control of electrical tracer based upon low ambient temperature specified for General Area Specifications.Continued on next page - 23-6 23 Electrical (G13) .600V.013 OHM/FT [0.00516 OHM/FT [0.5 W/FT [16 W/ M] Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 10P.184 OHM/M] M16 . 0. 1.6 OHM/M] M6 .0922 OHM/M] M18 .8 W/FT [26 W/M] Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 10A.15 W/FT [49 W/M] Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 20P. dual conductor MI cable. Thermostat control: Default: *E-AMB* E-AMB -Electric tracing/ambient temperature control Single thermostat.600V.600V.Electric Plant Bulks . Max: 250 DEG F [120 DEG C] for self-regulating cable and 1049 DEG F [565 DEG C] for MI cable over low ambient temperature.5 W/FT [16 W/M] Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 8A.656 OHM/M] M12 .15 OHM/FT [3. dual conductor MI cable.600V.600V. 9 OHM/FT [29.042 OHM/M] M20 .10 W/FT [33 W/M] Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 15P.Electric tracing/process temperature control Multiple thermostated circuits.40M W/FT [131 W/M] 300 volt MI cable M2 .328 OHM/M] M14 . dual conductor MI cable. dual conductor MI cable. Type . 4.20 W/FT [65 W/M] Chemelex XTV2-CT cable 40P.600V.66 OHM/M] M10 .0561 OHM/FT [0.505 OHM/FT [1. dual conductor MI cable.600V.016 OHM/M] Maintenance temperature: Process temperature to be maintained. dual conductor MI cable.0281 OHM/FT [0. 0. E-PRO.600V. dual conductor MI cable. 0.3 W/FT [10 W/M] Chemelex BTV2-CT cable 5A.2 OHM/FT [0.

clamps. special conductive backfill material. 35. and 1. 50. based on number of watts for process maintenance. 1/0. etc. MM2: 16. a 10 FEET [3.91 x 3. include pipe with weep holes. Ground grid A system of buried cable and rods provide a grid work for grounding equipment. GRND GRID Type Ground Grid Diagram and Rod Types: 23 Electrical (G13) 23-7 .000 FEET [305 METER] generates 9. EL-L. Number of thermostats: Default: 1 for ambient control. 95. Ground cable length: AWG (US only): 6. 4 rods are generated for the first 1-199 FEET [0. If the number of ground rods is not specified. 70.05 METER] length generates 4 rods.05 METER] copper-clad ground rods with studs. includes manually-driven ¾ INCH x 10 FEET [3. a 200 FEET [61 METER] length generates 5.05 M]). STD. EL-L (3 FEET vertical x 10 FEET horizontal [0.3-60. electrolytic filling material.continued Description PIPE TRACE .05 METER]) and EL-S (straight 10 FEET length [3. 120.6 METER] of grid cable. then 1 rod for each 200 FEET [61 METER] thereafter. The default rod type. EL-S.Electric Plant Bulks . The electrolytic rod types.continued Distance to panel: Distance -pipe to local panel. Includes direct-buried grid cable brazed to each ground rod. buildings and structures.General Electrical Plant Bulks . 4/0. Default: *2* AWG [*35* MM2] Ground rod types: *STD*. 2/0. For example. Does not include trenching and backfill. and protective cover. 2. feeder run to individual tracers determined by system.

1 bulbs.Stand and support arm POLE.Incandescent/ceiling/explosion proof INCV. Default: *400* Other: 100 .400 W.Mercury vapor/ explosion proof MVPV. explosion proofMVPE .2 bulbs FL1E.Mercury halide flood Electrical cable length: Cable run length from lighting panel.General Electrical Plant Bulks . Default: 175 W Support type: See illustrations on following page.continued Description Area lighting: includes poles. Default: *175* Fixture type: Default: Mercury vapor/explosion proof FL1.Sodium vapor/vaportite SVCE. Number of lights: Default: *0* Power per light: Min (flood): 400 W.Sodium vapor/flood INPE.Fluorescent .Incandescent/explosion proof INPV.Mercury vapor/ceiling/explosion proof MVCV . lights and cable Flood: 400 .Continued on next page Type AREA LIGHT 23-8 23 Electrical (G13) .Fluorescent .1 bulb FL2.Fluorescent .Mercury vapor/ceiling vaportite MVF.1 bulb.Incandescent/ceiling/vaportite MHV. Max (fluorescent): 120 W.1000 W.Sodium vapor/ceiling/vaportite SVF.Incandescent/vaportite INCE. explosion proof FL2E.Pole support (see height entry below) .Pendant support BRAKT.Bracket support STAND.Fluorescent . *PENDT*.Mercury vapor/vaportite MVCE .Mercury vapor/flood SVPE-Sodium vapor/explosion proof SVPV.Sodium vapor/ceiling/explosion proof SVCV.Electric Plant Bulks .

2 conductor system 3.3 conductor system 4.Single wires in conduit (less conduit) W-TR.10 AWG .5 MM2.5. else: 2.Continued on next page Type 23 Electrical (G13) 23-9 .Multi-core in conduit (less conduit) M-TR.Multi-core cable in tray (less tray) .other bases 2.continued Number of poles: Default: *0*.4 conductor system Cable size: Default: US: *12 AWG*.US only 10.Above ground cable/wire BELOW .Buried cable/wire with trenching NOTRN . Default: *0*.5.Single wires in tray (less tray) M-C.2.5 MM2 .12 AWG . Number of weld receptacles: 300 A.Buried cable/wire without trenching Electrical cable type: ARMOR. includes conduit M-NC. Pole height: Default: *20* FEET [*6.1.14 AWG .Single wires in conduit.other bases 4. 14. includes conduit W-NC. Wiring system: Default: *3 wire system* 2.0* M].5 MM2 .Electric Plant Bulks .Multi-core in conduit.other bases Cable placement: Default: Project/Area Design Basis ABOVE .continued Description AREA LIGHT . Default: *0*.US only 1.Armored multi-core cable W-C. Number of general receptacles: Low voltage (30-50 A).4 MM2 .US only 12.General Electrical Plant Bulks .

General Electrical Plant Bulks .Electric Plant Bulks .continued STAND Support Type STAND Support Type with Mast POLE Support Type BRAKT and PENDT Support Types 23-10 23 Electrical (G13) .continued AREA LIGHT .

native backfill Number of anodes per bed: *10* Spacing: Anode spacing is the center-to-center distance.continued Description Type Group of anodes in deep well DEEP A group of anodes in a deep well with connecting leads to an adjacent ANODE junction box.Trench. Output: 50 V/50 A or 100 V/100 A Power pole line must be specified separately. etc. coke breeze backfill C. Transformer/rectifier 480 V/60 HZ [415 V/50 HZ] 3 phase input D. Type of anode: A.Drilled hole. coke breeze backfill D.C. The depth is 100 FEET [30 M] plus 7 FEET [2 M] per anode (5 amps per anode).General Electrical Plant Bulks . Well casing symbol: Default: *NONE* NONE. native backfill B. Anode capacity: 50:50A / 50V 150:150A / 100V Length per cable run: Default: *500* FEET [*150* M] RECTIFIER POT TEST SURF ANODE GALV ANODE 23 Electrical (G13) 23-11 .Drilled hole.Trench. Default: *8* FEET [*2.Electric Plant Bulks .5* M] Potential measurement test station Number of test stations: Enter number of test stations per location.No well casing CASED. Anode depth: Depth should be based on the local soil conditions.Cased well Individual galvanic anode An individual galvanic anode for road crossings. Anode capacity: Based on five amps per anode. Length per cable run: Default: *40* FEET [*12* M] Group of anodes in shallow surface bed A shallow surface anode bed consisting of anodes with underground leads to an adjacent junction box.

board opt.Electric Plant Bulks . 15-75 KVA. general-purpose type includes selection of light types. Light type: HEPS. Length per cable run: Default: *500* FEET [*150* M] Emergency light with battery Provides short-term. CONC. Lighting panel/distr. board exp. Transformer size: transformer for panelboard.Explosion proof enclosure NEXPR . battery-recharger.Non-explosion proof enclosure Default: based on area/project specification for electrical class and division or zone. PRCST Lighting panelboard and distribution board Local lighting panelboard or distribution board in substation.Based on area/project electrical class and division or zone EXPR . 6V battery. 2 Underground cable duct Buried depth: Default: *40* INCHES [*1000* MM] Cable duct width: Default: *72* INCHES [*1800* MM] Cable duct type: *TILE*. Panel/distr. STDR Number of light bulbs: *1*. Default: *0* Lighting panel/distr. Tracing panelboard for electrical heat tracing Panelboard for electrical heat tracing circuits. control center. board size: 8-36 for panelboard and 6-12 for distribution board.Distribution board in substation Default: D (distribution board) for UK and EU country bases and P (panelboard) for all other country bases. fencing and cable to a junction box. adjacent storage batteries.continued Description Solar panel with storage batteries Solar panels. power cable with plug for local outlet. STDS. HEPR. local lighting for personnel in case of an electric power failure. Indoor. and mounting bracket. LEPS. ENVEL.: blank . LEPR. proof opt.Local lighting panelboard D .General Electrical Plant Bulks . Panelboard size: 12-36 TRACE PANL PANEL BRD CABLE DUCT EMER LIGHT Type SOLAR PANL 23-12 23 Electrical (G13) . supporting structure.: P .

ground fault level and controller failure. Single-circuit.Solid state relay Default: *EMR* Type TRACE CNTR 23 Electrical (G13) 23-13 .Fiberglass enclosure SS . Default: no RS-485 communication interface required. Packaged unit is modular-rack design and contains 10 controllers in one panel Single/Multi-point Controller Tracing control points: Default: *0*. blank -No RS-485 communication interface required (default) X -RS-485 communication interface required.continued Description Electrical heat tracing controller .Electric Plant Bulks .Electromechanical relay SSR .Electromechanical relay SSR . Maximum 20 Relay type: EMR . 30 and 42 Relay type: EMR .Solid state relay Default: *EMR* Communication option: communication module with 2-wire RS-485 communication.single and multi-point Provides control and monitoring of electrical heating cable circuits.General Electrical Plant Bulks .Stainless steel enclosure Default: Fiberglass enclosure with window Packaged Controller and Panelboard Tracing control points: Only 10 control points allowed Panelboard size: *24*. Enclosure material: blank . dual-circuit and multi-circuit controllers provide temperature control and monitors temperature.

100. 5000.5000 V at 60 HZ.Switchgear termination only BOTH. grounds See “Schematic of Project Site Transmission Line Hook-Up” Wire size: See “Wire Sizes” later in this chapter.230 KV DISCNCT SW OIL C BRKR TRANSFORM Type BUS DUCT Overhead transmission line: cables. OIL Oil circuit breakers Rated voltage: Range: 11 .400 KV Continuous Current: Max: 5 KA [5000 A] Disconnect switches Rated voltage: Range: 4 .Transformer termination only SWGR. Number of elbows: Default: 1 per 20 FEET [6 M] Termination type: *NONE* NONE.3300 V at 50 HZ.Switchgear and transformer termination Electrical transformer: 1 or 2 tap Rated load: Range: 10 . breakers. 600-600 V at 50 HZ. 11000.11000 V at 50 HZ. 3300.Substation Electrical Plant Bulks Substation electrical plant bulks include transformers.No terminations TRANS.000 A Length default elbows: 1 per 20 FEET [6 M] Rated voltage: *600*. transmission lines and bus. 15000. guys. structures.600 V at 60 HZ.000 KVA Transformer type: *DRY*.15000 V at 60 HZ. Steel for substation structure POLE LINE SUBSTN STL 23-14 23 Electrical (G13) . Description Bus duct Continuous Current: Max: 3.

Tie breaker Motor control center Floor-mounted assemblies of one or more enclosed vertical sections principally containing combination motor control/overload protection units (starters). SF6. VAC Breaker location: Default: *FEED* FEED. The “intelligent” MCCs provide more sophisticated electronic control and communication to a control center.g. The cost for upstream items are not included (e. are not for outside use local to the motors).Feeder breaker MAIN. They are unaffected by the electrical class/zone specifications covered later in this chapter.5 .continued Description Circuit breakers: main.000 A Rated voltage: through the maximum HV. HV: 500 .400 HP [0. tie-breakers Continuous current: Max: 3.e. MCC Type BREAKER 23 Electrical (G13) 23-15 .70 MVA.1000 HP [150 . Voltage range: LV: 0. metering. switchgear [feeder breakers.Electrical Plant Bulks . main breaker]. and substation transformer). MV: 250 .300 KW] MV: 200 .33 . supply bus duct/cable.. substation disconnect switch. I The MCCs described are intended for inside use (i.350 MVA.. Interrupt capacity: LV: 25 . feeder.1000 MVA Circuit breaker type: *AIR*.3000 KW] MCC type: *S*.Main breaker TIE.Substation Electrical Plant Bulks .

PF CORRECT UPS EM PWR SET PKG TRANSF AC DC TRAN Type SWITCH BRD 23-16 23 Electrical (G13) .1500 KVA Uninterrupted power supply Rated load: 2-300 KVA.Substation Electrical Plant Bulks . Power factor connection capacitor Capacity: 24-2500 KVAR.Electrical Plant Bulks . UPS type: *STD*. MV (medium voltage). MULT. Voltage: LV (low voltage).8 KV Switchboard type: VCB.Vacuum circuit breaker 1 unit stack VCS2.continued Description Switch board Continuous current: 600-4000 A Rated voltage: 3-13.Vacuum circuit breaker 3 unit stack Short circuit current: *25*-40 KA AC/DC Transformer Rating: 30-300 ampere-hours Package transformer with panel Rated load: 50-800 KVA Transformer primary voltage: 3000-13800 V Number of phases: 1 or *3* Emergency diesel generator Power output: 5 .Vacuum circuit breaker 2 unit stack VCS3.Vacuum circuit breaker VCS1.

Schematic of Transmission Line 23 Electrical (G13) 23-17 .

Substation Schematics 23-18 23 Electrical (G13) .

23 Electrical (G13) 23-19 .Electrical & Control Hook-Ups for Electric Motors Motor Control Center The MCCs described are intended for inside use (i.g. switchgear [feeder breakers. There are two types of MCC available in the system (see diagram below) — those with electric motors driven at low voltage (MCC-LV: COA 733) and those with electric motors driven at mid-voltage (MCC-MV: COA 744). supply bus duct/cable. and substation transformer). The “intelligent” MCCs provide more sophisticated electronic control and communication to a control center. They are unaffected by the electrical class/zone specifications covered later in this chapter.. are not for outside use local to the motors). Both types of MCCs include starters. main breaker]. metering. The cost for upstream items are not included (e.e. substation disconnect switch..

the MCC-MV is a 3-NEMA space cabinet.4. Motor Size HP < = 10 HP 20 . assume that you specify a 20 HP [15 KW] rating. in effect.The MCC-LV is a 12-NEMA space cabinet. 000 HP KW < = 7.50 HP 60 . completely account for the cost of one 12-space MCC-LV containing four 3space starters.this permits the system to select an appropriately sized starter (see table below). The resulting cost includes both the cost of the starter as well as the cost for the fraction of the cabinet occupied by the starter.7 .400 HP 450 .37.150 KW 180 . 1150 KW LV LV LV LV LV MV MV Voltage Starter Size (spaces) 2 3 5 6 9 3 3 23-20 23 Electrical (G13) .the reported cost for the MCC-LV is the cost of the 3-space starter plus three-twelfths of the whole cost of the cabinet.200 HP 250 .100 HP 125 .75 KW 95 .300 KW 335 . For example. Specifying four such items would.4 KW 44. This item is specified by the HP [KW] rating of the motor being supplied.5 KW 15 .400 HP 200 .300 KW 150 .3.

Medium Voltage (MV) and Low Voltage (LV) Motor Control Centers (MCC): 23 Electrical (G13) 23-21 .

Power Distribution Network 23-22 23 Electrical (G13) .

MV --------------------------------------.5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 ---------------------. EU.LV -----------------------------------------------.Wire Sizes Wires sizes must be chosen from one of the following tables.(MM2) ------------------------185 240 300 400 500 630 800 1000 23 Electrical (G13) 23-23 .LV ----------------------------------------------.MV --------------------------------------.(KCMIL) ----- UK. EU.HV -------------------------1.(AWG) --250 350 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 ----. US and ME Country Bases or AWG Wire Units Wire Size Symbols (guage sizes) -------------. and JP Country Base or MM2 Wire Units Wire Size Symbols (MM2 sizes) -------------.5 2.HV -------------------------14 12 10 8 6 4 2 1 1/0 2/0 4/0 -------. and JP Country Bases UK.

Dust is suspended in air continuously or during course of normal operation for this area. Flammable liquids are handled and processed in this area. Suspension of dust is not likely in this area. 23-24 23 Electrical (G13) . Explosion-proof.Indicates cable type inconsistent with electrical class and division. Hazardous atmospheres exist continuously or can occur during course of normal operation for this area. Non-hazardous conditions. Locations exist in this area in which easily ignitable fibers are stored. but they are normally confined (Default). Locations exist in this area in which ignitable fibers are handled or used. . *12* - + - Combustible Dust 21 + - 22 - + - Combustible Fibers or Particles 31 32 + + - General Purpose GP + - + Indicates cable type consistent with electrical class and division.Electrical Class/Division National Electrical Code (NEC) Electrical Class and Division Symbol Single Core or MultiCore Wire In Tray Single Core Armoror Multied Core Wire Cable In Conduit + - Flammable Gasses or Vapors 11 Highly inflammable gasses and/or vapors. but deposits of dust can occur and be ignited by sparks.

Non-hazardous conditions 2 + + + GP + + + + Indicates cable type consistent with electrical class and division.International Electrical Code (IEC) Electrical Zone Single Core or MultiCore Wire In Tray _ _ Single Core Armore or Multid Cable Core Wire In Conduit + + + + Flammable Gasses or Vapors 0 1 Explosive gas/air mixture is constantly present or is present for long periods. Explosive gas/air mixture is likely to occur under normal operating conditions. If it does occur.Indicates cable type inconsistent with electrical class and division. Explosive gas/air mixture is unlikely to occur under normal operating conditions. . it will be of short duration. 23 Electrical (G13) 23-25 .

23-26 23 Electrical (G13) .

24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Insulation Plant Bulks Insulation Materials Fireproofing Materials Insulation Schedules .Heavy Schedule (H): Metric Units Cold Insulation .Medium Schedule (M): Metric Units Hot Insulation .System Default Tables Hot Insulation .6 to 10 INCH Thicknesses Hot Insulation .Light Schedule (L): I-P Units Hot Insulation .25 to 165 MM Thicknesses Cold Insulation .5 INCH Thicknesses Hot Insulation .Medium Schedule (M): I-P Units Hot Insulation .Light Schedule (L): Metric Units Hot Insulation .Heavy Schedule (H): I-P Units Cold Insulation .1 to 5.178 to 254 MM Thicknesses Customizing Insulation Specifications 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 24-1 .

Material: *MAGN*. General insulation specified as surface area to be covered. cold insulation.4 The thickness changes according to the Firepr.Magnesium oxychloride CONC.2 1/2 INCHES [64 MM] 3 hours. Material: *CASIL*.Calcium silicate MWOOL.Magnesium oxychloride CONC.3 INCHES [76 MM] 4 hours.Foam glass . Rating-Hours: For magnesium oxychlor fireproofing: 2 hours.1 3/16 INCHES [30 MM] For concrete fireproofing: < 3 hours.4 The thickness changes according to the Firepr.Concrete Fire resistance rating: Range: 2 .3 INCHES [76 MM] 4 hours. Rating-Hours: For magnesium oxychlor fireproofing: 2 hours.1 3/16 INCHES [30 MM] For concrete fireproofing: < 3 hours.9/16 INCHES [14 MM] 3 hours.3 1/2 INCHES [88 MM] Fireproofing for existing structural steel Material: *MAGN*.2 1/2 INCHES [64 MM] 3 hours.7/8 INCHES [22 MM] 4 hours.Insulation Plant Bulks Description Fireproofing for existing surface area General fireproofing specified as a surface area to be covered.9/16 INCHES [14 MM] 3 hours. Insulation for existing surface area: hot.Concrete Fire resistance rating: Range: 2 .7/8 INCHES [22 MM] 4 hours.3 1/2 INCHES [88 MM] General area insulation.Mineral wool FOAM.Continued on next page INSUL AREA FIREP SSTL Type FIREP AREA 24-2 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) .

Jacket type: AL.Stainless steel jacket CS.Mineral wool FOAM.Foam glass Temperature: Temperature for FOAM only.Rockwool bulk insulation Cable Tray fireproofing Fire resistance rating: Range: 2 .Stainless steel jacket CS.Calcium silicate MWOOL. provides cold (default) or hot insulation.Perlite bulk insulation VERM.Aluminum jacket SS.Painted carbon steel jacket Packed bulk insulation Material: *PERL*. provides cold (default) or hot insulation. Jacket type: AL.4 INSUL PIPE INSUL BULK FIREP TRAY 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 24-3 .Insulation Plant Bulks .Aluminum jacket SS. cold Material: *CASIL*.continued Description INSUL AREA .Vermiculite bulk insulation RWOOL.Painted carbon steel jacket Type Insulation for existing piping: hot.continued Temperature: Temperature for FOAM only.

ladders) and various steel structures by default.0 12.0 12.0 300. is foam glass insulation for temperatures 50 DEG F [10 DEG C] or lower. The default material is magnesium oxychloride. Description Calcium silicate Mineral wool Foam glass Ceramic wool Polyisocyanurate/ Plyurethane Maximum Thickness Temperature Range INCHES 12.0 300. The user must specify at least the rating (thickness to use) in project level specifications and separately specify the thickness of fireproofing on each component.0 300. Description Magnesium oxychloride Rating (hours) 0 2 3 4 Concrete 0 2 3 4 Pyrocrete 1 2 3 4 Thickness INCHES 0 9----16 41 ----16 31 ----16 0 1 1 -2 3 1 1 -2 3 -4 1 1 1 -4 1 1 -2 MM 0 14 22 30 0 64 76 89 19 25 32 38 PYRO CONC Fireproofing Symbol MAGN 24-4 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) .0 MM 300. The default.0 300. support steel. calcium silicate insulation is applied for higher temperatures.0 DEG F 51 to 1500 51 to 1200 -450 to 665 51 to 1500 -450 to 250 DEG C 11 to 815 11 to 645 -265 to 350 11 to 815 -265 to 120 Insulation Symbol CASIL MWOOL FOAM CWOOL PURF Fireproofing Materials Note that fireproofing is not applied to equipment (skirts/legs.Insulation Materials Note that insulation is applied to equipment and piping as specified by the user.0 12.0 10. if no choice is specified.

For large diameter pipe.Light Schedule (L): I-P Units Nominal Pipe Diameter Inches 0. Insulation for hot service would be applied to designated surfaces of 51 degrees F or hotter.5 2 2. To use the table: 1 2 3 4 Locate pipe diameter in left column.5 6 Temperatures .Insulation Schedules . use next larger insulation thickness.INCHES 1 1.5 2000 1989 1801 1640 1613 1232 1142 950 914 823 776 748 725 706 696 696 676 676 622 622 622 2000 2000 1836 2000 1778 2000 1558 1887 1406 1737 1237 1520 1133 1385 1008 1268 960 952 928 911 894 894 874 874 850 850 850 1236 1177 1147 1126 1109 1109 1090 1090 1032 1032 1032 2000 2000 1810 2000 1700 2000 1556 1922 2000 1492 1846 2000 1419 1775 2000 1384 1708 2000 1364 1646 2000 1361 1588 2000 1346 1534 2000 1329 1483 2000 1329 1436 2000 1250 1392 1546 1250 1392 1546 1250 1392 2000 4 4.5 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 36 268 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 460 454 411 305 253 236 216 164 162 162 162 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 790 780 581 558 500 441 389 306 295 90 275 256 250 244 238 238 226 226 225 225 225 Insulation Thickness . or other large flat surfaces.75 1 1. Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees F).Degrees F Notes: Light insulation schedule is typical for average low ambient temperatures above 40 degrees F. For intermediate temperatures.5 5 5.5 2 2.System Default Tables Hot Insulation . Read required insulation thickness at top of column. equipment. use thicknesses in the last line in the table. 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 24-5 .5 1170 1161 1049 869 848 679 598 493 475 445 414 392 383 373 365 365 349 349 340 340 340 3 1774 1586 1410 1181 1148 949 848 709 693 628 585 557 542 529 517 517 501 501 501 501 501 3.

5 5 5.5 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 36 209 305 520 150 302 498 150 231 389 150 228 369 150 202 332 150 193 296 150 183 270 150 157 228 150 156 223 150 156 220 150 156 213 150 203 150 200 150 197 150 194 150 194 150 188 150 188 150 188 150 188 150 188 758 732 665 565 544 450 392 322 313 298 282 271 267 262 258 258 250 250 245 245 245 Insulation Thickness .5 2 2. use thicknesses in the last line in the table. equipment.5 2 2. Read required insulation thickness at top of column.Degrees F 1185 1457 1051 1399 944 811 777 660 579 479 444 389 368 354 346 340 334 334 326 326 326 326 326 1279 1173 1137 925 838 705 648 571 517 474 438 428 423 423 413 413 386 386 386 1659 1911 2000 1588 1825 2000 1557 1786 2000 1444 1747 2000 1433 1710 1941 2000 1240 1617 1882 2000 1112 1475 1801 2000 977 881 774 710 670 625 585 548 522 512 512 500 500 500 1304 1630 1953 2000 1177 1505 1869 2000 1067 1366 1788 2000 1001 1277 1716 1922 2000 926 860 819 778 739 701 676 613 591 591 1184 1653 1846 2000 1115 1587 1775 2000 1056 1530 1708 2000 1013 1476 1646 2000 963 916 881 809 778 778 1427 1588 2000 1380 1534 1797 1337 1483 1707 1297 1436 1622 1251 1392 1546 1251 1392 1546 Note: Notes: Medium insulation schedule is typical for average low ambient temperatures from 20 degrees F to 40 degrees F. For intermediate temperatures.75 1 1.Medium Schedule (M): I-P Units Nominal Pipe Diameter Inches 0.Hot Insulation . Insulation for hot service would be applied to designated surfaces of 51 degrees F or hotter. 24-6 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) .5 3 3. Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees F).INCHES 1 1. or other large flat surfaces.5 Temperatures . For large diameter pipe. use next larger insulation thickness.5 4 4.5 6 6. To use the table: 1 2 3 4 Locate pipe diameter in left column.

Heavy Schedule (H): I-P Units Nominal Pipe Diameter Inches 0.5 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 36 150 150 150 150 150 250 345 215 302 197 280 179 260 164 240 150 220 150 185 150 150 596 516 478 440 405 370 309 248 195 150 150 150 1.5 2 2. 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 24-7 .INCHES 3 3. use thicknesses in the last line in the table.Hot Insulation .5 6 7 8 Temperatures . To use the table: 1 2 3 4 Locate pipe diameter in left column. or other large flat surfaces. Read required insulation thickness at top of column.5 5 5.Degrees F 1821 2000 1650 2000 1571 2000 1493 2000 1420 1882 2000 1347 1764 2000 1212 1601 2000 1088 1450 1905 2000 969 865 766 675 572 512 446 368 302 261 194 150 150 1310 1738 2000 1176 1576 2000 1062 1432 1844 2000 949 845 750 661 579 503 432 367 306 306 1305 1692 2000 1174 1550 2000 1059 1416 2000 952 853 760 674 594 502 502 1292 2000 1176 1794 2000 1068 1594 2000 966 872 784 784 1413 2000 1243 1796 1092 1585 1092 1585 Note: Heavy insulation schedule is typical for average low ambient temperatures less than 20 degrees F. use next larger insulation thickness.5 Insulation Thickness . Insulation for hot service would be applied to designated surfaces of 51 degrees F or hotter. Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees F). For intermediate temperatures.75 1 1. For large diameter pipe.5 2 2.5 915 808 756 705 661 617 533 459 382 318 258 199 150 150 150 4 1317 1175 1113 1052 987 922 818 717 629 539 460 388 321 259 202 150 150 150 150 4. equipment.

Read required insulation thickness at top of column.5 Inches 0.M. or H) does not apply to cold insulation. Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees F).5 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 36 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 30 30 30 30 30 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 -10 -10 15 15 15 15 20 25 25 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 -25 -25 -15 -15 -10 -10 0 0 0 10 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 -70 -70 -45 -45 -35 -35 -30 -25 -15 -10 -5 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 5 10 -135 -130 -100 -90 -60 -60 -55 -45 -35 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 -10 -10 -10 -5 4 4.Cold Insulation . For intermediate temperatures.1 to 5. joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied. For cold insulation.5 2 2.INCHES Pipe Diameter 1 1.Degrees F -225 -225 -300 -459 -180 -225 -300 -459 -120 -185 -230 -290 -120 -185 -225 -290 -105 -135 -175 -235 -105 -135 -175 -235 -85 -70 -60 -50 -45 -40 -35 -35 -35 -35 -35 -25 -25 -25 -25 -135 -160 -235 -105 -125 -160 -85 -70 -65 -55 -55 -50 -45 -45 -45 -40 -40 -40 -40 -115 -145 -105 -125 -105 -125 -80 -75 -70 -65 -65 -65 -60 -60 -60 -55 -105 -105 -105 -95 -95 -95 -75 -75 -75 -75 Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L.5 3 3.5 Temperatures .5 5 5. Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated surfaces of 50 degrees F or colder.75 1 1. 24-8 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) . equipment. or other large flat surfaces. use thicknesses in the last line in the table.5 INCH Thicknesses Nominal Insulation Thickness .5 2 2. For large diameter pipe. use next larger insulation thickness. To use the table: 1 2 3 4 Locate pipe diameter in left column.

To use the table: 1 2 3 4 Locate pipe diameter in left column. use next larger insulation thickness.INCHES 7 7.5 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 36 -345 -459 -340 -459 -290 -340 -459 -290 -340 -459 -265 -300 -459 -205 -240 -290 -325 -175 -215 -225 -295 -150 -185 -225 -235 -140 -170 -205 -230 -130 -160 -190 -225 -125 -150 -180 -210 -115 -145 -175 -200 -110 -135 -165 -190 -105 -130 -155 -180 -105 -130 -155 -180 -105 -120 -140 -170 -105 -120 -140 -170 -105 -120 -140 -170 -105 -115 -135 -160 -459 -325 -300 -285 -265 -250 -235 -225 -205 -205 -190 -190 -190 -175 -459 -459 -325 -305 -285 -275 -260 -240 -240 -225 -225 -225 -215 -459 -352 -310 -295 -290 -270 -270 -250 -250 -250 -240 -459 -459 -325 -459 -315 -459 -300 -459 -300 -459 -285 -305 -285 -305 -285 -305 -280 -300 6 6. Read required insulation thickness at top of column. For intermediate temperatures.5 9 9.5 10 Temperatures .5 Insulation Thickness . joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied.75 1 1.Cold Insulation .Degrees F Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L.5 8 8. For cold insulation.6 to 10 INCH Thicknesses Nominal Pipe Diameter Inches 0. Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees F). Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated surfaces of 50 degrees F or colder. or other large flat surfaces. or H) does not apply to cold insulation. use thicknesses in the last line in the table.M. For large diameter pipe. 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 24-9 . equipment.5 2 2.

To use the table: 1 2 3 4 Locate pipe diameter in left column.Hot Insulation . use next larger insulation thickness. Read required insulation thickness at top of column. 24-10 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) .Light Schedule (L): Metric Units Nominal Pipe Diameter MM 20 25 40 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 900 131 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 237 421 234 415 210 305 151 292 122 260 113 227 102 198 73 72 72 72 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 152 146 143 135 124 121 117 114 114 107 107 107 107 107 632 627 565 465 453 359 314 256 246 229 212 200 195 189 185 185 176 176 171 171 171 Insulation Thickness . For intermediate temperatures. For large diameter pipe. or other large flat surfaces. equipment.Degrees C Note: Light insulation schedule is typical for average low ambient temperatures from above 4 degrees C. Insulation for hot service would be applied to designated surfaces of 11 degrees C or hotter. Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees C).MM 25 38 50 63 75 967 863 765 638 620 509 453 376 367 331 307 291 283 276 269 269 260 260 260 260 260 88 1093 1087 982 893 878 666 616 510 490 439 413 397 385 374 368 368 357 357 327 327 327 1093 1093 1002 1093 970 847 763 669 611 542 515 511 497 488 478 478 467 467 454 454 454 1093 1030 1093 947 826 751 686 668 636 619 607 598 598 587 587 555 555 555 1093 987 926 846 811 770 751 740 738 730 720 720 676 676 676 1093 1093 1050 1093 1007 1093 968 931 896 864 834 806 780 755 755 755 1093 1093 1093 1093 980 930 883 841 841 841 100 113 125 138 150 Temperatures . use thicknesses in the last line in the table.

Insulation for hot service would be applied to designated surfaces of 11 degrees C or hotter. use next larger insulation thickness.Degrees C 1043 1093 996 974 952 932 880 801 706 636 575 538 496 460 437 414 392 371 357 322 310 310 1093 1093 1093 1060 1093 1027 1093 982 887 818 741 691 640 601 568 545 517 491 471 431 414 414 1093 1067 1093 1020 1093 975 935 900 863 832 802 775 748 725 702 677 677 1093 1050 1093 1007 1093 968 931 896 864 834 806 780 755 755 1093 1093 1093 1093 980 930 883 841 841 Note: Medium insulation schedule is typical for average low ambient temperatures from -6 degrees C to 4 degrees C.Medium Schedule (M): Metric Units Nominal Pipe Diameter MM 20 25 40 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 900 98 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 151 271 150 258 110 198 108 187 94 89 83 69 68 68 68 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 166 146 132 108 106 104 100 95 93 91 90 90 86 86 86 86 86 403 388 351 296 284 232 200 161 156 147 138 132 130 127 125 125 121 121 118 118 118 Insulation Thickness .MM 25 38 50 63 75 640 566 506 432 413 348 303 248 228 198 186 178 174 171 167 167 163 163 163 163 163 88 791 759 692 633 613 496 447 373 342 299 269 245 225 220 217 217 211 211 196 196 196 100 113 903 864 847 784 778 671 600 525 471 412 376 354 329 307 286 272 266 266 260 260 260 125 138 150 163 Temperatures .Hot Insulation . equipment. or other large flat surfaces. To use the table: 1 2 3 4 Locate pipe diameter in left column. For large diameter pipe. Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees C). Read required insulation thickness at top of column. 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 24-11 . For intermediate temperatures. use thicknesses in the last line in the table.

Hot Insulation . For large diameter pipe. use thicknesses in the last line in the table 24-12 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) . Read required insulation thickness at top of column. To use the table: 1 2 3 4 Locate pipe diameter in left column. For intermediate temperatures.Degrees C Note: Heavy insulation schedule is typical for average low ambient temperatures less than -6 degrees C. Insulation for hot service would be applied to designated surfaces of 11 degrees C or hotter. or other large flat surfaces. use next larger insulation thickness. equipment.Heavy Schedule (H): Metric Units Nominal Pipe Diameter MM 20 25 40 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 900 65 65 65 65 65 121 173 101 150 91 81 73 65 65 137 126 115 104 85 65 65 65 313 268 247 226 207 187 153 120 90 158 65 65 Insulation Thickness .MM 38 50 63 75 88 490 431 402 373 349 325 278 237 194 281 125 92 65 65 65 100 713 635 600 566 530 494 436 380 331 462 237 197 160 126 94 65 65 65 65 113 125 993 898 855 811 771 730 655 586 520 635 407 357 300 266 230 186 150 27 90 65 65 1093 1093 1093 1093 1027 1093 962 871 787 710 857 572 509 451 398 349 303 261 222 186 152 152 1093 1093 1040 1093 947 1093 777 707 634 570 511 456 404 356 312 261 261 1006 1093 922 843 768 700 635 575 518 466 417 417 1093 1093 1093 1093 978 867 767 672 588 588 1093 1093 1093 980 862 862 1093 138 150 175 200 Temperatures . Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees C).

Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated surfaces of 10 degrees C or colder.MM 25 38 50 63 75 -56 -56 -42 -42 -37 -37 -34 -31 -26 -23 -20 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -17 -14 -14 -14 -12 88 -92 -90 -73 -67 -51 -51 -48 -42 -37 -31 -31 -31 -31 -31 -31 -31 -31 -23 -23 -23 -20 100 113 125 138 150 163 Temperatures . Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees C). or H) does not apply to cold insulation. Read required insulation thickness at top of column. joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied.25 to 165 MM Thicknesses Nominal Pipe Diameter MM 20 25 40 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 900 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 -3 -3 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 -23 -23 -9 -9 -9 -9 -6 -3 -3 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -31 -31 -26 -26 -23 -23 -17 -17 -17 -12 -9 -9 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 Insulation Thickness . use thicknesses in the last line in the table. To use the table: 1 2 3 4 Locate pipe diameter in left column.Degrees C -142 -159 -184 -273 -117 -159 -184 -273 -84 -84 -76 -76 -64 -56 -51 -45 -42 -39 -37 -37 -37 -37 -37 -31 -31 -31 -31 -120 -145 -178 -209 -273 -120 -142 -178 -206 -273 -92 -92 -92 -76 -64 -56 -53 -48 -48 -45 -42 -42 -42 -39 -39 -39 -39 -114 -148 -178 -206 -114 -148 -178 -206 -106 -131 -164 -184 -87 -81 -76 -76 -62 -59 -56 -53 -53 -53 -51 -51 -51 -48 -106 -131 -151 -98 -87 -87 -76 -76 -76 -70 -70 -70 -59 -59 -59 -59 -114 -137 -101 -120 -95 -89 -87 -81 -78 -76 -76 -76 -76 -76 -76 -112 -106 -101 -98 -92 -89 -89 -84 -84 -84 -81 Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L. For cold insulation. 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 24-13 .Cold Insulation . For intermediate temperatures. or other large flat surfaces. use next larger insulation thickness. M. For large diameter pipe. equipment.

use thicknesses in the last line in the table. joints are caulked and a vapor barrier is applied. equipment. or other large flat surfaces. or H) does not apply to cold insulation. To use the table: 1 2 3 4 Locate pipe diameter in left column. For intermediate temperatures. 24-14 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) . Read required insulation thickness at top of column. For large diameter pipe. M. use next larger insulation thickness.Cold Insulation .178 to 254 Thicknesses Nominal Insulation Thickness .MM Pipe Diameter 175 188 200 213 225 238 MM 20 25 40 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 900 -273 -273 -273 -178 -198 -273 -159 -181 -198 -273 -142 -148 -184 -273 -131 -145 -176 -198 -273 -123 -142 -164 -187 -198 -117 -134 -156 -176 -189 -114 -128 -148 -170 -181 -109 -123 -142 -162 -178 -103 -117 -131 -151 -167 -103 -117 -131 -151 -167 -95 -95 -95 -92 -112 -123 -142 -156 -112 -123 -142 -156 -112 -123 -142 -156 -106 -114 -137 -151 -273 -273 -198 -192 -184 -184 -176 -176 -176 -173 -273 -273 -273 -273 -187 -187 -187 -184 Temperatures . For cold insulation. Read across line to locate the operating temperature (degrees C). Insulation for cold service would be applied to designated surfaces of 10 degrees C or colder.Degrees C 250 Note: The hot insulation schedule adjustment (L.

Template Insulation Specification Files There are three template files (IP units.DAT. 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 24-15 . open the Insulation Thickness and Rules subfolder. In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and IPM (while no projects are open). External versions of these tables are available for customization in an ASCII format file.DAT. Rename the file. but the default temperature and equivalent length parameters (alterable fields) are either in IP units.Customizing Insulation Specifications In order to assign an appropriate insulation thickness to a piece of equipment or section of pipe (if thickness is not specified by the user). or are absent. The file format is shown on the following page.DAT. Metric units. This file also includes a table that lets you define how much insulation is allocated for valves and fillings. It will be the starting point for your custom insulation specs file. Metric units. The editor must not introduce non-printing characters other than a space or CR/LF. and blank) available in one of the following locations: Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. In the Customer External Files folder. Right-click on the template of your choice and click Duplicate. the system refers to tables that relate thickness to temperature and pipe diameter. view the Libraries view tab on the Palette. and INSSPC_BLANK. the system refers to internal representations of the insulation tables during a project estimate if there are no customized copies of the insulation specs file in the Administrator or project directories. no tabs are allowed. IPM: C://Aspen Tech/Aspen Icarus xxx/Data/ Insulation/ The files are named INSSPC_IP. The files contain identical tables. INSSPC_METRIC. In other products. Customizing the Insulation Specs File You can edit the newly created file by using any ASCII text editor. These files are inactive. that is. You can copy whichever file is the most convenient as a starting point for your customized insulation specs file(s). you must manually copy and rename the file.

Overall Units Section Diameter Units Section The picture above shows the top of the file and the first insulation thickness table. The following are the only fields that may be altered: • Unit of Measurement option fields at the top of the file 24-16 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) . Lines which contain comments start with a “#”. YOu must be sure to avoid shifting any of the vertical pipe sysboles “l” while altering the fields. Lines which are read in by the system during a project run begin with a “l”.

Table 4 is for cold insulation. the temperatures will be read as degrees Centigrade. and Heavy schedules from which you may choose in the Project Design Basis menu. If you choice IP units by entering “IP” into the space provided. C parameters you provide) are calculated using pipe diameters in Inches or Millimeters. row) is used for both 36 inch diameter pipe and equipment insulation. To avoid confusion. (These values will be maintained internally. if you select Heavy schedule insulation when defining your project. This choice does not affect Tables 1 through 4. Medium. 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 24-17 . If a table is left completely blank the system will refer to the internal default tables for an estimate requiring that schedule. the temperature values in Tables 1 thru 4 will be read by the system as degrees Fahrenheit. Customizing the Insulation Thickness Tables There are four thickness tables in the file . The available options are “INCH” or “MM”.three for hot insulation and one for cold. not the pipe diameters or insulation thickness. C parameter values in Table 5 Unit of Measurement Basis Options The first choice you must make when customizing an insulation specs table is the overall unit of measurement basis. For a given pipe diameter (table row). the system will refer to Table 3 when generating a cost estimate). 2. Note: You may only adjust the temperature cells in the insulation thickness tables. The last row of each table (36 inch/900 MM. If you leave a temperature cell blank. each temperature value represents the maximum temperature for which the corresponding thickness will be used. The option also determines the equivalent length equations (formed from the A. You do not have to fill Tables 1 through 4 out completely. the system will not fill the blank values in the external data file). With and IP basis the parameters in Table 5 will be used to calculate equivalent insulation in feet of pipe. the system will interpolate linearly between the given values to fill the blanks. but there are values given somewhere to the left and right. Tables 1. and the values in Table 5 will be used to calculate equivalent meters of pipe insulation. B. The tables are arranged with pipe diameter along the left hand side and insulation thickness along the top. You must also select a unit of measurement basis for pipe diameter. if you enter “METRIC” in the units field provided. Interpolation is not possible for outer blanks that have no surrounding given values. B.• • Temperature values within Tables 1 thru 4 Maximum diameter and A. and 3 correspond to the Light. it is recommended that you fill out all four insulation thickness tables according to your insulating practices even if you do not intend on using all three schedules. these spaces are filled by copying the last given value over to fill the remainder of the table. It determines whether the maximum pipe diameters in Table 5 are in Inches or Millimeters. Conversely. or above and below. The available options are “IP” or “METRIC”. (For example.

Equivalent Pipe Length = A + B * (Pipe Diameter)c Any of the three parameters may be set to zero to simplify the correlation. Likewise. Each range is defined by the maximum diameters you place in the fields provided. The parameters A. in the above picture the Medium correlations would be used to calculate the insulation required for any valve or fitting on a section of pipe with diameter larger than 4 inches but smaller than (and including) 12 inches. each fitting on a section of 24-18 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) . Likewise. the fittings correlations will be applied to all fittings in the project. For example. the fittings correlations will be applied to all fittings in the project (all valves are considered equal when calculated insulation requirements). B and C are used in the following equation to calculate the length of pipe which would have to be insulated to account for one valve or one fitting. Medium. according to the picture of Table 5 above. For example. Any parameters you provide for valves will apply to all valves in the project (all valves are considered equal when calculated insulation requirements). and Large). The table lets you determine how much additional insulation is allotted for valves and fittings. Table 5 is designed so you can make your insulation correlation simple or complex.Customizing the Valve and Fitting Insulation Table Table 5 (the valve and fitting insulation table) is shown below. You can account for insulation differently for varying pipe diameters by defining three size categories (Small.

the copy in the administrator directory will be used. In all other cases. These directory locations are described below: Administrator Directory (for use as system default): Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. Otherwise. right-click the Insulation Thickness option in the Basis for Capital Cost/Customer External Files directory on the Project Basis Tab.it will be referred to for any project that does not have its own insulation specs file). or you can copy a customized file into the directory of a specific project. When generating a cost estimate. the file must be copied and renamed manually to the appropriate folder.correlation has no dependence on pipe diameter). 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) 24-19 . Enabling the Insulation Specfication File There are two options for enabling customized insulation specs files: You can place a copy in the system administrator directory (as the default for all projects). (The administrator copy is therefore the system default . Click the desired file on the menu of choices.DAT. then click OK. the system will use the specifications in the current project directory if an insulation specs file resides there. The file is copied into the directory for the currently open project. To activate your customized file for use in a specific project in Aspen Capital Cost Estimator or IPM. IPM: C:/Aspen Tech/Aspen Icarus xxx/Data/ PIDS Project Directory (activation for a specific project only): Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. IPM: Right-click/Click desired file as described above In order to enable a customized file in either of the above locations. (B and C are zero . you must name the file INSSPC.2-inch diameter pipe would increase the total insulation length by 4 feet.

24-20 24 Insulation and Fireproofing (G8) .

25 Site Development (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction to Site Development Demolition Drainage Earthwork General Excavation Fencing Landscaping Roads-Slabs-Paving Piling Railroads 25 Site Development (G6) 25-1 .

The second application allows the introduction of quoted estimates for material and manpower costs into a project as supplemental site development cost items. consistent with the scope of each work item model. differently from the way it addresses several work item requests. work item models re-select an appropriately configured crew. by developing man-hour requirements and by providing the crew members with construction equipment properly sized for the work to be performed. which are contained within the system. The desired application is determined by appropriate selection of the site development item type.g. The first application is based on the use of site development work item models. Entries of this nature are charged to codes of account in the amounts of material and manpower you specify. That is. and additionally. The system in turn develops material quantities and manpower resources and their associated costs. soil conditions and other project environment factors significantly affect the quantity and type of site work required. Economy of scale is very important for many site development items (e. each of small extent. item-by-item. In addition. either developed by the system through work item models or as user-entered costs.. defined by you in a single work item request. site 25-2 25 Site Development (G6) .Introduction to Site Development Site development may be used to specify items within eight major categories: • • • • • • • • Earthwork Drainage Fencing Demolition of existing structures Landscaping Roads/slabs/paving Piling Railways It is important to recognize the two distinctly different applications for which the site development may be used to introduce site development information into a project. may be specified as either project-related items or area-related items. you can select from bulk excavation. numerous individual work item models are available for selection depending on the desired type and extent of work to be performed. Site development items. To reflect this. Terrain. the system addresses a large extent of work. structural excavation or hand structural excavation). equipment rental and engineering requirements. Site Development Work Items Within the eight categories of site development. You describe the type and extent of work to be performed. Item models are not used.

Specify frame type (steel. Loading and hauling waste material is included. Excavation items are assumed to be requirements in excess of the normal excavation required for equipment and building foundations and structural footings. See code of accounts (Civil only). masonry. instead of a single site preparation item. no salvage Demolition of individual structure without salvage but including disposal. Explosive bldg. Dump charge not included. Dump charge not included.demolition Enter Total Cost or Mat’l and MH. excavation. Demolition Description Demolish building w/disposal. Lump sum quotation . welldefined tasks. Does not include salvage or disposal. you are offered individual items. For example. Demolish building w/disposal and salvage DISPOSAL Demolition of individual structures with separation of reusable materials for specified frame type. Disposal includes loading and hauling waste from site. such as clearing and grubbing. concrete.development work items are presented to accommodate particular. Dump charge not included. demol. since excavation for these items (when defined as part of a unit area) are ordinarily system-determined. Gutting & disposal of building interior Gutting building interiors and loading and hauling the refuse for either commercial or residential structures. no salvage/disposal Demolition of structures by explosives. wood). This provides the ability to “fine tune” the project to actual conditions. EXPL DEMOL Type DEMOLITION REMOVAL DEMOL 25 Site Development (G6) 25-3 . grading and landscaping.

Option of wood lining to a depth of 4 FEET [1. block. Unattended pumps except for daily servicing.25 M] internal diameter. Length of drain line = length per tank. gravel bed and compacted backfill. Includes down-hole pump. manhole Catch basins or manholes of either brick. Foundation subdrain with perforated pipe Installation of foundation subdrainage of selected diameter pipe of asbestos cement. corrugated steel. corrugated steel.Drainage Description Catch basin. Precast concrete tanks of specified capacity with the option of 5 outlet concrete distribution boxes. poured concrete. Pump and hose for open excavations Pumping water from open excavations. Septic tank and drain field No. porous wall concrete. and utility runs. Septic tank installation. Includes trenching. or vitrified clay with an adjustment for quantity of curved or radius pipe. or precastconcrete. if specified. Cased water supply well with pump Domestic water wells drilled and cased. or vitrified clay with an adjustment for the percentage of curved or radius pipe. Suction line to 20 FEET [6 M] and discharge line to 100 FEET [30 M] in length. All types have 4 FEET [1. trenching. Does not include plumbing fixtures and connections. of distrib'n = no. Includes footing and excavation with an option of slab tops or lightweight frames and covers. The drainfield. Drainage piping Installation of selected diameter pipe of asbestos cement. surface grouting. gravel bed and compacted backfill. All types except concrete are perforated. including pipe. gravel and backfill. is input as total length of drain required. WATER WELL SUMP PIT SUBDRAIN SEPTIC TNK DRAINS DEWATERING Type BASINS 25-4 25 Site Development (G6) . per tank. Includes trenching. Sump pit Construction of sump pits including excavation and gravel bottom. concrete.25 M].

Includes 2 INCH [50 MM] centrifugal pump per well for a specified period.continued Description Wellpoints with header and pump Single stage wellpoint system for deterring to an average 15 FEET [5 M] depth. 10 Lump sum quotation .5 M] centers. 2 INCH [50 MM] diameter bore with steel casing. operation.Drainage . Includes installation. DRAINAGE WELLS Type WELLPOINTS 25 Site Development (G6) 25-5 . Two INCH [50 MM] wellpoints on 5 FEET [1. 9 Dewatering wells with pump Dewatering wells.drainage Enter Total Cost or Mat’l and MH. equipment rental and system removal. See code of accounts (Civil only). Diameter of header is proportional to length: 6 INCHES [150 MM] for 100 FEET [30 M] 8 INCHES [200 MM] for 200-500 FEET [60-150 M] 10 INCHES [250 MM] for 1000 FEET [300 M].

gravel and sand bedding. Dike construction including stabilizing Construction of dikes on level grade. lining. chipping and stump removal. Cantilevered concrete retaining wall No embankment cut and fill included. 2.Earthwork General Description Type Test borings with engineer’s report BORINGS Includes field stake-out and elevations.E. fencing and optional lining.) report. fencing-no pipe Specify piping with bulk yard pipe item.5 INCH [65 MM] auger holes with samples of earth. drawings and professional engineer’s (P. Includes excavation. Sprayed asphalt soil stabilization Erosion protection and soil stabilization by spraying with asphalt. Includes bond beam on top. Piping not included. and top. Reinforced concrete cantilevered retaining wall. See code of accounts (Civil only). Lump sum quotation . soil poisoning with polybor chlorate on grade. Clear brush .earthwork Enter Total Cost or Mat’l and MH. Pond with bedding. DIKE CLEAR GRUB GUNITE Gunite slope protection Slope protection using 3 INCH [75 MM] thickness of gunite (air-blown mortar) to finished slopes. POND RETAIN STABILIZE EARTHWORK 25-6 25 Site Development (G6) . See excavation items. Includes excavation and backfill for wall footings only. Evaporation or holding pond. key footing at toe and all reinforcing. Clearing and grubbing Mechanized clearing and grubbing. 2 INCHES [50 MM] of sand asphalt on top and slopes. slopes. OptionIncludes removal of trees to LIGHT 6 INCH [150 MM] diameter MEDIUM 10 INCH [250 MM] diameter HEAVY 16 INCH [400 MM] diameter Includes on-site cutting. Includes placing of fill.manual or dozer BRUSH Brush clearing by hand with saw and rake (HAND) or by dozer with ball and chain (MACH).

Fill material is assumed to be stockpiled locally. or open areas. Soil type ROCK refers to already ripped or shot rock. no backfill/shoring. pits. includes crawler trackdrill. crawler loader or dozer. if required. For numerous small items. earth. see PAVING. manhours can be adjusted by specifying the number of items in addition to the unit cubic yards. see SHORING. Compaction. limestone. Truck haul-disposal or purchased fill HAULING Material cost may be input for purchased fill or dump charge. For purchased fill or dump charge. in sand. including spreading and rough grading but no compaction. with no hauling. the user may specify the cost (in user-defined currency at User Base Index) per loose CY [M3]. Drill and blast rock . Filling equipment may be wheeled loader/ backhoe (WH-LD). spreading. Cut & fill with spreading no compaction Dozer: maximum haul 500 FEET [150 M] Scraper: minimum haul 100 FEET [31M] Bulk site excavation using dozers or scrapers on a cut and fill cycle. slate. CUT FILL Hand excavation. allowance for wet conditions. HAND EXCV Excavation by hand of trenches or pits. manual or self-propelled vibrating drum roller. Options available for watering during compaction and for rough spreading of fill by dozer. or clay. may be hand rammer. material and haul distance. BASE PREP.no disposal Drill and shoot rock in trenches. Rock types include gypsum. and blasting materials but no disposal of shot rock. 25 Site Development (G6) 25-7 . Scraper selection varies with volume. compressor.Excavation Description Type Backfill and compact excavation BACKFILL Backfilling of trenches or footings. Soil type will determine bulking factor. Does not include excavation. BLASTING Fill compaction with towed roller COMPACT Compaction of fill in layers by towed sheepsfoot roller. For fine grading and surface compaction. If shoring is required. scraper or grader. sandstone and granite. disposal and/or backfill are not included. Dewatering for wet conditions. etc. or backfill. Manhours will be adjusted for depth of excavation and for volume per item (pits). Hauling by dumptrucks (lorries) with option of loading from stockpiles.

25-8 25 Site Development (G6) .9 M] centers with bracing (OPEN). timber planks and spacers horizontally between flanges. Rock excavation with tractor and ripper for hauling.Excavation . accessories. slate. limestone. off-road hauling the user specified distance and dumping. it will be assumed that the excavated material is to be stockpiled within 100 FEET [30 M] of the excavation. cleaning. Types available: Type J HAMMER RIP ROCK SHORING • • Steel interlocking sheet piling. 30 PSF [145 KG/M2]. including compressor and operating crew. Concrete may be plain or reinforced. or crawler backhoes. adjustment. Solid timber sheeting supported by timber waling and braces (CLOSE). The disposal options are: • HAUL . limestone. Rock types are gypsum. 10 FEET [3M] . removal. In addition. Rock types include gypsum. • • Excavation with stockpile or disposal SITE EXCVN The haul distance should be input if the disposal option is chosen. sizing. Installation.close. dragline. HPILE. sandstone and granite.continued Description Manual jackhammer work . slate. 20 FEET [6M] .open bracing. • SPREAD . Dewatering not included. the user may specify truck loading (by crawler backhoe or wheeled front-end leader) and hauling.generates (in addition to truck hauling) spreading in the fill area by • D8 dozer and rough grading. If the disposal and distance fields are not used. including bracing (SHEET). sandstone and granite.generates a truck-loading cycle.sheet. Does not include disposal. Soil type ROCK refers to already ripped or shot rock. rental or owning cost and waste are included. dumptruck.no disposal Breaking or trimming of rock or concrete by hand-held jackhammer. Ripping costs may be increased (greater fragmentation) to facilitate truck loading. Shoring of excavations Max shored depth: 40 FEET [12M] . with no compaction. Steel H piles driven on 8 FEET [2.4 M] centers. including bracing (HPILE). Both the haul distance and the loading equipment type must be input Rock excavation by D9 crawler tractor with ripper attachment. Bulk site excavation using crawler loader. Single vertical planks spaced on 3 FEET [0.

crawler backhoe.continued Description Strip and stockpile soil . etc.6 M3] wheeled loader/backhoe (WH-LD). and/or backfill are not included. no backfill/shoring. Man-hours are adjusted for area. TRENCH EXC STRUC EXC Type STRIP SOIL 25 Site Development (G6) 25-9 .Excavation . see SHORING. Dewatering. Soil type ROCK refers to already ripped or shot rock. elevating scraper.no hauling Strip and stockpile site topsoil to a specified average depth. etc. or trenching machine. Ditching no backfill/shoring. depth and equipment used. Truck hauling or spreading not included. Machine excavation (with hand trimming) of basements. If shoring is required. see SHORING. Machine excavation (with hand trimming) using wheeled loader/backhoe (WH-LD). Equipment options include: 0. crawler backhoe. footings. or dozer.75 CY [0. disposal. Machine excavation. If shoring is required. Dewatering. Soil type ROCK refers to already ripped or shot rock. Equipment options include crawler loader. etc. or crawler crane with clamshell bucket suitable for excavations deeper than 30 FEET [10 M]. disposal and/ or backfilling are not included.

mesh. or security fence. redwood basket-weave. Two or three-strand galvanized or aluminum wire on either 1 or 2 sides. Wood fencing Permanent wood fencing of cedar picket. Barbed wire and motor operation are optional. Galvanized or aluminum wire or vinyl-coated steel. No. SECURITY MESH FS WALL FENCING FENCE WOOD BOUNDARY CHAIN LINK GATES 25-10 25 Site Development (G6) .5 M] or more. or oak rustic rail with appropriate gates. Lump sum quotation .5 M] centers. security grade. Boundary or Perimeter fencing in which the user can specify both fence and gates has been added. or vinyl-coated steel with posts excavated and set in concrete. of sides = wire on one or both sides of fence. No bracing or concrete. each side Installation of barbed wire on chain link. set in concrete and trussed and braced. Chain link fence with concrete footing Installation of chain link fence.fencing Enter Total Cost or Mat’l and MH. Free standing wall Default one course thickness . Industrial gate for fence Industrial gates of galvanized steel. Gates are assumed to be double widths if 8 FEET [2. Heavy duty security fencing Heavy duty security fence. of strands = no. aluminum. Materials are:4 INCH [100 MM] common brick 8 INCH[200 MM] concrete block 18 INCH[450 MM] decorative random stone 8 INCH[200 MM] concrete.Fencing Description Type Barbed wire topping for fence BARBED No. Wire mesh fencing Galvanized steel mesh fencing and gates with posts on 5 FEET [1.all types. See code of accounts (Civil only). Double may be input for brick and block. including excavation and concrete for posts on 10 FEET [3 M] centers and braced and trussed line posts at 100 FEET [30 M] centers.

place. plastic netting.5-3 M] trees or 4-5 FEET [1. Siting.2-1. fertilize Fine grading. fertilizing. and watering plantings are included. place and fine-grade topsoil. seed. LANDSCAPE TOPSOIL STERILIZE SODDING SEEDING PLANTING MULCH Type EROSION 25 Site Development (G6) 25-11 .5 M] shrubs. seeding. or tobacco netting. lime. Placing peat or wood chip mulch Placing a 2 INCH [50 MM] deep layer of either wood chips or peat moss as mulch. Fine grade. placing. Furnish.landscaping Enter Total Cost or Mat’l and MH. polypropylene mesh. See code of accounts (Civil only). liming. and water sod (1 INCH [25 MM) deep) on pregraded area. fertilization. Furnish. place sod on prepared area Furnish.Landscaping Description Mesh or netting erosion control Erosion control by placing and securing either jute mesh. Polybor chlorate soil sterilization Sterilization of cleared areas using polybor chlorate. Planting trees or shrubs Planting either 8-10 FEET [2. place and fine grade topsoil Furnish. Lump sum quotation . and final watering.

or slipforming by machine for widths up to 10 FEET [3 M].asphalt base and wearing courses ASPHALT either base or wearing course depth must be input. Placing by slipform machine may be specified for concrete roadways. Includes hauling to site. Slipformed or manual placed curb Concrete curb (kerb) only. with optional steel reinforcing mats. Slipformed or manual cross gutter Six INCH [150 MM] thick concrete cross-guttering of selected width and length.Paving Description Type Paving . Grade and compact base for paving Grade and compact areas to correct elevation to plus or minus 0. Includes finishing and curing. if specified. pouring and finishing by hand with expansion joints on 30 FEET [9 M] centers or slipforming by machine. and compaction. and expansion joints.Roads . grading. if specified.03 M]. finishing. CURB CROSS GUTT CONC PAVNG BASE PREP 25-12 25 Site Development (G6) . A 0. pouring. Optional forming. Assumes paver for roadways or spreader for parking and other small areas (PARK). Material option sand topping. Optional either forming.Slabs .75 INCH [20 MM] sand finish may be added. A base course and/or a fine aggregate wearing course thickness must be selected. 14 INCHES [350 MM] deep by 9 INCHES [225 MM] wide overall. Concrete paving . Preparation of compacted subgrade and/or paving not included.no base preparation Paving with 4500 PSI [31.000 KN/M2] concrete.1 FEET [0.

Inside width and Inside depth must be input. if specified. the factors from the external file will be used. Excavation Material (Default: EARTH).Description Slipformed or manual curb and gutter Monolithic concrete curbing (kerbing) and gutter. Blinding slab. * NO*) can be also specified. system calculates Cover (default: 8 IN [200 MM] prefab concrete slab). O. Hand Excavation. Type CURB GUTT CANALGUTTR 25 Site Development (G6) 25-13 . End Wall Requirement (Default: *B*. Concrete. Optional forming. Machine Excavation. If civil external file is used. N). Inside length. pouring. and Liner Type (Default: GM. C2. C1. The material and manhour per volume of concrete will be calculated based on the factors used for BASIN (Type 10). and expansion joints on 30 FEET [9 M] centers or slipform by machine. Anchors and embedments. Sealcoat or Liner area (Default: 0). Rebar. Concrete canal or gutter Concrete canal or gutter with concrete cover. If not specified. Formwork.

Concrete.continued Description Coal tar pitch emulsion (2 coats) Application of sealcoating. Gravel or Crushed stone. Guard Rail. Concrete Block. Prefabricated concrete tile.Asphalt. Lump sum quotation . The width and depth are based on the road type. Parking Area Paving. Sidewalk.Asphalt. Concrete Curb. secondary and minor Roads Paving. Hand and Machine Excavation. Concrete.Slabs . bank run gravel. Fill of Subgrade and Compaction. Shoulder options . Site Preparation for paving has been added. Sub Paving and Excavation. Paving material can be Asphalt. Tiles. Sub Paving.paving/roads Enter Total Cost or Mat’l and MH. Lining and compaction. Guard Rail. or Stone pavers. Shoulder and Excavation. and One side Shoulder. Default is Main Road with Asphalt paving. Main. Lining and compaction.Asphalt. See code of accounts (Civil only).Roads . Concrete. Gravel base course . Soil cement treatment may also be selected. Sidewalk base and paving Installation of concrete or asphalt sidewalks or pavements with an option of a bank run gravel base. Resurfacing with sealant and gravel Tar and chip. Gravel Base course. Concrete Block. Median. Options include crushed stone. Includes cleaning and preparing the existing surface and applying two coats of coal tar pitch emulsion. Includes surface cleaning and rolling following treatment. Sidewalk options .Paving . and macadam penetration. Paving options . Subpaving base course. This includes Grubbing and cleaning. or Stone pavers.no base prep Soil cement treatment option available for subgrade. SITEPREP ROAD PAVING PARKING TAR CHIP SUBPAVING SIDEWALKS Type SEALCOAT 25-14 25 Site Development (G6) . Prefabricated concrete tile. or Stone pavers. Optional Shoulder. Concrete Curb. Placing sealant and binder on an existing surface and covering with screened gravel. Optional Sidewalk. Median. Subgrade preparation is not included.

Piles furnished and installed on a subcontract basis by Raymond International.Poured 12"[300MM] to 20"[500MM]. splicing. Testing not included. Driven precast concrete piles Driving precast concrete piles. Rebar installed when grout is fluid. Includes equipment setup and breakdown and load testing. Inc. unstable soils ROCK Soft. PIPE POURED PRECAST RAYMOND 25 Site Development (G6) 25-15 .Piling Description Type CAISSON Drilled bell-type caisson Open-style machine-drilled bell-caissons. enlarged base. capacity: 220 Tons[200 Tonne] Bored large size piles. and load testing.Frank 16"[400MM] to 24"[600MM]. FRNK . and cutoff. reinforced with steel cages. Driven pipe piles Driving set pipe piles of selected diameter with an option of concrete filling. weathered rock.5 N/MM2] concrete.Auger-Cast 12"[300MM] to 24"[600MM]. Capacity: 90 Tons Driven Raymond step-taper piles Driving Raymond step-taper piles. capacity 250 Tons[225 Tonne] Auger drilled and then grouted under pressure as the auger is withdrawn. hollow cylindrical shaped. concrete. if required. Includes equipment rigging and derigging. capacity: 72 Tons [65 Tonne] Cast-in-place constant diameter concrete piles. Pile Types: POUR . including mobilization. Drilled and cast-in-place concrete piles Cast-in-place concrete piles with 4000 PSI[27. in the following ground conditions: OptionDescription EARTH Dry. reinforcement. drilling equipment rental. optionally. either solid square shaped or. AUGR . Equipment rental includes rental of drilling equipment. stable soils CLAY Wet.

splicing.continued Description Type Driven steel H-PILES STEEL H Example: heavy duty pile . PILING 25-16 25 Site Development (G6) . boots. if required. Heavy duty option available (e. heavy duty. and splices. See code of accounts (Civil only).g. Includes rigging and derigging equipment. for 10 x 10 INCHES [250 MM x 250 MM]. Lump sum quotation . if required. points. Creosote treated or concrete and mesh encased piles may be selected. Load testing is not included. points. 57 LB/FT [85 KG/M] is used instead of standard 42 LB/FT [62 KG/M] for steel). Cutoff included.57 LB/FT [85 KG/M] instead of 42 [62] for 10 INCH [250 MM] pile Driving steel H-section piles of selected cross-section including equipment rigging and derigging. and cutoff.. WOOD Driven wood piles Driving wood piling either friction or point bearing.Piling .piling Enter Total Cost or Mat’l MH.

frogs. Single line siding crossing Single line siding crossing including special track mat. etc. Crossing signal with barrier. and crossing signal installed on level grade. Heavy duty siding for mining application Heavy duty single track for mining applications. Six INCH [150 MM] steel WF ties set in 10 INCH [250 MM] concrete bed. hardware. Installation of #8 turnouts. including rails.Railroads Description Bumper at siding end Installation of bumpers on a siding end. etc. switchpoints. See code of accounts (Civil only).7 M] wide. switch-hitting. #8 turnout. including rails. timber ties and ballast. Wheel stops on siding Installation of wheel stops on a yard siding. timbers and ballast. 9 FEET [2. Lump sum quotation . plates. plates. Single track yard siding Installation of a single track yard siding on level ground. Includes fasteners. Track crossing signal with road barrier and flashing light. timber. bars. RAILROADS TURNOUT STOPS SIGNAL SIDING CROSSING Type BUMPER SIDING HVY 25 Site Development (G6) 25-17 . New or relay rail and rail weight option available. Heavy duty bumpers available as an option. rebar and 100 LB/YD [50 KG/M] new rail.railroads Enter Total Cost or Mat’l MH.

25-18 25 Site Development (G6) .

26 Buildings (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction to Buildings Adding a Building Building Types and Defaults Default Floor Heights/Levels Building Construction Range Adjustment Calculating Building Costs and Labor Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 26 Buildings (G6) 26-1 .

above.Introduction to Buildings Building data is used to incorporate a number of independent buildings and/or their associated services into the project. if you specify the unit cost for the Floor element in the Total super-structure category. The default costs and electrical load for each building type are indicated in the “Building Types and Defaults” table on the following page. except in the case of contract jobs. in which they are assigned to the contractor specified. Buildings are not designed items. but are developed as costs per surface area (Unit Cost) items.g. The cost of a building is based upon its size.g.Start with method (1). See Aspen Capital Cost Estimator User’s Guide. 2. L. If you are using Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. man-hours and labor costs are calculated the same way. M. Chapter 10. Adding a Building A building can be added under Plant Bulks. this suppresses all other elements in that same category. 3. or under Buildings. but this does not affect the resulting building design or cost.only the unit cost specified for the category is used and the elements are ignored. the costs are not additive. Costs are split between material and labor according to percentages in the internal (system defaults) or in the external (Administrator specified) file.. then accept the resulting unit costs.) with your unit cost. type. Total super-structure cost) or elements of a category (e. plant bulks) in that they are not designed to support equipment loads.Select the ‘—’ in Total cost adjust.. Frame. You may revise the level of each service (none. value that uses some default value. but does not affect other categories. structural style and the requested services. Defaults are identical and material costs. The split for the internal table varies from a high of 62% to a low of 38% for 26-2 26 Buildings (G6) . then enter your unit costs for each of the five general categories. For example. If you specify the unit cost for any element in a category. An enclosed building may house equipment.. You can specify your building using one of three general approaches: 1 2 3 Select any Total cost adjust. H or V) and/or the cost of that service.” for details. Enclosed buildings are distinguished from steel structures (areas. the underlying data for these costs can be defined in an external file under Administrator control. then override selected categories (e. All costs are assumed to be direct field costs assigned to the prime contractor. etc. If you specify a value for both a category and one or more elements in that category. “Administrative Operations. Civil.if you want to generate a cost for the Stair element. all other elements in that category are set to zero cost -. then you must specify a unit cost for that element.

design pressure for explosion resistance.Floors on piles Roof type: *FLAT*.0 PSIG. The fields Explosion Pressure.Adjust labor cost by system rate. and building type. area. Electrical load: W/SF Total cost adjustment symbol: Invokes either the built-in system values for a Medium item (blank or M). it is best to select YES. and Roof Type have no effect on the design and cost of the building. user man-hour indexing and productivity adjustments.0* PSIG. If you are using an external file. PILES.High adjustment for system defaults (range varies from 106-216% of M) V . MAX: 30. Labor adjustment required: When calculating the labor hours and costs to report. Default: *0. Foundation Type. productivity. time and currency difference between external file and project. TRUSS. width. (blank)System Defaults —No System Defaults.Very high adjustment for system defaults (range varies from 159-324% of M) Foundation type: *NORMAL*. Explosion gauge pressure: For control buildings only.Flat roof. Field Descriptions: Gross floor area: Default: calculated from length. number of levels.material. width. user data only L . they are included for informational purposes only. PIERS. Specify in this field which of these to take into account. a down-adjustment (L). use external file wage rates.Truss roof.10 FEET [3M] deep piers to footings. height. Building type: see Building Types earlier in this chapter.Spread footings.Medium adjustment for system defaults (the default value= 100%) H . and building type. Building overhead and profit are separately specifiable for each building type. an up-adjustment (H or V). *YES*. or suppresses the default costs (—). SAW.Sawtooth roof. 26 Buildings (G6) 26-3 . height. Number of levels: Default: calculated from length. Building height: Default: determined from number of levels and building type. the system can take a variety of parameters into account: wage rate in external file or in project.Low adjustment for system defaults (range varies from 45-98% of M) M .

Building overhead and profit are separately specifiable for each building type.NO. Overhead and Profit: enter total overhead and profit cost. Total superstructure cost: enter either total super-structure or individual structure component cost for the following: Exterior door and window Exterior wall Floor Frame Int door and window Roof Stair internal table varies from a high of 62% to a low of 38% for material. Total fitting and furniture cost: either total fittings. Total services cost: enter either total services cost or individual service component cost. 26-4 26 Buildings (G6) . furniture cost. Total interior finish cost: enter either total internal finish cost or individual finish component cost.No adjustment of labor cost. Total substructure cost: foundation cost per unit area.

00 0.00 0.00 0.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.Frame .25 12.00 15.17 18.51 1.41 8.00 0.12 19.12 19.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.64 18.Special Installation .78 3.Fire Protection .00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.69 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 31.00 21.00 0.00 4.00 0.59 18.00 0.68 2.00 4.00 0.00 0.40 8.00 7.40 5.00 0.00 0.17 0.Air Conditioning .00 18.00 0.21 0.87 0.69 0.00 0.00 12.00 6.00 0.00 0.11 3.77 22.00 0.95 8.00 0.00 0.68 2.68 2.00 0.00 0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21 12.00 7.00 0.87 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 0.00 0.Stairs .00 0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.67 1.00 0.00 5.88 0.00 5.68 3.00 0.00 5 4 2 0.Wall Finishes .00 0.40 3.12 19.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.59 0.00 0.59 22.Lift Installation .11 3.Heating/Ventilation .00 0.00 0.00 0.78 4.5 4 0.00 0.00 0.59 21.Plumbing & Fixtures .00 0.51 1.00 0.00 4.00 0.09 0.00 0.69 0.05 0.00 4.00 0.10 1.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.External Walls .00 0.40 5.00 0.Lighting and Electrical .00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.Floor Finishes .00 0.05 0.00 0.17 48.00 0.00 24.00 15.87 0.00 0.12 19.00 0.87 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.64 20.00 12.78 3.External Doors & Windows .00 0.60 1.00 0.95 8.11 3.00 0.00 0.10 1.00 0.00 0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.26 Buildings (G6) SHOP OFFICE COMPR CAFE WARE CONTRL GARAGE LAB 4 0.Ceiling Finishes FITTING & FURNISHING TOTAL 12.00 0.00 0.00 0.79 1.Roof .00 5.12 19.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.11 2.00 6.40 5.78 3.00 0.00 0.17 0.87 0.12 19.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.31 21.68 2.87 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.External Doors & Windows INTERNAL FINISH TOTAL .10 1.00 0.00 0.71 SERVICE TOTAL .00 0.00 0.87 0.17 0.36 22.00 0.64 0 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 1998 CLOSED SANTRY EXIST SHELL WAGE YEAR ELECTRICAL UNIT LOAD SUBSTRUCTURE TOTAL SUBSTRUCTURE TOTAL .12 19.00 0.000 0.00 17.Floor .00 0.00 0.00 21.00 0.00 0.00 12.00 0.12 19.00 0.00 0.00 19.00 31.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.95 5.00 0.00 0.10 1.00 32.00 0.00 0.56 0.00 0.78 3.00 19.00 0.5 5 1 1 1 1 0.00 0.00 0.88 0.00 0.00 0.40 5.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.47 2.51 1.12 19.40 5.00 21.00 26.00 0.87 0.12 18.00 0.41 8.78 4.00 0.Security Installation .67 0.Builders Work Building Types and Defaults OVERHEAD AND PROFIT 26-5 .00 0.78 4.00 0.33 20.17 0.00 5.12 19.64 21.00 0.19 2.05 0.00 0.00 0.11 3.00 0.00 0.05 0.00 0.67 1.00 0.67 1.00 30.00 0.12 19.00 0.00 0.00 0.12 19.00 0.00 21.

0 6.0 20.0 10.0 6.0 15.0 3.0 10.5 6.0 20.0 M Building Construction Range Adjustment Adjustment Construction Frame Symbol Type L Pre-Fabricated Light Steel Roof Walls Floors Finishes Light Steel Transite or metal sheet Concrete Minimum M Concrete Pre-fabricated Medium steel frame and trusses Custom designed Heavy steel.Default floor Heights/Levels Building Type Cafeteria Enclosed Building Compressor Building Control Room Existing Building Garage Laboratory Office Building Sanitary Enclosed Building Shell* Shop Warehouse Type Symbol CAFE CLOSED COMPR CONTRL EXIST GARAGE LAB OFFICE SANTRY SHELL SHOP WARE Height per Floor or Level FEET 12.0 3.0 10. heavy sidings Concrete Concrete Concrete Average walls or good brick Face brick on concrete block Concrete Expensive H 26-6 26 Buildings (G6) .5 3.0 6.0 3.0 20.0 20.0 4.0 20.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 20.0 20.

you may want to Year in the external file to be the same as the base year of your system to allow you to trace your numbers through a complete computation. Since the numbers in the external file are always adjusted to the year of the current version. by major account. you must thoroughly understand the escalation concepts used by the system (SBI. and Figure 3 (“How Building Labor Hours & Costs are Calculated Using the External File”). Converts these into the reporting currency units for the current project using the Conversion Rate specified in the project. It follows from this that it is very important for you to enter at least the UBI for your project. For analytical purposes. the system must first adjust all items to be at the same basis: same currency and same time point. Figure 2 (“How Building Material Costs are Calculated Using the External File”). • • • • 26 Buildings (G6) 26-7 . Escalates these to the same time point as the cost base of the system using the yearly cost indices by country location. If the external file is used. or if you do not use them in Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. PS or KY) and to the same time point (SBI is the time at which all the system-generated costs are valid). Because of this.Calculating Building Costs and Labor When calculating the cost of a building. UBI and EI) and be very consistent in your use of dates and parity rates valid at those dates. “Base Indices”) in a project with any reporting currency.general procedures that focus on adjusting for currency and time differences). if ever. In order to calculate the various hours and costs. The costs for each element and/or category are calculated according to the methodologies indicated in Figure 1 (“How Building Costs are Calculated Using the External File”. then: • • Converts all the costs in the external file to the currency of the project base country location using the Currency Conversion in the external file. A summary of these is reported in the “Release Notes” for each version. the same as those entered in the external file. The following generalizations are important: • The critical item to understand is that it is necessary for the system to move all costs to the same currency (one of the three known to the system: USD. When used with systems where these escalation concepts do not apply. the system uses either the internal file conditions or those specified in the external file. the system first reads in that file. It is usually best to let the system pick the unit costs based on your inputs and set Labor adjust=YES. it is important to appreciate potential time-based discrepancies between user-entered numbers that are valid “now” and those computed by the system that are valid at the base year of the system being used. • This allows you to use an external file built using any currency and at any date known to the system (see Chapter 33. the final numbers reported are rarely.

Figure 1 26-8 26 Buildings (G6) .

Figure 2 26-9 26 Buildings (G6) .

26-10 26 Buildings (G6) .

27 Quoted Equipment and Libraries (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction Quoted Equipment User Libraries 27 Quoted Equipment and Libraries (G6) 27-1 .

All items in a library share the same currency basis and are converted as appropriate when added to a project. capacity data for special kinds of process equipment. You can add Piping and Instrumentation drawings to the EML in Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. non-standard and proprietary types of process equipment. User Libraries User libraries are meant to hold your important personalized cost data. If you enter a COA that is known to the system as one containing “rotating equipment” (COAs 150-179 and 220-229). There are two kinds of libraries: • • Unit Cost Library .Holds information related to material and labor costs (per unit quantity) for equipment. you should consider building several libraries.Introduction There are two methods for specifying specialty items or items not included in system: • • Quoted equipment User libraries Quoted Equipment Quoted equipment items can be used for unique. bulks or indirects. special. see “Tutorial: Assigning Default P&IDs to User Entered Equipment” on page 10-20 of the Aspen Capital Cost Estimator User’s Guide. This does not happen if you are using your own complete COA set in a project. Equipment Model Library (EML) . Since quoted equipment items are unknown to the system. If your library requirements are extensive. placing like items in the same library. 27-2 27 Quoted Equipment and Libraries (G6) .Holds information related to the process equipment. an account code must be provided when entering the quote. You can store cost vs. then the system calculates an allowance for spares and adds it to COA 107. For instructions.

Carbon Steel ASME Ferrous Plate Materials .Carbon Steel JIS Ferrous Plate Materials .Low Alloy Steel ASME Ferrous Plate Materials .Heat Treated Steel BS Ferrous Plate Materials .Heat Treated Steel JIS Ferrous Plate Materials .Heat Treated Steel BS Ferrous Tube Materials .Heat Treated Steel ASME Ferrous Plate Materials .High Alloy Steel ASME Non-Ferrous Plate Materials ASME Design Code .Carbon Steel ASME Ferrous Tube Materials .Low Alloy Steel 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-1 .Low Alloy Steel ASME Ferrous Tube Materials .High Alloy Steel BS Non-Ferrous Tube Materials JIS Design Code .Tube Materials ASME Ferrous Tube Materials .Low Alloy Steel BS Ferrous Tube Materials .Plate Materials BS Ferrous Plate Materials .Carbon Steel BS Ferrous Tube Materials .Clad Plate Materials ASME Design Code .Tube Materials BS Ferrous Tube Materials .Plate Materials ASME Ferrous Plate Materials .Carbon Steel BS Ferrous Plate Materials .28 Material Selections (G10) This chapter contains information on the following topics: ASME Design Code .High Alloy Steel ASME Non-Ferrous Tube Materials BS Design Code .Plate Materials JIS Ferrous Plate Materials .Clad Plate Materials BS Design Code .High Alloy Steel BS Non-Ferrous Plate Materials BS Design Code .Low Alloy Steel BS Ferrous Plate Materials .

JIS Ferrous Plate Materials .Carbon Steel DIN Ferrous Tube Materials .Tube Materials DIN Ferrous Tube Materials .Clad Plate Materials DIN Design Code .High Alloy Steel JIS Non-Ferrous Plate Materials JIS Design Code . Glass.Carbon Steel DIN Ferrous Plate Materials .Clad Plate Materials JIS Design Code .Low Alloy Steel DIN Ferrous Tube Materials .High Alloy Steel DIN Non-Ferrous Tube Materials Lining Materials Brick: Acid-Resistant Applied Over Membrane-Lined Carbon Steel Brick: Firebrick Monolithic Lining Abrasion Resistant Linings: Replaceable Linings: Organic.High Alloy Steel DIN Non-Ferrous Plate Materials DIN Design Code . Metallic Casting Materials Packing Materials 28-2 28 Material Selections (G10) .High Alloy Steel JIS Non-Ferrous Tube Materials DIN Design Code .Low Alloy Steel JIS Ferrous Tube Materials .Tube Materials JIS Ferrous Tube Materials .Low Alloy Steel DIN Ferrous Plate Materials .Heat Treated Steel DIN Ferrous Plate Materials .Plate Materials DIN Ferrous Plate Materials .Carbon Steel JIS Ferrous Tube Materials .

Plate Materials ASME Ferrous Plate Materials .Carbon Steel ASTM Spec (Grade) A-36 A-283 (c) (Structural Steel) Low and intermediate strength carbon steel plates of structural quality Low and intermediate strength carbon steel plates for pressure vessels Carbon-manganesesilicon steel plates for plates for pressure vessels Pressure vessel plates. carbon steel. Maximum Temp. high strength manganese A 36 A 283C Description and System Internal Pressure External Pressure Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp.ASME Design Code . F 650 650 C 343 343 F 900 900 C 482 482 A-285 (C) A 285 or A 285 C or CS A 299 900 482 900 482 A-299 1000 537 900 482 A-455 (A) A-515 (70) A 455 650 343 650 343 Carbon steel plates for A 515 pressure vessels for intermediate and higher temperature service: C-Si Carbon steel plates for pressure vessels for moderate and lower temperature service C-Si A 516 1000 537 900 482 A-516 (70) 1000 537 900 482 A-537 Carbon steel plates for A 537 pressure vessels for low temperature service C-Mn-Si 1292 700 300 148 na = Material not selectable for vacuum design 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-3 .

Maximum Temp.Heat Treated Steel ASTM Spec (Grade) A-353 Nine percent nickel alloy A353 steel plates.ASME Ferrous Plate Materials . for pressure vessels: 9Ni A-517 High strength alloy steel plates. double normalized and tempered for pressure vessels: 9Ni Description and System Internal Pressure External Pressure Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. quenched and tempered. for pressure vessels: Cr-Mn-Si Cr-Mn-Si Cr-Mn-Si Cr-Mn-Si A517A A517B A517E A517F 250 121 900 484 (A) (B) (E) (F) 650 650 650 650 343 343 343 343 650 650 650 650 343 343 343 343 na = Material not selectable for vacuum design 28-4 28 Material Selections (G10) . (Type 1) quenched and tempered. F 250 C 121 F 900 C 484 A-553 Eight and nine percent A353 nickel alloy steel plates.

5Mo-Ni A203A A203B A203D A203E 1000 1000 1000 1000 537 537 537 537 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 (A) (B) (C) A-302 A204A A204B A 204 or A204C 1000 1000 1000 537 537 537 900 900 900 482 482 482 (A) (B) (C) (D) A302A A 302 or A302B A302C A302D 1000 1000 1000 1000 537 537 537 537 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 .5Mo Manganesemolybdenum and manganesemolybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: Mn-.5Ni 2.5Mo-Ni Mn-.5Mo Mn-.5Mo C-. Maximum Temp. F C F C (A) (B) A202A A 202 or A202B 1000 1000 537 537 900 900 482 482 A-203 (A) (B) (D) (E) A-204 Nickel alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: 2.5Ni 3.5Mo Mn-.continued on next page - 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-5 .Low Alloy Steel ASTM Spec A-202 Description and Nominal (Grade) Composition Chromiummanganese-silicon alloy steel plates for pressure vessels System Internal Pressure External Pressure Material Maximum Temp.5Ni Molybdenum alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: C-.5Ni 3.ASME Ferrous Plate Materials .5Mo C-.

F C F C (2 CL 1) (2 CL 2) (12 CL 1) (12 CL 2) (11 CL 1) (11 CL 2) (22 CL 1) (22 CL 2) (21 CL 1) (21 CL 2) A-533 (A CL 1) (B CL 1) (C CL 1) A533A A533B A533C 1000 800 800 537 426 426 650 650 650 343 343 343 na = Material not selectable for vacuum design 28-6 28 Material Selections (G10) . chromiummolybdenum: .5Mo-Si 1. quenched and tempered.Low Alloy Steel .25Cr-1Mo 2. alloy steel.5Mo Manganesemolybdenum and manganesemolybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates.5Cr-.5Cr-.5Mo .5Mo 1.ASME Ferrous Plate Materials .5Mo-Si 2.25Cr-.continued ASTM Spec A-387 Description and Nominal (Grade) Composition Pressure vessel plates.25Cr-.25Cr-1Mo 3Cr-1Mo 3Cr-1Mo 5Cr-. for pressure vessels: C-Mn-Mo C-Mn-Mo-Ni C-Mn-Mo-Ni A387A A387G A387B A387H A387C A387J A387D A387K A387E A387L A387F A387M 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 537 537 648 648 648 648 648 648 648 648 648 648 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 System Internal Pressure External Pressure Material Maximum Temp.5Mo 5Cr-.5Mo 1Cr-. Maximum Temp.5Mo 1Cr-.

2Mo 16Cr .8Ni 18Cr .Cb 20 Cr .18 Ni . sheet. and strip for fusion-welded unfired pressure vessels: 8Cr .10Ni .12Ni .12Ni .10Ni .3Mo 13Cr 17Cr 304L SS304 (or SS) 316L SS316 316TI SS317 SS321 SS347 SS348 SS6MO S2205 SS410 SS430 800 1500 850 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1382 600 1200 1200 426 815 454 815 815 815 815 815 815 750 315 648 648 800 1200 800 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 400 900 1200 426 648 426 648 648 648 648 648 648 648 204 482 648 Description and System Internal Pressure External Pressure Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp.12Ni .2Mo-Ti 18Cr . Maximum Temp.Cb 18Cr .2Mo 16Cr .5Ni .10Ni .3Mo 18Cr .10Ni .High Alloy Steel ASTM Spec (Grade) A-240 Chromium and chromium-nickel stainless steel plate.Ti 18Cr .ASME Ferrous Plate Materials .6 Mo Duplex 22Cr . F C F C (304L) (304) (316L) (316) (316Ti) (317) (321) (347) (348) (648) (2205) (410) (430) na = Material not selectable for vacuum design 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-7 .8Ni 16Cr .

plate. Maximum Temp.Naval brass CA464 400 204 350 177 A1100 A3003 A5052 A5083 A5086 A6061 400 400 400 150 150 204 204 204 204 66 66 204 400 400 400 150 150 400 204 204 204 66 66 204 Description and System Internal Pressure External Pressure Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp. strip.Zn Copper sheet.Ni 70/30 CA715 700 371 700 371 CA122 400 204 150 66 CA655 350 176 350 176 CU or CA110 400 204 150 66 Aluminum-alloy sheet and plate: Al Al Al Al Al Al Copper and copper alloys .ASME Non-Ferrous Plate Materials ASTM Spec (Grade) B-209 (1100) (3003) (5052) (5083) (5086) (6061) B-171 (464) B-11 (110) B-96 Copper plates for locomotive fireboxes Cu Copper-silicon alloy plate and sheet for pressure vessels: Cu . F C F C (655) B-152 (122) B-171 (715) na = material not selectable for vacuum design 28-8 28 Material Selections (G10) . and rolled bar: Cu Copper-nickel alloy plate and sheet for pressure vessels: Cu .

Cr Specification for nickeliron-chromium alloy plate. sheet.Cr Nickel-iron-chromiummolybdenum-copper alloy plate. sheet. F 800 C 426 F 800 C 426 1000 537 1000 537 (800) B-424 (825) B-463 (20Cb) B-168 (600) B-162 (200) (201) B-127 (400) MONEL or M400 900 482 800 426 B-265 Titanium and titanium alloy strip. sheet. and strip: Ni . and strip. sheet. Maximum Temp. and strip: Ni Ni-Low C Nickel-copper alloy plate.Cu Carpenter 20 alloy plate.continued ASTM Spec (Grade) B-333 (B) B-575 (C-276) B-409 Hastelloy: Ni .Fe .Cr . sheet and strip: Cr-Ni-Fe-Mo-Cu-Cb Nickel-chromium-iron alloy plate. and strip: Ni . and plate: Ti Ti TI35A Tl or TI50A 600 600 600 315 315 315 600 600 600 315 315 315 (1) (2) na = material not selectable for vacuum design 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-9 .Cr .Cu NI or NI200 NI201 600 600 1200 315 315 648 600 600 1000 315 315 537 INCNL or I600 1200 648 800 426 C 20 800 426 800 426 I825 1000 537 700 371 I800 1500 815 800 426 HAST or HASTB HASTC Description and System Internal Pressure External Pressure Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp.Mo . and strip: Ni .Fe . sheet.ASME Non-Ferrous Plate Materials .Fe Nickel plate. sheet.Mo .Mo Hastelloy: Ni . Inconel: Ni .

** Only these base materials may be used with the above list of cladding materials. 28-10 28 Material Selections (G10) . No other combination may be selected.Clad Plate Materials Material Classification Description* Vessel Base (Backing Material)** ASTM A-285 ASTM A-285 A-204 A-515 A-516 A-387 A-387 A-387 A-387 A-387 A-387 Grade System Material Symbol C B C 70 70 12 12 11 11 22 22 CL CL CL CL CL CL 1 2 1 2 1 2 A285C A204B A204C A 515 A 516 A387B A387H A387C A387J A387D A387K Cladding Material (Process Side) Stainless steel type 304 304L 316 316L 321 347 410 430 200 201 400 600 800 825 20Cb 2 B C-276 SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 SS410 SS430 NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL I800 I825 C 20 Ti HASTB HASTC Nickel alloy Monel Inconel Ni-Fe-Cr Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Carpenter 20 Titanium Hastelloy B Hastelloy C * See Plate Materials (ASME Code) for further material descriptions.ASME Design Code .

Seamless carbon steel boiler tubes for highpressure service Seamless medium carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes A210A A210C 100 0 A-214 Electric-resistancewelded carbon steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes 100 537 900 482 A515 0 537 900 482 A515 CS (seamless) A .Carbon Steel ASTM Spec Description and System Internal External System Nominal Composition MaterialSymb Pressure Pressure Default ol Maximu Maximu Tubesheet (Grade) m Temp. Material F C F C (Plate) A-179 Seamless cold-drawn low-carbon steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes. m Temp.ASME Design Code .Tube Materials ASME Ferrous Tube Materials .179 900 482 900 482 A285C 900 482 900 482 A285C A-192 A 192 100 537 900 482 A 515 0 A-210 (A-1) (C) CS (welded) A 214 100 537 900 482 A515 0 537 900 482 A515 100 0 A-334 (1) (6) Seamless carbon steel tubes for low temperature service A334A A334B 650 343 650 343 A 442 650 343 650 343 A 442 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-11 .

5Mo 1.25Cr .5Mo 1Cr .9Mo 5Cr .. F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate) (T11) (T22) (T21) (T5) A-209 (T1) (T1A) (T1B) A-213 (T2) (T12) (T11) (T22) (T21) (T5) A213A A213B A213C A213D A213E A213F 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 537 648 648 648 648 648 900 900 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 482 482 A387A A387B A387C A387D A387E A387F 28-12 28 Material Selections (G10) ... F A-199 Seamless cold-drawn intermediate alloy steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes: 1.5Mo C .1Mo 3Cr .Si 2..ASME Ferrous Tube Materials .. and heat exchanger tubes: ..5Mo .5Mo Seamless carbonmolybdenum alloy steel boiler and superheater tubes: C . superheater.5Mo C .5Mo Seamless ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler..25Cr .5Mo A 209 A209A A209B 1000 1000 1000 537 537 537 900 900 900 482 482 482 A 204 A 204 A 204 A199C A199D A199E A199F 1200 1200 1200 1200 648 648 648 648 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 A387C A387D A387E A387F C External Pressure Maximum Temp.Low Alloy Steel ASTM Spec Description and Nominal (Grade) Composition System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp.9Mo 5Cr ..5Cr ..Si 2.25Cr .5Cr .1Mo 3Cr ...5Mo .

10Ni .ASME Ferrous Tube Materials .2Mo 18Cr .High Alloy Steel ASTM Spec Description and Nominal (Grade) Composition System Material Symbol Internal Pressure Maximum Temp.8Ni 16Cr .12Ni .10Ni .10Ni .2Mo 18Cr . and condenser tubes: 18Cr .2Mo 16Cr .12Ni .8Ni 1500 304LW 800 316W 1500 316LW 321W 347W 850 1500 1500 815 426 815 454 815 815 1000 1000 1000 815 1000 1000 537 426 537 426 537 537 SS304 SS304 SS316 316L SS321 SS347 Seamless tubes 13C Welded tubes 13C 410S 410W 1200 1200 -648 648 900 900 482 482 SS410 SS410 A-789 Welded duplex (S31803) austenitic steel tubes: 22Cr .8Ni 18Cr .Ti 18Cr .12Ni .Ti 18Cr .Ti C External Pressure Maximum Temp.12Ni .8Ni 18Cr .2Mo 16Cr .Cb Welded austenitic steel boiler superheater.3Mo 2205W 600 315 400 204 S2205 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-13 .10Ni .5Ni . F A-213 Seamless Ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler. heat exchanger. superheater.8Ni 16Cr . and heat exchanger tubes: 18Cr . F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate) TP304 TP304L TP316 TP316L TP321 TP347 A-249 304S (or SS) 304LS 316S 316LS 321S 347S 1500 800 1500 850 1500 1500 815 426 815 454 815 815 1000 800 1000 850 1000 1000 537 426 537 454 537 537 SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 TP304 TP304L TP316 TP316L TP321 TP347 A-268 TP410 TP410 18Cr .

Cr .Ni 70/30 Admiralty Brass CA122 CA687 CA706 CA715 CA443 CA444 CA445 Seamless colddrawn nickel tubes for general corrosive service: Ni Ni-Low C Monel Ni .Fe .Al Cu .Ni 90/10 Cu . F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate) (122) (687) (706) (715) (443) (444) (445) B-163 (200) (201) B-163 (400) B-163 (600) B-163 (800) (825) B-619 (B) (C-276) B-468 (20Cb) B-338 (2) Incoloy Ni . evaporators and heat exchangers: Cu Cu .Ni .Fe .Cr Ni .Cr .Cb Titanium Ti 1500 1000 815 537 1000 700 537 371 I800 I825 HAST or HASTB HASTC C 20 800 1000 800 426 537 426 800 800 800 426 426 426 HASTB HASTC C 20 TI50A 600 315 600 315 TI50A 28-14 28 Material Selections (G10) .ASME Non-Ferrous Tube Materials ASTM Spec Description and Nominal (Grade) Composition System Material Symbol Internal Pressure Maximum Temp.Mo Ni .Cr Carpenter 20 Cr .Mo Cu .Fe NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL or I600 I800 I825 600 1200 800 1200 315 648 426 648 600 1000 800 1000 315 537 426 537 NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL 400 450 600 700 450 450 450 204 232 315 371 232 232 232 150 150 150 100 350 350 350 66 66 66 37 176 176 176 A285C A285C A285C A285C A285C A285C A285C C External Pressure Maximum Temp.Fe .Cu Inconel Ni . F B-111 Seamless copper and copper alloy tubes for use in surface condensers.Mo .Mo Cu Hastelloy Ni .

Mn .BS Design Code .Si Pressure vessel plates. high strength manganese 164400* A-455 A 299 752 400 752 400 225460* A-515 Carbon steel plates for pressure vessels for intermediate and higher temperature service:C Si Carbon steel plates for pressure vessels for moderate and lower temperature service: C . Symbol F C F C A-36 A-283 154430* (Structural steel) A 36 650 343 - - Low and intermediate strength carbon steel plates of structural A 283C quality 622 327 na na A-285 Low and intermediate strength carbon steel plates for pressure vessels A 285 or A 285C or CS 752 400 752 400 151400* 161400* A-299 Carbon-manganesesilicon steel plates for pressure vessels: C . Maximum Temp.Si A 455 752 400 752 400 224460* A-516 A 515 752 400 725 400 224490* A 516 725 400 725 400 na = material not selectable for vacuum design 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-15 .Plate Materials BS Ferrous Plate Materials . carbon steel.Carbon Steel BS* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) Description and System Internal Pressure External Pressure Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp.

Heat Treated Steel BS* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) A-353 Nine percent nickel alloy steel plates. Symbol F C F C 510N* A-553 510* A-517 A 553 250 121 na na (A) (B) (E) (F) na = material not selectable for vacuum design 28-16 28 Material Selections (G10) . double normalized and tempered for pressure vessels: 9Ni Eight and nine percent nickel alloy steel plate. for pressure vessels: Cr Cr Cr Cr Mn Mn Mn Mn Si Si Si Si A517A A517B A517E A517F 650 650 650 650 343 343 343 343 650 650 650 650 343 343 343 343 A 353 250 121 na na Description and System Internal Pressure External Pressure Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp.BS Ferrous Plate Materials . quenched and tempered. quenched and tempered. for pressure vessels: 9Ni High strength alloy steel plates. Maximum Temp.

.5Ni Molybdenum alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: C .5Mo Mn .5Mo Mn .5Ni 2..5Mo . Symbol F C F C 1000 1000 537 537 900 900 482 482 A-203 (A) (B) (E) 503* A-204 (C) 240* 261* A-302 (A) (B) (C) (D) A302A A 302 or A302B A302C A302D 1000 1000 1000 1000 537 537 537 537 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-17 .Ni Mn .Ni A 204 A204C A204A A204B 1000 752 752 537 400 400 900 752 752 482 400 400 A203A A203B A203E A203D 1000 1000 1000 122 537 537 537 50 900 900 900 122 482 482 482 50 Description and System Internal Pressure External Pressure Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp.5Mo Manganesemolybdenum and manganesemolybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: Mn .5Mo .5Mo C .5Ni 3..5Mo C ..5Ni 3..Low Alloy Steel BS* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) A-202 (A) (B) Chromium-manganesesilicon alloy steel plates for pressure vessels A202A A 202 or A202B Nickel alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: 2.BS Ferrous Plate Materials .. Maximum Temp..

25Cr .Mo .5Mo .5Mo Manganesemolybdenum and manganesemolybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates.5Cr ..5Mo .Mo .5Mo 621* 1.BS Ferrous Plate Materials .1Mo (21 CL 2) 3Cr .5Mo 5Cr ..5Mo Description and Nominal Composition System Internal Pressure External Pressure Material Maximum Temp..1Mo (22 CL 2) 2.Mn .Ni A387D A387K A387E A387L A387F A387M 842 896 896 896 896 896 450 480 480 480 480 480 842 896 896 896 896 896 450 480 480 480 480 480 (A CL 1) (B CL 1) (C CL 1) A533A A533B A533C 1000 800 800 537 426 426 650 650 650 343 343 343 na = material not selectable for vacuum design 28-18 28 Material Selections (G10) .25Cr ..1Mo (5 CL 1) (5 CL 2) A-533 5Cr .25Cr .Si 622515* 2..1Mo (21 CL 1) 3Cr ..5Mo (12 CL 2) 1Cr .Mo C .5Cr . quenched and tempered.5Mo .Mn .. alloy steel.. Symbol F C F C (2 CL 1) (2 CL 2) A387A A387G A387B A387H A387C A387J 842 842 842 896 842 896 450 450 450 480 450 480 842 842 842 896 842 896 450 450 450 480 450 480 620* 1Cr .25Cr . Maximum Temp. for pressure vessels: C .Ni C .Si (11 CL 2) 1.Mn . chromiummolybdenum: .Low Alloy Steel (continued) BS* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) A-387 Pressure vessel plates.

12Ni .8Ni 18Cr . Maximum Temp.Ti .Ti .BS Ferrous Plate Materials .10Ni .2Mo 16Cr 16Cr 18Cr 18Cr 12Ni 12Ni 10Ni 10Ni .Cb SS304 304L SS316 316L 316TI SS321 SS321 1292 752 1292 752 1292 1292 1292 700 400 700 400 700 700 700 1200 752 1200 752 1200 1200 1200 648 400 648 400 648 648 648 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-19 . and strip for fusion-welded unfired pressure vessels: 18Cr .3Mo 13Cr 17Cr Description and Nominal Composition System Internal Pressure External Pressure Material Maximum Temp.5Ni .10Ni .8Ni 16Cr . sheet.3Mo 18Cr .High Alloy Steel BS* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) A-240 Chromium and chromium-nickel stainless steel plate.Cb Duplex 22Cr . Symbol F C F C (317) (348) 318-S13* (410) (430) SS317 SS348 S2205 SS410 SS430 1292 1292 600 1200 1200 700 700 315 648 648 1200 1200 400 900 1200 648 648 204 482 648 304-S31* 304-S11* 316-S31* 316-S11* 320-517* 321-S31* 347-S31* 18Cr .2Mo .2Mo .

Zn Copper sheet. Maximum Temp. and rolled bar: Cu Copper-nickel alloy plate and sheet for pressure vessels: Cu . Symbol F C F C CU or CA110 400 204 150 66 B-96 (655) B-152 (122) B-171 (715) na = material not selectable for vacuum design 28-20 28 Material Selections (G10) .Naval brass CA464 400 204 200 93 A1100 A3003 A5052 A5083 A5086 A6061 400 400 400 150 150 400 204 204 204 66 66 204 na na na na na na na na na na na na Description and System Internal Pressure External Pressure Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp.BS Non-Ferrous Plate Materials BS* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) 1470* (1100)* (3003)* (5052)* (5083)* (5086)* (6061)* B-171 (464) B-11 (110) Copper plates for locomotive fireboxes: Cu Copper-silicon alloy plate and sheet for pressure vessels: Cu . plate.Ni 70/30 CA715 700 371 200 93 CA122 400 204 150 66 CA655 350 176 200 93 Aluminum-alloy sheet and plate: Al Al Al Al Al Al Copper and copper alloys . strip.

sheet. sheet.Ni . sheet. sheet. Symbol F C F C 1000 537 800 426 (800) B-424 NA15* B-463 (20Cb) B-168 Carpenter 20 alloy plate.Cu NI or NI200 NI201 600 600 1200 315 315 648 600 600 800 315 315 426 MONEL or M400 900 482 800 426 B-265 (1) (2) Titanium and titanium alloy strip.Mo . Ti Ti TI35A TI or TI50A 600 600 600 315 315 315 na 600 600 na 315 315 na = material not selectable for vacuum design 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-21 .Fe . sheet and strip: Cr .BS Non-Ferrous Plate Materials (continued) BS* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) B-333 (B) B-575 (C-276) B-409 Hastelloy: Ni . sheet. and strip: Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu I825 500 260 400 204 I800 1292 700 800 426 HAST or HASTB HASTC 800 426 800 426 Description and System Internal Pressure External Pressure Nominal Composition Material Maximum Temp.Mo Hastelloy: Ni .Mo . Maximum Temp. and strip: Ni Ni-Low C Nickel-copper alloy plate.Cr Specification for nickeliron-chromium alloy plate. and strip: Ni-Cr-Fe INCNL or I600 800 426 800 426 (600) 1200 648 800 426 B-162 (200) (201) B-127 (400) Nickel plate. and strip: Ni . and strip: Ni .Fe . sheet.C 20 Cb Nickel-chromium-iron alloy plate.Cr Nickel-iron-chromiummolybdenum-copper alloy plate.Cu .

BS Design Code . No other combination may be selected. ** Only these base materials may be used with the above list of cladding materials.Clad Plate Materials Material Classification Description Grade System Material Symbol Vessel Base (Backing Material)** 161-400 261 224-460 224-490 620 620 621 621 622-515 622-515 304-S31 304-S11 316-S31 316-S11 321-S31 347-S31 ASTM A-285 A-204 A-204 A-515 A-516 A-387 A-387 A-387 A-387 A-387 A-387 C B C 70 70 12 CL 1 12 CL 2 11 CL 1 11 CL 2 22 CL 1 22 CL 2 304 304L 316 316L 321 347 410 430 Nickel alloy Monel Inconel Ni-Fe-Cr Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Carpenter 20 Titanium Hastelloy B Hastelloy C 200 201 400 600 800 825 20Cb 2 B C-276 A285C A204B A204C A 515 A 516 A387B A387H A387C A387J A387D A387K SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 SS410 SS430 NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL I800 I825 C 20 TI HASTB HASTC Cladding Material (Process Side) * See Plate Materials (BS Code) for further material descriptions. 28-22 28 Material Selections (G10) .

Tube Materials BS Ferrous Tube Materials . F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate) 320* A-192 410* A-210 (A-1) (C) A-214 A210A A210C 1000 1000 537 537 900 900 482 482 A 515 A 515 360* A-334 Electric-resistancewelded carbon steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes A 214 842 450 842 450 A 515 Seamless carbon steel tubes for low 410-LT50* temperature service A334A (6) A334B 122 650 50 343 122 650 50 A 442 343 A 442 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-23 .Carbon Steel BS* Description and or ASTM Nominal Spec and Composition (Grade) A-179 Seamless cold-drawn low-carbon steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes A 179 Seamless carbon steel boiler tubes for highpressure service A 192 Seamless medium carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes 752 400 752 400 A 515 752 400 752 400 A285C System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp.BS Design Code . F C External Pressure Maximum Temp.

5Mo Seamless carbonmolybdenum alloy steel boiler and superheater tubes: C .5Mo C ..5Mo A213A A213E A213B A213C A213D A213F 1000 537 1022 550 1022 1022 1022 1022 550 550 550 550 900 900 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 482 482 A387A A387E A387B A387C A387D A387F A 209 A209A A209B 1000 537 752 400 1000 537 900 752 900 482 400 482 A 204 A 204 A 204 A199C A199D A199E A199F 1022 1022 1022 1022 550 550 550 550 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 A387C A387D A387E A387F System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp.9Mo 1Cr .Low Alloy Steel BS* Description and or ASTM Nominal Spec and Composition (Grade) A-199 Seamless cold-drawn intermediate alloy steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes: 1.5Mo . F C External Pressure Maximum Temp. F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate) (T11) (T22) (T21) (T5) A-209 (T1) 245-450* (T1B) A-213 (T2) (T21) 620-460* 620-460* 622-490* 625-450* 28-24 28 Material Selections (G10) ..Si 2. and heat exchanger tubes: .. superheater.9Mo 5Cr ..5Cr .BS Ferrous Tube Materials ..25Cr .5Mo C .1Mo 3Cr .25Cr ...5Mo .1Mo 5Cr .5Mo 3Cr .5Mo Seamless ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler.5Cr ...Si 2...5Mo 1.25Cr .

10Ni . F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate) 304-S18* 304-S14* 316-S18* 316-S14* 321-S18* 347-S18* A-249 Seamless Ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler.Ti 18Cr .2Mo 16Cr .12Ni .2Mo 18Cr .8Ni 18Cr .8Ni 18Cr . and heat exchanger tubes: 18Cr .Cb Seamless tubes 13 Cr Welded tubes 13 Cr Welded duplex austenitic steel tubes: 22Cr . superheater. and condenser tubes: 18Cr .High Alloy Steel BS* or Description and ASTM Nominal Spec and Composition (Grade) A-213 System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp. F C External Pressure Maximum Temp.Ti 18Cr .2Mo 18Cr .10Ni .8Ni 16Cr .8Ni 16Cr .2Mo 16Cr .12Ni .5Ni .10Ni .3Mo 304S 304LS 316S 316LS 321S 347S 842 752 842 842 842 842 450 400 450 450 450 450 842 752 842 800 842 842 450 400 450 426 450 450 SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 304-S25* 304-S22* 316-S26* 316-S22* 321-S22* 347-S17* A-268 TP410 TP410 A-789 (S31803) 304W 304LW 316W 316LW 321W 347W 410S 410W 842 752 842 842 842 842 752 752 450 400 450 450 450 450 400 400 842 752 842 800 842 842 752 752 450 400 450 426 450 450 400 400 SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 SS410 SS410 2205W 600 315 400 204 S2205 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-25 .12Ni .12Ni .Cb Welded austenitic steel boiler superheater.BS Ferrous Tube Materials . heat exchanger.10Ni .

Mo .C 20 Cb Titanium (Welded) Ti TI50A 28-26 28 Material Selections (G10) .Cr 1292 1000 700 537 800 500 426 260 I800 I825 HAST or HASTB HASTC 800 1202 800 600 426 650 426 315 800 800 800 600 426 426 426 315 HASTB HASTC C 20 TI50A Carpenter 20 (Welded) Cr .Cr .Al Cu .Ni .Cr .BS Non-Ferrous Tube Materials BS*or Description and ASTM Nominal Spec and Composition (Grade) B-111 Seamless copper and copper alloy tubes for use in surface condensers.Mo. evaporators and heat exchangers: Cu Cu .Fe NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL or I600 I800 I825 600 1200 900 1200 315 648 482 648 600 800 800 800 315 426 426 426 NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL (200) (201) B-163 (400) B-163 (600) B-163 (800) (825) B-619 (B) (C-276) B-468 (20Cb) B-338 (2) Incoloy Ni . F C External Pressure Maximum Temp.Ni 70/30 Admiralty Brass CA122 CA687 CA706 CA715 CA443 CA444 CA445 400 450 600 700 450 450 450 204 230 315 371 232 232 232 150 200 150 200 200 200 200 66 93 66 93 93 93 93 A285C A285C A285C A285C A285C A285C A285C System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp.Cu (Seamless) Hastelloy (Welded) Ni .Mo .Cr (Welded) Ni .Low C Monel (Seamless) Ni .Fe .Fe .Ni 90/10 Cu . F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate) (122) (687) (708) (715) (443) (444) (445) B-163 Seamless cold-drawn nickel tubes for general corrosive service: Ni Ni .Mo Ni .Cu .Cu Inconel (Welded) Ni .Fe .

Si Pressure vessel plates. high strength manganese A 455 Carbon steel plates for pressure vessels for intermediate and higher temperature service C .Si A 516 662 350 662 350 A 515 662 350 662 350 650 343 650 343 A 299 662 350 662 350 662 350 662 350 650 343 System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F C External Pressure Temp.JIS Design Code .Si Carbon steel plates for pressure vessels for moderate and lower temperature service: C . carbon steel.Plate Materials JIS Ferrous Plate Materials . Degrees F C A 283 C 662 350 na na G-3115* SPV450* A-455 (A) G-3118* SGV480* G-3126* SLA360* na = material not selectable for vacuum design 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-27 .Carbon Steel JIS*or Description and Nominal ASTM Composition Spec and (Grade) G-3101* SS400* G-3106* SM520C* G-3115* SPV355* (structural steel) A 36 Low and intermediate strength carbon steel plates of structural quality Low and intermediate strength steel plates for pressure vessels A 285 or A 285C or CS Carbon-manganese-silicon steel plates for pressure vessels: C .Mn .

Heat Treated Steel JIS*or Description and Nominal ASTM Composition Spec and (Grade) G-3127* Nine percent nickel alloy steel plates. Degrees F C SL9N520* 9Ni G-3127* SL9N590* 9Ni A-517 (A) (B) (E) (E) na = material not selectable for vacuum design 28-28 28 Material Selections (G10) . double normalized and tempered for pressure vessels: A 353 392 200 na na Eight and nine percent nickel alloy steel plate.JIS Ferrous Plate Materials . quenched and tempered. for pressure vessels: Cr Cr Cr Cr Mn Mn Mn Mn Si Si Si Si A517A A517B A517E A517E 650 650 650 650 343 343 343 343 650 650 650 650 343 343 343 343 System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F C External Pressure Temp. for pressure vessels: A 553 392 200 na na High strength alloy steel plates. quenched and tempered.

5Mo C ..5Mo Manganese-molybdenum and manganese-molybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: Mn .Low Alloy Steel JIS*or ASTM Spec and (Grade) Description and Nominal Composition System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F C External Pressure Temp.Continued on next page - 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-29 ..Ni Mn .5Ni 3..Ni A302A A 302 or A302B A302C A302D 977 1022 1022 1022 525 550 550 550 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 A204A A204B A204 or A204C 1022 1022 1000 550 550 537 752 752 900 400 400 482 SBV1A* SBV1B* SBV2* SBV2* ..5Mo C .JIS Ferrous Plate Materials .5Ni A203A A203B A203D A203E 392 1000 392 392 200 537 200 200 392 900 122 392 200 482 50 200 SL2N255* (B) SL3N255* SL3N275* G-3103* SB450M* SB480M* (C) G-3119* Molybdenum alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: C ..5Ni 2..5Ni 3.5Mo Mn .5Mo . Degrees F C A-202 (A) (B) G-3127* Chromium-manganese-silicon alloy steel plates for pressure vessels A202A A 202 or A202B 1000 1000 537 537 900 900 482 482 Nickel alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: 2..5Mo .5Mo Mn .

5Mo .5Mo SCMV2(N)* 1Cr ..5Mo SCMV2(A)* 1Cr ..25Cr .5Mo SCMV1(N)* . quenched and tempered..5Mo SCMV3(A)* 1.5Mo SCMV6(N)* Cr .1Mo SCMV6(A)* 5Cr .Mo C .5Cr ..Mo-Ni SQV1A* SQV2A* SQV3A* A533A A533B A533C 1022 797 797 550 425 425 na na na na na na na = material not selectable for vacuum design 28-30 28 Material Selections (G10) .Si SCMV3(N)* 1.5Mo ..1Mo SCMV5(N)* 3Cr .1Mo SCMV4(N)* 2.Mo-Ni C ..5Cr .25Cr .JIS*or ASTM Spec and (Grade) G-4109* Description and Nominal Composition System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F C External Pressure Temp.Si SCMV4(A)* 2.1Mo SCMV5(A)* 3Cr ..25Cr .. chromium-molybdenum: A387A A387G A387B A387H A387C A387J A387D A387K A387E A387L A387F A387M 1022 1022 1157 1157 1157 1157 1067 1067 1157 1157 1157 1157 550 550 625 625 625 625 575 575 625 625 625 625 900 900 842 842 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 482 482 450 450 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 SCMV1(A)* . Degrees F C Pressure vessel plates. alloy steel.25Cr .5Mo G-3120* Manganese-molybdenum and manganese-molybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates.Mn .Mn . for pressure vessels: C .Mn .

2Mo-Ti SUS317* SUS321* SUS347* (348) (2205) SUS410* SUS430* 18Cr 18Cr 18Cr 18Cr 10Ni 10Ni 10Ni 10Ni 3Mo Ti Cb Cb Duplex 22Cr .5Ni .2Mo SUS316* 16Cr .12Ni .8Ni SUS316L* 16Cr .3Mo 13Cr 17Cr 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-31 . and strip for fusion-welded unfired pressure vessels: 304L SS304 316L SS316 SS316TI SS317 SS321 SS347 SS348 S2205 SS410 SS430 797 1472 842 1472 1472 1472 1472 1472 1500 600 1202 1202 425 800 450 800 800 800 800 800 815 315 650 650 752 1200 752 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 400 900 1200 400 648 400 648 648 648 648 648 648 204 482 648 System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F C External Pressure Temp.2Mo SUS316* 16Cr .8Ni SUS304* 18Cr . sheet.High Alloy Steel JIS*or Description and Nominal ASTM Composition Spec and (Grade) G-4303* G-4304* G-4305* Chromium and chromium-nickel stainless steel plate.JIS Ferrous Plate Materials . Degrees F C SUS304L* 18Cr .12Ni .12Ni .

JIS Non-Ferrous Plate Materials
JIS*or Description and Nominal ASTM Composition Spec and (Grade) H-4000* A1100P* A3003P* A5052P* A5083P* A5086P* A6061P* H-3100* C4640P* H3100* C1100P* B-96 (B55) H-3100* C1220P* H-3100* C7150P* Aluminum-alloy sheet and plate: Al Al Al Al Al Al System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F A1100 A3003 A5052 A5083 A5086 A6061 392 392 392 150 150 392 392 C 200 200 200 66 66 200 200 External Pressure Temp. Degrees F na na na na na na 350 C na na na na na na 177

Copper and copper alloys - Naval CA464 brass Copper plates for locomotive fireboxes: Cu Copper-silicon alloy plate and sheet for pressure vessels: Cu - Zn Copper sheet, strip, plate, and rolled bar: Cu Copper-nickel alloy plate and sheet for pressure vessels: Cu - Ni 70/30 CA715 CA122 CA655 CU or CA110

392

200

150

66

350

176

350

176

392

200

150

66

662

350

662

350

na = material not selectable for vacuum design

28-32

28 Material Selections (G10)

JIS Non-Ferrous Plate Materials - continued
JIS*or Description and Nominal ASTM Composition Spec and (Grade) B-333 (B) B-575 (C-276) G-4902* Hastelloy: Ni - Mo Hastelloy: Ni - Mo - Cr Specification for nickel-ironchromium alloy plate, sheet, and strip: Ni - Fe - Cr Nickel-iron-chromiummolybdenum-copper alloy plate, sheet, and strip: Ni - Fe - Cr - Mo - Cu Carpenter 20 alloy plate, sheet and strip: Cr - Ni - Fe - Mo - Cu - Cb Nickel-chromium-iron alloy plate, sheet, and strip, Inconel: Ni - Cr - Fe INCNL or I600 NI or NI200 NI201 1202 650 1000 537 C 20 800 426 800 426 I825 1000 537 700 371 I800 1472 800 1000 537 System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F HAST or HASTB HASTC 800 C 426 External Pressure Temp. Degrees F 800 C 426

1000

537

1000 537

NCF800* B-424

(825) B-463 (20Cb) G-4902* NCF600*

B-162 (200) (201) H-4551* NCuP*

Nickel plate, sheet, and strip: Ni Ni-Low C Nickel-copper alloy plate, sheet, and strip: Ni - Cu

600 600 1200

315 315 648

600 315 600 315 1000 537

MONEL or M400

932

500

800

426

H-4600* TP28* TP35*

Titanium and titanium alloy strip, sheet, and plate: Ti Ti TI35A TI or TI50A 662 662 662 350 350 350 na 600 600 na 315 315

na = material not selectable for vacuum design

28 Material Selections (G10)

28-33

JIS Design Code - Clad Plate Materials
Material Classification Description Grade System Material Symbol A285C A204B A204C A 515 A 516 A387B A387H A387C A387J A387D A387K

Vessel Base (Backing Material)**
SPV350 SB480M SGV480 SLA360 SCMV2(A) SCMV2(A) SCMV3(A) SCMV3(A) SCMV4(A) SCMV4(A) Stainless steel type SUS304 SUS304L SUS316 SUS316L SUS321 SUS321 SUS321 SUS430 Nickel alloy Monel NCUP Inconel NCF600 Ni-Fe-CR Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Carpenter 20 Titanium Hastelloy B Hastelloy C ASTM A-285 A-204 A-204 A-515 A-516 A-387 A-387 A-387 A-387 A-387 A-387 C B C 70 70 12 12 11 11 22 22

CL CL CL CL CL CL

1 2 1 2 1 2

Cladding Material (Process Side)
304 304L 316 316L 321 347 410 430 200 201 400 600 800 825 20 CB 2 B C-276 SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 SS410 SS430 NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL I800 I825 C 20 Ti HASTB HASTC

*

See Plate Materials (JIS Code) for further material descriptions.

** Only these base materials may be used with the above list of cladding materials. No other combination may be selected.

28-34

28 Material Selections (G10)

JIS Design Code - Tube Materials
JIS Ferrous Tube Materials - Carbon Steel
JIS* Description and or ASTM Nominal Spec and Composition (Grade) G-3461* Seamless cold-drawn low-carbon steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp. F C External Pressure Maximum Temp. F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate)

STB340* A-192

A 179

1022 1000

550 537

752 900

400 482

A285C A 515

Seamless carbon steel A 192 boiler tubes for highpressure service Seamless medium carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes A210A A210C Electric-resistancewelded carbon steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes A 214 Seamless carbon steel tubes for low temperature service A334A A334B

G-3461* STB510* STB410* G-3461*

1022 1022

550 550

900 900

482 482

A 515 A 515

STB340* G-3464*

1022

550

900

482

A 515

(1) STBL380*

650 392

343 200

650 392

343 200

A 442 A 442

28 Material Selections (G10)

28-35

JIS Ferrous Tube Materials - Low Alloy Steel
JIS* Description and System Internal Nominal Composition Material Pressure or ASTM Spec and Symbol Maximum Degrees (Grade) F C G-3462* Seamless cold-drawn intermediate alloy steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes: A199C A199D A199E A199F 1202 1202 1200 1202 650 650 648 650 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 A387C A387D A387E A387F External Pressure Temp. Degrees F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate)

STBA23* STBA24* (T21) STBA25* G-3462*

1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si 2.5Cr - 1Mo 3Cr - .9Mo 5Cr - .5Mo Seamless carbonmolybdenum alloy steel boiler and superheater tubes: C - .5Mo C - .5Mo C - .5Mo Seamless ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler, superheater, and heat exchanger tubes:

STBA12* STBA13* (T1B) G-3462*

A 209 A209A A209B

1022 1022 1000

550 550 537

900 900 900

482 A 204 482 A 204 482 A 204

STBA20* STBA20* (T11) (T22) (T21) (T5)

.5Cr - .5Mo 1Cr - .5Mo 1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si 2.25Cr - 1Mo 3Cr - .9Mo 5Cr - .5Mo

A213A A213B A213C A213D A213E A213F

1022 1202 1200 1200 1200 1200

550 650 648 648 648 648

900 900 900 900 900 900

482 482 482 482 482 483

A387A A387B A387C A387D A387E A387F

28-36

28 Material Selections (G10)

JIS Ferrous Tube Materials - High Alloy Steel
JIS* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) G-3463* Description and Nominal Composition System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp. F C External Pressure Maximum Temp. F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate)

Seamless Ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler, superheater, and heat exchanger tubes: SUS304TB* 18Cr - 8Ni 304S SUS304LTB* 18Cr - 8Ni 304LS SUS316TB* 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo 316S SUS316LTB* 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo SUS321TB* 18Cr - 10Ni - Ti SUS347TB* 18Cr - 10Ni - Cb G-3463* Welded austenitic steel boiler superheater, heat exchanger, and condenser tubes: 304W 304LW 316W 316LW 321W 347W 410S 316LS 321S 347S

1472 797 1472 842 1472 1472

800 425 800 450 800 800

842 752 842 842 842 842

450 450 450 450 400 450

SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347

SUS304TB* 18Cr - 8Ni SUS304LTB* 18Cr - 8Ni SUS316TB* 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo SUS316LTB* 16Cr - 12Ni - 2Mo SUS321TB* 18Cr - 10Ni - Ti SUS347TB* 18Cr - 10Ni - Cb A-268 TP 410 Seamless tubes 13Cr Welded tubes 13Cr Welded duplex austenitic steel tubes: 22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo

1472 797 1472 842 1472 1472 752

800 425 800 450 800 800 400

842 752 842 842 842 842 752

450 400 450 450 450 450 400

SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 SS410

TP 410 A-789

410W

752

400

752

400

SS410

(S31803)

2205W

600

315

400

204

S2205

28 Material Selections (G10)

28-37

JIS Non-Ferrous Tube Materials
JIS*or ASTM Spec and (Grade) H-3300* Seamless copper and copper alloy tubes for use in surface condensers, evaporators and heat exchangers: Cu Cu - Al Cu - Ni 90/10 Cu - Ni 70/30 Admiralty Brass CA122 CA687 CA706 CA715 CA443 CA444 CA445 392 392 572 662 437 450 450 200 200 300 350 225 232 232 150 150 150 700 350 350 350 66 66 66 371 176 176 176 A285C A285C A285C A285C A285C A285C A285C Description and Nominal Composition System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp. F C External Pressure Maximum Temp. F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate)

C1220T* C6871T* C7060T* C7150T* C4430T* (444) (445) B-163

Seamless cold-drawn nickel tubes for general corrosive service: Ni Ni-Low C Monel Ni - Cu NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL or I600 I800 I825 HAST or HASTB HASTC 600 1200 887 1202 315 648 475 650 600 1000 752 1000 315 537 400 537 NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL

(200) (201) H-4552* NCuT*

G-4904* Inconel NCF600TB* Ni - Cr - Fe

G-4904* Incoloy NCF800TB* Ni - Fe - Cr NCF825TB* Ni - Fe - Cr - Mo - Cu B-619 (B) (C-276) B-468 (20Cb) H-4650* TB35* Hastelloy Ni - Mo Ni - Mo - Cr

1472 1000 800 1000 800

800 537 426 537 426

1000 700 800 1000 800

537 371 426 537 426

I800 1825 HASTB HASTC C 20

Carpenter 20 Cr - Ni - Fe - Mo - Cu - C 20 Cb Titanium Ti TI50A

662

350

600

315

TI50A

28-38

28 Material Selections (G10)

DIN Design Code - Plate Materials
DIN Ferrous Plate Materials - Carbon Steel
DIN*or ASTM Spec and (Grade) Description and Nominal System Internal Composition Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F DIN EN 1002591* S235JRG1* DIN EN 1002591* S235JRG2* DIN 17155* HII* Low and intermediate strength steel plates for pressure vessels (structural steel) A 36 650 C 343 External Pressure Temp. Degrees F C -

Low and intermediate strength carbon steel plates of structural quality A 283C 662 350 na na

A 285 or A 285C or CS

1022

550

896

480

DIN 17102*

Carbon-manganese-silicon steel plates for pressure vessels: C - Mn - Si A 299 662 350 662 350 Pressure vessel plates, carbon steel, high strength manganese A 455 Carbon steel plates for pressure vessels for intermediate and higher temperature service: 19Mn5* A 515 662 350 662 350

St E 355* A-455 (A) DIN 17155*

650

343

650

343

DIN 17102*

Carbon steel plates for pressure vessels for moderate and lower temperature service: C - Si A 516 662 350 662 350

SIE315*

na = material not selectable for vacuum design

28 Material Selections (G10)

28-39

DIN Ferrous Plate Materials - Heat Treated Steel
DIN* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) SEW 680* Nine percent nickel alloy steel plates, double normalized and tempered for pressure vessels: X8Ni9* SEW 680* Eight and nine percent nickel alloy steel plate, quenched and tempered, for pressure vessels: X8Ni9* A-517 High strength alloy steel plates, quenched and tempered, for pressure vessels: Cr Cr Cr Cr Mn Mn Mn Mn Si Si Si Si A517A A517B A517E A517E 650 650 650 650 343 343 343 343 650 650 650 650 343 343 343 343 A 553 392 200 na na A 353 392 200 na na Description and Nominal Composition System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F C External Pressure Temp. Degrees F C

(A) (B) (E) (F)

na = material not selectable for vacuum design

28-40

28 Material Selections (G10)

DIN Ferrous Plate Materials - Low Alloy Steel
DIN*or ASTM Spec and (Grade) A 202 (A) (B) SEW 680* Description and Nominal Composition System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F Chromiummanganese-silicon alloy steel plates for pressure vessels C External Pressure Temp. Degrees F C

A202A 1000 A 202 or 1000 A202B

537 537

900 900

482 482

(D) (E) DIN 17155*

Nickel alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: 14Ni6* 10Ni14* 3.5Ni 3.5Ni Molybdenum alloy steel plates for pressure vessels: 15Mo3* C - .5Mo C - .5Mo Manganesemolybdenum and manganesemolybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates for pressure vessels:

A203A A203B A203D A203E

392 1000 392 392

200 537 200 200

392 900 122 392

200 482 50 200

(B) (C)

A204A 1022 A204B 1022 A 204 or 1000 A204C

550 550 537

752 752 900

400 400 482

VdTUV Wbl.376 WB35* 17Mn Mo V64* VdTUV Wbl.377 WB36* 15Ni Cu Mo Nb5* VdTUV Wbl.378* VdTUV Wbl384 WB34* 12Mn Ni Mo55* 13Mn Ni Mo54*

977 A 302 or 1022 A302B 1022 A302C 1022 A302D A302A

525 550 550 550

900 900 900 900

482 482 482 482

28 Material Selections (G10)

28-41

DIN*or ASTM Spec and (Grade)

Description and Nominal Composition

System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F C

External Pressure Temp. Degrees F C

Pressure vessel plates, alloy steel, chromiummolybdenum: (A) (G) DIN 17155* DIN 17155* (C) (J) DIN 17155* VdTUV Wbl.404* VdTUV Wbl.007* VdTUV Wbl.007* (F) (M) SEW 640* .5Cr - .5Mo .5Cr - .5Mo 13Cr Mo44* 13Cr Mo44* 1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si 1.25Cr - .5Mo - Si 10Cr Mo910* 12Cr Mo910* 12Cr Mo195* 12Cr Mo195* 5Cr - .5Mo Cr - .5Mo Manganesemolybdenum and manganesemolybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates, quenched and tempered, for pressure vessels: C - Mn - Mo 20 Mn Mo Ni55* 12 Mn Ni Mo55* A387A A387G A387B A387H A387C A387J A387D A387K A387E A387L A387F A387M 1022 1022 1157 1157 1157 1157 1067 1067 1157 1157 1157 1157 550 550 500 625 625 625 500 575 625 625 625 625 900 900 842 842 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 896 482 482 450 450 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480

(A)

A533A A533B A533C

1022 797 797

550 425 425

na na na

na na na

na = material not selectable for vacuum design

28-42

28 Material Selections (G10)

DIN Ferrous Plate Materials - High Alloy Steel
DIN* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) DIN 17440* Chromium and chromium-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet, and strip for fusion-welded unfired pressure vessels: X2 Cr Ni1911* X5 Cr Ni1810* X2 Cr Ni Mo17132* X5 Cr Ni Mo17122* X6 Cr Ni Mo Ti 17122* X2 Cr Ni Mo18164* X6 Cr Ni Ti1810* X6 Cr Ni Nb1810* (348) (2205) DIN 17440* Duplex 22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo X10 Cr13* X6 Cr17* 304L SS304 316L SS316 316TI SS317 SS321 SS347 SS348 S2205 SS410 SS430 797 1472 842 1472 1472 1472 1472 1472 1500 600 1202 1202 425 800 450 800 800 800 800 800 815 315 650 650 752 1200 752 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 400 900 1200 400 648 400 648 648 648 648 648 648 204 482 648 Description and Nominal Composition System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F C External Pressure Temp. Degrees F C

28 Material Selections (G10)

28-43

DIN Non-Ferrous Plate Materials
DIN*or Description and Nominal ASTM Spec Compostion and (Grade) DIN 1745 A1100P* Aluminum-alloy sheet and plate: Al Al Al Al Al Al Mn Mg Mg Mg Mg Cu* 2.5* 4.5* Mn* 4 Mn* 7.5 Si Cu* A1100 A3003 A5052 A5083 A5086 A6061 392 392 392 150 150 392 200 200 200 66 66 200 na na na na na na na na na na na na System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F C External Pressure Temp. Degrees F C

DIN 17660* Copper and copper alloys Naval brass Cu Zn38 Sn1* DIN 1787* Copper plates for locomotive fireboxes: E Cu58* or E Cu59* Copper-silicon alloy plate and sheet for pressure vessels: Cu - Zn Copper sheet, strip, plate, and rolled bar: SF-Cu

CA464

392

200

350

177

CU or CA110

392

200

150

66

B-96 (655) DIN 1787*

CA655

350

176

350

176

CA122

392

200

150

66

DIN 17664* Copper-nickel alloy plate and sheet for pressure vessels: Cu Ni 30 Mn1 Fe* B-333 (B) B-575 (C-276) Hastelloy: Ni - Mo Hastelloy: Ni - Mo - Cr

CA715 HAST or HASTB HASTC

662 800

350 426

662 800

350 426

1000

537

1000

537

na = material not selectable for vacuum design

28-44

28 Material Selections (G10)

DIN Non-Ferrous Plate Materials -continued
DIN*or ASTM Spec and (Grade) Description and Nominal System Internal Compostion Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Degrees F VdTUV Wbl.412* Specification for nickeliron-chromium alloy plate, sheet, and strip: NCF800* B-424 X10 Ni Cr Al Ti 3220* Nickel-iron-chromiummolybdenum-copper alloy plate, sheet, and strip: Ni - Fe - Cr - Mo - Cu Carpenter 20 alloy plate, sheet and strip: Cr - Ni - Fe - Mo - Cu - Cb I825 1000 537 700 371 I800 1472 800 1000 537 C External Pressure Temp. Degrees F C

(825) B-463 (20Cb)

C 20

800

426

800

426

VdTUV Wbl.305* Nickel-chromium-iron

alloy plate, sheet, and strip, Inconel:
INCNL or I600 1202 650 1000 537

Ni Cr15 Fe

B-162 (200) (201) DIN 17750*

Nickel plate, sheet, and strip: Ni Ni-Low C Nickel-copper alloy plate, sheet, and strip: Ni Cu 30 Fe F45*

NI or NI200 NI201

600 600 1200

315 315 648

600] 600 1000

315 315 537

MONEL or M400

932

500

800

426

DIN 17860* 3.7025.10* 3.7035.10*

Titanium and titanium alloy strip, sheet, and plate: Ti TI35A Ti TI or TI50A

662 662 662

350 350 350

na 600 600

na 315 315

na = material not selectable for vacuum design

28 Material Selections (G10)

28-45

DIN Design Code - Clad Plate Materials
Material Classification Description Vessel Base (Backing Material)** DIN 17102 A-204 (B) DIN 17155 DIN 17102 DIN 17155 DIN 17155 A-387 (C) A-387 DIN 17155 DIN 17155 Stainless steel type DIN 17440 X5 Cr Ni189* X2 Cr Ni189* X5 Cr Ni Mo1810* X2 Cr Ni Mo1810* X10 Cr Ni Ti189* X10 Cr Ni Nb1810* X10 Cr13* X8 Cr17* Nickel alloy Monel NCUP VdTUV Wbl.305* Ni Cr15 Fe Ni-Fe-Cr Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu Carpenter 20 Titanium Hastelloy B Hastelloy C St E 355 ASTM A-204 ASTM A -204 19 Mn5 SIE 315 13Cr Mo44 13Cr Mo44 ASTM A-387 ASTM A-387 10Cr Mo 910 10Cr Mo 910 C B C 70 70 12 12 11 11 22 22 A285C A204B A204C A 515 A 516 A387B A387H A387C A387J A387D A387K Grade System Material Symbol

CL CL CL CL CL CL

1 2 1 2 1 2

Cladding Material (Process Side)

304 304L 316 316L 321 347 410 430 200 201 400

SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 SS410 SS430 NI200 NI201 MONEL

600 800 825 20Cb 2 B C-276

INCNL I800 I825 C 20 Ti HASTB HASTC

*

See Plate Materials (German Code) for further material descriptions.

** Only these base materials may be used with the above list of cladding materials. No other combination may be selected.

28-46

28 Material Selections (G10)

DIN Design Code - Tube Materials
DIN Ferrous Tube Materials - Carbon Steel
DIN* or ASTM Spec and (Grade) Description and System Internal Nominal Compostion Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp. F C External Pressure Maximum Temp. F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate)

DIN 2391* Seamless cold-drawn low-carbon steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes St 35GBK NBK*

A 179

1022

550

752

400

A285C

DIN 1629* Seamless carbon steel boiler tubes for highpressure service St 37.0* A 192 DIN 1629* Seamless medium carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes St 44.0* A210A St 52.0* A210C DIN 2393* Electric-resistancewelded carbon steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes St 37-2 NBK* SEW 680* TTSt 35N* (B)

1000

537

900

482

A 515

1022 1022

550 550

900 900

482 482

A 515 A 515

A 214

1022

550

900

482

A 515

Seamless carbon steel tubes for low temperature service A334A A334B

650 392

343 200

650 392

343 200

A 442 A 442

28 Material Selections (G10)

28-47

DIN Ferrous Tube Material - Low Alloy Steel
DIN*or Description and ASTM Spec Nominal and Compostion (Grade) Seamless cold-drawn intermediate alloy steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes: DIN 17175* DIN 17175* (T21) VdTUV007* 13Cr Mo44* 10Cr Mo910* 3Cr - .9Mo 12Cr Mo195G Seamless carbonmolybdenum alloy steel boiler and superheater tubes: DIN 17175* 15 Mo3* (T1A) C - .5Mo (T1B) C - .5Mo Seamless ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler, superheater, and heat exchanger tubes: (T2) DIN17175* DIN17175* DIN17175* (T21) VdTUV007* .5Cr - .5Mo 13Cr Mo44* 13Cr Mo44* 10Cr Mo910* 3Cr -.9Mo 12Cr Mo195G* A213A A213B A213C A213D A213E A213F 1022 1202 1200 1200 1200 1200 550 650 648 648 648 648 900 900 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 482 482 A387A A387B A387C A387D A387E A387F A 209 A209A A209B 1022 1022 1000 550 550 537 900 900 900 482 482 482 A 204 A 204 A 204 A199C A199D A199E A199F 1202 1202 1200 1202 650 650 648 650 900 900 900 900 482 482 482 482 A387C A387D A387E A387F System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp. F C External Pressure Maximum Temp. F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate)

28-48

28 Material Selections (G10)

DIN Ferrous Tube Materials - High Alloy Steel
DIN*or Description and ASTM Spec Nominal and Compostion (Grade) DIN 17458* Seamless Ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler, superheater, and heat exchanger tubes: X5Cr Ni1810* X2Cr Ni1911* X5Cr Ni Mo17122* X2Cr Ni Mo18143* X6Cr Ni Ti1810* X6Cr Ni Nb1810* X10 Cr13* DIN 17457* Welded austenitic steel boiler superheater, heat exchanger, and condenser tubes: X5Cr Ni1810* X2Cr Ni1911* X5Cr Ni Mo17122* X2Cr Ni Mo18143* X6Cr Ni Ti1810* X6 Cr Ni Nb 1810* X10 Cr 13* A-789 (S31803) 304W 304LW 316W 316LW 321W 347W 410W 1472 797 1472 842 1472 1472 752 800 425 800 450 800 800 400 842 752 842 842 842 842 752 450 400 450 450 450 450 400 SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 SS410 304S 304LS 316S 316LS 321S 347S 410S 1472 797 1472 842 1472 1472 752 800 425 800 450 800 800 400 842 752 842 842 842 842 752 450 400 450 450 450 450 400 SS304 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 SS410 System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp. F C External Pressure Maximum Temp. F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate)

Welded duplex austenitic steel tubes: 22Cr - 5Ni - 3Mo 2205W

600

315

400

204

S2205

28 Material Selections (G10)

28-49

Mo Ni .305* LC Ni 99F34* Ni-Low C Monel Ni Cu30 Fe F45 Inconel Ni Cr15 Fe* NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL or I600 I800 I825 600 1200 887 1202 315 648 475 650 600 1000 752 1000 315 537 400 537 NI200 NI201 MONEL INCNL VdTUV Wbl.Cr 1472 1000 800 537 1000 700 537 371 I800 I825 HAST or HASTB HASTC 800 1000 800 426 537 426 800 1000 800 426 537 426 HASTB HASTC C 20 Carpenter 20 Cr .432* B-619 (B) (C-276) B-468 (20Cb) B-338 (2) Incoloy X10 Ni Cr Al Ti 3220* Ni Cr21 Mo* Hastelloy Ni .Fe .DIN Non-Ferrous Tube Materials DIN*or ASTM Description and Spec and Nominal Compostion (Grade) System Internal Material Pressure Symbol Maximum Temp.Mo .Mo . evaporators and heat exchangers: SF Cu* Cu Zn20 Al2* Cu Ni10 Fe1 Mn* Cu Ni30 Mn1 Fe* C External Pressure Maximum Temp.Cb Titanium Ti T150A 662 350 600 315 T150A 28-50 28 Material Selections (G10) .Ni . F C System Default Tubesheet Material (Plate) DIN DIN DIN DIN 1787* 1785* 17664* 17664* CA122 CA687 CA706 CA715 392 392 572 662 200 200 300 350 150 150 150 700 66 66 66 371 A285C A285C A285C A285C DIN 1785* (444) (445) Admiralty Brass Cu Zn28 Sn1* Seamless colddrawn nickel tubes for general corrosive service: CA443 CA444 CA445 437 450 450 225 232 232 350 350 350 176 176 176 A285C A285C A285C DIN 17752* (201) DIN 17751* VdTUV Wbl. F Seamless copper and copper alloy tubes for use in surface condensers.412 VdTUv Wbl.C 20 Cu .

5 9.5 9. 30 percent alumina Brick: Firebrick Lining Material Description Inches MM System Material Symbol Insulating firebrick 2.0 90 percent alumina firebrick 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-51 .5 8.0 2.5 4.5 4.5 9.Lining Materials Brick: Acid-Resistant Applied Over Membrane-Lined Carbon Steel Lining Material Description Inches MM System Material Symbol 25RSB 45RSB 80RSB 25AFC 45AFC 45AFC Red shale brick 2.0 62 112 200 62 112 225 Fireclay.0 2.5 4.0 62 112 225 62 112 225 62 112 225 25IFB 45IFB 90IFB 25FB6 45FB6 90FB6 25FB9 45FB9 90FB9 60 percent alumina firebrick 2.5 4.5 4.5 9.

Monolithic Lining Lining Material Description System Material Symbol Applied to surface with anchors on 12 INCH [300 MM] centers 50 percent alumina refractory gunning mix GUNA5 90 percent alumina refractory gunning mix GUNA9 90 percent alumina castable refractory CASA9 Applied to bare surface 50 percent alumina refractory gunning mix 90 percent alumina refractory gunning mix 90 percent alumina castable refractory Applied over wire mesh reinforcement Gunite GUNIT GUN50 GUN90 CAS90 Abrasion Resistant Linings. Replaceable Only for use with: • equipment items – water cyclones and linings plant bulk items – steel fabricated plate System Material Symbol • Lining Material Description Replaceable ceramic liner backed with urethane elastomer for CERML light abrasion and light impact Replaceable ceramic liner backed with urethane elastomer for CERMM medium abrasion and light impact Replaceable ceramic liner backed with urethane elastomer for CERMH heavy abrasion and light impact Replaceable ceramic liner backed with urethane elastomer for CERMV heavy abrasion and heavy impact Replaceable abrasion-resistant steel plate lining (1 INCH [25 MM] thick unless otherwise specified) Replaceable rubber lining (1 INCH [25 MM] thick unless otherwise specified) Replaceable SS304 plate lining (1 INCH [25 MM] thick unless otherwise specified) Replaceable SS316 plate lining (1 INCH [25 MM] thick unless otherwise specified) ABRPL REPRB LS304 LS316 28-52 28 Material Selections (G10) .

20 MM] thickness 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-53 .08 MM] thickness Flame sprayed Zinc Coating 8 MIL [0. Metallic Lining Material Description System Material Symbol ASRSN EPLCS PHRSN PVDF TFELS GSLCS BUTYL NEPNE NATRB NITRL HYPLN EBONT CLEAD I-ZN ZNMZL Asphaltic Resin Lining (over Carbon Steel) Epoxy Resin Lining (over Carbon Steel) Phenolic Resin Lining (over Carbon Steel) Kynar Sheet Lining (over Carbon Steel) Teflon Sheet Lining (over Carbon Steel) Glass Lining (over Carbon Steel) 1/4 INCH [6 MM] Butyl Rubber Lining (over Carbon Steel) 1/4 INCH [6 MM] Neoprene Sheet Lining (over Carbon Steel) 1/4 INCH [6 MM] Soft Natural Rubber Sheet Lining (over Carbon Steel) 1/4 INCH [6 MM] Nitrile Rubber Lining (over Carbon Steel) 1/4 INCH [6 MM] Hypalon Rubber Lining (over Carbon Steel) 1/4 INCH [6 MM] Ebonite Lining (over Carbon Steel) 16 PSF [80 KG/M2] Chemical Lead Lining Inorganic Zinc Coating applied by brush to 3 M [0.Linings: Organic. Glass.

Casting Materials Material Classification Aluminum Alloys Casting Material Description System Material Symbol Aluminum Low-Alloy Low-Alloy Low-Alloy Low-Alloy Steel Grade B Steel Grade E Steel Grade C Steel AL A203B A203E A 204 A 283 A 299 A 302 A387A A387B A387C A387D A387E A 442 A 455 A 515 A 516 A533A A533B A533C A 553 A285S or CS CI SS304 or SS 304L SS316 316L SS321 SS347 SS410 SS430 Iron and Steel Alloys Carbon Steel Low-Alloy Steel Low-Alloy Steel Low-Alloy Steel Low-Alloy Steel Grade Grade Grade Grade B A B C Low-Alloy Steel Grade D Low-Alloy Steel Grade E Carbon Steel Grade 60 Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Grade 70 Carbon Steel Grade 70 Low-Alloy Steel Grade 1A Low-Alloy Steel Grade 1B Low-Alloy Steel Grade 1C 9 Percent Nickel Steel Carbon Steel Cast Iron Stainless Steel Alloys Type 304 Stainless Steel Type 304L Stainless Steel Type 316 Stainless Steel Type Type Type Type Type 316L Stainless Steel 321 Stainless Steel 347 Stainless Steel 410 Stainless Steel 430 Stainless Steel .continued next page - 28-54 28 Material Selections (G10) .

CS Casing Goulds Alloy 20 High Nickel Alloy High Nickel Alloy Cast Steel NI INCNL MONEL TI C 20 304SF 316SF GAL20 ISO B ISO C CASTS Other Alloys Other Materials Available Only On Pumps Where Designated 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-55 .Material Classification Casting Material Description System Material Symbol Nickel Inconel Monel Titanium Carpenter 20 SS304 Impeller. CS Casing SS316 Impeller.

5 2.0PPR 1.5 1.5SPR 2.0CRR 3.5 1.5PBS .0 3.Packing Materials Packing Type Activated carbon Alumina Berl saddles 0.5 2.0PIS 0.5PIS 1.0CRR Berl saddles Porcelain Calcium chloride Coke Crushed limestone Calcium chloride Coke Limestone Stone Earth Gravel Ceramic Crushed stone Dirt (earth) Gravel INTALOX saddles INTALOX saddles Porcelain Pall rings Polypropylene Pall rings Stainless steel Raschig rings Ceramic .5CIS 2.0CRR 1.Continued on next page- 28-56 28 Material Selections (G10) .0 1.0SPR 0.5CRR 2.0 1.75 1.0 1.5 0.5CRR .5 2.5 0.0 1.0 1.5PPR 2.5CIS 1.5 2.0PPR 0.0PIS 1.5 1.75CRR 1.75PBS 1.5CBS 0.5 0.0 1.0 Size Inches 15 20 25 40 15 20 25 40 15 25 40 50 15 25 40 50 15 25 40 50 15 25 40 50 15 20 25 40 50 75 MM Carbon Alumina Ceramic Packing Material Packing Type Symbol ACT-C ALMNA 0.5PBS CACL COKE LIME STONE DIRT GRAVEL 0.5PPR 1.75CBS 1.75 1.5 0.0 1.0SPR 1.5 0.5CBS .0 0.0CIS 0.5 2.5PIS 2.75 1.0CBS 1.0 0.0 0.0CIS 1.0PBS 1.5 1.0 0.5SPR 1.

5 2.0 1.5SCR 2.0 1.0CCR 3.D.0 1.0SCR 1.0CCR 2. Tellerettes L.0SCR 4.0PCR 3.0 4.0 Size Inches MM 25 40 50 75 25 40 50 75 25 40 50 75 25 25 Packing Material Porcelain Packing Type Symbol 1.5SRR 2.5 2.0SRR 1.0 1.continued on next page - 28 Material Selections (G10) 28-57 .0FRR 1.0SRR 3. 13X Molecular Sieve Resin Sand Silica gel Polyethylene Polyethylene PVC Structured Packing 68 SF/CF [223 M2/M3] CPVC Structured Packing 68 SF/CF [223 M2/M3] Cascade rings 1.5PRR 2.0 1.0 1.5 2.0FRR RESIN SAND S-GEL HD-P-T LD-P-T 13XMS 68PVC 68CPVC 1.0PRR 3.0SCR M107YA M76YA M62YA M35YA M107YB M76YB M62YB M35YB M107YC M76YC M62YC M35YC Raschig rings Stainless steel Raschig rings Carbon steel Resin Sand Silica gel Tellerettes H.5 2.0 3.D.0 107 76 62 35 107 76 62 35 107 76 62 35 25 50 75 25 50 75 25 40 50 75 100 350 250 205 115 350 250 205 115 350 250 205 115 Ceramic Cascade rings Polypropylene Cascade rings Stainless steel Steel structured packing 45° angle of vertical orientation Steel structured packing 45° angle of vertical orientation Steel structured packing 45° angle of vertical orientation 410S Stainless steel 304 Stainless steel 316L Stainless steel .0 3.0 2.0PRR 1.0 3.0PCR 2.0 3.0PCR 1.0PRR 1.0 1.0CCR 1.0SRR 1.5FRR 2.0 1.0 3.0SCR 3.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 1.0FRR 3.Packing Type Raschig rings 1.

Packing Type Steel structured packing 60° angle of vertical orientation Steel structured packing 60° angle of vertical orientation Steel structured packing 60° angle of vertical orientation 76 35 Size Inches MM 250 115 Packing Material 410S Stainless steel Packing Type Symbol M76XA M35XA 76 35 250 115 304 Stainless steel M76XB M35XB 76 35 250 115 316L Stainless steel M76XC M35XC 28-58 28 Material Selections (G10) .

28 Material Selections (G10) 28-59 .

28-60 28 Material Selections (G10) .

29 Units of Measure (G6) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction to Units of Measure Units of Measure Length Area Volume Mass Mass per Length Mass per Volume Pressure Velocity Flow Rates Electric Power Viscosity Angular Other Miscellaneous Useful Constants Project Specifications and their Use of Units of Measure Special Units of Measure Length and Area Units Volume Units Mass and Unit Mass Pressure Units Velocity and Flow Rate Units Power Units Viscosity Units 29 Units of Measure (G6) 29-1 .

Along with these definitions are conversion multipliers for relating I-P to METRIC units. pipe. The user would then provide a new name for that unit of measure and the appropriate conversion multiplier to convert from the base unit of measure to the desired unit of measure. 29-2 29 Units of Measure (G6) . wire. for example. reported in HP or KW. The user must select the desired set indirectly (by specifying the country base location) or directly. • Notes of Caution All user-provided numeric values for dimensions. in selection of plates.User may specify drivers to be specified. DEG F or DEG K. the user may wish to redefine one or more variables from the base units of measure to some other measure. intensities. The following special units of measure are not characterized by a Type Number and simple conversion multiplier: • • Temperature . flows. extents. The user is cautioned that variable redefinition from system base to a user unit of measure could have unpredictable downstream effects.. sizes. Further. independently of other linear units of measure. Once the appropriate set is selected. Once the user’s set of units of measure is established. default values are evaluated as follows: • Unit of Measure Conversion: are used to convert the base unit of measure default value by the user’s numeric value to obtain the value of the revised default value in the desired units of measure. It is the user’s responsibility to be constantly aware of the units of measure so selected throughout the entire exercise of preparing project data for the system. The Units of Measure Data provides the means of identifying the conversion. Each line bearing a two-digit Type Number is a candidate for user redefinition. the user is cautioned that each base set of units. selected.User may define temperature to be in DEG C.Introduction to Units of Measure Icarus systems provide a choice of two sets of units of measure: • • I-P (Inch-Pound) METRIC (Metric). sized. are considered by the system to conform to those units of measure selected and/or defined by the user.User may specify process pipe to be designed in INCH or MM units of measure. Driver Power . has its own special set of default values. I-P and METRIC. Process Pipe Size (diameter and thickness dimensions only) . each is established by itself as a reasonable value in the base unit of measure. tubing. the pair of default values are not necessarily related to one another by usual conversion relationships. etc. etc. The type number is used to identify the specific unit of measure to be redefined. The user should refer to units of measure later in this chapter for the basic definitions of variables and their associated units of measure for I-P and METRIC sets.

894757 as conversion for Type No. Selection and design criteria may be impacted and affected by user redefinition of units of measure. Turbine steam pressure METRIC default is 2000 KPA. Contrast this value with the I-P default value printed in the turbine table as 300 PSIG. This note of caution is tendered for temperature and driver power a well as pipe sizing. The PSIG value is used in sizing the turbine if the user does not enter the pressure value. The trial of consequences of redefinitions of the units of measure is one expectedly difficult to backtrack. sized. Example • • • METRIC base set selected in Project Title Data.• No Unit of Measure Conversion: the system uses the default value as tabulated. especially if that variable affects size selection of materials in a non-standard way. Should the METRIC base user desire pipe to be specified. the user must enter the designator INCH in the field labelled Pipe Size. All reporting by the system will conform to the selected units of measure. Should the METRIC base user desire pipe to be specified. once established: • • • • • All user input is expected in the defined units of measure. meters. Since. etc. selected and reported in MM. 29 Units of Measure (G6) 29-3 . pipe sizes (diameters) and wall thicknesses will be expected to be specified. which. sized. 18. Default values subject to conversions will not be in rounded numbers but will be conversions from base default values.14504 = 1/6. As a consequence. Final Note of Caution The user of this section should exercise extreme care and deliberation in redefining units of measure. is 290. • Another Example The METRIC base user will have all length variables defined in terms of millimeters. selected and reported in MM. converted to PSIG. and Unit of measure data used to convert pressure in KPA (METRIC) to PSIG using 0.047549 PSIG. selected and reported as INCH values. sized.

Units of Measure Type No.3048 x 1. Length 01 02 03 04 Area 05 06 Square feet Square yards SF SY x 0.4 x 0.496052 = Kilograms/ meter = Kilograms/ meter KG/M KG/M 29-4 29 Units of Measure (G6) .76455 = Cubic meters = Cubic meters M3 M3 M3 x 0.1589873 x 0.60934 x 1.092903 x 0.852749 x 0.0023597 = Cubic meters = Bags (50 kilograms) = Cubic meters M3 BAG-50KG M3 Pounds Tons (2000 pounds) LBS TONS x 0.028317 x 0.0000 = Millimeters = Meters = Kilometers = Mesh MM M KM MESH Inch/Pound Description Symbol Conversion Metric Description Symbol Miles (statute) MILES Volume 07 08 09 Cubic feet Cubic yards US Gallons (231 cubic inches. no units for UK imperial gallons) Barrels (42 gallons) Bags (94 pounds) Board feet CF CY GALLONS x 0.488156 x 0.00378541 = Cubic meters 10 11 48 Mass 12 13 BARRELS BAGS BDFT x 0.836127 = Square meters = Square meters M2 M2 Inches Feet Mesh INCHES FEET MESH x 25.907185 =Kilograms = 1000 Kilograms KG TON Mass per Length 14 15 Pounds per foot Pounds per yard LB/FT LB/YD x 1.45359 x 0.

894757 = Kilopascals KPA (1000 newtons per square meter) = Kilopascals KPA (1000 newtons per square meter) = Pascals =Pascals PA PA 19 x 3.0000 (HZ is frequently used to refer to local power frequency) 29 Units of Measure (G6) 29-5 .38638 20 21 Inches of water Millimeters of mercury (TORR) IN H2O MM HG x 249.2880 x 1.Type No.0000 = Meters/hour M/H = Kilometers/ hour = Revolutions per minute = Hertz KM/H RPM HZ Miles per hour MPH Revolutions per minute Cycles per second RPM HZ x 1.01829 = Kilograms per batch = Kilograms per cubic meter KG/BATCH KG/M3 Pressure 18 Pounds (force) PSIG per square inch.60934 x 1.0478802 = Kilonewtons KN/M2 per square meter (1 newton = 1 KG mass under 1 meter/sec2 acceleration) Velocity 23 24 25 na Feet per minute FPM x 18.45359 x 16. gauge Inches of mercury IN HG x 6.322 22 Pounds (force) PSF per square foot (loading) x 0.082 x 133. Inch/Pound Description Symbol Conversion Metric Description Symbol Mass per Volume 16 17 Pounds per batch Pounds per cubic foot LB/BATCH PCF x 0.

28800 M3/H/M2 29 30 31 32 x 0.0 x 1.0 = Volts = Kilovolts = Amperes V KV A = Kiloamperes KA = Watts = Kilowatts = Kilovoltamperes W KW KVA Power na 41 Horsepower Tons.45359 x 0.0 x 1. no unit for long tons) Tons per day TPD 33 x 0.0 x 1. refrigeration (12000 BTU per hour) BTU per hour HP TONS-REF x 0.028317 M3/H 28 x 18.003785 x 0.907185 L/S M3/H KG/H TON/H Tons per hour TPH (short tons.69901 = Cubic meters per hour = Cubic meters per hour = Cubic meters per hour per square meter of surface Litres per second Cubic meters per hour Kilograms/ hour = Tons per hour M3/H 27 x 0.063090 x 0.293071 = Watts W 29-6 29 Units of Measure (G6) .0 x 1. Inch/Pound Description Symbol Conversion Metric Description Symbol Flow Rates 26 Cubic feet per CFM minute Cubic feet per CFH hour Cubic feet per CFM/SF minute per square foot of surface Gallons per minute Gallons per hour Pounds per hour GPM GPH LB/H x 1.0 x 1.Type No.0 x 1.51685 = Kilowatts = Kilowatts KW KW 42 BTU/H x 0.74570 x 3.037799 = Tons per hour TON/H Electric 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Volts Kilovolts (1000V) Amperes Kiloamperes (1000A) Watts Kilowatts (1000W) Kilovoltamperes (1000V-A) V KV A KA W KW KVA x 1.

for the volume of 1 gram-mole of gas and PV=ZnRT) ° ° R = 10. 1 atm.3145 KPA-m3/kg-mole degrees K 29 Units of Measure (G6) 29-7 .0 = Degrees DEGREE na Nominal pipe INCH size (diameter and thickness) Driver power HP not applicable size not applicable Nominal pipe MM size (diameter and thickness) Driver power KW na Miscellaneous Useful Constants 1 Gravitational Constant: ° ° 2 ° ° 3 Inch-Pound Metric Rankine Kelvin 32.Type No.293071 x 3.174 lb-ft/lb(force)-sec2 9.8 x 0. R (basis: 22.67 + DEG F DEG K = 273.32601 KJ/KG Viscosity 46 47 Centipoise Centistoke CPOISE CSTOKE x 1.4140 liters at 0 degrees C.0 = Millipascalseconds = Millimeters squared per second MPA-S MM2/S Angular na Other na na Fahrenheit temperature Fahrenheit temperature difference DEG F DEG F (F-32)/1.732 psia-ft3/lb-mole degrees R R = 8.80665 kg-m/kg(force)-sec2 DEG R = 459.15460 Metric Description = Megawatts = Watts per square meter = Kilojoules per kilogram Symbol MEGAW W/M2 45 BTU per pound BTU/LB x 2.55555 = Celsius temperature = Celsius temperature difference DEG C DEG C Degrees DEGREE x 1.0 x 1.15 + DEG C Absolute temperatures: Gas Constant. 43 44 Inch/Pound Description Symbol Millions of BTU MMBTU/H per hour BTU per hour per square foot BTU/H/SF Conversion x 0.

width Heat exchangers. cyclone diameter Filters. valves. turbines Length and Area Units Unit of Measure Name for: INCHES (INCH-POUND) or MM (METRIC) Use to specify: • Vessel components ° ° ° • • • • • • • • • • • • • wall/plate thickness tube diameter cladding thickness Conveyor belts . feed size Reboilers. rotary .diameter Feeders. shell diameter Mills.tray spacing 29-8 29 Units of Measure (G6) .width Conveyors/vibrating . port area Stacks . vibrating . product.depth Dust collectors.width of pan Centrifuge bowl/basket diameter Dryers.diameter Towers . plate/frame size Feeders.Project Specifications and their Use of Units of Measure Special Units of Measure Unit of Measure Name for Temperature: F (INCH-POUND) or C or K (METRIC) Use to specify: • All items specifying temperature Unit of Measure Name for pipe size: INCH (INCH-POUND) or MM (METRIC) Use to specify: • Pipe. fittings Unit of Measure Name for driver power: HP (INCH-POUND) or KW (METRIC) Use to specify: • Electric motors. pan type .

pumps Unit of Measure Name for: MILES (INCH-POUND) or KM (METRIC) Use to specify: • Site development Unit of Measure Name for: MESH (INCH-POUND) or MESH (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Crushers Filter. tube length Fluid head. length.cloth area Drum dryers .peripheral area Evaporators . height.capacity 29 Units of Measure (G6) 29-9 .sifter screen diameter Unit of Measure Name for: FEET (INCH-POUND) or M (METRIC) Use to specify: • Vessel size ° ° • span.heated surface area Flakers .tray surface area Dust collectors . tray surface Vibrating screen Unit of Measure Name for: SY (INCH-POUND) or M2 (METRIC) Use to specify: • Site development Volume Units Unit of Measure Name for: CF (INCH-POUND) or M3 (METRIC) Use to specify: • Centrifuges . tubular Unit of Measure Name for: SF (INCH-POUND) or M2 (METRIC) Use to specify: • • • • • • • • • • Dryers .• • • • Insulation thickness Manhole diameter Steel.area Heat exchangers Linings Rotary dryers Tray drying systems. walkway width Vibrating screens . diameter.

liquids Kneaders Packings Vertical tanks Unit of Measure Name for: BARRELS (INCH-POUND) or M3 (METRIC) Use to specify: • Vertical tanks Unit of Measure Name for: BAGS (INCH-POUND) or BAGS-50KG (METRIC) Use to specify: • Field-mixed concrete components Unit of Measure Name for: BD FT (INCH-POUND) or M3 (METRIC) Use to specify: • Foundation formwork (shuttering) 29-10 29 Units of Measure (G6) . live bottom Unit of Measure Name for: CY (INCH-POUND) or M3 (METRIC) Use to specify: • Site development Unit of Measure Name for: GALLONS (INCH-POUND) or M3 (METRIC) Use to specify: • • • • Vessel volume. plate/frame capacity Mixers Rotary dryers. working capacity Vertical tanks. gas holders.• • • • Filters.

fluids Blenders 29 Units of Measure (G6) 29-11 .railroad rails Unit of Measure Name for: LB/BATCH (INCH-POUND) or KG/BATCH (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Centrifuges.Mass and Unit Mass Unit of Measure Name for: LBS (INCH-POUND) or KG (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Cranes Scales Unit of Measure Name for: TONS (INCH-POUND) or TON (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Elevators Cranes. hoists Unit of Measure Name for: LB/FT (INCH-POUND) or KG/M (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Steel member sizes Pile sizes Unit of Measure Name for: LB/YD (INCH-POUND) or KG/M (METRIC) Use to specify: • Site development . batch type Filters Unit of Measure Name for: PCF (INCH-POUND) or KG/M3 (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Density of solids.

cyclone . absolute pressure Unit of Measure Name for: PSF (INCH-POUND) or KN/M2 (METRIC) Use to specify: • Civil . absolute pressure Vacuum pumps. ductwork Dust collector.soil bearing capacity 29-12 29 Units of Measure (G6) .Pressure Units Unit of Measure Name for: PSIG (INCH-POUND) or KPA (METRIC) Use to specify: • Gauge pressure Unit of Measure Name for: IN HG (INCH-POUND) or KPA (METRIC) Use to specify: • Vacuum pumps Unit of Measure Name for: IN H2O (INCH-POUND) or PA (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Draft pressure measurement.pressure drop Unit of Measure Name for: MM HG (INCH-POUND) or PA (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Ejectors.

cyclone Fans Vacuum pumps Unit of Measure Name for: CFH (INCH-POUND) or M3/H (METRIC) Use to specify: • Feeders Unit of Measure Name for: CFM/SF (INCH-POUND) or M3/H/M2 (METRIC) Use to specify: • Dust collectors Unit of Measure Name for: GPM (INCH-POUND) or L/S (METRIC) Use to specify: • • • • • • • Centrifugal pumps Barometric condenser . cartridge. precipitators. gas compressors Air dryers Dust collectors. tubular Gear pumps Positive displacement pumps Towers.water flow rate Filter. washers.Velocity and Flow Rate Units Unit of Measure Name for: FPM (INCH-POUND) or M/H (METRIC) Use to specify: • Conveyors. agitated tanks Motors Blenders Unit of Measure Name for: CFM (INCH-POUND) or M3/H (METRIC) Use to specify: • • • • • Air. cooling Water treatment systems Unit of Measure Name for: GPH (INCH-POUND) or M3/H (METRIC) Use to specify: • Water treatment systems 29 Units of Measure (G6) 29-13 . belt speed Unit of Measure Name for: MPH (INCH-POUND) or KM/H (METRIC) Use to specify: • Wind velocity Unit of Measure Name for: RPM (INCH-POUND) or RPM (METRIC) Use to specify: • • • Agitators.

Unit of Measure Name for: LB/H (INCH-POUND) or KG/H (METRIC) Use to specify: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Dryers. drum type Heat exchangers Reactors Rotary dryers Tray drying systems Towers. trayed Water treatment systems .air flow rate Filters Feeders Flakers. evaporative capacity Drum dryers Evaporators Ejectors . vibrating Mills Electrical Units Unit of Measure Name for: V (INCH-POUND) or V (METRIC) Use to specify: • Electrical plant bulks Unit of Measure Name for: KV (INCH-POUND) or KV (METRIC) Use to specify: • Electrical plant bulks 29-14 29 Units of Measure (G6) .boilers Wiped film evaporators Unit of Measure Name for: TPH (INCH-POUND) or TON/H (METRIC) Use to specify: • • • • • • Conveyors Bucket conveyors Crushers Feeders Filters Mills Unit of Measure Name for: TPD (INCH-POUND) or TON/H (METRIC) Use to specify: • • • Crystallizers Feeder. packed.

Unit of Measure Name for: A (INCH-POUND) or A (METRIC) Use to specify: • Electrical plant bulks Unit of Measure Name for: KA (INCH-POUND) or KA (METRIC) Use to specify: • Electrical plant bulks Unit of Measure Name for: W (INCH-POUND) or W (METRIC) Use to specify: • Electrical plant bulks Unit of Measure Name for: KW (INCH-POUND) or KW (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Electric generators. portable Heat exchangers .tank heaters Unit of Measure Name for: KVA (INCH-POUND) or KVA (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Electric generators Electrical substation equipment 29 Units of Measure (G6) 29-15 .

gear 29-16 29 Units of Measure (G6) .Power Units Unit of Measure Name for: TONS-REF (INCH-POUND) or KW (METRIC) Use to specify: • Refrigeration units Unit of Measure Name for: BTU/H (INCH-POUND) or W (METRIC) Use to specify: • Heat transfer rate Unit of Measure Name for: MMBTU/H (INCH-POUND) or MEGAW (METRIC) Use to specify: • • • Furnaces Heating units Reboilers Unit of Measure Name for: BTU/H/SF (INCH-POUND) or W/M2 (METRIC) Use to specify: • Flarestacks Unit of Measure Name for: BTU/LB (INCH-POUND) or KJ/KG (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Reboilers Flarestacks Viscosity Units Unit of Measure Name for: CPOISE (INCH-POUND) or MPA-S (METRIC) Use to specify: • • Pumps Agitated vessels Unit of Measure Name for: CSTOKE (INCH-POUND) or MM2/S (METRIC) Use to specify: • Pumps.

30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13) This chapter contains information on the following topics: US Country Base UK Country Base JP Country Base EU Country Base ME Country Base 30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13) 30-1 .

50 61.50 Ironworker .00 65.00 52.20 72.Wiring 30.Rebar 24.50 61.10 63.40 58.30 Cement Finisher Carpenter Bricklayer Ironworker .Line *Electrician .00 26.Structural 28.00 61.60 Laborer 30-2 30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13) .80 64.30 25.00 28.00 29.00 23.00 28.00 65.00 Light Equipment Oper Medium Equipment Oper Heavy Equipment Oper 27.00 27.00 27.Special *Welder .10 63.Structural Welder .90 Light Vehicle Driver Heavy Vehicle Driver 17.50 33.00 58.30 Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate ($/MH) 1 35.00 29.90 61.80 38.40 50.00 62.90 58.00 65.00 28.80 19.80 54.10 US Craft Name Unloaded Wage Rate ($/MH) 16.20 *Millwright Rigger 30.Fabricator *Boilermaker 29.00 58.90 58.60 58.50 27.10 *Instrument Fitter 30.50 Welder .The rates in this chapter are escalated by the Construction Index value specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data US Country Base Craft Code 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 *Electrician .90 *Pipefitter *Pipe Welder 28.80 43.30 Oiler Mechanic 27.

90 44.00 ** 39. ** Foreman’s rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the foreman works.60 20. Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2008) = 1960.Craft Code 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 1 US Craft Name Unloaded Wage Rate ($/MH) 25. 30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13) 30-3 .50 Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate ($/MH) 1 55.50 20. * Principal Crafts.70 44.70 *Sheetmetal Worker Insulator Painter Craft Helper Foreman 18.30 ** Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.

20 35.80 35.20 Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate (PS/MH) 1 26.80 *Electrical Technician *Electrician 17.80 34.80 34.80 35.8 15.80 UK Craft Name Unloaded Wage Rate (PS/MH) 12.80 34.80 34.80 Light Vehicle Driver Heavy Vehicle Driver 14.40 15.80 Steel Erector Welder .80 38.80 15.Special *Welder .60 34.80 35.20 *Plater/Pipefitter *Welder 15.70 34.80 Welder .20 31.40 14.80 34.70 Laborer 30-4 30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13) .80 Plant Fitter 15.20 14.20 31.80 34.20 31.80 34.20 15.00 14.80 31.30 16.80 Cement Finisher Joiner Bricklayer Steel Fixer 14.UK Country Base *** Craft Code 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 *Sheetmetal Worker Insulator 15.50 Light Equipment Oper Medium Equipment Oper Heavy Equipment Oper 14.20 31.80 15.30 34.10 34.20 16.Fabricator *Boilermaker 16.20 *Fitter/Millwright Rigger 15.80 *Instrument Fitter 15.80 34.20 31.80 16.Structural 15.40 15.20 14.60 31.

Craft Code 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99
1

UK Craft Name

Unloaded Wage Rate (PS/MH) 14.20

Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate (PS/MH) 1 31.20

Painter

Craftsman’s Mate Foreman

13.00 **

28.50 **

Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.

* Principal Crafts. ** Foreman’s rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the foreman works. *** Wage Rate Basis: National Agreement for the Engineering Construction Industry, 2007-2008 Update. Rates include measured incentive bonus appropriate to large process industry sites. Rates for civil work reflect "comparability" with rates for engineering trades on large process industry sites. Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2008) = 4020 Note: PS indicates Pounds Sterling

30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13)

30-5

JP Country Base
Craft Code 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 *Sheetmetal Worker Insulator 2.00 2.10 4.10 4.40 *Electrician - Line *Electrician - Wiring 2.50 2.50 5.30 5.30 *Instrument Fitter 2.30 4.90 Welder - Special *Welder - Fabricator *Boilermaker 2.60 2.60 2.50 5.50 5.50 5.30 Ironworker - Structural Welder - Structural 2.30 2.50 4.90 5.30 Cement Finisher Carpenter Bricklayer Ironworker - Rebar 2.20 2.40 2.70 2.20 4.70 5.00 5.60 4.60 *Pipefitter *Pipe Welder 2.70 2.70 5.60 5.80 Light Equipment Oper Medium Equipment Oper Heavy Equipment Oper 2.20 2.20 2.20 4.70 4.70 4.70 Oiler Mechanic 1.90 2.20 4.10 4.60 Light Vehicle Driver Heavy Vehicle Driver 1.90 2.20 4.00 4.70 *Millwright Rigger 2.10 2.10 4.40 4.40 JP Craft Name Unloaded Wage Rate (KY/MH) 1.60 Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate (KY/MH) 1 3.40 Laborer

30-6

30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13)

Craft Code 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99
1

JP Craft Name

Unloaded Wage Rate (KY/MH) 2.20

Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate (KY/MH) 1 4.60

Painter

Craft Helper Foreman

1.70 **

3.60 **

Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.

* Principal Crafts. ** Foreman’s rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the foreman works. Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2008 = 1150). Note: KY indicates thousand Yen.

30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13)

30-7

EU Country Base
Craft Code 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 *Sheetmetal Worker Insulator 22.80 22.80 54.00 54.00 *Electr: Line *Electr: Wire 22.90 22.80 54.30 54.00 *Instru.Fitter 22.80 54.00 Welder: Special *Welder: Fabr *Boilermaker 23.30 23.30 22.80 55.30 55.30 54.00 Ironworker: Struct Welder: Struct 22.80 22.80 54.00 54.00 Cement Finisher Carpenter Bricklayer Ironworker - Rebar 20.30 22.90 22.90 20.30 48.20 54.30 54.30 48.20 *Pipefitter *Pipe Welder 22.80 23.10 54.00 54.80 EquipOp: Light EquipOp: Medium EquipOp: Heavy 20.30 20.50 22.80 48.20 48.70 54.00 Oiler Mechanic 22.80 54.00 Driver: Light Driver: Heavy 20.30 20.30 48.20 48.20 *Millwright Rigger 22.80 22.80 54.00 54.00 EU Craft Name Unloaded Wage Rate (EUR/MH) 17.50 Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate (EUR/MH) 1 41.60 Laborer

30-8

30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13)

Craft Code 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99
1

EU Craft Name

Unloaded Wage Rate (EUR/MH) 20.30

Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate (EUR/MH) 1 48.20

Painter

Helper Foreman

18.60 **

44.20 **

Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.

* Principal Crafts. ** Foreman’s rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the foreman works. Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2008 = 1790).

30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13)

30-9

ME Country Base
Note: SAR = Saudi Arabian Riyals
Craft Code 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 *Sheetmetal Worker Insulator 22.50 22.50 56.30 56.30 *Electr: Line *Electr: Wire 21.50 21.50 53.80 53.80 *Instru.Fitter 30.50 76.30 Welder: Special *Welder: Fabr *Boilermaker 22.50 22.50 22.50 56.30 56.30 56.30 Ironworker: Struct Welder: Struct 21.50 20.00 53.80 50.00 Cement Finisher Carpenter Bricklayer Ironworker - Rebar 17.50 20.00 20.00 20.00 43.80 50.00 50.00 50.00 *Pipefitter *Pipe Welder 24.00 28.00 60.00 70.00 EquipOp: Light EquipOp: Medium EquipOp: Heavy 20.00 25.80 31.50 50.00 64.40 78.80 Oiler Mechanic 25.00 41.00 62.50 102.50 Driver: Light Driver: Heavy 16.90 16.90 42.20 42.20 *Millwright Rigger 23.00 25.00 57.50 62.50 ME Craft Name Unloaded Wage Rate (SAR/MH) 15.50 Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate (EUR/MH) 1 38.80

Laborer

30-10

30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13)

Craft Code 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99
1

ME Craft Name

Unloaded Wage Rate (SAR/MH) 17.50

Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate (EUR/MH) 1 43.80

Painter

Helper

15.50

38.80

Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator Loaded Wage Rate excludes equipment rental.

* Principal Crafts. ** Foreman’s rate is 110% of the highest paid craft in the crew in which the foreman works. Base Construction Index Value (1Q 2008 = 1970).

30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13)

30-11

30-12

30 Field Manpower Titles and Wage Rates (G13)

31 Engineering

(G13)

This chapter contains information on the following topics:

Design and Construction Engineering Disciplines and Wage Rates US Country Base UK Country Base JP Country Base EU Country Base ME Country Base Engineering Expenses and Indirects Standard Engineering Drawing Types User-Specified Drawing Classifications

31 Engineering (G13)

31-1

Design and Construction Engineering Disciplines and Wage Rates
US Country Base
Note: $ indicates US dollars
No. Design* Discipline $/MH No. Construction** Discipline Home Office 64.80 58.40 55.80 55.70 55.80 56.60 53.60 45.50 44.70 44.10 44.80 44.20 38.20 52.80 58.50 23.00 64.80 58.40 55.80 55.70 55.80 56.60 53.60 45.50 44.70 44.10 44.80 44.20 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 01 02 Project Management Cost Accounting Construction Dept. Planning, Scheduling Tools, Equipment Industrial Relations Subcontract Admin. Support, Clerical 64.80 44.00 37.90 49.70 37.90 38.00 38.40 23.00 $/MH

Basic Engineering: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 Project Engineering Process Engineering Piping Design Instrument Design Mechanical Design Electrical Design Civil Design Piping Drafting Instrument Drafting Mechanical Drafting Electrical Drafting Civil Drafting General Drafting Planning, Scheduling Cost Estimating Support, Clerical Project Engineering Process Engineering Piping Design Instrument Design Mechanical Design Electrical Design Civil Design Piping Drafting Instrument Drafting Mechanical Drafting Electrical Drafting Civil Drafting

Field Office: Project Constrn. Supt. 51.70 Area Superintendents 41.80 Field Superintendents: Piping Instrumentation Electrical Civil Mechanical QC&A, Inspection Subcontract Admin Cost Engineering Field Engineering Planning, Scheduling Safety & Medical Field Accounting Materials Control General Drafting Support, Clerical 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 38.30 40.10 44.00 42.70 48.10 37.10 34.30 40.40 38.40 19.50

Detail Engineering:

Construction Management (Home): 01 Project Management 64.80

31-2

31 Engineering (G13)

No. 13 14 15 16 17 01 02 01

Design* Discipline General Drafting Planning, Scheduling Cost Estimating Support, Clerical Model Building Procurement Support, Clerical Project Engineering

$/MH 38.20 52.80 58.50 23.00 33.00 46.80 23.00 79.20

No. Construction** Discipline 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 01 Cost Accounting Construction Dept. Subcon. Admin. (Field) Area Managers Subcon. Coordinator Field Inspector Cost Engineering Field Engineering Planning, Scheduling Safety & Medical Support, Clerical Commissioning Staff

$/MH 44.00 37.90 38.40

Construction Manager 70.50 40.80 38.40 39.30 43.80 40.10 46.70 34.90 23.00 50.70

Procurement:

Eng'g Management:

* These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values, which are escalated by the Design Engineering Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data. Base Design Engineering Index = 1620

Start-up, Commissioning:

02 03

Start-up Staff Performance Testing

41.30 41.30

** These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values, which are escalated by the Construction Management Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data. Base Construction Management Index = 1630

31 Engineering (G13)

31-3

UK Country Base
Note: PS indicates Pounds Sterling
No. Design* Discipline PS/MH No. Construction** Discipline Home Office: 29.10 29.70 27.60 27.60 27.60 27.60 27.60 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 22.60 20.50 11.80 29.10 29.70 27.60 27.60 27.60 27.60 27.60 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 22.60 20.50 11.80 23.80 19.90 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 01 02 Project Management Cost Accounting Construction Dept. Planning, Scheduling Tools, Equipment Industrial Relations Subcontract Admin. Support, Clerical 33.40 19.40 25.80 23.30 25.80 25.80 25.80 11.80 PS/MH

Basic Engineering: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 01 Project Engineering Process Engineering Piping Design Instrument Design Mechanical Design Electrical Design Civil Design Piping Drafting Instrument Drafting Mechanical Drafting Electrical Drafting Civil Drafting General Drafting Planning, Scheduling Cost Estimating Support, Clerical Project Engineering Process Engineering Piping Design Instrument Design Mechanical Design Electrical Design Civil Design Piping Drafting Instrument Drafting Mechanical Drafting Electrical Drafting Civil Drafting General Drafting Planning, Scheduling Cost Estimating Support, Clerical Model Building Procurement

Field Office: Project Constrn. Supt. 33.90 Area Superintendents Field Superintendents Piping Instrumentation Electrical Civil Mechanical QC&A, Inspection Subcontract Admin. Cost Engineering Field Engineering Planning, Scheduling Safety & Medical Field Accounting Materials Control General Drafting Support, Clerical 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 22.30 23.10 22.30 19.10 17.70 17.70 18.60 11.40 25.00

Detail Engineering:

Construction Management (Home): 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Project Management Cost Accounting Construction Dept. Construction Manager Area Managers Subcon. Coordinator Field Inspector 33.40 19.40 26.10 36.20 27.80 25.80 26.10

Subcon. Admin. (Field) 26.10

Procurement:

31-4

31 Engineering (G13)

No. 02 01

Design* Discipline Support, Clerical Project Engineering

PS/MH 11.80 29.10

No. Construction** Discipline 09 10 11 12 13 01 Cost Engineering Field Engineering Planning, Scheduling Safety & Medical Support, Clerical Commissioning Staff

PS/MH 23.30 24.20 23.30 19.90 11.80 26.30

Eng'g Management: Note: PS indicates Pounds Sterling * These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values, which are escalated by the Design Engineering Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data. Base Design Engineering Index = 4420

Start-up, Commissioning:

02 03

Start-up Staff Performance Testing

26.30 26.30

** These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values, which are escalated by the Construction Management Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data. Base Construction Management Index = 4080

31 Engineering (G13)

31-5

JP Country Base
Note: KY indicates thousand Yen
No. Design* Discipline KY/MH No. Construction** Discipline Home Office: 4.7 5.1 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.7 3.7 2.0 4.7 5.1 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.7 3.7 2.0 2.4 4.3 03 04 05 06 07 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 01 02 Project Management Cost Accounting Construction Dept. Planning, Scheduling Tools, Equipment Industrial Relations Subcontract Admin. Support, Clerical 6.3 4.0 4.3 3.7 3.9 3.9 3.4 2.0 KY/MH

Basic Engineering: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 01 Project Engineering Process Engineering Piping Design Instrument Design Mechanical Design Electrical Design Civil Design Piping Drafting Instrument Drafting Mechanical Drafting Electrical Drafting Civil Drafting General Drafting Planning, Scheduling Cost Estimating Support, Clerical Project Engineering Process Engineering Piping Design Instrument Design Mechanical Design Electrical Design Civil Design Piping Drafting Instrument Drafting Mechanical Drafting Electrical Drafting Civil Drafting General Drafting Planning, Scheduling Cost Estimating Support, Clerical Model Building Procurement

Field Office: Project Constrn. Supt. 4.9 Area Superintendents Field Superintendents: Piping Instrumentation Electrical Civil QC&A, Inspection Subcontract Admin. Cost Engineering Field Engineering Planning, Scheduling Safety & Medical Field Accounting Materials Control General Drafting Support, Clerical 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 3.4 2.0 3.7

Detail Engineering:

Construction Management (Home): 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 Project Management Cost Accounting Construction Dept. Construction Manager Area Managers Subcon. Coordinator Field Inspector Cost Engineering 6.3 4.0 4.3 5.0 5.0 3.4 3.7 3.5

Subcon. Admin. (Field) 3.9

Procurement:

31-6

31 Engineering (G13)

No. 02 01

Design* Discipline Support, Clerical Project Engineering

KY/MH 2.0 6.3

No. Construction** Discipline 10 11 12 13 Field Engineering Planning, Scheduling Safety & Medical Support, Clerical

KY/MH 3.5 3.5 3.5 2.0

Eng'g Management:

Note: KY indicates thousand YEN * These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values, which are escalated by the Design Engineering Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data. Base Design Engineering Index = 1930

Start-up, Commissioning: 01 02 03 Commissioning Staff Start-up Staff Performance Testing 4.3 4.0 4.0

** These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values, which are escalated by the Construction Management Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data. Base Construction Management Index = 1820

31 Engineering (G13)

31-7

EU Country Base
Note: EUR indicates Euros
No. Design* Discipline EUR/MH No. Construction** Discipline Home Office: 47.00 36.10 30.70 30.70 35.50 30.70 30.70 24.10 25.30 25.30 25.30 25.30 23.30 33.10 34.40 19.20 47.00 36.10 30.70 30.70 35.50 30.70 30.70 24.10 25.30 25.30 25.30 25.30 23.30 33.10 34.40 19.20 23.60 30.60 03 04 05 06 07 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 01 02 Project Management Cost Accounting Construction Dept. Planning, Scheduling Tools, Equipment Industrial Relations Subcontract Admin. Support, Clerical 45.80 33.50 26.90 32.30 26.90 26.90 26.90 18.80 EUR/ MH

Basic Engineering: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 01 Project Engineering Process Engineering Piping Design Instrument Design Mechanical Design Electrical Design Civil Design Piping Drafting Instrument Drafting Mechanical Drafting Electrical Drafting Civil Drafting General Drafting Planning, Scheduling Cost Estimating Support, Clerical Project Engineering Process Engineering Piping Design Instrument Design Mechanical Design Electrical Design Civil Design Piping Drafting Instrument Drafting Mechanical Drafting Electrical Drafting Civil Drafting General Drafting Planning, Scheduling Cost Estimating Support, Clerical Model Building Procurement

Field Office: Project Constrn. Supt. 38.20 Area Superintendents Field Superintendents: Piping Instrumentation Electrical Civil QC&A, Inspection Subcontract Admin. Cost Engineering Field Engineering Planning, Scheduling Safety & Medical Field Accounting Materials Control General Drafting Support, Clerical 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 29.10 26.90 33.50 29.10 32.30 26.90 26.80 26.80 22.70 18.80 33.60

Detail Engineering:

Construction Management (Home): 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 Project Management Cost Accounting Construction Dept. Construction Manager Area Managers Subcon. Coordinator Field Inspector Cost Engineering 45.80 33.50 26.90 45.80 33.60 26.90 30.20 33.50

Subcon. Admin. (Field) 26.90

Procurement:

31-8

31 Engineering (G13)

No. 02 01

Design* Discipline Support, Clerical Project Engineering

EUR/MH 19.20 47.00

No. Construction** Discipline 10 11 12 13 Field Engineering Planning, Scheduling Safety & Medical Support, Clerical

EUR/ MH 29.10 32.30 26.90 18.80

Eng'g Management:

* These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values, which are escalated by the Design Engineering Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data. Base Design Engineering Index = 1730

Start-up, Commissioning: 01 02 03 Commissioning Staff Start-up Staff Performance Testing 45.80 35.20 35.20

** These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values, which are escalated by the Construction Management Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data. Base Construction Management Index = 1670

31 Engineering (G13)

31-9

ME Country Base
Note: SAR indicates Saudi Arabian Rials
No. Design* Discipline SAR/ MH 95.00 102.60 85.70 89.60 85.70 85.70 85.70 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 74.50 75.10 28.80 95.00 102.60 85.70 89.60 85.70 85.70 85.70 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 41.50 74.50 75.10 28.80 57.50 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 No. Construction** Discipline Home Office 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 01 02 Project Management Cost Accounting Construction Dept. Planning, Scheduling Tools, Equipment Industrial Relations Subcontract Admin. Support, Clerical 102.50 55.30 67.90 74.50 68.70 66.60 67.30 28.80 SAR/ MH

Basic Engineering: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Project Engineering Process Engineering Piping Design Instrument Design Mechanical Design Electrical Design Civil Design Piping Drafting Instrument Drafting Mechanical Drafting Electrical Drafting Civil Drafting General Drafting Planning, Scheduling Cost Estimating Support, Clerical Project Engineering Process Engineering Piping Design Instrument Design Mechanical Design Electrical Design Civil Design Piping Drafting Instrument Drafting Mechanical Drafting Electrical Drafting Civil Drafting General Drafting Planning, Scheduling Cost Estimating Support, Clerical Model Building

Field Office: Project Constrn. Supt. 86.50 Area Superintendents 68.50 Field Superintendents: Piping Instrumentation Electrical Civil Mechanical QC&A, Inspection Subcontract Admin Cost Engineering Field Engineering Planning, Scheduling Safety & Medical Field Accounting Materials Control General Drafting Support, Clerical 63.90 63.90 63.90 63.90 63.90 57.50 67.30 63.10 69.40 74.50 71.00 61.50 61.50 41.50 28.80

Detail Engineering:

Construction Management (Home): 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Project Management Cost Accounting Construction Dept. Subcon. Admin. (Field) Area Managers Subcon. Coordinator 102.50 55.30 67.90 67.30

Construction Manager 102.50 68.50 67.30

31-10

31 Engineering (G13)

Scheduling Safety & Medical Support.00 28. Commissioning: Base Design Engineering Index = 1610 ** These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values..50 63. Clerical Project Engineering Eng'g Management: * These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values. Start-up.No.40 74. Base Construction Management Index = 1610 31 Engineering (G13) 31-11 .60 Procurement: 01 02 01 Procurement Support. Construction** Discipline 08 09 10 11 12 13 01 02 03 Field Inspector Cost Engineering Field Engineering Planning.70 28.60 No.80 107.60 72.80 89.20 72. Design* Discipline SAR/ MH 67. Clerical Commissioning Staff Start-up Staff Performance Testing SAR/ MH 57.50 71.10 69.

90 0.Engineering Expenses and Indirects (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer ) US Country Base Phase % Eng'ng Manpower Expense Rate ($/ MH)* Basic Engineering Detail Engineering Procurement Engineering Management Home Office Construction Services Field Office Supervision Construction Management Start-up.00 3.00 0.90 8.60 0. Commissioning 3.00 0. Commissioning 5.80 3.20 6.00 (PS/MH)** 2.00 0.70 0.00 25 25 25 25 75 75 75 75 Payroll Business 25 25 25 25 Cost Indirects 75 75 75 75 UK Country Base Phase % Eng'ng Manpower Expense Rate (PS/ MH)* Basic Engineering Detail Engineering Procurement Engineering Management Home Office Construction Services Field Office Supervision Construction Management Start-up.00 40 40 40 40 90 90 90 90 Payroll Business 40 40 40 40 Cost Indirects 90 90 90 90 31-12 31 Engineering (G13) .00 0.00 ($/MH)** 3.80 0.

87 0.continued Japan Country Base Phase % Eng'ng Manpower Expense Rate (KY/ MH)* Basic Engineering Detail Engineering Procurement Engineering Management Home Office Construction Services Field Office Supervision Construction Management Start-up.00 0.00 0.00 25 25 25 25 75 75 75 75 Payroll Business Cost Indirects 25 25 25 25 75 75 75 75 31 Engineering (G13) 31-13 .36 0.38 0. Commissioning 0.00 (KY/MH)** 0.Engineering Expenses and Indirects .49 0.

31-14 31 Engineering (G13) .00 0.00 0.continued EU Country Base Phase % Eng'ng Manpower Expense Rate (EUR/ MH)* Basic Engineering Detail Engineering Procurement Engineering Management Home Office Construction Services Field Office Supervision Construction Management Start-up. which are escalated by the Design Engineering Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data.40 0. Commissioning 5.80 4. **These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values.Engineering Expenses and Indirects .00 40 40 40 40 90 90 90 90 Payroll Business Cost Indirects 40 40 40 40 90 90 90 90 *These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values.10 0. which are escalated by the Construction Management Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data.00 (EUR/MH)** 4.80 10.

which are escalated by the Construction Management Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data.Engineering Expenses and Indirects .00 25 25 25 25 75 75 75 75 Payroll Business 25 25 25 25 Cost Indirects 75 75 75 75 *These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values.00 0." which consist of the following: • • • • Reproduction Communications Travel Computation 31 Engineering (G13) 31-15 .50 36. 4080 (UK). 1820 (JP). Commissioning 20.00 0. 1610 (ME) Base Construction Management Index = 1630 (US).continued ME Country Base Phase % Eng'ng Manpower Expense Rate (SAR/ MH)* Basic Engineering Detail Engineering Procurement Engineering Management Home Office Construction Services Field Office Supervision Construction Management Start-up. 1670 (EU). 4420 (UK). **These rates are the current (1Q 2008) System base values. Base Design Engineering Index = 1620 (US). which are escalated by the Design Engineering Index specified by the user in the Indexing/Escalation data.S. 1930 (JP).00 15.00 0. Dollars PS indicates Pounds Sterling KY indicates thousand YEN EUR indicates Euros SAR indicates Saudi Arabian Riyals Explanation of Expense Rate The Expense rate is used to calculate the Basic Engineering Report's "Overhead Items.00 (SAR/MH)** 14.50 0. 1730 (EU). 1610 (ME) Note: $ indicates U.

heat. The relationship among the wage rates. The Expense rate is used to calculate the Overhead items in the Basic Engineering Report. electricity and other operating expenses not specifically covered in other engineering accounts. Multiply the Total Manhours for the phase by this rate to calculate the total expenses. but how it is split into these categories is not.continued These four line items collectively comprise engineering expenses. 31-16 31 Engineering (G13) . Indirects are typically office expenses. They result from a fixed percentage split of this expense by phase. Indirect office expenses includes rent. The system then allocates these to various categories by percentage as follows: Basic Reproduction Communications Travel Computation 23% 3% 17% 57% Detail 30% 4% 12% 54% Procure 14% 12% 50% 24% Home 42% 8% 50% 0% The amount of the expense is user-adjusted. expense rate.Engineering Expenses and Indirects . and cost indirect are as follows: • • • Wage rates are the wages paid to a specific disciplines (see page 31-3). Both the Payroll Burdens/Fringes and Indirects are Percentages of the Total Engineering Cost in the Basic Engineering Report.

Etc. Note: Only the drawing numbers 24 shown in this table and 91-99 are accepted. Concrete. 25 26 31-17 31 Engineering (G13) .) Piping Isometrics Special Hanger/Support Drawings Steam Tracing Drawings Piping & Instrument Diagrams 2 Interconnecting Piping Diagrams Utility Flow Diagrams Utility Piping & Instrument Dgs Electrical One Line Diagrams Elec.Standard Engineering Drawing Types (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer) Basic Engin eering Drawin Description g No. System Distribution General Equipment Arrangements Other (Plot Plants. 13 14 15 16 17 18 User-specified Drawings 19 20 Up to nine user-specified drawings (or 21 other tasks. Connection Diagrams Cable Tray Drawings Lighting Drawings Grounding Drawings Electrical Tracing Drawings Equipment Foundation Drawings Steelwork Foundation Drawings Area Paving Drawings Misc.) 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 Instrument Location Drawings Control Cable Schedules Control Room/Console Drawings Control Systems Schematics Instrument Loop Diagrams Connection Diagrams/Junction Box Drwgs Electrical One Line Diagrams Substation Layout Drawings Electrical Schematics Power Distribution Drawings Circuit Scheds. such as models) may be added to the system drawings by using a drawing number from the range 91. Description 1 Piping Arrangements (Plans & Elevns. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Process Flow Diagrams Detailed Engineering Drawing No. Etc. Supports.23 99.

Architectural Details Facilities Plot Plans Area Equipment Layouts Site Development Other Detail Drawings. Steel Grating Drawings Building Arrangement Plans.Basic Engin eering Detailed Engineering 27 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 36 38 Underground Piping Drawings Structural Steel (Plans & Elevns. Misc. Lists 31-18 31 Engineering (G13) .) Ladders & Platforms. Elevns.

31 Engineering (G13) 31-19 .

31-20 31 Engineering (G13) .

32 Construction Equipment (G4) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction to Construction Equipment Rental Construction Equipment 32 Construction Equipment(G4) 32-1 .

4 X 4 1. Aspen Process Economic Analyzer .0 TONS . and by contractor.4 X 2 .75 TONS .50 TON .CREW CAB PICKUP HIGHWAY FLATBED HIGHWAY FLATBED SUBCOMPACT COMPACT STANDARD BUS 25 PASSENGER 40 PASSENGER .5 TONS .Introduction to Construction Equipment Rental An Equipment Rental Report is prepared for project estimates when the Construction Equipment Rental report option is selected.4 X 2 2 TONS . by defining Equipment Rental Data.4 X 4 2 TONS .4 X 2 .0 LITER 10 PASSENGER 25 PASSENGER 40 PASSENGER . For Prime Contractor reporting.4 X 2 Size Metric Units I-P Units 32-2 32 Construction Equipment(G4) . Equip No.6 LITER 2. equipment rental applies to the responsible contract and must be provided for each contract if required.4 X 2 1.4 X 4 1 TON . Construction Equipment (Aspen Capital Cost Estimator.4 X 4 . Options are available for specifying the applicable contractor.4 X 2 . For contract reporting.75 TON . durations and rental rates. changing days and rental rates or deleting construction equipment from the account This chapter includes an indexed list of several hundred rental equipment items contained within the system base and directly related to work items for equipment and bulk installation.4 X 2 6 TON . equipment rental applies to the project in its entirety. Equipment Class Description 21 26 27 28 31 32 33 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 AUTOMOTIVE AUTOMOTIVE AUTOMOTIVE AUTOMOTIVE AUTOMOTIVE AUTOMOTIVE AUTOMOTIVE TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK AMBULANCE CAR 2-DOOR CAR 4-DOOR CAR 4-DOOR MINIBUS BUS BUS PICKUP PICKUP PICKUP PICKUP .4 X 4 2 TON .75 TON .75 TONS . Aspen InPlant Cost Estimator) Rental days and monthly rates may be adjusted for construction equipment items.4 X 4 . The user can revise the system’s evaluation of equipment rental requirements on an item-by-item basis.75 TONS .3 LITER 1. This report is deleted upon specific user entry of equipment/plant rental either as a total cost or as a percentage of field manpower.4 X 2 75 TON . The report identifies both user and system-selected rental items. adding days or additional construction equipment to the account.

0 CY 1.5 M3 CAT988 4.6 X 4 6 TON .4 M3 CAT966 2.75 M3 CAT955 CAT977 3.3 M3 CAT950 2.50 CY CAT988 6.0 M 91 92 95 EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING 32 Construction Equipment(G4) 32-3 .50 CY CAT966 3.3 M3 0.75 CY 4.6 X 6 4X4 18 M3 INSULATED NONINSULATED 5 M3 9 M3 15 M3 23 M3 2 TON 9 TON 0.5 M3 66 67 68 69 71 72 76 77 78 81 82 83 84 86 87 88 TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING DUMP TRUCK DUMP TRUCK DUMP TRUCK DUMP TRUCK FORKLIFT FORKLIFT WHEEL LDR. DITCHWITCH 6 CY 12 CY 20 CY 30 CY 2 TONS 10 TONS 0.4 X 2 30 TONS .6 X 6 4X4 5000 GALLONS INSULATED NON-INSULATED I-P Units 14 TON . BUCKET CHERRY PICKER Size Metric Units 2 TONS .75 CY CAT950 3.4 X 2 27 TON .00 CY CAT980 PIPELOAD CAT980 PIPELOAD CAT 12 CAT 14 12 IN X 3 FT CAT 12 CAT 42 300 MM X 1.6 X 4 6 TONS .Equip No.75 CY CAT930 1.0 CY CAT955 1.6 M3 CAT930 1.75 CY CAT977 2. Equipment Class Description 48 49 51 56 57 58 61 62 TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK HIGHWAY FLATBED HIGHWAY FLATBED OFF-ROAD FLATBED A-FRAME LUBE/GREASE FUEL/WATER POWERLINE. W/ BACKHOE WHEEL LOADER WHEEL LOADER CRAWLER LOADER CRAWLER LOADER CRAWLER LOADER CRAWLER LOADER WHEEL ARTICUL LOADER WHEEL ARTICUL LOADER WHEEL ARTICUL LOADER MOTOR GRADER MOTOR GRADER TRENCHER.

WHEEL TRACTR SCRAPER.0 CY 1.Equip No.WHEEL TRACTR SCRAPER. SELF-PROP .6 M3 W/ BREAKER 32 CY CAT633C 24 M3 TWIN627 14-20 CY CAT631C 21-30 CY CAT651B 32-44 CY CAT435F 14-18 CY CAT D4 68 HP CAT D6 120 HP CAT D7 180 HP CAT D8 270 HP CAT D9 385 HP . VERTICAL 2.4 M3 0.5 INCHES SUSP.1 M3 1. WHEEL TRENCHER.75 CY W/ BREAKER 121 122 123 124 DRILLING DRILLING DRILLING DRILLING ROTARY ROCK DRILL TRACK DRILL.5 M 48 IN CAT613 CAT621J CAT633C 11 CY 21 CY 1200 MM CAT613 8 M3 CAT621J 16 M3 TWIN627 11-15 M3 CAT631C 16-23 M3 CAT651B 24-33 M3 CAT435F 11-14 M3 CAT D4 CAT D6 CAT D7 CAT D8 CAT D9 .5 CY TRUCK-MTD GRADALL 5/8 CY G660 BACKHOE. WHEEL TRENCHER.5 CY 2.60 M3 75 M3 1.9 M3 G660 0.5 TONS. WHEEL SCRAPER-ELEVATING SCRAPER-ELEVATING SCRAPER-ELEVATING SCRAPER.WHEEL TRACTR SCRAPER. DOZER CRAWLER TRACT. TOWED SCRAPER.FLATBEDMOUNTD CRAWLER MTD 12 CRAWLER MTD IN 4.40 M3 . DOZER CRAWLER TRACT.75 CY 1. Equipment Class Description 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING EARTHMOVING TRENCHER. DOZER CRAWLER TRACT.SWG BOOM TWIN ROCK DRILL AUGER.OFFROAD 115 MM SUSP. WHEEL . VERTICAL 2 TON.0 M 28 IN X 8 FT 6 IN 700 MM X 2. DOZER BACKHOE CRAWLER HYDR BACKHOE CRAWLER HYDR BACKHOE CRAWLER HYDR BACKHOE CRAWLER HYDR BACKHOE CRAWLER HYDR Size Metric Units I-P Units 16 IN X 7 FT 6 IN 400 MM X 2. OFFROAD 32-4 32 Construction Equipment(G4) .50 CY BACKHOE.50 CY . TOWED CRAWLER TRACT.

130 350-700SPM.Equip No.TOWED. PLATFORM LOWBOY. Equipment Class Description 125 126 127 128 DRILLING COMPACTION COMPACTION COMPACTION DRILL QUAD. PLATFORM LOWBOY. MANUAL GUIDE RAMMER. 1 DRUM ROLLER.TOWED.50 M3 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 155 156 157 158 159 161 162 TRACTOR TRACTOR TRACTOR TRACTOR TRACTOR TRACTOR TRACTOR TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRUCK TRACTOR TRUCK TRACTOR TRUCK TRACTOR OFF-ROAD TRACTOR OFF-ROAD TRACTOR WHEEL. PLATFORM LOWBOY. 1 DRUM ROLLER. PLATFORM LOWBOY. OFFROAD DIESEL BOWSER FUEL/WATER 32 Construction Equipment(G4) 32-5 .8 X1. OFFROAD FLOAT.5 M VIBRATNG 30X54 VIBRG.5 INCHES VIBR DRUM 7 TONS I-P Units 115 MM VIB DRUM 6. W/TOW HITCH WHEEL.5 TON 14 9 9 WHEEL 15 TONS 9 WHEEL TON SMOOTH TONS 10 SMOOTH TON 131 132 133 134 COMPACTION COMPACTION COMPACTION COMPACTION SHEEPSFT 40X60 SHEEPSFT 1 IN X1.4 WHEEL FLATBED FLATBED FLOAT. HANDHELD Size Metric Units 4. W/TOW HITCH LOWBOY.25 M3 7.0 TONS VIB DRUM 1 TON 350-700SPM. PLATFORM LOWBOY. PLATFORM LOWBOY.SWG BOOM ROLLER SELFPROPELLD ROLLER SELFPROPELLD ROLLER SELFPROPELLD ROLLER. PLATFORM FLATBED .4 M IN VIB DRUM 1. 60 KG 20 TONS 4X2 30 TONS 4X2 60 TONS 4X2 20 TONS 4X4 40 TONS 6X6 50 HP 105 HP 15 TONS 25 TONs 40TONs 50 TONs 60 TONs 75 TONs 100 TONs 6 TONS 15 TONS 30 TONS 30 TONS 60 TONS 600 GALLONS 2000 GALLONS 18 TON 4X2 27 TON 6X4 54 TON 6X4 18 TON 4X4 36 TON 6X6 40 KW 80 KW 15 TON 25 TON 35 TON 45 TON 55 TON 70 TON 90 TON 5 TON 15 TON 25 TON 35 TON 55 TON 2.

Equipment Class Description 163 164 166 16 168 169 171 172 173 176 177 178 181 182 183 184 185 186 TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE X-RAY DARKROOM STORAGE VAN PIPE POLE PIPE DOLLY/5TH WHEEL CABLE REEL TRAILER TRAILER TRAILER FUEL/WATER FUEL/WATER MOBILE OFFICE Size Metric Units 5000 GALLONS 8000 GALLONS 8 X 35 FEET I-P Units 18.65 TON TRUCK .80 TONS TRUCK . 10 TONS TELESCOPIC JIB.30 TONS TRUCK .Equip No.25 TONS TRUCK .18 TON TRUCK .5 X 10 M 8 X 28 FEET 30 TONS 2 AXLE 2.27 TON TRUCK .15 TONS TRUCK .30 TONS TRUCK . 5 TONS TELESCOPIC JIB.14 TON TRUCK .100 TON TRUCK .180 TON 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE TELESCOPIC JIB TELESCOPIC JIB TELESCOPIC JIB TELESCOPIC JIB FIXED JIB FIXED JIB FIXED JIB TRUCK .35 TON TRUCK .40 TONS TRUCK .70 TON TRUCK .15 TONS TRUCK . 15 TONS TELESCOPIC JIB TELESCOPIC JIB TELESCOPIC JIB TELESCOPIC JIB TELESCOPIC JIB TELESCOPIC JIB PROP 5 TON PROP 9 TON PROP 14 TON TRUCK .20 TONS TRUCK .14 TON TRUCK . SELF PROP.5 M 27 TON 2 AXLE TELESCOPIC JIB.23 TON TRUCK .45 TON TRUCK . SELF PROP.18 TON TRUCK .110 TONS TRUCK .200 TONS TRUCK .5 X 8.70 TONS TRUCK .00 M3 2.27 TON 32-6 32 Construction Equipment(G4) .50 TONS TRUCK . SELF PROP.00 M3 30.20 TONS TRUCK .

50 M3 3.50 TONS TRUCK .00 M3 4. CRAWLER FIXED JIB.120 TONS 15 TONS 20 TONS 30 TONS 40 TONS 50 TONS 60 TONS 90 TONS 120 TONS 165 TONS 200 TONS 400 TONS MAX 4190LB@164FT MAX 9260LB@213FT MAX 6500LB@247FT 1 CY 2 CY 4 CY 1 CY 2 CY 4 CY 6 CY BTM DUMP 1 CY MAX 1900KG @ 50M MAX 4200KG @ 65M MAX 2950KG @ 75M 0. CRAWLER FIXED JIB. CRAWLER FIXED JIB. JIB 10T TOWER-HORIZ. CRAWLER FIXED JIB.40 TONS TRUCK .55 TON TRUCK . CRAWLER FIXED JIB. CRAWLER FIXED JIB.Equip No. CRAWLER TOWER-HORIZ.90 TONS TRUCK .50 M3 3. CRAWLER FIXED JIB. JIB 40T CLAMSHELL GRAB CLAMSHELL GRAB CLAMSHELL GRAB DRAGLINE BUCKET DRAGLINE BUCKET DRAGLINE BUCKET DRAGLINE BUCKET CONCRETE BUCKET 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 CRANE ATTACHMENT CRANE ATTACHMENT CRANE ATTACHMENT CRANE ATTACHMENT CRANE ATTACHMENT CRANE ATTACHMENT CRANE ATTACHMENT CRANE ATTACHMENT 32 Construction Equipment(G4) 32-7 .110 TON 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE FIXED JIB. CRAWLER FIXED JIB.75 M3 1.75 M3 TRUCK . CRAWLER FIXED JIB. JIB 20T TOWER-HORIZ. Equipment Class Description 194 195 196 197 198 CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE CRANE FIXED JIB FIXED JIB FIXED JIB FIXED JIB FIXED JIB Size Metric Units I-P Units TRUCK .60 TONS TRUCK .45 TON TRUCK .75 M3 1.35 TON TRUCK . CRAWLER FIXED JIB.80 TON TRUCK .50 M3 BTM DUMP 0.00 M3 0.

LEADS 30 FEET 246 247 248 COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR 250 CFM 365 CFM 600 CFM 420 M3/H 620 M3/H 1000 M3/H 249 250 251 COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR 750 CFM 900 CFM 1200 CFM 1250 M3/H 1500 M3/H 2000 M3/H 32-8 32 Construction Equipment(G4) . Equipment Class Description 224 CRANE ATTACHMENT GIN POLE GIN POLE GIN POLE GIN POLE GIN POLE DERRICK DERRICK DERRICK PILING PILING PILING PILING PILING PILING COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR CONCRETE BUCKET Size Metric Units BTM DUMP 3 CY I-P Units BTM DUMP 2.50 M3 45 TON 90 TON 135 TON 200 TON 540 TON 225 TON 200 TON 360 TON 226 227 228 229 230 231 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 W/HOIST W/HOIST W/HOIST W/HOIST W/HOIST GUY DERRICK CRAWLER GUY DERRICK CRAWLER GUY DERRICK PILE DRIVING HAMMER PILE DRIVING HAMMER PILE DRIVING HAMMER DRIVER/EXTRACTOR DRILLING FRAME DIESEL(SLIDING VANE) DIESEL(SLIDING VANE) DIESEL(SLIDING VANE) DIESEL(ROTARY SCREW) DIESEL(ROTARY SCREW) DIESEL(ROTARY SCREW) DIESEL(ROTARY SCREW) DIESEL(ROTARY SCREW) DIESEL(ROTARY SCREW) 50 TONS 100 TONS 150 TONS 2250 TONS 600 TONS 250 TONS 225 TONS 400 TONS 20 KFTLB DIESEL 27 KNM DIESEL 40 KFTLB DIESEL 55 KNM DIESEL 75 KFTLB DIESEL 100 KNM DIESEL 70 HP VIBRO AUGER 125 CFM 250 CFM 315 CFM VIBRO 50 KW 10 M AUGER 210 M3/H 420 M3/H 540 M3/H PILING FRAME.Equip No.

75 M3 2. TWIN ARC 650 A. 50MM HEAD 2.75 CY. DIESEL 1 M DIA 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 274 276 277 278 CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMEN WELDING EQUIPMEN WELDING EQUIPMEN WELDING EQUIPMEN WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT 6 CY . DIESEL 5 M3 0. DIESEL 36 IN DIA 65 MM HEAD 55 KW.5 IN HEAD 75 HP. DIESEL 60 CY/H. TWIN ARC 200 AMPERES 300 AMPERES 200 AMPERES 300 AMPERES 286 287 STATIC RECTIFIER STATIC RECTIFIER 32 Construction Equipment(G4) 32-9 . 4IN LINE 45 M3/H. CONCRETE MIXER CONCRETE MIXER VIBRATOR GASOLINE VIBRATOR. AIR CURB BUILDR. 4 BLADE MIXER TRUCK SITE DUMPER STATIC PUMP TRUCK-MTD PUMP&BOOM CONVEYOR REBAR BENDER REBAR SHEAR SLIPFORM PAVER PORTABLE GASOLINE PORTABLE GASOLINE PORTABLE GASOLINE Size Metric Units 20 CY/H 6 SACK 16 SACK (1 CY) I-P Units 15 M3/H . Equipment Class Description 256 257 258 261 261 263 264 CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE CONCRETE BATCHPLANT. SLIPFORM POWER TROWEL.8 KW.Equip No.25 M3 .4 HP. DEMOUNT.5 M3. 100 MM 16 IN X 40 FEET HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC 10-24 FEET 200 AMPERES 300 AMPERES 400 AMPERES 400 MM X 12 M HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC 3-7 M WIDE 200 AMPERES 300 AMPERES 400 AMPERES 281 282 283 284 PORTABLE DIESEL PORTABLE DIESEL PORTABLE DIESEL PORTABLE DIESEL 200 AMPERES 300 AMPERES 400 AMPERES 200 AMPERES 200 AMPERES 200 AMPERES 650 A. 2 IN HEAD 1.

Equip No. CO2 PIPE AUTOMATIC SUBMERGED ARC SUBMERGED ARC BASE PLATE WALL HORIZONTAL WALL VERTICAL 296 297 298 AUTO. WELD & CUT. UNIT PROPANE GAS SE T & TRCH COMB.500 MM 550 .900 MM 32-10 32 Construction Equipment(G4) . PROPANE GAS SE T & TRCH ELECTRODE DRYING OVN SIDEBOOM SIDEBOOM SIDEBOOM SIDEBOOM COMB.20 INCHES 22 . UNIT 306 311 312 313 314 (CAT 571) (CAT 572) (CAT 583) (CAT 594) (CAT 571) (CAT 572) (CAT 583) (CAT 594) 316 CRAWLER TACK TRACTOR BENDING MACHINE BENDING MACHINE QUAD ARCS QUAD ARCS 318 319 6 . SUB-ARC TANK WALL VERTICAL 301 302 OXY.36 INCHES 150 ./ACT. SUB-ARC TANK WALL HORIZONTAL AUTO. Equipment Class Description 288 289 290 291 WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT WELDING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT STATIC RECTIFIER STATIC RECTIFIER STATIC RECTIFIER STATIC RECTIFIER Size Metric Units 400 AMPERES 500 AMPERES 600 AMPERES 650 AMPERES I-P Units 400 AMPERES 500 AMPERES 600 AMPERES 650 AMPERES 293 294 PIPE SEMI-AUTO. SUB-ARC TANK BASE PLATE AUTO.

36 INCHES 36 .30 INCHES 32 Construction Equipment(G4) 32-11 .18 INCHES 20 .20 INCHES 22 .26 INCHES 30 .800MM 850 .900MM 900 . CLEAN PRM TAPE MACH.650MM 750 . HAND WRAP CLEAN PRM TAPE MACH.Equip No.550MM 600 .1050MM 1100 .42 INCHES 42-52 INCHES I-P Units 950 .450MM 500 .500 MM 550 .22 INCHES 24 .36 INCHES 36 .44 INCHES OVER 42 INCHES 1 .26 INCHES 28 . CLEAN PRM TAPE MACH.1050 MM 1050 .14 INCHES 16 . CLEAN PRM TAPE MACH.100 MM 150 . CLEAN PRM TAPE MACH.36 INCHES 40 .450MM 400 .400 MM 400 .1100 MM OVER 1100 MM 25 .1150MM OVER 1200MM 400 . Equipment Class Description 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT BENDING MACHINE TAPESTER.48 INCHES 2 .900 MM 900 .12 INCHES 8 .42 INCHES 44 .300 MM 200 .750 MM 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 16 . INTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP INTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP INTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP INTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP INTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP INTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP INTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP INTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP EXTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP EXTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP EXTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP EXTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP EXTRNL LINE-UP CLAMP CUTTING & BEVELLING CUTTING & BEVELLING CUTTING & BEVELLING Size Metric Units 38 .1300 MM 400 .650MM 700 .900MM 1000 .46 INCHES OVER 48 INCHES 8 .4 INCHES 6 .650 MM 650 .1250 MM 50 .32 INCHES 34 .26 INCHES 26 .16 INCHES 16 .

5-6 IN DIA UP TO 6 INCHES 30 . MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP.1200 MM 346 347 348 349 PIPE/CONDUIT BENDER HYDRAUL PIPE BENDER BENDER (MECHANICAL) CUT & THREAD MACHINE DOUBLE JOINTING YARD X-RAY EQUIPMENT 0.25-4 INCHES 2. TORCH Size Metric Units 10 . 8CFM 367 368 369 370 8 CY/H 5000 LBF.100 MM 65 . 60 CF 20 INCHES 2 M3 500 MM 32-12 32 Construction Equipment(G4) .12 INCHES 5 GAL. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP. CENTER 10 KVA BENCH SAW PAINT PRESSURE SPRAY GUNITE CABLE PULLER UNIT AIR RECEIVING TANK CHAIN SAW 10 .5-2IN RATCHET UP TO 6 INCHES 1.Equip No. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP.150 MM UP TO 150 MM 351 352 C/W RACK CONVYRS C/W RACK CONVYRS 354 355 356 INDUCTION HEATER HOLIDAY DETECTOR ELECTRIC THREADER UP TO 2 INCHES UP TO 50 MM 358 BORING MACHINE ROAD BORER ROAD BORER 361 362 363 364 364 POTENTIOMETER12 POINT STRESS RELIEVER 12 POINT TRIPLE RELIEVER TRIPLE RELIEVER 10 KVA 250 . CUT & BEVEL. Equipment Class Description 344 PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP. ELEC.300 MM 20 LITER. E LEC. 15 M3/H 6 M3/H POWER DIST. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP.48 INCHES I-P Units 250 . MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP.

JACK HAMMER TOOL PNEUMATIC PORT. 7CF TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ LIGHT PLANT TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ DRILL PRESS TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ DRILL TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ GENERATOR SET TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ GENERATOR SET TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ GENERATOR SET TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ GENERATOR SET TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ GENERATOR SET TOOL 3000 WATT 1.5 INCHES 2.2 M3 PNEUMATIC PORT. AIR WRENCH TOOL PNEUMATIC PORT. SAND BLAST MACHINE 600 LBS.5 INCHES 391 392 3000 WATT 40 MM 395 396 397 398 399 400 1. PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP TELEPHONES & STATION TENSIOMETER WIRE ROP TENSIOMETER WIRE ROP CENTRIFUGAL CENTRIFUGAL INJECTION PUMP SUBMERSIBLE. PER 30 M 200 MM SUCTION 100 MM SUCTION 30 MM DRIVE 30 KG 275 KG. 9 HP 6 INCHES.0 INCHES INHIBITOR 4 INCHES. 0.0 INCH 6 KW 10 KW 20 KW 60 KW 100 KW 25 MM 6 KW 10 KW 20 KW 60 KW 100 KW 32 Construction Equipment(G4) 32-13 .25 IN DRIVE 65 LBS 90000 KG CAP 18000 KG CAP 40 MM 50 MM INHIBITOR 100 MM. 7 KW 150 MM. DEWATERG HYDROSTATIC TEST WATER FILL WELLPOINTS & HOSE WELLPOINT. DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM Size Metric Units I-P Units 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 200000 LB CAP 40000 LB CAP 1. Equipment Class Description 371 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP.Equip No. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP. 20 KW 27500 KPA 100 MM. DEWATERG SUBMERSIBLE. 27 HP 4000 PSI 4 IN. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIP. 7L/S 200 MM. PER 100 FT 8 INCHES SUCTION 4 INCHES SUCTION 1. 110 GPM 8 IN.

0 TONS 22 HP 32 HP 1. SPRAY 424 425 426 427 2000 GALLON 7. Equipment Class Description 401 402 ELECTRIC EQUIP/ GENERATOR SET TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ GENERATOR SET TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ SAW.0 TONS 1.0 TONS 1.0 TONS 412 422 ASPHALT EQUIPMENT ASPHALT EQUIPMENT ASPHALT EQUIPMENT ASPHALT EQUIPMENT SITE/OFFICE EQUIP SITE/OFFICE EQUIP SITE/OFFICE EQUIP. 10 FEET WIDE 3 M WIDE 2000 GAL.50 M3 PORTABLE BUILDINGS PER 1000 SF PER 100 M2 430 SPACE HEATR. GAS BITUMEN TANKER ASPHALT HEATER TRANSIT THEODOLITE Size Metric Units 150 KW 200 KW I-P Units 150 KW 200 KW 404 6 INCHES 150 MM 406 407 408 6 INCHES 12 INCHES 9 INCHES 150 MM 300 MM 225 MM 411 412 413 414 416 417 419 1. OIL. TOWER PORTABLE MATL.Equip No.5 TON 4 TON 9 TON 2 TON 16 KW 24 KW 1 TON 419 HOIST 1. AUTO 150 MBTU 40 KW 32-14 32 Construction Equipment(G4) .5 TONS 10 TONS 2.5 TONS 4. SPRAY 7. CIRCULAR TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ ELECTRIC GRINDER TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ PEDESTAL GRINDER TOOL ELECTRIC EQUIP/ LATHE TOOL HOIST HOIST HOIST HOIST HOIST HOIST HOIST HAND-CHAIN HAND-CHAIN HAND-CHAIN HAND-CHAIN SINGLE DRUM DOUBLE DRUM PORTABLE MATL. TOWER PAVER/FINISHER SPREADER TRAILER.50 M3.

600MM 900 .48 INCHES 50 .100 MM 150 . Equipment Class Description 435 436 437 438 439 PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT PIPING EQUIPMENT ROLI CRADLE ROLI CRADLE ROLI CRADLE ROLI CRADLE ROLI CRADLE Size Metric Units 4 .24 INCHES 24 .1050 MM OVER 1050 MM 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 HOT TAP MACHINE HOT TAP MACHINE HOT TAP MACHINE HOT TAP MACHINE BUTT FUSION MACHINE BUTT FUSION MACHINE BUTT FUSION MACHINE BUTT FUSION MACHINE BUTT FUSION MACHINE 2 .200 MM 250 .1200 MM 32 Construction Equipment(G4) 32-15 .4 INCHES 6 .12 INCHES 14 .42 INCHES OVER 42 INCHES I-P Units 100 .18 INCHES 20 .8 INCHES 10 .12 INCHES 12 .20 INCHES 24 .450 MM 500 .750 MM 900 .100 MM 150 .300 MM 350 .500 MM 600 .Equip No.1200 MM 50 .30 INCHES 36 .48 INCHES 2 .600MM 300 .4 INCHES 6 .36 INCHES 36 .300MM 300 .

32-16 32 Construction Equipment(G4) .

33 Base Indices (G13) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Base Indices 33 Base Indices (G13) 33-1 .

We run estimates on our benchmark projects using the updated system and then use the results to calculate the indices. these indices are a composite of the individual cost adjustments that are made. Country Base Data Base for System Costs System Base Index by Category General Materials 2200 2060 1900 1840 1630 1540 1510 1520 1520 1510 1525 1500 1485 1460 1390 1370 1360 1350 Construction Labor 1960 1890 1820 1750 1690 1630 1590 1550 1510 1460 1430 1400 1365 1340 1320 1310 1290 1270 Design Engineering Labor US Current:1Q2008 Prior:1Q-2007 1Q-2006 1Q-2005 1Q-2004 1Q-2003 1Q-2002 1Q-2001 1Q-2000 1Q-1999 1Q-1998 1Q-1997 1Q-1996 1Q-1995 1Q-1994 1Q-1993 1Q-1992 1Q-1991 1620 1540 1490 1480 1460 1480 1470 1450 1440 1450 1450 1450 1460 1480 1460 1450 1420 1390 Construction Management Labor 1630 1540 1490 1480 1480 1460 1480 1470 1450 1440 1450 1450 1450 1460 1480 1460 1450 1420 1390 33-2 33 Base Indices (G13) .Base Indices These indices are generated by Icarus after updating the system costs (engineering disciplines. shop and field labor rates.). wage rates. you should run benchmark projects and develop your own adjustments. material costs. “3Q” represents third quarter. These indices do not derive from public sources and they may not accurately reflect how the update will affect your typical projects. To evaluate this. Note: “1Q” represents first quarter. construction equipment rental rates. etc. Since our benchmark projects contain a variety of component types fabricated from a variety of materials.

Country Base Data Base for System Costs System Base Index by Category General Materials 2830 2630 2500 2420 2290 2230 2190 2140 2080 2140 2100 2050 1990 1910 1850 1780 1670 1750 1760 1450 1410 1330 1220 1210 1230 1260 1370 1350 1255 1250 1250 1390 Construction Labor 4020 3830 3670 3510 3360 3220 3120 2980 2850 2700 2550 2410 2310 2200 2160 2110 2050 1930 1150 1160 1170 1180 1200 1250 1300 1330 1350 1370 1350 1340 1350 1350 1320 Design Engineering Labor 4420 4190 3970 3810 3670 3540 3480 3360 3210 2950 2780 2620 2470 2380 2280 2210 2140 2020 1930 1960 1460 1440 1380 1370 1350 1360 1360 1360 1360 1350 1360 1390 1460 Construction Management Labor 4080 3890 3790 3670 3570 3510 3410 3250 3110 3050 2880 2660 2470 2380 2280 2210 2140 2020 1820 1840 1470 1460 1400 1380 1370 1370 1370 1350 1350 1350 1360 1390 1460 UK Current:1Q2008 Prior:1Q-2007 1Q-2006 1Q-2005 1Q-2004 1Q-2003 1Q-2002 1Q-2001 1Q-2000 1Q-1999 1Q-1998 1Q-1997 1Q-1996 1Q-1995 1Q-1994 1Q-1993 1Q-1992 1Q-1991 Current:1Q2008 Prior:1Q-2007 1Q-2006 1Q-2005 1Q-2004 1Q-2003 1Q-2002 1Q-2001 1Q-2000 1Q-1999 1Q-1998 1Q-1997 1Q-1996 1Q-1995 1Q-1994 JP 33 Base Indices (G13) 33-3 .

Country Base Data Base for System Costs System Base Index by Category General Materials 2170 2030 1780 1700 1640 1580 1560 1520 Construction Labor 1790 1720 1700 1670 1650 1630 1600 1550 1970 1890 Design Engineering Labor 1730 1660 1590 1560 1550 1530 1510 1450 1610 1540 Construction Management Labor 1670 1600 1580 1560 1540 1520 1490 1450 1610 1540 EU Current:1Q2008 Prior:1Q-2007 1Q-2006 1Q-2005 1Q-2004 1Q-2003 1Q-2002 1Q-2001 ME Current:1Q2200 2008 Prior:1Q-2007 2060 33-4 33 Base Indices (G13) .

34 Code Accounts (G10) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction to Code Accounts Indirect Codes and Descriptions Direct Codes and Descriptions Direct Codes and Descriptions Equipment and Setting Piping Civil Steel Instrumentation Electrical Insulation Paint 34 Code Accounts (G10) 34-1 .

for the purposes of indexing and contract scope definition. Costs and manhours can be reassigned from one account to another. 34-2 34 Code Accounts (G10) . output reports use the user (internal) code of accounts. This must be in the range 1-999 and must not already be defined as a standard account. the account code must not be specified. namely. The code of accounts form can be used either to modify the ICARUS standard code of accounts or to create a completely new set of accounts. the user’s reporting code of accounts is never used in the input forms. since the account code is implicitly defined based on the account number that is used. the user may switch between the user-internal code of accounts and ICARUS system code of account numbers by using the appropriate switch between user/ICARUS code of accounts. The user’s internal code of accounts must be used on indexing and contract scope input forms. The code of account “reporting” is used to further group a very detailed userdeveloped code of accounts into a smaller set of accounts that can be displayed in output reports. However. where the reporting code of accounts represent the level of granularity that user wishes to see in the output reports. If new codes of account are defined. The Code of Accounts input data is composed of three types. and displayed only the output reports. and an “user-internal” code of accounts. The code of account “allocations” are used to reassign costs and manhours from one or more standard system accounts into either another ICARUS account or a newly defined user code of account. if the user code of accounts is developed. A new account can be created by defining it. The code of account “Definitions” are used to define either a name for a new account number or a new name for a standard ICARUS account. Modifying the System Code of Accounts The ICARUS standard code of accounts may be transformed into a new code of accounts in one or more of the following ways: • • • An ICARUS account name can be changed. In the absence of reporting code of accounts. This is referred to as the “ICARUS” code of accounts. In addition. a “user-reporting” code of accounts. and the internal code of accounts refers to the allocation and grouping of the standard ICARUS system code of accounts to a level of detail intended for the user.Introduction to Code Accounts Aspen Icarus systems contain a 3-digit standard code of account set to which costs and manhours are allocated in developing the project estimate. The resulting user-developed code of accounts is termed as the “user” code of accounts. for the ease of exchange of components between multiple projects. Costs and manhours may be assigned directly into a current account or into a new account with a supplemental cost item. If modifications are made to existing code of accounts. account codes must be supplied and all references to the account codes in subsequent codes must reference the new codes of account (exceptions to this rule will be discussed subsequently). However. the user may develop two sets of code of accounts.

Example The allocations are one step transfers from one account to a second account. in the indexing and contractor scope input. etc. special procurement output reports display the currency exposure of the given project in terms of that selected currency. civil. and allows the user to develop a multi-currency procurement strategy.e. The account type (piping. the user may specify the currency symbol of procurement. PIPING account code includes all accounts from 300 to 399). will constitute the entire code of accounts (direct and indirect) for the estimate. outside the range of 1-999. Breakdown can be very complex.) must be specified. A new code of accounts is the one in which one or both of the following conditions are met: • • Account numbers are created outside the range of the ICARUS system code of accounts (i. where all indirect account types P1 through PB must be specified. in the user input. Creating a Different Code of Accounts A new code of accounts may be created that is different from the ICARUS system standards code of accounts.The account code for the modified code of accounts must not be specified and is determined by the system (e.. size (for piping).DAT file. direct material code of account is defined as being procured in the selected currency. However. subtype. depending on the desire of breakdown. all other reports are always in the project currency. in addition to the project basis currency. if the following costs were calculated by the system in the designated codes of account: COA 315 417 591 Cost 1000 10000 100000 34 Code Accounts (G10) 34-3 . They should not be interpreted as sequential transfers. by material. While modifying the ICARUS code of accounts. Thus. Transfers from the ICARUS system standard code of accounts to the Userinternal code of accounts can be very simple or complex. together with exceptions. or creating a completely new user code of accounts. e. every required code of account must be specified. as defined. This caveat applies to the indirect codes of account. As already mentioned. To develop a different code of accounts. This transfer is performed using the code of account allocation. these accounts. equipment symbol and equipment type. using the user/ICARUS switch.g. Thus.. When a particular. thus changing the account number range to which the account type is applied. 1000-99999999). For example. and the account type must be specified to designate its allocation in various summary reports.. the user may choose either the userinternal code of account or the ICARUS system code of accounts on the component forms. and to a limited set of indirect.g. This currency symbol refers to direct material procurement cost. The symbols and conversion rates (in terms of a multiplier to one of the four country basis currencies in the system) ate stored in a central CURRENCY. a single code of account can be broken into multiple codes. User-internal code of accounts are referred to.

The reporting code of account layer provides a method of summarizing the user-internal code of accounts into a simpler set for reporting use. for reporting purposes. The reporting COA form allows the user to group the user-internal or ICARUS Codes of account to a more manageable subset. contract scope allocation. But. In other cases.From ICARUS COA To ICARUS COA Allocate to ICARUS User Matl COA 315 417 591 blank blank blank 4178325 5911234 4178325 The following resulting allocations would be reported. The only place that the reporting code of accounts is used. if no further reporting COAs are specified: COA 315 4178325 5911234 Cost 0 1000 110000 However. the same result will be reported. is in reporting. and procurement strategy. one for the use of the client. Reporting Code of Accounts Creating complex user code of accounts is important for proper indexing. and another way for the use of the management. the results may be summarized in to ways. Example COA 3154 3191 3300 Cost 1000 10000 100000 From ICARUS COA To ICARUS COA Allocate to ICARUS User Matl COA 3100 3300 3 The following resulting allocations would be reported: COA 3 Cost 111000 34-4 34 Code Accounts (G10) . it may be necessary to summarize the results in a simple form for easy understanding of results. allocations have been specified in a different sequence.

therefore. Then the estimated costs and man-hours for this item would appear both in a numbered instrumentation account and in the instrumentation summary. This inconsistency could be avoided by allocating this account into a numbered account in the Instrumentation group. but not between them. This applies to both. In the Bulk Detail and Bulk Summary Appendices of the system output report the user-specified account numbers are reported. reporting and the user-internal code of accounts. and the user may wish to report trenching as a civil item. Costs can be moved from one account group to other. in three distinct categories. On the contrary. The system maintains fidelity in account groups. Appropriate COA file can be selected at the project level and used. an entirely new set of code of accounts can be created. for example. in addition to indexing and defining the contractor scope. The Master Summary. The system account name forms an integral part of the detailed item description. Each file can represent the client’s COA structure. but it would be summarized with instrumentation in the other summaries. A special supplemental item is to be added to the estimate. For example. indirects. Codes can be transferred inside the three categories. Currency selection at the account definition level allows the user to develop a procurement strategy for the project. but the account names are the system names and not the user-specified names. • • • • • Output Reports The Code of Accounts Summary reflects the user-specified account numbers and names. An inconsistency would occur. bulks and equipment.). This may be useful in clarifying the costs of the project to the management. it simplifies reporting the estimate results to the client. civil. Use of reporting codes of account allow the separation of reporting structure from the user-internal COA structure. This account would be grouped numerically with the piping accounts in the Code of Accounts Summary.There are several useful applications for the Code of Accounts input: • Multiple Codes of account files can created for different clients in the code of accounts library. the system reports electrical trenching in the electrical account. It is incumbent upon the user when defining an entirely different code of accounts to specify account types that correspond with the chosen account number groups. More importantly. 34 Code Accounts (G10) 34-5 . Contract Summaries and Area Summaries allocate the estimated costs according to the account type (piping. etc. one of the accounts were assigned an instrumentation account type (I). within a series of account numbers for piping (P). The user may wish to create a new account to maintain visibility of the supplemental cost. It is necessary. if. to retain the system account name in these appendices for clarity and for Aspen Icarus to provide technical support.

59 Tittles not assigned G & A Overheads (P6) 90 G AND A OVERHEADS Taxes (P4) 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 LUMP SUM TAXES. CONST.. DEMOBILIZE 21 CATERING. MGMT 81 HOME OFFICE CONST. ACCOMODATION 22 TRAVEL 23 OVERTIME PREMIUM Engineering Indirects (PA) 80 LUMP SUM CONST. INDIRECT 11 FRINGE BENEFITS 12 BURDENS 13 CONSUMABLES. (INSURANCE.49 Titles not assigned Contractor Indirects (PB) 85 FIELD CONST.Indirect Codes and Descriptions Field Indirects (P1) 01 -09 Titles not assigned 10 LUMP SUM CONST. COMISSIONING Freight (P3) 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 LUMP SUM FREIGHT DOMESTIC FREIGHT OCEAN FREIGHT AIR FREIGHT MODULE FREIGHT OTHER FRIEGHT .69 Titles not assigned Contractor Fee (P7) 91 CONTRACT FEE Engineering (P5) 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 LUMP SUM ENGINEERING BASIC ENGINEERING DETAIL ENGINEERING MATERIAL PROCUREMENT SUBCONTRACT PROCUREMENT ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT 79 Titles not assigned Escalation (P8) 97 ESCALATION 34-6 34 Code Accounts (G10) . 82 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT 83 -84 Titles not assigned Special Indirects (P2 24 SPECIAL INDIRECT ITEM 1 25 SPECIAL INDIRECT ITEM 2 26 . UTILITIES 20 MOBILIZATION. SUPP. SUPERVISION 86 STARTUP. SMALL TOOLS 14 MISC. PERMITS PERMITS MATERIALS TAXES CONSTRUCTION TAXES ENGINEERING TAXES OTHER TAXES . ETC) 15 SCAFFOLDING 16 EQUIPMENT RENTAL 17 VENDOR REPRESENTATIVES 18 FIELD SERVICES 19 TEMP.

CHARGES 92 .96 Titles not assigned Contingencies (P0) 99 CONTINGENCY 34 Code Accounts (G10) 34-7 . MISC.Field Indirects (P1) Engineering Indirects (PA) Royalty. Miscellaneous Charges (P9) 98 ROYALTY.

GEAR PUMPS VERTICAL PUMPS SUMP & WELL PUMPS SLURRY PUMPS 200 201 202 203 204 205 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 220 221 222 223 224 FLUID SEPARATION EQUIP. HEAT EXCHANGERS 34-8 34 Code Accounts (G10) .HOISTS. REACTORS & AUTOCLAVES AGITATED VESSELS BLENDERS MIXERS COMPRESSORS & BLOWERS CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSORS RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR TURBO-EXPAND.ETC ELEVATORS SCALES MAGNETS CAR DUMPERS & SHAKERS ELECTRICAL GENERATORS GAS TURBINE GENERATORS DIESEL GENERATORS STEAM TURBINE GENERATORS PORTABLE GENERATORS 240 241 242 243 244 250 251 252 253 254 255 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 BOILER PLANT EQUIPMENT BOILERS PACKAGE BOILER ECONOMIZERS PREHEATERS PROCESS HEATERS FURNACES. ITEM ALLOWANCE OTHER EQUIPMENT ITEMS WAREHOUSE SPARES EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION PROCESS VESSELS TRAY TOWERS & TRAYS PACKED TOWERS & PACKING VERTICAL VESSELS HORIZONTAL VESSELS VACUUM VESSELS CRYSTALLIZERS EVAPORATORS STORAGE VESSELS ATMOSPHERIC STORAGE TANK PRESSURIZED STORAGE TANK SILOS BINS AND HOPPERS GAS HOLDERS STOCK CHESTS REACTION.MIXING EQUIP. DUST COLLECTORS SCRUBBERS BAG HOUSES PRECIPITATORS SEPARATORS MATERIALS HANDLING EQUIP CONVEYORS FEEDERS CRANES.Direct Codes and Descriptions Equipment and Setting 100 103 104 105 106 107 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 130 131 132 133 134 150 151 152 153 154 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 EQUIPMENT AND SETTING SPECIAL PLANT ITEM SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ITEM MISC. COMPRESSOR FANS AND BLOWERS PUMPS CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS RECIPROCATING PUMPS VACUUM PUMPS ROTARY.HEATERS WASTE HEAT BOILERS INCINERATORS KILNS STACKS HEAT EXCHANGERS SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGERS REBOILERS DOUBLE PIPE EXCHANGERS AIR COOLERS COOLING TOWERS MISC.

SCREENS AND GRIZZLIES FILTERS CENTRIFUGES DRYERS LIQUID CYCLONES FLOATATION CELLS THICKENERS.CLARIFIERS 270 271 272 273 274 275 280 281 282 283 284 285 290 291 292 293 LININGS REFRACTORY LININGS ACID BRICK LININGS CAST LININGS POND LININGS OTHER LININGS MISC.BREAKERS MILLS PULVERIZERS CUTTERS.170 171 172 173 174 175 180 181 182 183 184 185 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 DRIVERS & GEAR REDUCERS ELECTRIC MOTORS STEAM TURBINES GAS TURBINES GAS & DIESEL ENGINES GEAR REDUCERS SIZE REDUCTION EQUIP CRUSHERS.FLAKERS STOCK TREATMENT SOLIDS SEPARATION EQUIP. PACKAGE UNITS REFRIGERATION UNITS HVAC EQUIPMENT WATER TREATING UNITS INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEMS MODULE SETTING MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT EJECTORS PROPRIETARY EQUIPMENT FLARES 34 Code Accounts (G10) 34-9 .

METAL PIPE ERECTION LINED LINED LINED LINED LINED LINED PIPE/FITTINGS PIPE FIELD MAT’L FIELD SHOP FAB REMOTE SHOP MAT’L REMOTE SHOP FAB VALVES 357 NON-METAL PIPE ERECTION 360 361 362 363 PIPING SPECIALTIES TRAPS & VACUUM BREAKERS TRACING TUBING & FITTING JACKET INTERCONNECTIONS 365 HAND CONTROLS 366 PIPE HANGERS.METAL VALVE:NOFLANG MISC. BURIED PIPE INSTALLATION PIPE TRENCH & BACKFILL COAT AND WRAP PIPE 34-10 34 Code Accounts (G10) .Piping 300 302 303 304 305 306 307 309 PIPING SUBCONTRACT PIPING SPECIAL PLANT PIPING SPECIAL EQUIP.METAL PIPE/FITTINGS MISC.ETC DELUGE SYSTEMS SHOWER. ETC.METAL VALVE:FLANGED MISC. METAL RMT SHOP FAB MISC. PIPING OTHER EQUIPMENT PIPE PIPING SYSTEM TESTING PREFAB PIPE REWORK PIPING DEMOLITION 350 351 352 353 354 355 NON-METAL PIPE/FITTINGS NON-METAL FIELD MAT’L NON-METAL FIELD SHOP FAB NONMETAL REMOTESHOP MATL NONMETAL REMOTESHOP FAB NON-METAL VALVES 310 CARBON STL PIPE/FITTINGS 311CS FIELD MAT’L 312CS FIELD SHOP FAB 313CS REMOTE SHOP MAT’L 314CS REMOTE SHOP FAB 315CS VALVES: FLANGED 316CS VALVES: NON-FLANGED 317CS PIPE ERECTION 320 STAINLESS PIPE/FITTINGS 321SS FIELD MAT’L 322SS FIELD SHOP FAB 323SS REMOTE SHOP MAT’L 324SS REMOTE SHOP FAB 325SS VALVES: FLANGED 326SS VALVES: NON-FLANGED 327SS PIPE ERECTION 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 340 341 342 343 344 345 MISC. EYEWASH.HOSE.NOZZLE. SHOES ETC. BURIED PIPE FIREWATER PIPING HYDRANTS. 368 MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS 369 FLOW DIVERSION PANELS 347 LINED PIPE ERECTION 370 371 372 373 374 376 377 378 FIREWATER.METAL RMT SHOP MATL MISC. METAL FIELD MAT’L MISC.METAL FIELDSHOP FAB MISC.

& INSTALL PIPELINE-SCRAPER L/R PIPELINE-DBL JOINT/COAT PIPELINE-SUPPORTS PIPELINE-RADIOGRAPH TEST PIPELINE-MARINE WORK PIPELINE-MISC.FITTINGS PIPELINE-FAB.380 381 382 383 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 DUCTWORK/LAUNDERS PROCESS DUCTWORK HVAC DUCTWORK LAUNDERS PIPELINES PIPELINE-MAINLINE PIPE PIPELINE-VALVES. ITEMS 34 Code Accounts (G10) 34-11 .

FORMWORK. CIVIL SCAFFOLDING CIVIL DEMOLITION 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 REBAR.EMBANKMENTS ROADS.COMPACT BASE ROADS PAVING RAILROADS BOARD ROADS OTHER SITEWORK TEST BORINGS DEMOLITION & RELOCATION LANDSCAPING FENCING RETAINING WALLS PILING SHORING DRILLED WELLS DRAINAGE CONCRETE AGGREGATE CEMENT SAND CONCRETE GROUT CONCRETE POUR AND FINISH EXCAVATION & BACKFILL MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE OTHER EQUIP. ETC. ITEMS 34-12 34 Code Accounts (G10) .Civil 400 402 403 404 405 409 CIVIL SUBCONTRACT CIVIL SPECIAL PLANT CIVIL SPECIAL EQUIP. CONCRETE 460 PRECAST CONCRETE 461 PRECAST PIPERACK 462 PRECAST BEAMS & COLUMNS 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 BUILDINGS SUBCONTRACT BUILDINGS BLDG STRUCTURE/FINISHES BUILDING FURNISHINGS BUILDING ELECTRICAL BUILDING PLUMBING BUILDING HVAC 480 MISCELLANEOUS CIVIL 481 LININGS AND COATINGS 485 OFFSHORE CIVIL 490 491 492 493 494 499 PIPELINE CIVIL WORK PIPELINE-ROW & SITE WORK PIPELINE-ROW CROSSINGS PIPELINE-DITCHING PIPELINE-ANCHORS/SUPPORT PIPELINE-MISC.RAILROADS GRADE. REBAR FOUNDATION ACCESSORIES INSTALL REBAR FORMWORK MATERIALS FIELD FABRICATE FORMWORK INSTALL FORMWORK STRIP & CLEAN FORMWORK BACKFILL 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 EARTHWORK CLEAR SITE BULK EXCAVATION ROCK EXCAVATION BLASTING HAULING & DUMPING SITE FILL & COMPACT DEWATERING STABILIZATION CONTAINMENT.

STEEL STEEL DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT STEEL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT STEEL LADDERS PLATFORMS OTHER EQUIPMENT STEEL STRUCTURAL STEEL STEEL STRUCTURES PIPERACK STEEL PIPE SUPPORTS OTHER STEEL ITEMS FLOORING & STAIR TREADS HANDRAIL AND TOE PLATE OTHER BLDG/STRUCT STEEL BUILDING SIDING MISCELLANEOUS STEEL ITEM 540 TOWERS AND TRUSSES 541 STEEL TOWERS 542 STEEL TRUSSES 550 STEEL PLATE ITEMS 551 FABRICATED PLATE 580 OFFSHORE STEELWORK 590 591 592 593 OTHER STEELWORK STEEL UNLOAD & HANDLING THRUST ANCHORS DEFLECTION ANCHORS 34 Code Accounts (G10) 34-13 .Steel 500 502 503 504 509 510 511 512 513 519 520 521 522 523 530 531 532 533 534 535 STEEL SUBCONTRACT STEEL SPECIAL PLANT STEEL SPECIAL EQUIP.

C. ELECTRICAL 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 FIELD INSTRUMENTATION FLOW INSTRUMENTS LEVEL INSTRUMENTS PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS ANALYZERS MOTION INSTRUMENTS BURNER INSTRUMENTS ORIFICE PLATES OTHER EQUIPMENT INSTR. EQUIPMENT 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 FINAL CONTROL ELEMENTS CONTROL VALVES SAFETY VALVES RUPTURE DISCS MOTOR OPERATED VALVES REGULATING VALVES DIVERTER VALVES 690 OTHER INSTRUMENT WORK 691 INSTRUMENT TESTING 34-14 34 Code Accounts (G10) . TRAYS & SUPPORT CONDUIT & FITTINGS INSTRUMENT HOUSING PNEU. JUNCTION BOXES ELEC. INSTR. CONTROL PANEL EQUIP. PANEL DEVICES OTHER PANEL DEVICES INSTRUMENT RUNS AIR SUPPLY PIPING INSTRUMENT PIPING TERMINATIONS PNEUMATIC TUBING PNEUMATIC MULTI-TUBE INSTRUMENT SIGNAL WIRING MULTI-COND. SUPPORT & ENCL.Instrumentation 600 602 603 604 609 INSTRUMENTATION SUBCONTRCT INSTMENTATION SPECIAL PLANT INSTRUMENT SPECIAL EQUIP INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT DEMOLITION 640 641 642 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 653 659 INSTR. INSTRUMENTATION 671 Q. PANEL DEVICES CONTROL CENTER PANELS CONTROL CTR CONNECTIONS BACK OF PANEL INSTRUMENT EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN BOP ALARM SWITCH BOP EQUIP. WIRING 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 669 COMPUTER CONTROL CONTROLLER INTERFACES INDIC. PANELS. SOLENOIDS OTHER INSTR. WIRE T/C EXTENSION WIRING T/C MULTI-COND. JUNCTION BOXES T/C JUNCTION BOXES MULTIPLEX JUNCTION BOXES OTHER SUPPORTS INSTRUMENT ELECTRICAL WIRE/CABLE ETC./RECORD INTERFACES T/C INTERFACES OPERATOR STATIONS CABLE/DATA HIGHWAYS BARRIERS & TRANSDUCERS PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS OTHER COMPUTER CONTROL 670 MISC.

LOW VOLTAGE WIRE/CABLE -HIGH VOLTAGE PILOT LIGHT PUSH BUTTON STATION TERMINATORS/CONNECTORS JUNCTION BOXES WIRE/CABLE .MV SWITCHGEAR .LIGHTING 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 WIRE. ETC.MV/HV 796 UPS TRANSMISSION LINES 797 EMERGENCY GENERATOR 34 Code Accounts (G10) 34-15 . 771 GROUNDING SYSTEMS 772 CATHODIC PROTECTION 780 781 782 783 COMMUNICATION. EQUIPMENT VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE CAPACITORS MOTOR CONTROL CENTER .CV OTHER EQUIPMENT WIRING CONDUIT.LV BUS DUCT . CONDUIT CONDUIT FITTINGS CABLE TRAYS OTHER ELEC. PROTEC. ETC.ETC TELEPHONE INTERCOM ANNUNCIATORS MAJOR ELEC. EQUIPMENT 790 OTHER ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS .ALARMS.LV TRANSFORMERS .LV SWITCHGEAR .HV 792 ELECTRICAL TRACING MCC EQUIPPED SPACE 794 SOLAR PANELS MOTOR CONTROL CENTER .MV TRANSFORMERS .LV DISCONNECT SWITCH 760 BURIED CABLE 761 ELECTRICAL TRENCHING 762 UNDERGROUND CABLE DUCT 770 GROUNDING. SMALL TRANSFORMERS PANELBOARDS WIRE/CABLE .Electrical 700 702 703 704 709 ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACT ELECTRICAL SPECIAL PLANT ELECTRICAL SPECIAL EQUIP ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITON 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 SUBSTATION STEEL SWITCHRACK RECTIFIERS BLDG/AREA ELECTRICAL BLDG/AREA LIGHTING LIGHTING FIXTURES RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES HVAC ELECTRICAL MISC. WIRE/CABLE . CATH. CABLE. TRAYS.MV WIRE/CABLE .MV 795 BATTERY PACKS BUS DUCT .HV 791 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TSTNG SWITCHGEAR .

STEEL 34-16 34 Code Accounts (G10) .PIPING PREP . INSULATION FIREPROOFING STRUCTURAL FIREPROOFING SKIRT/LEG FIREPROOFING CABLE TRAY FIREPROOFING 830 SPECIAL COATINGS 831 ACID TILE PAVING Paint 900 902 903 904 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 918 919 920 921 922 923 PAINT SUBCONTRACT PAINT SPECIAL PLANT PAINT SPECIAL EQUIP PAINT PAINT DEMOLITION PAINTING PAINT .Insulation 800 802 803 804 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 819 820 821 822 823 INSULATION SUBCONTRACT INSULATION SPECIAL PLANT INSULATION SPECIAL EQUIP INSULATION INSULATION DEMOLITION INSULATION PIPE INSULATION EQUIP INSULATION MODULE INSULATION SHOP MODULE INSULATION FIELD PERSONNEL PROTECTION OTHER EQUIP.STRUCTURES PAINT MODULE EQUIPMENT PAINT MODULE PIPING PAINT MODULE STRUCTURES OTHER COATINGS OTHER EQUIPMENT PAINT SURFACE SURFACE SURFACE SURFACE PREPARATION PREP .EQUIPMENT PREP .PIPING PAINT .EQUIPMENT PAINT .

35 Database Relations (G10) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Sequence Numbers of Attributes in Relations Relationship of Database Relations DETAILS Relation DESIGN Relation REMARKS Relation PROJDATA Relation NEWCOA Relation CERATE Relation CRWSCH Relation EQRENT Relation CSTCTRL Relation CUSSPC Relation REPGRP Relation CNTRCT Relation COMPONENT Relation INDIRECTS Relation Aspen Capital Cost Estimator Indirect Codes and Descriptions RTABLE Relation Attribute Descriptions 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-1 .

Sequence Numbers of Attributes in Relations COMPONENT (N) DETAILS (A) INDIRECTS (P) 2 1 PROJDATA (D) REMARKS (C) CRWSCH (G) NEWCOA (E) CSTCTRL (J) DESIGN (B) CNTRCT (M) EQRENT (H) CUSSPC (K) REPGRP (L) Attribute Name ACCOUNT ACTCOA ACTSEQ ACTSRT ACTTYP AMOUNT APPTYPE AREA AREAWBS ATYPE BTSEQ CATLNO CCOA COADES CEAMT CEDESC CEFLAG CENUM CESEQ CLASS CNTRBY CNTRNM CNTRNO CNTWKF COA CCOAACT CCOADES COAIND COAMOD Type INT INT INT INT INT REAL INT INT TEXT INT INT TEXT INT TEXT REAL TEXT TEXT INT INT INT INT TEXT INT INT INT TEXT TEXT INT INT 2 24 24 60 2 24 20 2 Width 11 12 3 31 20 1 14 2 16 - 2 - 5 1 - 1 3 2 - 4 5 1 2 3 - 5 3 4 2 1 - 1 - 5 3 4 2 1 - 6 1 - 5 1 - 2 3 1 - 5 - 35-2 35 Database Relations (G10) RTABLE (R) 1 2 - CERATE (F) .

COMPONENT (N) DETAILS (A) DESIGN (B) INDIRECTS (P) 3 6 9 5 4 - PROJDATA (D) REMARKS (C) CRWSCH (G) NEWCOA (E) CSTCTRL (J) CNTRCT (M) EQRENT (H) CUSSPC (K) REPGRP (L) Attribute Name COMCOD COMPWBS CONTRACT DAYPWK DESCR DIAM DUPITEMS DUPQTY EXTRA1 EXTRA2 EXTRA3 HOURRRAT HRSPDA ICACOA ICUNIT INDDES INDHOURS ITEM ITEMDES ITEMCOD INTREF IUMVAL LCODE LDESC LCOST LCOSTRAT LHOURS LINELOOP LOCID Type TEXT TEXT INT INT TEXT REAL INT INT INT REAL TEXT FLOAT REAL INT INT TEXT INT TEXT TEXT INT INT REAL INT TEXT REAL FLOAT REAL INT TEXT 8 24 24 28 32 4 76 Width 36 3 37 35 13 24 33 21 22 23 32 4 34 9 8 25 16 1 12 - 4 1 - 2 - - - 7 9 - - - - - 7 - 4 6 - 36 11 INDAMOUNT INT 35 Database Relations (G10) RTABLE (R) 4 5 CERATE (F) 35-3 .

Sequence Numbers of Attributes in Relations .continued COMPONENT (N) DETAILS (A) DESIGN (B) INDIRECTS (P) 8 7 - PROJDATA (D) REMARKS (C) CRWSCH (G) NEWCOA (E) CSTCTRL (J) CNTRCT (M) EQRENT (H) CUSSPC (K) REPGRP (L) Attribute Name MATL MCODE MCOST MDESC NOITEM NPCT01 NPCT02 NPCT03 NPCT04 NPCT05 NPCT06 NPCT07 NPCT08 NPCT09 NPCT010 NPCT011 NPCT012 NPCT013 NPCT014 NPCT015 ORIGIN PARAM PCLASS PCTOF PERCENT PIPSPC PIPTYP PRCURC PROPNAM PROPNUM Type TEXT INT REAL TEXT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT INT TEXT TEXT TEXT INT REAL TEXT INT TEXT TEXT INT 36 8 6 32 4 Width 5 10 7 2 15 38 - 3 4 13 10 3 - 4 3 - - - 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 7 - 4 2 - - - - MCOSTRAT FLOAT 18 10 19 11 20 12 21 13 22 14 15 16 17 - 35-4 35 Database Relations (G10) RTABLE (R) 3 - CERATE (F) .

COMPONENT (N) DETAILS (A) DESIGN (B) INDIRECTS (P) - PROJDATA (D) REMARKS (C) CRWSCH (G) NEWCOA (E) CSTCTRL (J) CNTRCT (M) EQRENT (H) CUSSPC (K) REPGRP (L) Attribute Name QUANT REFID REPGRP RESULT RPGSEQ SCHAREA SCHED SHIFTS SOURCE SUBAREA SUBTYPE SUMCODE TITLE TYPSCT UNIT UNITIN UNITS USERDES USERTAG VALUER VALUET VALUEU WGT WUNIT Type REAL INT INT REAL INT INT TEXT INT TEXT INT INT INT TEXT INT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT REAL TEXT TEXT REAL TEXT 4 12 12 8 8 8 25 12 32 2 4 Width 5 - 5 - 6 - - - 6 8 - - - 3 5 - 2 3 4 - - 1 2 3 - 28 14 17 30 29 6 26 27 18 19 7 9 6 5 8 - 35 Database Relations (G10) RTABLE (R) - CERATE (F) 35-5 .

Relationship of Database Relations 35-6 35 Database Relations (G10) .

for decimal values. for integer values.0) For piping . material or labor Quantity Unit of measure associated with quantity Material cost for total quantity Man-hours of field labor for total quantity Cost of field labor for total quantity Material symbol (five character string) Major account for this item. LOOP 02) Symbol used to characterize direct. filled with 0 Your use. subcontract or remote shop costs Weight Unit of measure associated with weight Class Your use. filled with 0. (HE 101) Title of cost element which is assigned to account code Detailed description of cost element.the loop number (01-50) 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-7 . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Column Name COA ORIGIN COADES ITEMDES QUANT UNITS MCOST LHOURS LCOST MATL ACCOUNT AREA CONTRACT COAMOD PIPTYP LOCID SOURCE WGT WUNIT CLASS EXTRA1 EXTRA2 EXTRA3 DIAM LINELOOP Type of Data integer text 6 text 24 text 28 real text 8 real real real text 5 integer integer integer integer integer text 8 text 2 real text 4 integer integer real text 4 real integer Description of Data Stored under each Column Code of Account (COA) 3 characters each of Item Type + Item Ref No.the line number (01-40) For instrumentation . filled with blanks Pipe diameter.. Area ID/report group. decimal (e. 2.00 Your use.DETAILS Relation No.g. for text. assigned an integer value of unity Contract ID Code of account (COA) modifier Class of material for piping Sub-description related to ORIGIN (LINE 03.

type of insulation or fireproofing Subsidiary area number.the loop number (01-50) For components .type of foundation For Instrumentation . within AREA Sequence number for records in Details relation Icarus code of account for item Duplicate quantity flag Internal reference identification Component Work Breakdown Structure identifier Internal Unit of Measure unit Commodity code for materials (Future use) Procurement Currency 27 28 29 USERTAG REFID SUBTYPE text 12 integer integer 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 SUBAREA CESEQ ICACOA DUPQTY INTREF COMPWBS ICUNIT COMCOD PRCURC integer integer integer integer integer text 3 integer text 36 text 33 35-8 35 Database Relations (G10) .Item description For Instrument Bulk Items . 26 Column Name USERDES Type of Data text 25 Description of Data Stored under each Column For instrumentation .cost basis For Piping .type of loop main component For Insulation .Item description User Tag Number or Pipe Specs if custom pipe specs are used The 4-digit Item reference number for the component For Equipment .Item description For Mat’l/Man-hour Additions .Item Details .No.type of valve or fitting For Civil .Item description For Pipe Bulk .

g. Integer value of 3-digit component number 5 REFID integer 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-9 . Value of design parameter.) Responsible item for the data in the record (e. (HE 101). “PROPANE STORAGE TANK"). Description of design element. (For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.) Area reference number defined by user.) Unit of measure associated with VALUEU Reserved for future use Internal Unit of Measure identifier System value in internal units of measure System property name Integer value of 3-digit component number Indicates indent level for reports Sequence number for DESIGN table 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 UNITIN PROPNUM ICUNIT IUMVAL PROPNAM REFID INDLVL BTSEQ text 8 integer integer real text 36 integer integer integer REMARKS Relation No. 3-characters: Item Type + Item Reference No. Description of ITEM as specified by user (for example.. Unit of measure associated with numeric design value Value of design parameters specified by user as text. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Column Name ITMCOD AREA ORIGIN PARAM VALUET VALUER UNIT VALUEU Type of Data integer integer text 6 text 25 text 12 real text 8 text 12 Description of Data Stored under each Column Item code. as text. (Two digits.DESIGN Relation No. Area ID. assigned integer value of unity. Value of design parameter. "HE 101"). decimal value. default is 01. 1 2 3 4 Column Name ITMCOD AREA ORIGIN DESCR Type of Data integer integer text 6 text 76 Description of Data Stored under each Column Item code. (Two digits.

.g. C. System-generated or user-defined description for this item (e. ST. "CONSUMABLES/SMALL TOOLS").99. The value calculated when PERCENT is applied to PCTOF.”SPECIAL COMPANY ITEMS"). COA category (EQ. PT) 3 CCOAACT text 2 CERATE Relation No.g. I..PROJDATA Relation No. IN.. "CONSUMABLES/SMALL TOOLS"). System-generated or user-defined description for this item (e. ER = 1 450) Contract or work force Rate (CR = CUR/HR.g. 1 2 Column Name CCOA CCOADES Type of Data integer text 24 Description of Data Stored under each Column User-changed code of account User-changed code of account description (e. ER = equipment rental) Item number (CR = 51 . 1 2 3 4 5 Column Name CEFLAG CENUM CNTWKF CEAMT CEDESC Type of Data text 2 integer integer real text 60 Description of Data Stored under each Column Record type (CR = craft. ER = CUR/Month) Description of item 35-10 35 Database Relations (G10) . P. E. System-calculated code representing the portion of the project estimate to be precentaged (1 digit) Lump sum value specified by user. where appropriate. 3 PERCENT real 4 PCTOF integer 5 AMOUNT RESULT real real NEWCOA Relation No. 1 2 Column Name COA ITEM Type of Data integer text 24 Description of Data Stored under each Column System code of account or user's account code as revised (3 digits).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Column Name CESEQ ACTTYP ACTSEQ ACTSRT ACTCOA SCHAREA DAYPWK SHIFTS HRSPDA NOITEM NPCT01 NPCT02 NPCT03 NPCT04 NPCT05 NPCT06 NPCT07 NPCT08 NPCT09 NPCT10 NPCT11 NPCT12 Type of Data integer integer integer integer integer integer integer integer real integer integer integer integer integer integer integer integer integer integer integer integer integer Description of Data Stored under each Column Key .CRWSCH Relation Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only No.) Activity ID at component level Activity ID at area level Scheduling code of account Display flag Working days per week Number of shifts per day Working hours per day Number of items in list List item 1 List item 2 List item 3 List item4 List item 5 List item 6 List item 7 List item 8 List item 9 List item 10 List item 11 List item 12 EQRENT Relation Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Column Name CESEQ NOITEM NPCT1 NPCT2 NPCT3 NPCT4 NPCT5 NPCT6 NPCT7 Type of Data integer integer integer integer integer integer integer integer integer Description of Data Stored under each Column Key . project. proc.relates to DETAILS relation Activity level (area.relates to DETAILS relation Number of items in list List item 1 List item 2 List item 3 List item 4 List item 5 List item 6 List item 7 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-11 .

SC. PF. proc. project. WW. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Column Name CESEQ ACTTYP ACTSEQ ACTSRT ACTCOA NOITEM NPCT01 Type of Data integer integer integer integer integer integer integer Description of Data Stored under each Column Key .No. SB. 3 = thickness) Item designation Type of Fitting Connection (one of the following: SW. VC.) Activity ID at component level Activity ID at area level Scheduling code of accounts Number of items in list List item 1 CUSSPC Relation Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only No.relates to DETAILS relation Custom piping spec Pipe schedule Flange class Type of data (1 = class. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Column Name NPCT8 NPCT9 NPCT10 NPCT11 NPCT12 NPCT13 NPCT14 NPCT15 Type of Data integer integer integer integer integer integer integer integer Description of Data Stored under each Column List item 8 List item 9 List item 10 List item 11 List item 12 List item 13 List item 14 List item 15 CSTCTRL Relation Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only No.relates to DETAILS relation Activity level (area. VS) Pipe Type (“S” or “W” or “ “) 8 PIPTYP text 1 35-12 35 Database Relations (G10) . 2=schedule. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Column Name CESEQ PIPSPC SCHED PCLASS TYPSCT CATLNO CONTYP Type of Data integer text 8 text 4 text 4 text 4 text 20 text 2 Description of Data Stored under each Column Key . WF.

REPGRP Relation No. 1 2 3 Column Name CNTRNO CNTRBY CNTRNM Type of Data integer integer text 24 Description of Data Stored under each Column Contractor number Contracted by (parent contractor) Contractor name COMPONENT Relation Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Column Name ATYPE REPGRP RPGSEQ TITLE AREAWBS SCHAREA PCTOF Type of Data integer integer integer text 32 text 2 integer integer Description of Data Stored under each Column Report group designation (1 = report group. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Column Name REFID USERDES USERTAG DUPITEMS APPTYPE INTREF COMPWBS STRUCTAG Type of Data integer text 25 text 12 integer integer integer text 3 text 12 Description of Data Stored under each Column The integer value of the 4-digit internal reference number Item description User Tag Number Number of duplicate items Component type Internal reference identification Component Work Breakdown Structure identifier User Tag of Structure where component is mounted 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-13 . 2 = sub-group) Report group number Report group sequence (sub-group) Report group title Area Work Breakdown Structure identifier Scheduling Area for this report group System-calculated code representing the portion of the project estimate to be percentaged (1 digit) CNTRCT Relation Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only No.

1 2 Column Name CESEQ COAIND Type of Data integer integer Description of Data Stored under each Column Key. Contract ID Indirect hours for this account Indirect cost for this account Icarus code of account for item Percent value entered by user or calculated by system System-calculated code representing the portion of the project estimate to be percentaged (1 digit) User indirect description or “SYSTEM GENERATED” 3 4 5 6 7 8 CONTRACT INDHOURS INDAMOUNT ICACOA PERCENT PCTOF integer integer integer integer real integer 9 INDDES text 32 RTABLE Relation No. Title of cost element which is assigned to account code (See list on following page).INDIRECTS Relation Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only No.relates (links) to the DETAILS relation (A table or AprojID) Title of cost element which is assigned to account code (See list on following page) Ratio of MCOST output to MCOST system Ratio of HOURS output to HOURS system Ratio of LCOST output to LCOST system 3 4 5 MCOSTRAT HOURRRAT LCOSTRAT float float float 35-14 35 Database Relations (G10) . 1 2 Column Name COA COADES Type of Data integer text 24 Description of Data Stored under each Column Code of Account (COA) (See list on following page).

59 Tittles not assigned LUMP SUM TAXES. SUPERVISION 86 STARTUP. PERMITS PERMITS MATERIALS TAXES CONSTRUCTION TAXES ENGINEERING TAXES OTHER TAXES .79 Titles not assigned Special Indirects 24 SPECIAL INDIRECT ITEM 1 25 SPECIAL INDIRECT ITEM 2 26 . DEMOBILIZE CATERING. CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT -84 Titles not assigned Freight 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 LUMP SUM FREIGHT DOMESTIC FREIGHT OCEAN FREIGHT AIR FREIGHT MODULE FREIGHT OTHER FRIEGHT . CONST..96 Titles not assigned Escalation 97 ESCALATION 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-15 . MGMT HOME OFFICE CONST. COMISSIONING Taxes G & A Overheads 90 G AND A OVERHEADS Contractor Fee 91 CONTRACT FEE 92 .69 Titles not assigned Contractor Indirects 85 FIELD CONST. SUPP.49 Titles not assigned Engineering Indirects 80 81 82 83 LUMP SUM CONST. (INSURANCE.Aspen Capital Cost Estimator Indirect Codes and Descriptions Field Indirects 01 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 -09 Titles not assigned LUMP SUM CONST. ETC) SCAFFOLDING EQUIPMENT RENTAL VENDOR REPRESENTATIVES FIELD SERVICES TEMP. INDIRECT FRINGE BENEFITS BURDENS CONSUMABLES. ACCOMODATION TRAVEL OVERTIME PREMIUM Engineering 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 LUMP SUM ENGINEERING BASIC ENGINEERING DETAIL ENGINEERING MATERIAL PROCUREMENT SUBCONTRACT PROCUREMENT ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT . SMALL TOOLS MISC. UTILITIES MOBILIZATION.

Miscellaneous Charges 98 ROYALTY.Royalty. CHARGES Contingencies 99 CONTINGENCY 35-16 35 Database Relations (G10) . MISC.

For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. Lump sum value specified by user for indirect costs. Code of Account (COA) 100 . For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only.).Attribute Descriptions Attribute ACCOUNT Description Major account for this item. proc. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Icarus Project Manager only. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. Code of Account (COA) 200 . Component Type Component Type Equipment 58 60 62 63 64 65 66 68 69 70 72 TDS TW VP VS VT WFE WTS MOT RB FU AG PAK Tray drying systems Towers Vacuum pumps Vibrating screens Vertical tanks Wiped film evaporators Water treatment systems Motors Reboilers Furnaces Turbines Agitators Linings Packings Equipment 0 Not applicable 1 AC 3 AD 4 AT 6 BL 7C 9 CE 10 CO 11 CP 12 CR 14 CT 16 D Air compressors Air dryers Agitated tanks Blenders Condensers Cranes Conveyors Centrifugal pumps Crushers Centrifuges Dryers AMOUNT APPTYPE 8 CTW Cooling towers 71 TUR 73 LIN 13 CRY Crystallizers 15 DDT Double diameter towers 74 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-17 .299 Piping Civil Steel Instrumentation Electrical Insulation Paint ACTCOA ACTSEQ ACTSRT ACTTYP Scheduling code of account. Activity ID at area level. Activity ID at component level. leading digit taken from system code of accounts to characterize the account class: Account 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Description Other. Activity level (area. project.199 Equipment. indirects Equipment.

Report group designation (1 = report group. Area level Work Breakdown Structure -.continued Attribute APPTYPE Description 17 DC 18 DD 19 E 20 EG 21 EJ 22 EL 24 F 26 FE 27 FL 29 FN Dust collectors Drum dryers Evaluators Electrical generators Ejectors Elevators Filters Feeders Flakers Fans Plant Bulks and Buildings 80 81 Buildings PIP Piping Known Cost 76 Cost known equipment 77 Cost known bulks 82 CIV Civil 83 STL Steelwork 84 INS 85 ELC 86 INL 88 Instrumentation Electrical general Insulation 28 FLR Flares 32 GC Gas compressors 34 GP Gear pumps 36 HE Heat exchangers 37 HO Hoists 38 HT Horizontal tanks 39 HU Heating units 42 K 43 M 45 P 48 R 50 RU 52 S 53 ST 54 SE Kneaders Mills Pumps Reactors Refrigeration units Scales Stock treatment Separation equipment 87 PNT Paint ELC Electrical substation Site Development 91 DEMOL Demolition 92 DRAINS Drainage 93 EARTH 94 FENCE Earthwork general Fencing 44 MX Mixers 95 LANDSP Landscaping 96 PAVING Paving 97 PILING Piling 98 RAILRD Railroads 99 EARTH Earthwork excavation Library Items 100 Library items 101 Equipment model library 49 RD Rotary dryers 55 STK Stacks 56 STB Steam boiler 57 T AREA ATYPE AREAWBS BTSEQ CATLNO CATLNO CCOA Thickeners Area reference number defined by user. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. User-changed code of account. 35-18 35 Database Relations (G10) . For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. Item designation. 2 = sub group). Unique sequence number to define the order of records in the DESIGN table for design reports.Attribute Descriptions . Item designation. Default is 01. Reference number 00 refers to project data in the C relation.2 characters.

Contractor number. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. CNTRBY CNTRNM CNTRNO CNTWKF COA Contracted by (parent contractor). Record type (CR = craft. Description of item. 24 characters). ER = equipment rental). I. P. testing Buildings Area Site Development Unit Substation Main Substations Control (CTL) Centers OPS Centers Project Items (rotating equipment. Sequence number for records in Details relation. System code of account or user’s account code as revised. C. transmission lines. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only.450). For Aspen InPlant Cost Estimator. COA is 4-digits. COADES 35-19 35 Database Relations (G10) .99. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only. testing). Class as defined below: CLASS Class 0 01 10 20 30 31 40 50 60 70 80 90 Description Other Site Development Process Equipment Bulk Items Area components. System code of account description or user's description as revised (text. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. COA is 3-digits. ER = CUR/Month). Item number (CR = 51 .Attribute CCOAACT CCOADES Description COA category (EQ.continued Attribute Description CEAMT CEDESC CEFLAG CENUM CESEQ Rate (CR = CUR/HR. PT). For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. ST. Attribute Descriptions . Contractor name. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. User-changed code of account description (text. IN. E. spare parts. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. 24 characters). For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator only. Contract or work force. ER = 1 .

599 500 .599 500 .459 400 .5 M3] Mass pours: >100CY[>76.399 300 .399 300 .3 M3] Medium blocks:3-10 CY[2.459 400 .Attribute Descriptions .299 100 . Plate) Instrumentation Pneumatic Instrument Cable Tray Electronic Instrument Cable Tray Electrical 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-20 .2-76.1 M3] Mass pours: 25-50CY[19.599 500 .423 422 .999 100 .2 M3] Mass pours:50-100 CY[38.3-7.599 500 .459 400 . (Fab.Concrete Small blocks: <3 CY[< 2.459 400 .459 400 .459 500 .599 641 641 Description Default if not shown below Equipment Direct Hire Subcontract Equipment Piping Above Ground Piping Underground Piping Chemical Sewer Civil .65 M3] Large blocks:10-25 CY[7.459 400 .continued Attribute COAMOD Description Code of account (COA) modifier COAMOD 0 0 1 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 1 2 COA Range 1 .5 M3] Piling Conduit Envelopes Elevated slabs Steel Extra light:<12 LB/FT[< 18 KG/M] Light:12-< 20 LB/FT[ 18-< 30 KG/M] Medium20-< 40 LB/FT[ 30-< 60 KG/M] Heavy40-80 LB/FT[ 60-122 KG/M] Extra Heavy> 80 LB/FT[>122 KG/M] Stairs and Ladders Ladders Misc.2-38.399 422 .Site Development Site Development Paving (Roads) Site Development Paving (Other) Civil .299 300 .65-19.459 400 .599 500 .423 400 .599 500 .459 400 .599 500 .

Flange type. Each major bulk type has an individual a coding sequence. Attribute Descriptions .Schedule (S). Commodity code to uniquely identify materials used in the Icarus Evaluation Engine (IEE).799 Above Ground Electrical.Remote Shop(R)/Field Shop(F) ICARUS Subtype(See Subtype attribute) Reserved for future use COMPWBS Component level Work Breakdown Structure -. etc) (Currently Not Used) Class/Schedule Indicator . Trim on Valve.3 characters. 35-21 35 Database Relations (G10) .Pipe (P).g.I/P(I) or Metric(M) Diameter in units indicated Material Type indicator . Valve (V) or Fitting (F) Subtype extension (e. Currently only piping has a coding sequence defined.Attribute Description 0 1 700 .continued Attribute COAIND COMCOD Description Title of cost element which is assigned to account code. Flange Class (F).3=Piping Pipe material code Units of measure Indicator .Welded(W)/Seamless(S) Fabrication Type .Above Ground (A)/Underground Code(U) Pipe Fabrication .799 700 . Underground Electrical. For Piping: To decode use the following column breakdown: Column: 1 2 3 123456789012345678901234567890 AMMMMMUDDDDPEECFFFFFGWRSSS#### Column A M U D P E C F G W R S # Position 1 2-6 7 8-11 12 13-14 15 16-20 21 22 23 24-26 27-30 Description Account Code Indicator . Din designation (D) or Thickness (T) Class/Schedule designation as indicated in above units Location . The Commodity Code COMCOD is a 30 Character code.

decimal (for example. DAYPWK DESCR DIAM DUPITEMS DUPQTY Working days per week. Icarus code of account for item.6455E-01 3. Working hours per day.3597E-03 Metric Notes Description MM M KM MESH M M2 M2 MM2 MM THK MM DIAM M3 M3 M3 M3 M3 Piping Diameters 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-22 .Attribute Description CONTRACT Reference number of contractor assigned to purchase/install this item. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen InPlant Cost Estimator only. Number of duplicate items. The attribute name can be changed and values calculated as a function of other numeric data. the default is zero. Description of item as specified by user (text. Ratio of HOURS output to HOURS system. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator. The system will initialize to integer zero.0480E-01 9. Integer.4516E+02 2. EXTRA1 EXTRA2 EXTRA3 HOURRAT HRSPDA ICACOA Attribute Description ICUNIT Icarus Internal Units of Measure identifier. 0 = standard (unique quantity field) 1 = QUANT field of this record duplicated elsewhere.0480E-01 1.2903E-02 8.5400E+01 2. Duplicate quantity flag.5400E+01 3.0000E+00 3.7854E-03 1. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. This is a spare attribute for the user to allocate values asnecessary. Text. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 I/P Conversion Description I/P Metric INCHES FEET MILES MESH FT SF SY SQ IN IN THK IN DIAM CF CY GALLONS BARRELS BD FT 2.0). 2. the default is one. 76 characters).5400E+01 2. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. Unit No. Real. Not assigned but initialized to a real number of the value 0. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. Not assigned but initialized to a value of four blank characters (“ "). Pipe diameter.8317E-02 7.3613E-01 6. Not assigned.5899E-01 2. For all other systems.0.6093E+00 1.

8947E-03 2.3558E+00 2.0718E-01 1.6093E+00 1.5400E+00 1.0718E-01 3.0000E+00 1.0753E+01 6. (Continued) 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 BAGS cur/CY cur cur/LB LB LBS TONS LB/FT LB/YD cur/SF LB/BATCH LB/MMBTU PCF W/SF PSIG PSI IN H2O IN HG MM HG PSF LBF FT-LB IN/S FPM RPM MPH HERTZ RPM CFH CFM MINUTE TPD/SF GPM GPH LB/H TPH TPD CFM/SF V 4.0000E+00 4.0689E-01 6.7799E-02 1.7880E-02 4.4882E+00 4.5359E-01 7.0000E+00 2.8948E+00 6.7854E-03 4.5066E+00 1.0000E+00 4.4482E+00 1.0000E+00 1.Attribute Description ICUNIT Icarus Internal Units of Measure identifier.6018E+01 1.8288E+01 1.9605E-01 8.3864E+00 1.6990E+00 1.8288E+01 1.4908E+02 3.5359E-01 4.3090E-02 3.5359E-01 9.3332E+02 4.8317E-02 1.5275E-01 BAG-50KG cur/M3 cur cur/KG KG KG TONNE KG/M KG/M cur/M2 KG/BATCH KG/MW-HR KG/M3 W/M2 KPA PA PA KPA PA KN/M2 N N-M CM/S M/H RPM KM/H HERTZ RPM M3/H M3/H MINUTE TPH/M2 L/S M3/H KG/H TONNE/H TONNE/H M3/H/M2 V Country Based Motor RPM Vessel pressure Currency/Unit Area Currency Units/Unit Volume Currency Units Currency/Unit Weight 35-23 35 Database Relations (G10) .5359E-01 9.

0000E+00 1.4570E-01 1.0000E+00 7.0000E+00 4.5556E-01 1.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.5169E+00 6.0000E+00 5.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 2.9307E-01 2.5400E+00 1.0764E+01 3.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.9307E-01 3.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 W A KV KW KA KVA HP MVA OHM-CM DEG C DEG C LUX KW L/S/M2 W/M2 W KJ/KG MEGAW KJ/M3 MPA-S MM2/S KJ/KG/K DEGREE PERCENT GAUGE PAIR BWG LOOP(S) COATS wire size MCM AWG CUTS SECTION CLASS SPACES CIRCUITS CIRCUITS STAGES Electrical Electrical Electrical Compressors Duct.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.3260E+00 2.7909E-01 3. (Continued) 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 W A KV KW KA KVA HP MVA OHM-IN DEG F DEG F FC TONS-REF GPM/SF BTU/H/SF BTU/H BTU/LB MMBTU/H BTU/CF CPOISE CSTOKE BTU/LB/F DEGREE PERCENT GAUGE PAIR BWG LOOP(S) COATS wire size MCM AWG CUTS SECTION CLASS SPACES CIRCUITS CIRCUITS STAGES 1.0000E+00 1.Attribute Description ICUNIT Icarus Internal Units of Measure identifier. HEX tubing Instrumentation HEX tubing Instrumentation Paint Electrical Electrical Electrical Piping Slope Temperature Temperature Difference Lighting Tons of Refrigeration Motor Power 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-24 .1546E+00 2.7250E+01 1.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.1868E+00 1.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 1.

Either user-supplied or “SYSTEM GENERATED”.0480E-01 3.5400E+01 2.5400E+01 2. Indirect hours for this account.0480E-01 3.5400E+01 3. (Continued) 96 97 98 99 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 IN IN DIA IN LG IN THK IN DP IN WD IN SZ IN HT IN WL FT FT DIA FT LG FT DP FT WD FT HT FT MHOLE HOURS WEEKS FLOORS EACH BAYS 1.0480E-01 3.5400E+01 2. Attribute Description ITMCOD Item code: ITMCOD DESIGN 0 10 Other For equipment design data — brief Description 35-25 35 Database Relations (G10) .0000E+00 1.0480E-01 3.5400E+01 2.5400E+01 2.0480E-01 3. 24 characters) System-generated or user-defined description for this item (text.Attribute Description ICUNIT Icarus Internal Units of Measure identifier.0000E+00 1. 28 characters).5400E+01 2. Internal reference identification.0000E+00 1.0000E+00 MM MM DIA MM LG MM THK MM DP MM WD MM SZ MM HT MM WL M M DIA M LG M DP M WD M HT M MHOLE HOURS HOURS FLOORS EACH BAYS Buildings.5400E+01 2.0480E-01 1. Air Coolers Blank Units Attribute INDDES INDHOURS INTREF ITEM ITEMDES Description Indirects description. System-generated or user-defined description for this item (text.0480E-01 3.0000E+00 1. INDAMOUNT Indirect cost for this account.5400E+01 2.0000E+00 2.

Ratio of LCOST output to LCOST system. Used in cost tracking programs to describe a category of labor costs 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-26 . Piping line number (01 .40) or instrument loop number (01 . Does not apply when ICUNIT is 0 or 99 and may be incorrect for items containing costs. Not assigned. area bulk and area site development items For plant bulk items — full For project site development items For library items Custom pipe specs Project or area data sheets For design and project estimate basis Equipment Items: For user's description For equipment symbol For first 2 lines of remarks For user's tag number Plant Bulk Items: For user's description For equipment symbol For first 2 lines of remarks Project Site Development: For user's description For equipment symbol Attribute IUMVAL LCOST LCOSTRAT LHOURS LINELOOP LCODE LDESC Description System value in internal Units of Measure. Field man-hours associated with this item.Attribute Description ITMCOD Item code: 11* 19 20 21* 30* 40 96 97 98 REMARKS 10 11 12 13 20 21 23 30 31 For equipment design data — full (10 is a subset of 11 with the provision that it must be a design item) For driver power only (where applicable). Field manpower cost for this item. Used in cost tracking programs to identify a category of labor costs. For brief plant bulk.50). Not assigned. O if not applicable.

Used in cost tracking programs to identify a category of material costs Material cost for this item.g. The EQRENT relation incudes nn for 1 to 15. (In other systems. Flange class. The CSTCTRL relation includes nn for 1. Number of items in list. For IPM only. PCTOF is reserved for future use. Not assigned. ORIGIN Responsible item for the data in this record (text. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. List item for number nn.Attribute LOCID Description Identifier to help qualify the part associated with this item (text. The CRWSCH relation includes nn for 1 to 12. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. as follows. Used in cost tracking programs to describe a category of material costs. A system-allocated code representing the portion of the project estimate to be percentaged. Not assigned. 6 characters). e. 8 characters).. "SS304"). 5 characters. Ratio of MCOST output to MCOST system. PARAM PCLASS PCTOF 35-27 35 Database Relations (G10) . 32 characters). Example: CP 100 GRADE PIP001 USS110 (unit substation) DDT222 PAD CIV001 MSS001(main) BLD001 OPEN STL001 CTL 60 AREA EXOPEN INS001 SUBSTN (project testing .all substations) UT HDR MILBLD ELC001 UT STN INL001 PNT001 Parameter description (text. Examples: Piping Line 1 PLT AIR DRAINS Instrumentation LOOP 1 UNIV AIR SUP LOCAL Civil TYPE 15 Electrical MOTOR PUSHB FEEDER MATL MCODE MCOST MCOSTRAT MDESC NOITEM NPCTnn System material symbol characteristic of the material of construction for this item (text.

used in conjunction with "UNITS" attribute. System Property Name Property number used to describe the field description Quantity. and construction indirect costs 5 All project costs 6 Unit Cost Library Item(s) Booked to COA 1-48 7 Unit Cost Library Item(s) Booked to COA 49-98 8 Unit Cost Library Item(s) Booked to COA 99 Percentage value specified by the user. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator and COST® —3-digit component number. Report group sequence (sub-group). Pipe schedule. Number of shifts per day. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator —4-digit internal reference number. PIPTYP Piping Material 0 Pipe labor 1 Carbon steel 2 Stainless steel 3 Titanium 5 Aluminum 6 Monel/Inconel 7 Copper 8 Hastelloy 9 Lined pipe. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen InPlant Cost Estimator only. Report group number. In Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator: Display flag In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator: For concurrent scheduling within the project used for reporting and schedule tracking. represented by PCTOF.Attribute PCTOF Description Description 1 Direct materials plus direct field labor costs 2 Direct material costs 3 Direct field labor cost 4 Direct material plus labor. miscellaneous pipe Procurement Currency symbol for alternate material sources. where appropriate. PERCENT PIPSPC PIPTYP PRCURC PROPNAM PROPNUM QUANT REFID REPGRP RESULT RPGSEQ SCHAREA SCHED SHIFTS 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-28 . Class of material for piping. Custom piping spec. For Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. The value calculated when PERCENT is applied to the values.

Attribute SOURCE Description Symbol used to characterize direct. within AREA. subcontract or remote shop costs (text. Subsidiary area number.Continued on next page - 35-29 35 Database Relations (G10) . 2 characters): SOURCEDescription RSRemote shop IT User input — total direct cost lM User input — direct material costs lL User input — direct manpower cost IS User input — total subcontract cost SS User input — direct costs. system-prepared subcontract cost ST User input — subcontract total cost SM User input — subcontract material cost SL User input — subcontract manpower cost. Indicates structure to which the component is assigned. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. STRUCTAG SUBAREA Attribute SUBTYPE Description For Equipment — cost basis 0 System calculated 1 User specified 2 Remote shop paint For Piping — type of valve or fitting 0 2 80 99 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 120 121 122 Other Remote shop paint Steam tracing Pipe 90 DEG elbow Flange Reducer (to next lower size) Tee Blind Union (also Couplings) Spectacle blind Strainer Threadolet Expansion joint Transition joint WYE for HDPE only Steam trap Clamp 45 DEG elbow Ferrule .

Attribute Descriptions .continued 123 Cross 124 Eccentric reducer 125 Hose adapter 126 Pipe adapter 127 Swivel joint 128 Caps 129 Screwable Plugs 130 Weldolet 131 Sockolet 201 Globe valve 202 Ball valve 203 Butterfly valve 204 Gate valve 205 Knife gate valve 206 Plug valve 207 Angle valve 208 Check valve 311 Rotameter 314 Meterrun 332 Vortex flow meter 333 Mag meter 334 Mass flow meter 390 Orifice flange-union 391 Orifice plate 401 Control valve GLO 402 On/off ball valve 403 Control valve BUO 411 Control valve GLP 412 Control valve BAP 413 Control valve BUP 421 Control valve ANO 422 Control valve ANP 423 Control valve DVS 424 Control valve TKS 431 Control valve (no reducers) 432 Control valve 433 3-way valve 434 Regulating valve 481 Slide gate on/off 482 Slide gate positioning 483 Diverter valve 501 TSV 502 Relief valve 503 Rupture disk 801 Victaulic coupl.Continued on next page - 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-30 . .continued Attribute SUBTYPE continued Description For Piping — type of valve or fitting .

Field Labor Subtype STRESS RELIEF FIELD ERECTION MISC FIELD FABRICATION CUT PIPE BEVEL PIPE WELD PIPE PIPE TESTING ERECT VALVES BOLT-UP CONNECTIONS FIELD X-RAY Bend Pipe threadolets weldolets JUMPER CONNECTIONS SWAGE AND WELD JACKET Shop Handling Small Pipe Cut & Thread Pipe 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 35-31 35 Database Relations (G10) .continued 802 899 900 950 Insul. flange Vent/drain Gaskets Bolts Attribute SUBTYPE continued Description For Piping .Attribute Descriptions .continued Attribute SUBTYPE continued Description For Piping — type of valve or fitting .

and tile chests 50 User defined excavation in Bulk Adjustment Civil entry 71 SHEET PILING 72 HPILE 80 User defined piles in Bulk Adjustment Civil entry or in Site Design.For Civil — type of foundation Continued 0 Other 1 OCT+PROJ 2 OCTAGONL 3 PAVING 4 MASSPOUR 5S M BLOCK 6 LG BLOCK 7 PILECAP 8 CONDUIT 9 RING 10 BASIN 11 EL SLAB 12 COLM/BM 13 WALL 14 GRAD BM 15 PIER 16 FOOTING 17 BOX 18 SLAB GRD 30 Rectangular . and tile chests 31 Cylindrical .Above grade and below grade concrete tanks.Attribute Descriptions .continued Attribute Description SUBTYPE .Above grade and below grade concrete tanks. 81 RAYMOND 82 WOOD 83 PIPE 84 PRECAST 85 POURED 86 STEEL-H 87 CAISSON Subtype Piling 88 FRANKI 89 AUGUR For Steel 2 Remote shop paint 3 Remote shop fireproofing 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-32 .

For Electrical Continued • Type of wire/cable and cable termination – Where xx = position of the wire size in the Wire Sizes table. not across. – Wire size 35 MM2 is in Position 8 on the Wire Sizes table for UK. and EU Country Bases. therefore.Electrical Tracing Type of termination 611 LV termination 612 MV termination 613 HV termination 614 CV termination 615 LT termination • Tracing 800 Electrical tracing 801 Self-Regulating Heating Cable 811 Mineral Insulated Alloy 825 Heating Cable 821 Tracing Panelboard 831 Tracing Controller 35-33 35 Database Relations (G10) . a medium voltage (MV) 35MM2 wire would be expressed as 208. a low voltage (LV) 14 AWG wire would be expressed as 101. therefore. JP.Lighting 552 Low Voltage Feeder Cable . 1xx Low voltage (LV) cable/wire 2xx Medium voltage (MV) cable/wire 3xx High voltage (HV) cable/wire 4xx Control voltage (CV) cable/wire 5xx Lighting (LT) cable/wire • Type of conduit 100 LV conduit 200 MV conduit 300 HV conduit 400 CV conduit 500 LT conduit 551 Low Voltage Feeder Cable . Note that the position of the wire size on the table is determined by counting down. For example: Wire size 14 AWG is in Position 1 on the Wire Sizes table for US Country Base.continued Attribute Description SUBTYPE .Attribute Descriptions .

FIT Mass FL FIT Ultras FIT Turbine FIC Local FS Switch FQIS Orifice Flange Orifice Plate LI Gauge LI Gauge LI Bubbler LIT DP .Continued on next page - 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-34 .Attribute Descriptions .continued Attribute Description SUBTYPE .For Instrumentation — type of main loop component construction Continued continued 110 111 112 120 121 130 140 160 170 171 190 200 210 211 230 231 232 233 234 250 270 310 311 312 313 314 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 350 360 361 390 391 410 411 412 430 PI Gauge PI Gauge PI Draft PIT PT W/ Seal PIC Local PS Switch DPI Gauge DPIT DPT W/ Seal DPS Switch Testwell TE/TC TI Dial TT/TC TIT/FILL TT/RTD TT Wet Bulb TT Surface TIC Local TS Switch FI Gauge FI ROT FI DP Cell FQI FI Meterrun FIT DP Cell FIT W/O SEN FIT Vortex FIT Magnet.

AT H2&HC AT H2S PHY. Consistency AT%LEL AT H2S DET. LIT Nuclear LIT Radar LC DISP LS Wet LS Dry LS Vibrating LS Cond. LS CAP. LIT DISP LIT Ultras. AT CO2 AT VIST. AT HC AT H2S/SO2 AT Sulphur CT Conduct. AT Color AT Flame AT Cloud AT Smoke AT Flash AT Gravity AT Heating AT GC.continued Attribute Description SUBTYPE .For Instrumentation — type of main loop component construction Continued continued 431 432 433 434 435 450 460 461 462 463 464 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 600 620 621 622 640 650 660 661 LIT Tape FL.Continued on next page - 35-35 35 Database Relations (G10) . W LD 4 Cell W LD 3 Cell W LD 6 Cell SIT SS XE Axial XE Radial . AT (PH) AT (ORP) AT (O2) AET BTU Density Inst.Attribute Descriptions .

For Instrumentation — type of main loop component construction Continued continued 670 680 681 690 691 700 701 710 720 740 999 XS VIB PNT Variable PNT ON/OFF PNS EL Position HIC Local HIC HSW BS Infrared Solenoid CV CNTRL VLV For Insulation — type of insulation or fireproofing 0 Other 1 CASIL 2 MWOOL 3 FOAM (Hot insulation) 4 FOAM (Cold insulation) 5 CWOOL 6 PURIF (Cold insulation) 7 PURIF (Hot insulation) 8 CASIL (Cold insulation) 11 CONC Fireproof 12 MAGN Fireproof 13 Pyrocrete FPR For Piping: Pipeline 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 Haul pipe to R-O-W/Stringing pipe on R-O-W Launcher Receiver Main road/RR crossing Minor/Dirt road crossing Clearing and Grading Clean up R-O-W R-O-W blasting Build BERM through marsh Build BERM on trench 35 Database Relations (G10) 35-36 .continued Attribute Description SUBTYPE .Attribute Descriptions .

Used in cost tracking programs to group costs into cost centers. VALUET VALUEU WGT WUNIT 35-37 35 Database Relations (G10) . 4 characters. For Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen In-Plant Cost Estimator only. The value of the design parameter (PARAM) as a real number (useful in calculations). 8 characters. User specified description for component. for example. installation material/manhour additions. “CY”. Unit of measure associated with item weight (WGT) attribute (text. VALUER contains the number of items. Value of design parameter specified by user as text.Attribute SUMCODE TITLE TYPSCT UNIT UNITIN UNITS USERDES USERTAG VALUER Description Not assigned. for example. "LBS ". "KG "). “FEET”. Report group title. Weight of this item. Equipment component user tag or pipe specs if custom pipe specs are used. “M3”). installation pipe or installation instrumentation. Unit of measure associated with numeric design value. Type of data (1 = schedule. Units of measure associated with QUANT (ity) (text. Value of design parameters. For parameter (PARAM) "ITEM TYPE". 2 = class). Unit of measure associated with user specified design value. as text.

35-38 35 Database Relations (G10) .

36 Icarus Technology (G10) This chapter contains information on the following topics: Introduction to Areas Area Specifications Report Groups Icarus Systems are Based on Craft Labor How Questimate Develops Material Costs Project Schedule Equipment Fabricate/Ship Items Barchart Report Format Equipment Procurement Schematic Process Control Overview of System Input Specifications for Power Distribution Power Distribution Mode of Supply and Distribution Power Distribution Components Redundancy Usage Instructions Reporting of Results Project Definition Workforce Construction Overhead .Prime Contractor Basis Contracts: Description/Scope 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-1 .

). instrumentation type. Contractor assignments: As contractors and contractors’ scope of work (CONSETs) are defined. in-steel. the user must assign areas to defined control centers and unit substations. such as soil type. each of these can be defined in separate areas and assigned to the appropriate contractors. in the area specifications. and man-hours developed for an area. Specifications are defined for each area. the total instrumentation developed for an area would be used to size that area’s Control Center. Once imported into a project. As a result. currency and units of measure. electrical class and division. The user can define these site conditions. For example. areas can be defined as a way to describe the construction methodology that prevails for that section of the project. keep in mind that whole areas and their components can be imported into other projects with matching country base. For example.Introduction to Areas In Aspen Capital Cost Estimator and Aspen Process Economic Analyzer. Process control and power distribution: Once the user defines the major process control and power distribution elements in the estimate. It is suggested that users define one last area as an OFFSITES/PROCESS & POWER area to separate the numerous details developed for Process Control and Power Distribution from all other detail. costs. Site conditions: Different sections of the plant site may contain different site conditions. or area type (on-grade. if different contractors are responsible for above grade and below grade piping. Reasons for Areas Areas are defined for the following reasons: • • Cost accounting: Project components arranged into areas are easier to review. the site conditions will impact the area bulk quantities. sitework items that are not needed in a project would be deleted and design specifications for the different sitework components would be revised. it would be impossible to assign above grade and below grade pipe to different contractors. Details of process control and power distribution are developed and reported in the last area sections of the Detailed Bulk report and Area Bulk section of the Equipment List report for the last area. “Checklist” areas can be created as a way to prevent from forgetting typical project components in a new project estimate. Without these being defined in separate areas. These specifications include mechanical design specifications for each of the major accounts along with dimensions and indexing. and so on. • • • 36-2 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . An example of this would be a steelwork Checklist Area that would include all typical sitework items. Areas can affect the flexibility of assigning work to contractors. Importing: When defining areas. areas are then assigned to the defined scope of work. Many of the cost reports are arranged by area.

Open-Steel (OPEN) The following area bulks will be developed for an OPEN type area: ° ° ° ° ° A multi-level. A ground grid the length of the perimeter. pre-cast concrete. Structural members are sized for both dead and live loads based on the weight of equipment “hung” in the structure. Pendant lights supplied from a local panelboard developed just to supply the lights in the structure. open-steel structure developed based on the dimensions of the area. See section below for information on “hanging” equipment. Note: Equipment items that are “hung” lose their foundations and support steel is provided to tie the item into the structure. The different area types that may be defined are: • On-Grade (with or without concrete pad).Area Types There are several different area types to select from. Structural members are sized for both dead and live loads based on the weight of equipment “hung” in the structure.5 M] of height. Each area type has its own set of default area bulks that will be developed. open-steel structure developed based on the dimensions of the area. 75% of each level is floor grating for steel structure and concrete slab for concrete structure. Bracing is provided according to wind and seismic requirements. Steel is the default structure type. with perimeter toe-plate and handrail. 75% of each level is floor grating for steel structure and concrete slab for concrete structure. Lights are supplied from 1 or more area panelboards. or cast-in-place concrete. Note: Equipment items that are 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-3 . A concrete pad will be developed based on the dimensions of the area if the PAD option is selected. with perimeter toe-plate and handrail. By default the system develops the following bulks for an on-grade area: ° ° ° ° • Perimeter lights every 50 feet. supplied from a disconnect switch in the MCC for this area. One in-steel level for every 15 feet [4.5 M] of height. A ground grid the length of the perimeter. This is the default area type. The following area bulks will be developed for an OPEN type area: ° ° ° ° ° A multi-level. ° ° • Open-Structure (OPEN) Open structure type can be steel. Pendant lights supplied from a local panelboard developed just to supply the lights in the structure. One in-steel level for every 15 feet [4. See section below for information on “hanging” equipment.

Bargeable* (See details below) .Module lighting ° • Ground grid * Truckable Module . ° ° • Bracing is provided according to wind and seismic requirements. 1-bay cold box 3 sides enclosed .Truckable* (See details below.Rectangular. 1-bay cold box fully enclosed .Logic for Hanging Equipment in Steel Structures These area bulks are developed for a MODULE type area: ° A SKID (flat base structural model) module is developed by default or the user can select from the following module types: . Existing Open-Steel (EX-OPEN) The following area bulks are developed for an EX-OPEN type area: ° ° All bulks that were developed for the OPEN type area will be developed except for the OPEN STEEL STRUCTURE as it is assumed to exist.TRMD 36-4 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . A ground grid the length of the perimeter.) . Tower Packed Tower Trayed Tower Vertical Tank All Others (pumps. Support steel is provided.Cylindrical 1-bay cold box .“hung” lose their foundations and support steel is provided to tie the item into the structure. Logic for Hanging Equipment Equipment Loaded Automatically Loaded when Skirt/ Leg is set to 0 Shell & Tube Heat Exchanger Horizontal Tank Thermosiphon reboiler Other reboilers Agitated Tank Double-Diam. and so on) • Module Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No or N/A No or N/A See also: Chapter 20: Steel .Rectangular.

6m).8m) [Length] x 200ft(60. You can add up to four modules within an area and up to two modules can be stacked similar to Truckable. Use structure tag BRGM-1 to BRGM-4 for specifying the module to which the equipment is loaded. equipment weight is distributed among the modules. Equipments. If no Structure Tag is specified. Structures.PRMD A plant bulk piperack is required to specify the piperack module dimensions and details. and Buildings are not allowed on the piperack module except Air cooler. equipment weight is distributed among the modules.Bargeable Module . Specify only one piperack in one piperack module area. so you should enter the transportation cost from module shop to site. • Floor The following area bulks are developed for a FLOOR type area: ° Pendant lights 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-5 .8m)[Width] x 100ft(30.Piperack Module . Use the Structure Tag TRMD-1 to TRMD-4 for specifying the module to which the equipment is loaded. or Height] and the other two dimensions up to 25ft (7. Dimensions can be up to 200ft(60. Width. One dimension can be up to 80ft (24m) [Length. If no structure tag is specified. The transportation cost varies significantly from one project to another.The truckable module is designed as a one bay braced frame structure and the user can specify the number of levels. • * Bargeable Module . • * Piperack (see details) .BRGM Bargeable process module is designed as a braced frame structure. The user can add up to four truckable modules within the area and up to two modules can be stacked.4m) [Height].

and instrument signal wiring or tubing. While most of the area specifications are design specifications that will override design specifications entered at the project level.2: Summary of Area Bulks Automatically Developed for Each Area Area Bulks Area Lighting & Grounding Equipment Grounding Concrete Pad Open Steel Structure Module Structure On-grade Pad Open X X X X X X X X X Area Types Ex-open Module Floor X X X X X Area Specifications For each defined area. you can review these area bulks in the Area Bulks section of the Equipment List report. Figure A. the user may enter specifications that will affect designs and quantities of bulks in an area. These area bulks are developed to meet the requirements of the area and can be suppressed in the Area Specifications for that area. electrical cable.1: How Aspen Capital Cost Estimator Hangs Equipment in an OPEN or EX-OPEN Area Equipment Automatic Set Skirt/Leg = 0 Shell & Tube Exchanger Horizontal Tank Thermosiphon Reboiler Other Reboilers Agitated Tank Double-Diameter Tower Packed Tower Trayed Tower Vertical Tank Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No or N/A All others (pumps. etc.Figure A. These length specifications include: • Area Dimensions 36-6 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . the most significant area specifications are those that will affect lengths of pipe.) No or N/A Default Area Bulks There are area bulks that are automatically generated for an area. If you execute a project level estimate.

width. These specifications include Distance to MCC and Distance to Panel. Just as Area Dimensions did in the above example. signal wire runs. The area dimensions are also used to size and/or quantify area pads.5*(Area L+W+H) b)Then area spec for Maximum Pipe Length is applied. open steel structures. Any line of pipe that had an original length of less than 30’ would be unaffected by this 30’ x 30’ area dimension. ½(L+W)= ½ (30+30) = ½ (60) = 30. .if not set. One example of how the system uses Area Dimension is the determination of pipe lengths. grounding. concrete pads. • Pipe Envelope Defined in Area Pipe Specifications. • Instrument signal wiring or tubing lengths 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-7 . . etc. The user can enter area length (L). Area Dimensions are used in a similar way to determine cable and signal wiring lengths in an area unless the user overrides this calculation with specific entries. • Electrical cable run lengths Defined in Area Electrical Specifications. The “standard length” is multiplied by area pipe spec for% adjustment. the system will take ½ (L+W) of the area to determine the default final cut-off lengths of pipe. The final cutoff length is calculated: a) EQPIPELEN + 0.Piping. Pipe Envelope takes precedence over Area Dimensions in calculating pipe lengths in an area. area lighting. Pipe Envelope defines the final cutoff length of pipe for all system developed piping in an area.Defined in Area Type Definition. The default final cut-off length of pipe in this area would be 30’. Area Dimensions are used as a default to develop lengths for all of the following system developed items: . The user can make entries for Pipe Envelope length. Only area types OPEN or EX-OPEN will recognize and use the height dimension.EQPIPELEN=0. there are distance specifications available that will be used to calculate lengths for all system developed electrical cable in an area. Note: Area dimensions do not have any effect on user-added bulks.5 * HT . such as yard pipe. and so on. so in the above example.5*(Area Pipe Envelope L+W+H) . and height as well as% Adjustment and Maximum Pipe Length. cable runs. The following is an example of how the system will use this information to calculate pipe length: 1 2 3 The “standard length” is calculated using the line length equation.Instrument signal wiring /tubing. If an area dimension of 30 X 30 is entered. and height (H).Electrical cable/wiring. modules. then EQPIPELEN=0. width (W).

This strict default division of labor is a necessary starting point if you are to be able to change the work rules. if you had a process area where some components were on-grade and some were in-steel. For example. For example. work items can be reassigned to a craft to reflect site conditions. These two areas are separate to ensure that the appropriate bulks are developed. Reassign labor hours booked to the default crafts in the workforce to the newly-defined crafts. Enter the wage rate and productivity for each craft in the new workforce. It is only because hours are initially “booked” to the correct crafts that you can subsequently book them to different crafts and thereby change the division of labor appropriate for any contractor.” etc. Report Groups All defined areas are assigned to defined Report Groups in the Area Tree diagram. Change (or add) the craft names in the new workforce to reflect those present in the skid fabrication workforce. a skid fabrication shop might be represented as follows: 1 Create a new workforce to be used by the skid fabricator. but can be assigned to the same REPORT GROUP so costs and man-hours can be summarized together in REPORT GROUP summary reports. you could define two separate areas: an ON-GRADE area and an OPEN-STEEL area. These include Distance from Junction Box (JB) to Control Center (CC). etc. there are distance specifications available that will be used to calculate lengths for all system developed signal wiring or tubing lengths in an area. Each craft performs only those work items assigned to it — pipefitters only perform pipefitting operations. reassign 100% of the labor hours booked to riggers and pipefitters to the new “mechanical” craft. change “laborer” to “day-laborer. Link (assign) the new workforce to the skid contractor. For example. This permits the simulation of an extremely complicated mix of contractors having diverse work rules.Defined in Area Instrumentation Specifications. welders only perform welding operations.” add a new craft called “mechanical. In Icarus systems. Change the division of labor. For example. Report groups are a way to group areas together for reporting in various Report Group summary reports. Using this method. This is done by creating a new workforce and then reassigning the labor hours away from the default crafts to the new workforce crafts. This workforce is initially an exact copy of the system’s default workforce. Any work assigned to this contractor is performed using the new workforce. up to nine distinct construction workforces for each project can be created. Icarus Systems are Based on Craft Labor All country base locations are based on a division of labor along craft lines. 2 3 4 36-8 36 Icarus Technology (G10) .

the user interested in developing a detailed schedule for rush projects. the Project Cash Flow Summary and Project Manpower Schedule (which displays the manpower resources required for each week of the construction schedule). The schedule information may be reported in three different ways: 1 The total construction duration will be shown on the Project Data Sheet.Focuses on details of the design phase. Also. The construction schedule is integrated with the cost estimate to provide the basis for estimation of schedule-dependent costs such as equipment rental requirements. is advised to use the scheduling system. the construction durations for each contract will also be shown on the Contract Data Sheet. Engineering Schedule . Regardless of whether the barchart reports are to be produced. is required to generate the barchart reports. However. The data provides percentage adjustment fields for design/ 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-9 . This schedule includes dates and durations for design engineering. Construction Schedule . where control of activity logic is possible. The project schedule is affected by adjustments to engineering man-hours. or projects using offset prefabrication. showing only a single bar for all construction. another barchart is provided for the Contracts Schedule. • Each barchart may also show additional bars created by the user.Project Schedule A project schedule is developed based on the estimate scope of work for a project estimate. the system generates two histogram reports.Shows only a single bar for the design and procurement phases but focuses on major construction elements such as piperack erection and piping installation. and on specific procurement items. The techniques of the scheduling system are utilized in the logical sequencing of the adjusted design and construction tasks to produce a summary schedule. such as the production of piping isometrics. 2 3 The Project Schedule Data. field supervision and construction management. with an entry for the date to start engineering. and. procurement. Simulation of delayed or accelerated schedules is possible through the various adjustments available.Provides a balanced view of all phases of the project schedule. the Project Schedule Data may be used to adjust the schedule and therefore adjust the cost estimate. The Project Schedule Data may be used to develop barchart reports in addition to the histograms for greater schedule detail. The barcharts appear within the body of the project estimate report and a duplicate is appended to the report. site development and construction. if contracts are used. delivery of material and equipment. field man-hours and productivity and construction workweek specified elsewhere and any schedule modifications requested in the Project Schedule Data. if applicable. These standard barcharts are produced: • • General Schedule . If the Schedule report option is specified. Manpower should also be provided for any contracts refined.

Equip. An entry for a particular class will be used exactly as entered. A specific value for total construction weeks may be specified. blowers Elevators Motors Dust Collectors Filters Centrifuges Agitators. Mixers Cooling Towers Miscellaneous Equipment 36-10 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . or the value of the class if specified.procurement duration. these defaults will all be adjusted accordingly. If a percentage adjustment is specified for deliveries. can be made in various ways. the system will use the fabricate/ship times (in weeks) shown in Table PS-2. which may increase or decrease the total construction duration. for delivery times and for construction duration. 1 2 3 Receive Receive Fabricate Quotes Vendor Data and Ship (weeks) (weeks) (weeks) 3 4 3 3 6 4 3 6 4 4 4 4 3 3 6 3 4 3 3 2 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 0 8 8 4 8 6 4 6 6 3 4 6 2 4 4 4 3 6 4 3 4 14 26 33 18 24 32 20 32 26 18 30 22 16 20 30 12 16 10 14 12 28 12 26 16 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 24 Process Vessels Towers Storage Vessels Pumps Compressors Turbines Heat Exchangers Boilers Furnaces Air Coolers Package Refrigeration Electric Generators Air Dryers Conveyors Mills. A fabricate/ship time entry for a particular piece of equipment will also be used as entered. all other equipment of the same class will be assigned the system default value as adjusted. Equipment Class Class No. Changes to the system default equipment fabricate/ship times. Equipment Fabricate/Ship Items In the absence of user input. Crushers Fans.

Linings Note: For field erected equipment.Equip. The horizontal time scale is adjusted automatically by the system to show either six years. which appear on the Engineering and Construction Schedules. The user intending to substantially reduce the default fabricate/ship times is cautioned to specify a value for all classes or use a percentage adjustment to deliveries. 1 2 3 No user adjustments available User may specify a % adjustment with Project Schedule Data. the schedule will be sequenced with the field erection period included in the fabricate and ship deliver time. three years or one and a half years on one page-width as required. to avoid overlooking a longer delivery time for a minor piece of equipment. Equipment Class Class No. Barchart Report Format For the user interested in restricting each barchart report to a single page to improve the appearance of the report. A % adjustment or weeks may be specified with Project Schedule Data. Up to five user-defined bars may be added. the following table shows the maximum number of summary bars on each barchart (that is. 1 2 3 Receive Receive Fabricate Quotes Vendor Data and Ship (weeks) (weeks) (weeks) 4 3 4 4 24 12 25 26 Pre-Engineered Package Packings. User Additions Bars N/A 5 5 Equipment 10 10 10 General Schedule Engineering Schedule Construction Schedule Since a single page report can contain only 24 summary bars. a combination of system summary bars and user additions that exceeds 24 is printed on a second page. 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-11 . report length) developed by the system: System Summary Bars General Schedule Engineering Schedule Construction Schedule With Basic Engineering 24 16 19 Without Basic 20 14 18 The user may highlight up to five classes of equipment and up to five specific items of equipment which appears on all reports except the Contracts Schedule.

These times should be entered for any equipment classes whose anticipated fabricate and ship time differs from the system default. you are specifying the number of weeks for equipment fabrication and shipping of vendor data.) The system then develops a critical path method (CPM) planning schedule based on the estimate scope of work. Refer to “Equipment Procurement Schematic” for the procurement/delivery sequence. The following items have an impact on the project schedule: 36-12 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . Impacting the Project Schedule To produce a project schedule when using Aspen Capital Cost Estimator or COST®. The estimate scope of work is tied to the engineering and construction work items in the project. (Specifying a construction start date is optional. an engineering start date must be specified.Fabricate and Ship Weeks When defining the equipment fabricate and ship time per class. Included in this schedule are: TM • • • • • Dates and durations for design engineering Procurement Delivery of materials and equipment Site development Construction.

productivities. Index man-hours Percentage adjustments to man-hours through material/man-hours adjustments Supplemental man-hours added through material/man-hour additions Overrides to the system’s fabrication and ship times to increase or decrease the total construction duration by equipment class (for example. and transmitting devices.• • • • • • • Percentage adjustments for design/procurement duration.20 weeks) or by equipment item (for example. DDT 101 . to provide control system functions to one or more Areas for Sub-units.10 weeks). 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-13 . Most importantly. delivery times and construction duration Project scope Field labor shifts. Control Center data defines a group of analog or digital devices of similar types. Operator Center data defines a distributed digital control Operator Center. The schedule is not for execution. processing. etc. the system develops one digital Control Center and one Operator Center for the project to be estimated. Remember that the project schedule is based on project scope. The process control scheme may be defined by two types of data. If Process Control Data is not defined by the user. Groups of analog devices are defined only by analog types of Control Centers. Operator Centers are used in conjunction with Control Centers only for digital control schemes. The project schedule is more realistic if components are specified correctly and accurately. that is. or combinations of each type. Overview Two types of process control systems are discussed here: • • Analog Distributed digital control. The user may select either type. controlling. HE . a staffed center consisting of video display and computer-controlled indicating. Process Control The Process Control Data may be used to specify the desired configuration and type of control scheme: • • • Analog Digital Combinations of analog and digital control. assigned by the user via a Control Center Reference Number. recording. to represent the desired control scheme. keep in mind that the schedule is a preliminary conceptual schedule.

control signals . containing panels. • The user guides the system in developing instrumentation by defining the desired control scheme at four discrete levels which are listed here and discussed below: • • • Equipment: Instrumentation Volumetric Model Area considerations (Area. Final control elements. if required. containing computer console operator stations for purposes of processing: . material costs. Accordingly. mounted instruments (if analog) or computer-controlled instruments (if digital) Operator Center: one or more. front/back of panel. enclosures. control room specifications and other instrumentationrelated items to be reported with project process control items should be included as part of the last Area. and field manpower needed to install items relating to the instrumentation and control of process equipment. Sub-unit) Control Center: one or more.analog. co-axial data cable. ESD (emergency shut-down). redundancy. against the Instrumentation account for the last Area in the project. switch wire. each serving one or more Control Centers. junction boxes High voltage instrumentation (switches. barriers. Introduction The system is designed to develop a list of quantities of materials. etc. Supply and signal tubing.Note: The costs of Operator and Control Centers will be reported in project estimates only. transducers. bundles Supports. wiring. Specific Volumetric Model drawings in the Piping and 36-14 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . each serving a group of areas. as organized into Areas. is used to develop individual items of instrumentation in the following major categories.alarm conditions . solenoids) Computer-controlled instruments: controllers. switches. etc. annunciators. • Equipment-Instrumentation Volumetric Model Each item of equipment selected by the user is assigned a model for instrumentation. The user’s equipment list.process information . process interface units (high and low entry level signals). • • • • • • Sensors and transmitters Panels and panel mounted devices . operator stations.records for display and printing. racks.

For example. as an area or section of the project. thereby receiving piping and instrumentation for use as an absorber. However. and nature of support Average length of transmission line from equipment item to Control Center Cable tray dimensions 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-15 . quantities. air supplies. you can specify a sensor.pneumatic or electronic Type of transmission. and special user requirement identified by applicable type or installation bulks. transmitters. use Customer External Files. wiring.Instrumentation Drawings illustrate piping (by line number) and instrumentation (by loop number). or for the user to modify the system’s instrumentation Volumetric Model on a loop by loop basis adding a new loop. For instrumentation. For each loop. tubing. a tower would be instrumented as a distillation tower (default application type) unless it was redefined to function as an absorber. Material items include: • • All local instrumentation. and relief valves Equipment panel and instrument costs for those items of equipment designated by the system (turbine. or appending loops to a loop thereby providing for extremely flexible instrumentation schemes. and includes all equipment and bulk items so contained. function to be performed. sensors. thermocouple extension cabling. control. In each case. The default is Primary hookup option. deleting a system defined loop. Area Considerations The concept of an Area and Sub-unit are discussed in the Area section. An installation bulk feature permits the user to create an entire instrumentation scheme for any item of equipment.) Type of instrumentation . horizontal or vertical.standard or full. The Area or Sub-unit may be viewed. Area and bulk level to specify the hookup option to be used. There is a field for Hookup option at the Project. material costs. for present purposes. For creating custom assemblies and choosing your own hookup parts. gas compressor) or by the user to bear local panel mounted instruments. two control valves and their costs with currency. (See Piping and Instrumentation Drawings. A tank. Volumetric Models for instrumentation of process equipment are assigned based upon equipment item and type. and field man-hours to install equipment instrumentation would be reported against the item of equipment. an Area or Sub-unit grouping of equipment items would be characterized by a unique set of the following: • • • • • • Designated Control Center Design level . will be instrumented for normal process conditions. instrumentation materials. the user may designate knock-out or storage application requirements thereby revising the nature of piping and instrumentation to be provided to the vessel.

75 instruments per linear foot [15. electronic. Digital Control Centers Devices. such Control Centers would normally be unstaffed electronic centers that may be grouped together for operator control using the Operator Center concept described in the next section. or develop and transmit a control signal (pneumatic. More than one Area may be delegated to a Control Center. combinatorial). high voltage switching) into digital computer signals to be utilized at the designated Operator Center. The remaining area criteria heavily influence the lengths and type of signal wire cable and tubing and are not insignificant. • 2 • Staffed by Control Center operators.FULL full graphic display (2. These include field junction boxes and wire. Four types. electronic. Instrument materials. high voltage switch signal) to field mounted control elements. conduit. Control Centers The system surveys the various items of equipment within an Area for Control Center instrumentation requirements. high voltage switching.6 per meter]) .75 instruments per linear foot [12. maintenance functions.2 per meter]). costs and field man-hours to install and test will be developed by the system and assigned and reported against the area. electronic. quantities.SEMI semi-graphics panel (3.NONEtotally devoid of instruments. cable trays serving the area and communicating with the designated Control Center. Limited pretreatment of digital signals (arithmetic. etc. . If of the digital type.3 per meter]) . electronic. for conversion of analog signals (pneumatic. high voltage switch signals) for transmission to field mounted control elements. that is. It is important that these area criteria affect the installed cost of each equipment item requiring instrumentation. panels. the design level and type of instrumentation are most important influences on instrument selection.5 instruments per linear foot [8. Instruments to record or indicate the value of a variable. Reconversion of computer developed digital control signals into analog signals (pneumatic. depending upon desired extent of graphic panels: . • • • • 36-16 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . process interface units. quantities and costs.CONVconventional panel board (4. Two classes of Control Centers are defined by the following characteristics: 1 • • Analog Control Centers Electrical.• Electrical classification to establish cabling and barrier requirements. several Control Centers may be designated by the user. panel mounted instruments based upon pneumatic. logical. Display devices appropriate to testing. cable and tubing runs.

• Other data processing peripherals and furniture. Engineers keyboard . Absence of User Control Center Designation Should the user not define or refer to a Control Center for one or more Areas. less so for small process facilities).• Not generally staffed by operator personnel except for maintenance and testing. • • • • 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-17 .one Operator Center and another . and man-hours for instrumentation items required to support those Unit Areas unreferenced by the user will be developed and listed by the system for Control Center “0”. control. Designation of Control Center Requirements The user may designate the desired control scheme.for building and changing configurations or displays. size. cabling and furnishings for Operator Centers. Operator Centers The system is designed to evaluate. and develop installed costs of digital control and data processing equipment.though termed CRT’s (cathode ray tubes) these are microprocessors that provide supervisory. Areas and Control Centers are linked together by a user assigned Control Center Reference Number.devices in one Operator Center . Printers .to permit printed output of selected current or historical values of variables. This systemdeveloped Control Center is referred to as Control Center Reference Number “0” in SCAN and PROJect Estimate reports.principally fiber-optic cable (redundant) and associated microelectronics to direct data “moving” along the data path to and from: . to log the operations of the center. The user may designate the type (local or universal) and size of an Operator Center. and data processing functions in addition to multi-color display and keyboard entry functions. Local Control Network (LCN) . or alternatively permit the system to determine Operator Center requirements. the system develops a digital Control Center for those units. Quantities. costs. The major cost items considered are: • CRT’s . the reference number is defined for each Control Center and referenced for each Unit Area assigned to transmit/receive signals to/from the defined Control Center.the Operator Center and each of its subordinate Control Centers. History module . first at the Unit Area level for purposes of designating area requirements and then at the Control Center level to establish the nature of the Control Center.hardware and software devices for displaying or recording the history of a variable (important for large or complex process.

a proposed project is to be provided with a combined analog/digital control system for five areas. 300. These parameters are obtained at the Operator Center level according to the following hierarchy: • • • • Operator Center Control Center Area Equipment and piping control instrumentation. The principal sizing parameters are the number of digital control loops and control points to be serviced by the Operator Center. Area 100. Thus. one a Sub-unit of the other. that is. Example In the sketch below. = 04 Area No. 500. = 02 Area No. it is convenient to split it into two Areas. 400. Because Area 100 requires both digital and analog control. Further. = 05 36-18 36 Icarus Technology (G10) .Sizing an Operator Center is accomplished by the system by matching the list of items with process equipment requirements. = 01 Area No. Suppose: MAIN-100: SUB-UNIT 100: AREA-200: AREA-300: AREA-400: AREA-500: Area No. 200. that is. suppose that Area 100 and 400 require individual process interface unit locations. control instrumentation requirements at the equipment level are used first to size individual Control Centers and then to size each Operator Center upon grouping relevant Control Center requirements. different Control Centers. Reference numbers need be assigned to the Unit Areas and centers. = 01 Area No. One section of Area 100 and all of Area 500 is to be provided with a conventional analog control system. and thereby enable the description of one portion as digitally controlled and the other as analog controlled. = 03 Area No.

11 Center No. for MAIN 100: Analog. the term “etc. 20 Center No. 20 Center No.” denotes all remaining area information. named MAIN-100 and SUB-UNIT-100: Area Title Area Number Control Center Number etc. The Project Control Data The Project Control Data would be prepared as follows: Project Control Center No. 90 10 20 40 11 Type Operator Center Digital Control Center Digital Control Center Digital Control Center Analog Control Center Note that additional Project Control Data may be appended to this list to expand the control system for other yet undefined process areas. The Area Data for this Example In the text below. MAIN-100 01 10 Area Title Area Number Control Center Number etc. 11 and for the Area. 10 Center No. that is. Up to five independent Operator centers may be defined along with their subordinate Control Centers to a combined maximum total of 20.and for the Control Centers: Digital. SUB-UNIT-100 01 11 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-19 . the complete set of area data and the component descriptions. 40 Center No. the Unit Area Data is illustrated. Area 100 is split into two sub-units. for SUB-UNIT-100: Digital for AREA-200: Digital for AREA-300: Digital for AREA-400: Analog for AREA-500: Center No. a reference number of 90.

Area Title Area Number Control Center Number etc. Reporting of Results for this Example PROJect estimate reports would be prepared for this example as follows: • • Equipment: instrumentation local to the item would be reported in the detailed listing of field materials and manpower for the item of equipment. 36-20 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . The Operator Center would be developed from group requirements. • Notes for Defining the Operator Center The following entry field notes are helpful when defining the type of Operator Center to serve the instrumentation requirements of subordinate digital Control Centers. that is. Area: junction boxes. bundle runs (and associated tray and conduit) would be developed as an Unit Area cost for each Sub-unit. Then for the remaining units: Area Title Area Number Control Center Number etc. instrument testing would be developed for each area. SUB-UNIT100 and AREA-500 share analog Control Center Number 11. A maximum of five sets of PC OPS Data may be used. Project costs: all instrumentation costs for the project would be developed and reported against the last Unit Area in the project. Center Number 20 would be sized from requirements of both AREA-200 and 300. and 40. those of Control Centers 10. MAIN-200 02 20 MAIN-300 03 20 MAIN-400 04 40 MAIN-500 05 11 Note: AREA-200 and AREA-300 share Control Center Number 20. 20. Area Title Area Number Control Center Number etc.Note: The Control Center Number is 10 for the Main Section and 11 for the Sub-unit. Analog Control Centers would be sized and reported independently of digital centers. and Center Number 40 from AREA-400 requirements. Area Title Area Number Control Center Number etc. Digital Control Center Number 10 would be sized based upon the requirements of equipment in MAIN-100.

The number specified must be less than or equal to the number of Operator CRT’s and the sum of the Operator CRT’s and Indicating CRT’s must be 10 or less. Entry field Note Operator center no. of operator CRT Specifies the total number of Operator CRT’s (cathode ray tube terminals) required for the Operator Center.The “NO. The CONSET number must have been previously defined with Contract Scope Data. of indicating CRT Specifies the total number of Indicating CRT’s required for the Operator Center. No. from 01 to 99. is used to identify the Operator Center in detailed system reports. CONSET is not applicable to prime contractor type estimates. Upper tier units for indicating only. No. The Reference Number consists of two parts: • ID. The Cable is a pair of fiber-optic cables connecting up to 10 Universal Operator Centers with their associated Control Centers. The Operator Center Reference Number is a unique number assigned by the user to identify each digital Operator Center. Microelectronics associated with the CRT’s provide supervisory and control functions. CONSET must be specified for multiple contractor type estimates. The system generated UNIT substation(s) will be assigned ID=0. • No. The Power Supply to Operator Center specifies the feeder type and source of power for this Digital Operator Center. Indicates inclusion or exclusion of an engineering keyboard for configuration and display building. The contract set number (CONSET) identifies which group of contractors is performing work in this Operator Center. includes touch screen console and operator keyboard. Conset Configuration The configuration consists of items affecting the design of a Universal Operator Center.” portion of the Reference Number of the subordinate Unit substation in the family of UNIT substations serving power to this Operator Center. 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-21 . History module Engineer’s keyboard: LCN Cable Indicates inclusion or exclusion of the history module for trend analysis.The ID portion of the Reference Number of the standalone UNIT or principle UNIT substations in the family of UNIT substations serving power to this Operator Center. If Power Distribution Data is not provided. Power supply data Unit Substation ID A value must be specified if Power Distribution Data is present in the project or an ERROR condition will prevail. Please see Power Distribution Data for further information. Indicates inclusion or exclusion of the Local Control Network Cable. the system will generate a MAIN and UNIT substation to serve power at the voltage(s) required by loads in this Operator Center.An Operator Center is not provided in support of analog Control Centers. The reference number. .

This is the same reference number used in the Area Description to identify the relationship between the Area and Control Center. This field is not applicable for prime contractor type estimates. cable protection type is defined by the user by General Project Data Electrical. The CONSET number must have been previously defined in Contract Scope Data.Entry field Cable type Cable placement Note Denotes the type of power cable to be used for this Operator Center. BELOW . Indicates the desired method of cable placement for this Operator Center. Valid entries include: • • ABOVE . The contract set number (CONSET) identifies which group of contractors is performing work in this Control Center. A Control Center Reference Number must be specified for multiple contractor estimates. Note The Control Center Reference Number is a unique number. Distance to MCC Specifies the distance to the motor control center serving power to this Operator Center. assigned by the user to identify each Control Center to serve the instrumentation requirements of the various Area or Sub-units.Cable run below grade (not available for wire-/ cable in trays). includes trenching. sandbed and backfill. from 01 to 99. Conset 36-22 36 Icarus Technology (G10) .Cable run above ground. one trench allocated for four equipment item cable runs. Entry field Control center no. Notes for Defining the Standard Control Center The following entry field notes are helpful when defining the standard control center.

costs and manpower pertaining to all instruments. The range is 0 to 5000 FEET [0 to 1525 M]. • SEMI . A redundant data digital path or “highway” will be developed using this distance. and peripheral equipment will be excluded from the estimate. Valid entries are: Analog Control Center • CONV . 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-23 . Digital Control Center • DDCTL . Specifies the distance between this Control Center and the supervisory Operator Center.Semi-graphics display.Distributed digital Control Center.Full graphics display. and general configuration.Entry field Note Control center type Specifies a symbol representing the types of Control Center.Existing Control Center. • NONE . • FULL . Distance to OPS ctr For distributed digital Control Centers only. panels.Conventional display. devices.

Notes for Defining the Standard Control Center . The allowance will be applied to develop additional analog indicators (TI. and additionally to spare boards in either multifunction controllers or process interface units for (a) controllers. (b) recorders. 100% for recorders is a one per ten basis). allowances apply to each of the five categories. the only functional design allowance is that for Spares. Multifunction . the spares allowance will be delegated to junction box and tube and cable bundle sizing and selection. Analog indicators(%) For digital Control Centers only. FI. Analog recorders(%) For digital Control Centers only. loops. If a digital Control Center. The design allowance for analog recorder type instrumentation to be installed in the Operator Center for this Control Center. The allowance will be applied to develop additional analog recorders in Operator Center cabinetry based upon the number or recording instruments serviced by the Control Center.) in Operator Center cabinetry based upon the number of indicating loops serviced by the Control Center. devices. NONE)..If this PC CTL Data is for an analog Control Center (type symbol = CONV. SEMI. If for a digital Control Center.continued Entry field Design data Note Design allowance. and indicators. Indicate the percent of the controllers determined by process specifications that require redundancy. and pneumatic and cable bundle runs from the field junction box to the Control Center. The design allowance provides battery backup for multifunction controller cabinets only. that are developed by the system from Volumetric Models or from user-defined loops of instrumentation. as a percentage (0 to 100%) of the number of instrumentation points.The design allowance will be applied on a percentage basis. Spares(%) If an analog Control Center. The design allowance for analog indicator type instrumentation to be installed in the Operator Center for this Control Center. Note: 1. and (c) thermocouples. as above.UAC units will be substituted for the requested percentage of controllers. etc. that is 100% indicates a one for one basis (exception. Battery back-up(%) 36-24 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . allowance for spares will be delegated the sizing and selection of field junction boxes. FULL. Note: 2. The design allowance for battery operated back-up supply. Redundant control(%) For digital Control Centers only. etc. For digital Control Centers only.

No. one trench allocated for four equipment item cable runs.continued Entry field Note Power supply data Specifies the feeder type and source of power for this Control Center. • • ABOVE-Cable run above ground.Electrical. The Reference Number consists of two parts. Unit substation Specifies the Reference Number of the UNIT substation serving power to this Control Center. sandbed and backfill. cable protection type is defined by the user in the General Project Data . Distance to MCC Specifies the distance to the motor control center serving power to this Control Center 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-25 .” portion of the Reference Number of the subordinate UNIT substation in the family of UNIT substations serving power to this Control Center.Notes for Defining the Standard Control Center . Cable type Denotes the type of power cable to be used for this Control Center. Cable placement Indicates the desired method of cable placement for this Control Center. BELOW-Cable run below grade (not available for wire/cable in trays). -The “No. as defined by the user with Power Distribution Data. including trenching. ID-The ID portion of the Reference Number of the stand-alone UNIT or principle UNIT substations in the family of UNIT substations serving power to this Control Center.

as defined by the user with Power Distribution Data. The Reference Number consists of two parts. one trench allocated for four equipment item cable runs. Distance to MCC Specifies the distance to the motor control center serving power to this Control Center.Cable run below grade (not available for wire/cable in trays). including trenching.Notes for Defining the PLC Control Center The following entry field notes are helpful when defining the PLC control center. Indicates the desired method of cable placement for this Control Center. ABOVE . Power supply data Specifies the feeder type and source of power for this Control Center. Conset 36-26 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . Unit substation Specifies the Reference Number of the UNIT substation serving power to this Control Center. No.The ID portion of the Reference Number of the stand-alone UNIT or principle UNIT substations in the family of UNIT substations serving power to this Control Center. This is the same reference number used in the Unit Area Description to identify the relationship between the Unit Area and Control Center. assigned by the user to identify each Control Center to serve the instrumentation requirements of the various Unit Areas. Cable type Cable placement Denotes the type of power cable to be used for this Control Center. cable protection type is defined by the user in the General Project Data Electrical.” portion of the Reference Number of the subordinate UNIT substation in the family of UNIT substations serving power to this Control Center. ID . Entry field Control center no. The contract set number (CONSET) identifies which group of contractors is performing work in this Control Center. This field is not applicable for prime contractor type estimates. Note The Control Center Reference Number is a unique number.Cable run above ground. . from 01 to 99. A Control Center Reference Number must be specified for multiple contractor estimates. BELOW . sandbed and backfill.The “No. The CONSET number must have been previously defined in Contract Scope Data.

Installation procedures are available for quoted items as well as items from the user library of components. process equipment. take a few minutes to define for even the most detailed power distribution network. At the component level. 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-27 . plant bulks and buildings give rise to electrical bulks. which include default values that may be overridden.Overview of System Input Specifications for Power Distribution The following figure graphically displays the four levels of input specifications for defining electrical installation bulks: 1 2 3 4 Project level Area level Component Level Component Installation Level. The electrical input specifications.

36-28 36 Icarus Technology (G10) .

Mode of Supply and Distribution The system offers the user a choice of either a US-based or UK-based mode of electrical power supply. always heading “upstream. or armored cable MM2 gauge Cable Gauge 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-29 .8 KV UK Base 66 KV at 50 HZ 11. Principal Differences of Electrical Power Supply Between Country Base Location Electrical Power Supply Items Line or feeder voltage Main Substation Secondary voltage (distribution and equipment voltage) US Base 69 KV at 60 HZ 13. The following table identifies the default values and principal differences between the two bases. etc. tracing. The Power Distribution Data works in conjunction with the voltage levels defined by the user for General Project Data and Area specifications and component requirements within the unit.Power Distribution The Power Distribution Data specifies the configuration and size of a project’s electrical power distribution system. distribution. or armored cable AWG Multi-core cable on tray or in conduit. and the type and method of placement of distribution cable. the degree of redundancy. The mode is currently determined by the user’s selection of the country base location. The system will then size the components based upon power requirements to be fulfilled in each area by drivers. which main substation is to feed which “downstream” unit substation) and cable placement. and associated components. lighting. and then size unit and main substation components.0 KV Unit Substation Secondary voltages (distribution and equipment voltages) Cable Types 4160 V 480 V 3300 V 415 V Wire (individual conductors) on tray or in conduit.” to size the transmission line. main and unit substation. The user may specify the location and size of each transmission line. Most users define the distribution configuration (for example.

Figure PD-1: Illustration of Power Distribution Components The individual components constituting a typical power distribution system (detailed data instructions follow). Figure PD-1 serves two purposes. 36-30 36 Icarus Technology (G10) . The left side of the figure lists the major power distribution components that are designed and reported by the system. the Unit Area Data and the list of equipment and bulk items requiring electrical power. the Power Distribution Data (distribution scheme).Power Distribution Components Power distribution components are sized and cost estimated based on information provided with General Project Data. (project cabling and intermediate voltage levels). The right side is a schematic of a sample power distribution network.

Each MCC is protected from abnormal operating conditions by unit substation switchgear.C. which.) usually are located within well-defined boundaries. while the oil circuit breaker protects against abnormal conditions. compressors. When several motor starters are installed together in a common cabinet. The transformer in the unit substation reduces the voltage of power supplied by the main substation to the voltage required for the equipment served by this substation. Main Substation The main substation consists of one or more main transformers that distribute power through switchgear to unit substations. Oil circuit breakers (O.Primary Feeders . when closed. The substations serving these areas of high load-density are called unit substations or load centers because they are located near the center or the electrical load. Heavy power users (pumps. The power path consists of motor starters. The main transformer reduces the voltage of the incoming power (at the transmission line voltage) to a level at which it may be safely and economically distributed through switchgear to: 1 2 Unit substation for further transformation and distribution at a lower voltage Drivers in the 11-14 KV class within the process plant. power cable. 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-31 . they become a motor control center (MCC).Transmission Lines Electrical power for a processing facility is either generated directly by the consumer or transmitted to the processing facility at high voltage (generally less than 250 KV) on overhead transmission lines. Cable from the main substation terminates at either unit substations or at motors requiring power at the high voltage supplied by the main substation. etc. The main substation switchgear protects each unit substation from damage due to abnormal operating conditions. Primary feeder lines run on poles from the grid tie-in to a dead-end structure in the main substation switchyard. The on/off switch for the motor is connected by control wire to a set of contacts in the motor starter. allows power to be sent to the motor. The motor starter provides a means of starting and stopping the motor and also protects the motor from abnormal operating conditions. Unit Substations Electrical equipment is normally not evenly dispersed throughout a process facility.B.) are generally used in high voltage (over 10 KV) applications. The main substation switchgear includes circuit breakers and metering devices that can detect an abnormal condition and automatically open the current-carrying circuit in which the fault occurs. A disconnect switch isolates each main transformer from its power supply when necessary. and control wire.

Each unit substation contains two transformers which in turn distribute power via switchgear and MCC’s to the process equipment classified in the appropriate Area.000 HP motor. 36-32 36 Icarus Technology (G10) .Redundancy When designing an electrical distribution system. Either transformer is capable of handling the entire electrical load by itself. Should one transformer fail in either the main or unit substation. the equipment served by these would be inoperative. Both radial and spot systems are illustrated in Figure PD-2. The greater the degree of redundancy. Figure PD-2B is an illustration of a spot network system. Characteristics Redundancy Cost Reliability Typical usage: Spare parts Skilled maintenance Severity of shutdown Simple Radial 0% Less expensive Less reliable On-hand On-hand Not critical Spot Network 100% More expensive More reliable Scarce Scarce Critical Referring to Figure PD-2A for an illustration of a simple radial system. the companion transformer would carry the entire load. This system is commonly used in remote locations where replacement parts and skilled power system maintenance personnel are scarce. Should a unit substation or main substation transformer fail. The spot network system has 100% redundancy. It is the most expensive and the most reliable power distribution system. The system offers the user two options: 1 2 The simple radial system The spot network system. The following table lists the characteristics of each option. the more reliable the system. a decision must be made as to the degree and type of redundancy to be built into the power distribution system. Two transformers in a single main substation are shown delivering power to two unit substations. The unit substation transformers in turn are shown to distribute power via switchgear and MCC’s to the equipment in the appropriate Areas. Each set of switchgear is fed by two transformers. The additional equipment required for increased reliability will make the power distribution system more expensive. a single main substation transformer is shown to distribute power to two unit substation transformers and a 5.

Figure PD-2B Schematic= Spot Network System 36 Icarus Technology (G10) 36-33 .

than a separate power line would automatically be “drawn” from the MAIN substation serving that unit. The transmission line provides power to a “family” of MAIN and UNIT substations. thus forming the unit substation reference number. or Drawing power form another tap from the referenced substation. then the system will make that voltage available by: 1 2 Creating a new UNIT substation that draws power from the MAIN substation serving the referenced substation. one user might require several main substations. MAIN. The relationship between principle and subordinates is indicated by defining a group “ID” and individual member “No. The user may therefore want to specify some substations to be spot network systems and others to be simple radial systems. Should a motor require power at the distribution voltage. In the latter case. providing power to one or more subordinate unit substations. a section of the p